1. a, the first letter of the alphabet; the first short vowel inherent in consonants.
2. a, ind. an interjection of pity (Ah!).
3. a (before a vowel an), a prefix corresponding to Gr. [greek] Lat. in, Goth. and Germ. un, Eng. in or un, and having a negative or privative or depreciative sense; e. g. eka one, an-eka not one; anta end, an-anta endless; paśyat seeing, a-paśyat not seeing. Sometimes this prefix denotes comparison. It is occasionally an expletive.
4. a, the base of some pronouns and pronom. forms; (substituted for idam, in asya, atra, &c.)
5. a, the augment prefixed to the root in the formation of the imperfect, aorist, and conditional tenses, by some considered as connected with 3. a, and by others as connected with 4. a.
6. a, as, m., N. of Viṣṇu (especially as the first of the three sounds in the sacred syllable om), also of Brahmā, Śiva, and Vaiśvānara; (am), n. Brahma.
= a-kūpāra a-kūvāra = a-kū-pāra above.
1. akta, as, ā, am (part. of rt. añc or añj in the sense 'to go'), gone.
2. akta, as, ā, am (part. of rt. añj), smeared over; diffused; bedaubed, tinged, characterized. It is often the last part of a compound word; as, raktākta, tinged with red or blood; (am), n. oil, ointment.
1. akra, as, ā, am, Ved. violent [Lat. acer?].
2. a-kra, as, ā, am (fr. 3. a and rt. 1. kṛ ?), Ved. inactive, bootless.
1. akṣa, as, m. (fr. rt. 1. aś or aj?), an axle, axis, pivot, (in this sense also am, n.); a wheel, car, cart; pole of a car; the beam of a balance or string which holds the pivot of the beam; a snake; terrestrial latitude; the lower part of the temples [cf. Lat. axis; Gr. [greek] Old Germ. ahsa; Mod. Germ. Achse; Lith. assis].
2. akṣa, as, m. (said to be from rt. 1. aś, a die for playing with; a cube; a seed of which rosaries are made (in compound words, like indrākṣa, rudrākṣa); a shrub producing that seed (Eleocarpus Ganitrus); a weight called karṣa, equal to 16 māṣas; Beleric Myrobalan (Terminalia Belerica), the seed of which is used as a die; (am), n. sochal salt; blue vitriol (from its crystallized shape).
3. akṣa, am, n. (fr. rt. 1. aś?), an organ of sense, an object of sense; (as), m. the soul; knowledge, religious knowledge; the law; a lawsuit; a person born blind; N. of Garuḍa, of a son of Rāvaṇa, of a son of Nara, &c.
4. akṣa, am, n. the eye, especially substituted for akṣi at the end of adjective compounds, the fem. being akṣī [cf. Gr. [greek] for [greek] Lat. oculus; Germ. Auge; Russ. oko].
1. aga, as, m. a snake; the sun; a water-jar.
2. a-ga, as, ā, am (fr. rt. gam), unable to walk; unapproachable; (as), m. a mountain, a tree; (in arithm.) seven.
1. aṅga, ind. a particle implying attention, assent or desire, and sometimes impatience; it may be rendered by well; indeed, true; please; rather; quick. It is often used (changed to aṅgī, q. v.) to form compound words, as aṅgī-kartum, to assent, promise; see under aṅgī [cf. [greek]].
2. aṅga, am, n. (said to be fr. rt. am, but rather fr. rt. aṅg), a round limb; a member; the body; a division or department, especially of a science, as the six Vedāṅgas; science; a subdivision, a supplement; (in grammar) the base of a word; (in rhetoric) an illustration; (in the drama) the whole of the subordinate characters; an expedient; a mental organ, the mind; the number six; (as), m. sing. or (ās), m. pl., N. of Bengal proper, near Bhagalpur, or its inhabitants; in the sing. it may denote the name of a king of Aṅga; (as, ā, am), having members or divisions, contiguous.
1. a-cit, t, t, t (fr. rt. cit), without understanding.
2. a-cit, t, t, t (fr. cit or citi, a pile; rt. ci), neglecting the Agnicayana, irreligious.
1. a-cita, as, ā, am, not collected.
2. acita, as, ā, am (fr. rt. ac), gone.
1. a-ccha, as, ā, am (not shaded or covered, fr. a + cha for chad or chāyā, rt. chad), pellucid, transparent, clear; (as), m. a crystal.
2. accha, as, m. (corruption of ṛkṣa), a bear.
3. accha or usually accha, rarely accham, ind., Ved. to, towards (governing the accusative and rarely the locative). It is a kind of separable preposition or prefix to verbs and verbal derivatives, as in the following.
1. aja, as, m. a drove; a driver, mover, instigator, leader; epithet given in the Vedas to Indra. Rudra, one of the Maruts, Agni, and the sun; in later works to Brahmā, Viṣṇu, Śiva, and Kāma (see also 2 a-ja); the leader of a flock; a he-goat or ram [cf. Gr. [greek] Lith. ozys]; the sign Aries; the vehicle of the sun; N. of a descendant of Viśvāmitra, and of Daśaratha's or Dīrghabāhu's father; N. of a mineral substance; of a kind of rice; of the moon; (as), m. pl., N. of a class of Ṛṣis; of a people mentioned in the Vedas; (ā), f., N. of Prakṛti or Nature, of Māyā or Illusion; a she-goat; N. of a plant whose bulbs resemble the udder of a goat.
2. a-ja, as, ā, am, not born, existing from all eternity; (as), m. Brahmā, Viṣṇu, Śiva, Kāma; (ā), f. Prakṛti or Nature, Māyā or Illusion (see also 1. aja, s. v. aj and 1. ajana).
1. ajana, as, m. (fr. rt. aj.), Brahmā 'the agitator;' (am), n. act of instigating or moving.
2. a-jana, as, ā, am (rt. jan), destitute of living beings, especially of men; desert; (as), m. an insignificant person.
1. a-japa, as, m. (rt. jap), one who does not repeat prayers; a reader of heterodox works; (ā), f. the mantra or formula called haṃsa, which consists only of a number of inhalations and exhalations.
2. aja-pa, as, m. a goat-herd. See s. v. 1. aja.
1. añc (connected with ac, q. v.), cl. 1. P. A. añcati, -te, ānañca, -e, añci-ṣyati, -te, añcitum, to bend, curve, incline, curl; to reverence (with inclined body), to honour; to tend, move, go, wander about; to request: cl. 10. or Caus. añcayati, -yitum, to unfold, make clear, produce: Desid. P. A. añciciṣati, -te, to be desirous of bending: Pass. añcyate or acyate, to be bent.
2. añc (at the end of compounds), turned to, going or directed towards; see akudhryañc, avāñc, udañc, devadryañc, &c. It may also mean honouring, see prāñc.
&c., see under aṭ above.
1. aḍ, cl. 1. P. aḍati, to endeavour.
2. aḍ, cl. 5. P., Ved. aḍnoti, to pervade, attain; various reading for ah (?).
1. aṇ, cl. 1. P. aṇati, āṇa, aṇitum, to sound.
2. aṇ, cl. 4. A. aṇyate, to breathe; another form of rt. an, q. v.
1. at, ind. a prefix said to imply 'surprise', probably a contraction of ati, meaning 'extraordinary.'
2. at, cl. 1. P. atati, āta, atiṣyati, ātīt, atitum, sometimes A. atate, &c., to go constantly, walk, run; to obtain.
1. ati-mita, as, ā, am, over measured, beyond measure, exceeding.
2. a-timita, as, ā, am, not moistened, not wet.
See under ati-ric, ati-sṛ.
1. atyantika or atyantina, as, ā, am, going much or fast or far.
2. aty-antika, as, ā, am, too close, too near, very close; (am), n. too great nearness.
1. aty-as (ati-as), cl. 2. P. -asti, to excel, surpass.
2. aty-as (ati-as), cl. 4. P. -asyati, -situm, to shoot beyond or at, overpower (with arrows).
1. a-tra or Ved. a-trā, ind. (fr. pronominal base a substitued for etad; the word atra being often used for the loc. case etasmin), in this matter, in this respect; in this place, here; at this time; there; then.
2. a-tra, as, ā, am, (rt. trai), Ved. not enjoying (or not affording) protection.
3. atra, as, m. (for at-tra, fr. rt. ad), Ved. a devourer, demon; a Rākṣasa; (am), n., Ved. food.
1. adat, an, atī, at, eating. (For a-dat, see below.)
2. a-dat, an, atī, at, or adatka, as, ā, am, toothless. (For adat, see above.)
1. a-danta or a-dantaka, as, ā, am, toothless; (as), m. a leech.
2. ad-anta, as, ā, am, (in gram.) ending in at, i. e. in the short inherent vowel a.
1. a-darśa (for ā-darśa), as, m. a mirror.
2. a-darśa, as, m. day of new moon.
1. adas, m. asau, f. asau, n. adas, pron. that; a certain.
2. adas, eating, (only at the close of compound words.)
1. a-diti, is, f., Ved. having nothing to give, destitution; for 2. aditi, 3. a-diti, see below.
1. a-dāra, as, m. having no wife.
2. a-dāra, as, m. (rt. dṝ), non-injuring.
2. aditi, is, m. (fr. rt. ad), Ved. devourer, i. e. death; for 1. a-diti, see above.
3. a-diti, is, is, i (rt. 4. dā or do, dyati; for 1. a-diti, see above), not tied, free; boundless; unbroken, entire, unimpaired; happy; pious; (is), f. freedom, security, safety; boundlessness, immensity; inexhaustible abundance; unimpaired condition, perfection; creative power; aditi, the mother of the Ādityas, or of the gods; a cow; a wife; milk; the earth; speech (as symbols of the above ideas).
1. adya, as, ā, am, fit or proper to be eaten; (am), n. food, anything eatable.
2. a-dya or Ved. adyā, ind. (fr. pronom. base a, this, with dya for dyu, Lat. ho-die), to-day; now-a-days; now.
&c. See above, under adhama.
1. adhi, is, m. (better ādhi, q. v.), anxiety, perplexity; f. a woman in her courses.
2. adhi, ind., as a prefix to verbs and nouns, expresses above, over and above, besides.
1. adhi-vas, cl. 1. P. -vasati, -vastum, to inhabit; to settle or perch upon.
1. adhi-vāsa, as, m. an inhabitant, a neighbour; one who dwells above; a habitation, abode, settlement, site; sitting before a person's house without taking food till he ceases to oppose or refuse a demand, commonly called 'sitting in dharṇā;' pertinacity; (for 2. 3. adhi-vāsa, see below.)
1. adhi-vāsana, am, n. act of causing the divinity to take up its abode in an image; sitting in dharṇā [cf. s. v. adhi-vāsa above]. (For 2. adhi-vāsana, see below.)
2. adhi-vas, cl. 2. A. -vaste, -vasitum, to put on or over (as clothes &c.).
2. adhi-vāsa or adhī-vāsa, as, m. an upper garment, mantle.
1. adhi-vāsita, as, ā, am, invested with, clothed with; see also s. v. adhi-vās below.
3. adhi-vāsa, as, m. application of perfumes or fragrant cosmetics. (For. 1. 2. adhi-vāsa, see above.)
2. adhi-vāsana, am, n. application of perfumes, &c.; touching a vessel containing fragrant objects, that have been presented to an idol, as a ceremony; preliminary purification of the image.
2. adhi-vāsita, as, ā, am, scented.
1. an-, occasionally ana ana-, (before a vowel) the substitute for 3. a, or a privative.
2. an, cl. 2. P. aniti or Ved. anati, āna, aniṣyati, ānīt, anitum, to breathe, gasp, move, go, live [cf. Gr. [greek] Lat. animus]: Caus. ānayati, -yitum: Desid. aniniṣati.
1. a-naya, as, m. bad management; bad conduct (gambling, &c.).
2. an-aya, as, m. evil course, ill luck; misfortune, adversity.
1. anar-viś, ṭ, m., Ved. seated on the car (anas) or cart; a driver.
2. an-ar-viś, ṭ, m. (ar for aram, rt. ṛ), one who fails to reach his destination.
1. an-ādya, as, ā, am, = an-ādi, having no beginning.
2. an-ādya, as, ā, am, = an-adya, not eatable.
1. an-ārabhya, as, ā, am, improper or impracticable to be commenced or undertaken.
2. an-ārabhya, ind. without commencing: this is used in compounds in the sense 'detached;' thus, an-ārabhya-vāda, as, m. a detached remark (upon sacrifices, &c.); anārabhyādhīta (-ya-adh-), as, ā, am, taught or studied or read as a detached subject (not as part of regular or authoritative treatise).
1. an-āśa, as, ā, am (fr. āśā), hopeless, despairing.
2. a-nāśa, as, ā, am (rt. naś), undestroyed, living.
1. an-āśu, us, us, u, not quick, slow.
2. an-āśu, us, us, u (rt. aś), not diffusive, not pervading.
3. a-nāśu, us, us, u, Ved. indestructible.
1. an-iṣṭa, as, ā, am (rt. iṣ), unwished, undesirable, disadvantageous, disagreeable, unfavourable; bad, wrong, evil, unlucky, ominous; (ā), f. a plant, Sida Alba; (am), n. evil, detriment, disadvantage, calamity, crime.
2. an-iṣṭa, as, ā, am, (rt. yaj), not offered in sacrifice, not honoured with a sacrifice.
1. a-nīti, is, f. impropriety, immorality, injustice; impolicy, foolish conduct, indiscretion.
2. an-īti, is, f. freedom from a calamitous season.
1. anu, us, vī, u. See aṇu.
2. anu, us, m., Ved. man; N. of a king, one of Yayāti's sons; (possibly) N. of a non-Āryan tribe.
3. anu, ind. as a prefix to verbs and nouns, expresses after, along, alongside, lengthwise, near to, under, subordinate to, with.
1. anu-ci, cl. 5. P. -cinoti, -cetum, to set or place along or in regular order.
1. anu-cita, as, ā, am, set or placed along or lengthwise or in rows.
2. anu-ci, cl. 3. P., Ved. -ciketi, to remember.
2. an-ucita, as, ā, am, improper, wrong, unusual, strange.
1. an-uc-chindat, an, atī, at, not destroying.
2. anu-cchindat, an, atī, at, cutting lengthwise.
1. anu-jñā, cl. 9. P. rarely A. -jānāti, jānīte, -jñātum, to permit, grant, allow, consent; to excuse, forgive; to authorize; to allow one to take leave, dismiss, bid farewell; to entreat; to behave kindly: Caus. -jñāpayati, -yitum, to request, ask permission, ask for leave, to take leave: Desid. -jijñāsati or -te, to be willing to grant.
2. anu-jñā, f. or anu-jñāna, am, n. assent, assenting, permission; leave to depart; allowance made for faults; an order or command.
1. an-udita, as, ā, am, not risen, not appeared. (For 2. an-udita, see next column.)
1. an-udāra, as, ā, am, niggardly, mean; liberal, munificent.
2. anu-dāra, as, ā, am, adhered to or followed by a wife.
2. an-udita, as, ā, am, unsaid, unuttered, interdicted (see 1. anu-udita under an-udaya).
1. anu-dhāv, cl. 1. P. -dhāvati, -vitum, to run after, to run up to.
1. anu-dhāvana, am, n. chasing, pursuing, running after; close pursuit of any object, going after a mistress.
2. anu-dhāv, cl. 1. P. A. -dhavati, -te, -vitum, to cleanse.
2. anu-dhāvana, am, n. cleansing, purification.
1. anu-pad, cl. 4. A. -padyate, -pattum, to follow, attend, be fond of; to enter; to enter upon; to notice, understand; to handle.
2. anu-pad, t, t, t, Ved. coming to pass; or (t), f. food (?).
1. anu-pā, cl. 1. P. -pibati, -pātum, to drink after or thereupon, follow in drinking, drink at: Caus. -pāyayati, -yitum, to cause to drink afterwards.
2. anu-pā, Caus. P. A. -pālayati, -te, -yitum, to preserve, keep.
1. anu-mā, cl. 3. A. -mimīte, -mātum, to infer, conclude, guess, conjecture; to reconcile, to equal: Pass. -mīyate, to be inferred or supposed.
2. anu-mā, f. inference, a conclusion from given premises.
1. anu-yā, cl. 2. P. -yāti, -tum, to follow, attend; to take (off) seriatim.
2. anu-yā, ās, ās, am, following; (ās), f., Ved. food.
1. anu-rudh, cl. 7. P. -ruṇaddhi, -roddhum, to retain, keep back; cl. 4. A. -rudhyate or poet. P. -rudhyati, to love, to be fond of or to spare; to coax, soothe, entreat (especially in Bengālī).
2. anu-rudh, t, t, t, Ved. loving, adhering to, favouring.
&c. See anu-vṛt.
1. anu-vasita, as, ā, am (fr. rt. vas, to put on), dressed up, wrapped.
2. anu-va-sita, as, ā, am, (for anv-ava-sita, rt. si), fastened to, bound to, attached.
1. anu-vid, cl. 2. P., Ved. -vetti, -veditum, to know thoroughly.
2. anu-vid, cl. 6. P. A. -vindati, -te, -veditum, to find, discover; to deem; to marry.
1. anu-ṣṭubh (-stubh), cl. 1. P., Ved. -ṣṭobhati, -bhitum, to praise after, to follow in praising.
2. anu-ṣṭubh, p. f. following in praise or invocation; speech; Sarasvatī; a kind of metre consisting of four Pādas or quarter-verses of eight syllables each (so called because it anuṣṭobhati follows with its praise the Gāyatrī, which consists of three Pādas); in later metrical systems, the Anuṣṭubh constitutes a whole class of metres, consisting of four times eight syllables.
1. anūcya, am, n., Ved. the board on the side of a couch. (For 2. anūcya, see below.)
2. anūcya, as, ā, am, to be studied.
1. anūdya, as, ā, am, to be spoken to afterwards or in reply to.
2. anūdya, ind. having said in reply.
1. anūpa, as, ā, am (fr. ap, q. v., with anu), situated near the water, watery, wet, a watery country; (as), m. pond, bank of a river; a buffalo; N. of a king.
2. anūpa, as, ā, am, (fr. anu-vap), Ved. bestowing in order. (For. 1. anūpa, see above.)
1. an-ūṣara, as, ā, am, (fr. ūṣara with 3. a as an expletive or denoting comparison), saline.
2. an-ūṣara, as, ā, am, not saline.
1. a-nedya, as, ā, am (rt. nid), Ved. not to be blamed.
2. a-nedya, as, ā, am, (fr. a and nedyas, a contraction of nedīyas?), Ved. not near, infinite.
1. an-ena, as, ā, am, Ved. (according to native authorities) sinless, faultless; (according to German scholars) without a variegated set (of horses). See eta.
2. anena, as, m. (fr. ina and ana for an); this doubtful wrod may signify one who has no superior, 'a sovereign or paramount lord;' see ina and ana for an.
&c. See antar-i.
1. antar-dhā, cl. 3. A. -dhatte, -dhātum, to place within, deposit; to receive within; to hide, conceal, obscure; to hide one's self: Pass. -dhīyate, to be received within, to be absorbed; to be rendered invisible; to disappear, vanish; to cease: Caus. -dhāpayati, -yitum, to render invisible, to cause to disappear.
2. antar-dhā, f. concealment, covering, disappearing.
1. anti, ind. before, in the presence of, near; (with gen.) within the proximity of, to [cf. Lat. ante, Gr. [greek]].
1. antika, as, ā, am, (with gen. or abl.) near, proximate; compar. nedīyas, superl. nediṣṭha; (am), n. vicinity, proximity, near, e. g. antika-stha, remaining near; (am), ind. (with abl., gen., or as last member of a compound) until, near to, into the presence of; (āt), ind. from the proximity; near, close by; within the presence of; (e), ind. (with gen. or as last member of a compound) near, close by, in the proximity or presence of; (ena), ind. (with gen.) near.
1. antima, as, ā, am, immediately following (in this sense a the last member of a compound, e. g. daśāntima, 'the eleventh'); very near.
2. anti, is, f. an elder sister (in theatrical language). For 1. anti, see last col.
2. antika, as, ā, am (fr. anta), reaching to the end of, reaching to (e. g. nāsāntika, reaching to the nose), lasting till, until.
2. antima, as, ā, am, final, ultimate, last.
1. andhas, as, n., Ved. darkness, obscurity.
2. andha, as, n. (fr. rt. ad, to eat?; Gr. [greek]), food, Soma, ghee, boiled rice; herb in general herb of the Soma plant, Soma juice, juice; grassy ground. (For 1. andhas, see above.)
1. anna, as, m. (fr. rt. at or am?), the sun.
2. anna, as, ā, am (fr. rt. ad), eaten; (am), n. food or victual in general; food in a mystical sense, or the lowest form in which the supreme soul is manifested, the coarsest envelope of the supreme spirit; boiled rice; bread corn; Ved. water; Viṣṇu; earth.
See under anya.
1. anv-ādhi, is, m. a bail or deposit delivered to a third person, see anv-āhita below; a second deposit.
2. anv-ādhi, is, m. (rt. dhyai), repentance, remorse, melancholy reflection after (the commission of a bad act).
1. anv-iṣ (anu-iṣ), cl. 1. P. -icchati, -eṣitum, -eṣṭum, to desire, seek, seek after, search, aim at.
2. anv-iṣ (anu-iṣ), cl. 4. P. -iṣ-yati, -eṣitum, to go after, seek, search: Caus. -eṣayati, -yitum, to seek.
1. apa-ci, cl. 3. P., Ved. -ciketi, -cetum, to pay attention to, to respect; to invite respectfully.
1. apa-cita, as, ā, am, honoured, respected, saluted; (am), n. honouring, esteeming.
1. apa-citi, is, f. honouring, worship, reverence.
2. apa-ci, cl. 5. P. A. -cinoti, -nute, -cetum, to gather, collect: Pass. -cīyate, to be injured in health or prosperity; to grow less; to wane; (with abl.) to lose anything.
2. apa-cita, as, ā, am, diminished, expended, wasted; emaciated, thin.
2. apa-citi, is, f. loss; expense; exclusion; compensation; punishing; N. of a daughter of Marīci.
1. apa-cit, Caus. P. A. -cetayati, -te, or Ved. -citayati, -te, -yitum, to become faithless: Desid. -cikitati, -te, to wish to leave or to abandon any one.
2. apa-cit, t, f., Ved. a noxious flying insect.
1. apa-mitya, as, ā, am (rt. mi?), Ved. to be thrown away; see under apa-me below.
2. apa-mitya or apa-mityaka, am, n. debt.
1. a-para, as, ā, am, having nothing beyond or after, having no rival or superior.
2. apara, as, ā, am (fr. apa), posterior, hinder, later, latter (opposed to pūrva and often occuring as the first member of a comp.); following; western; inferior, lower (opposed to para); other, another (opposed to sva); different (with abl.); distant, opposite. Sometimes apara is used as a conjunction to connect words or sentences, e. g. aparañca, moreover. (as), m. the hind foot of an elephant; (ā), f. the west; the hind quarter of an elephant; the womb; (ī), f., Ved. the future times, future; (am), n. the future; the hind quarter of an elephant; (am), ind. in future, for the future; again, moreover; (eṇa), ind. (with acc.) behind, west, to the west of [cf. Goth. and Old Germ. afar; and the Mod. Germ. aber, in such words as Aber-mal, Aber-witz].
2. a-paraspara, as, ā, am, not reciprocal, not one (by) the other.
1. apala, am, n. a pin or bolt.
2. a-pala, as, ā, am, fleshless.
1. a-pavana, as, ā, am, without air, sheltered from wind.
2. apa-vana, am, n. a grove.
1. apa-śuc, Intens. P., Ved. -śo-śokti, to disappear, vanish.
2. apa-śuc, k, m. (without sorrow), the soul. apa--śoka, as, ā, am, sorrowless; (as), m. a tree, Jonesia Aśoka.
1. apasya, as, ā, am, active, fit for an act, running away; watery; (ā), f. a kind of brick (twenty are used in building the sacrificial altar); activity; water.
2. apasya, nom. P. apasyati, to be active.
1. apa-spṛś, cl. 6. P. -spṛśati, -sparṣṭum, -spraṣṭum, to touch.
2. apa-spṛś, k, k, k, Ved. not letting one's self be touched.
3. a-paspṛś, k, k, k, Ved. not touching, not hurting.
1. apa-hā, cl. 3. A. -jihīte, -hātum, to go off, come to an end.
2. apa-hā, cl. 3. P. -jahāti, -hātum, to leave, abandon.
1. apāka, as, ā, am (fr. apa), situated aside or behind; distant; coming from a distant place; incomparable.
2. a-pāka, as, ā, am (rt. pac), immature, raw, unripe, undigested; (as), m. immanturity, indigestion.
1. apāra, am, n. the opposite bank of a river; the same as pāra, q. v.
2. a-pāra, am, n. (in the Sāṅkhya) a bad shore, i. e. a kind of mental indifference or acquiescence (tuṣṭi); it may also mean the reverse of pāra or of pārapāra, i. e. the reverse of mental acquiescence; (as, ā, am), shoreless, unbounded, boundless, interminable; an epithet of heaven and earth; out of reach; inexhaustible.
1. apāśraya (-apa-āś-), as, ā, am, helpless, destitute.
2. apā-śraya, as, m. refuge, recourse, the person or thing to which recourse is had for refuge; an awning spread over a court or yard.
1. a-pit, t, t, t (rt. pi), Ved. not swelling, dry; waterless.
2. a-pit, t, t, t, (in gram.) not having the it or Anu-bandha p.
1. apīta, as, ā, am, gone into, entered, approached.
2. a-pīta, as, ā, am, not drunk.
1. apeṣ (apa-iṣ), cl. 4. A. apeṣyate, ṣitum, to strive after, aspire to.
2. apeṣ (apa-īṣ), cl. 1. A. apeṣate, ṣitum, to withdraw from, to retire.
1. a-prajajñi, is, is, i (rt jan), without progeny.
2. a-prajajñi, is, is, i (rt. jñā), Ved. inexperienced, inexpert.
2. a-pratirūpa, as, ā, am, not corresponding with, unfit. (For 1. see under a-prati.)
I. a-praśasta, as, ā, am (rt. śaṃs), not praised, worthless, contemptible; not approved, forbidden.
2. a-praśasta, as, ā, am (rt. śās), Ved. indocile, disobedient.
1. ap-sa, as, m., Ved. giving or yielding (ap) water [cf. ap-sā below].
2. a-psa, as, m., Ved. not destroying.
1. a-psu, us, us, u, Ved. without food; not beautiful (?).
2. apsu (loc. pl. of ap, q. v.), in the water or waters. This word forms the first member of various compounds, thus:
1. a-phena, as, ā, am, frothless, without scum or foam.
2. a-phena, am, n. (corruption of ahi-phena, foam of a snake?), opium.
1. a-badhya, as, ā, am, unmeaning, nonsensical.
2. a-badhya, as, ā, am, not to be killed, inviolable; see also a-vadhya.
1. a-bhakta, as, ā, am, unbelieving, not devoted, not worshipping; not attached to, detached, unconnected with; not accepted.
2. a-bhakta, as, ā, am, not eaten.
1. abhi-khyā, cl. 2. P., Ved. -khyāti, -tum, to see, view, perceive; to cast a kind or gracious look upon any one, to be gracious: in later Sanskṛt the rt. khyā conveys the idea of telling, making known: Caus. -khyāpayati, -yitum, to make known.
2. abhi-khyā, f. look, view; splendor; beauty; fame, glory; notoriety; telling; calling, addressing; a name, appellation.
1. abhi-gamya, as, ā, am, to be visited; accessible; inviting.
2. abhi-gamya, ind. having approached.
1. abhi-druh, cl. 4. P. -druhyati, -drogdhum, -droḍhum, to hate, seek to injure or maliciously assail.
1. abhi-dhā, cl. 3. P. A. -dadhāti, -dhatte, -dhātum, to set forth, explain, tell, speak to, address, say, name; A., Ved. to receive; P. (corruption of abhi-dhāvati?), to assail: Pass. -dhīyate, to be named or called.
2. abhi-dhā, f. name, appellation; the literal power or sense of a word; a word, sound; (ās, ās), m. f., Ved. naming; praised; invoked (?).
2. abhi-nandya, ind. having rejoiced at, having gladdened.
1. abhi-nī, cl. 1. P. -nayati, -netum, to bring near, conduct towards, adduce, introduce, quote; represent dramatically, act.
2. abhi-nī (abhi-ni-i), cl. 2. P. -nyeti, -tum, to go in to, to approach a woman.
1. abhi-nu, cl. 2. 6. P. -nauti, -nuvati, -navitum or -nuvitum, to extol, praise.
2. abhi-nu, cl. 1. A., Ved. -navate, to turn one's self towards.
1. abhi-pat, cl. 1. P. -patati, -titum, to fly near, hasten near; to assail; to fall down, fall; to fall into, come into; to overtake in flying: Caus. -pātayati, -yitum, to throw on or down.
2. abhi-pat, cl. 4. A., Ved. -patyate, to be master or lord over, to possess.
1. abhi-pā, cl. 1. P. -pibati, -pātum, to drink of.
2. abhi-pā, cl. 2. P. -pāti, -tum, to protect: Caus. P. -pālayati, -yitum, to protect, to assist.
1. abhi-bhā, cl. 2. P. -bhāti, -tum, to glitter (around).
2. abhi-bhā, f., Ved. apparition, phenomenon, inauspicious omen; state of being overpowered, calamity; act of overpowering, superiority.
1. abhi-bhū, cl. 1. P. -bhavati, -vitum, to overcome, overpower, predominate, conquer, surpass, overspread; to attack, defeat, humiliate.
See abhi-mṛś next col.
1. abhi-yā, cl. 2. P. -yāti, -tum, to go up to, approach, encounter, attack, assail. 2. abhi-yā, ās, ās, m. f. going up to, approaching, assailing.
1. abhi-yuj, cl. 7. A. -yuṅkte, -yoktum, to apply to, exert effort, make one's self ready; to encounter, attack, assail; to accuse; to hurt: Pass. -yujyate, to be accused, &c.
2. abhi-yuj, k, f. attacking; an enemy.
1. abhi-rāj, cl. 1. A. -rājate, -jitum, to shine, be-brilliant. 2. abhi-rāj, ṭ, ṭ, ṭ, reigning everywhere.
1. abhi-vyāpya, ind. up to a certain point inclusive.
2. abhi-vyāpya, as, ā, am, to be included; (am), n. validity of a rule (?).
1. abhi-śas, as, f., Ved. accusation, imprecation, solicitation (?). For 2. see next col.
1. abhi-śasta, as, ā, am, falsely accused, calumniated; defamed, infamous; sinful, wicked. See next col.
2. abhi-śas, cl. 1. P. -śasati, -si-tum, to hurt, injure, attack. (See under abhi-śaṃs.) 3. abhi-śas, f., Ved. injuring (?). For 1. abhi-śas, see under abhi-śaṃs, p. 67, col. 3.
2. abhi-śasta, as, ā, am, injured, hurt, attacked.
See abhi-śaṃs and abhi-śas.
1. abhi-śoka, as, m. (rt. 1. śuc), Ved. intense grief. 1. abhi-śoca, as, ā, am, Ved. causing great grief.
1. abhi-śocayiṣṇu, us, us, u, tormenting.
2. abhi-śoka, as, m. (rt. 2. śuc), Ved. ardour.
2. abhi-śoca, as, ā, am, shining, glowing with heat.
2. abhi-śocayiṣṇu, us, us, u, glowing with heat.
See under abhi-sandhā.
1. abhi-san-dhā (-sam-dhā), cl. 3. P. -dadhāti, -dhātum, to aim at; overcome; deceive; calumniate; declare; add; prefer.
1. abhi-sam-pad, cl. 4. A. -pad-yate, -pattum, to become anything, become similar to, be changed to; to come to, arrive at; to obtain: Caus. -pādayati, -yitum, to make equal, change into.
2. abhi-sampad, t, f. becoming complete, complete number.
1. abhi-hava, as, m. (rt. hve), invocation; (for 2. see under abhi-hu below.)
2. abhi-hava, as, m. oblation, sacrifice. See above.
1. a-bhī, īs, īs, i, without fear, fearless.
2. abhī (abhi-i), cl. 2. P. abhy-eti, -tum, to come near, approach; to go up to or towards (with acc.); to go along, go after; to go into, enter; to join; to go over to; to reach; to come to, to fall to one's share (with acc.); to get; to fall into: Ved. Intens. or Pass. -īyate, to ask, request; sakāśam or samīpam abhī, to go near. 1. abhīti, is, f., Ved. approach, assault. See next col.
1. abhīka, as, ā, am (= abhika, q. v., fr. abhi), longing after; lustful, libidinous; anxious, desirous; (as), m. a lover, a husband, a master.
2. abhīka, am, n. (fr. abhi-ac; cf. anūka, apāka, pratīka), Ved. meeting together, closeness, nearness; collision, combat, opposition; abhīke, ind. in the neighbourhood, at the same place or time, at the right time, just in time; in a moment, instantaneously; (with abl.) from, out of; on account of, with regard to; from (in connection with verbs expressing defending from, &c.).
3. a-bhīka, as, ā, am (fr. bhī), fearless; (as), m. a poet; a master.
2. a-bhīti, is, f. fearlessness. See last line first col.
1. abhy-anu-jñā (abhi-anu-), cl. 9. P. -jānāti, -jñātum, to allow, permit; to authorize, direct; to allow one to depart, dismiss; to take leave: Caus. -jñāpayati, -yitum, to ask for leave to depart, to take leave.
2. abhy-anujñā, f. or abhy-anujñāna, am, n. assent, permission; granting leave of absence, dismissing; order, command.
1. abhy-as (abhi-as), cl. 2. P. -asti, to fall to one's share; to be over; to excel; to reign over, tyrannize over.
2. abhy-as (abhi-as), cl. 4. P. -as-yati, -asitum, to throw down, throw to, heap one on the other, accumulate, to shoot off at, to concentrate one's attention in one direction; to repeat, practice, exercise; to study, read, recite; to learn by heart.
1. abhy-udita, as, ā, am, risen (as the sun); arisen, happened; elevated, exalted; asleep at sunrise; celebrated as a festival; (ā), f., N. of a religious ceremony; (am), n. rising, sunrise.
2. abhy-udita, as, ā, am (rt. vad), mentioned, referred to.
1. abhy-upe (abhi-upa-i), cl. 2. P. -upaiti, -tum, to go near, approach, arrive at, enter; to enter a state or condition; to agree with, approve of; to be faithful, obey, submit.
2. abhy-upe (abhi-upa-ā-i), cl. 2. P. -upaiti, -tum, to go towards, approach.
1. abhy-ūḍha, as, ā, am (fr. rt. vah with abhi), brought near.
2. abhy-ūḍha, as, ā, am, reasoned upon, concluded, inferred.
1. abhy-eṣaṇa, am, n. (rt. 3. iṣ), desiring, wishing for.
2. abhy-eṣaṇa, am, n. (rt. 1. iṣ), going towards, attacking.
1. am, ind. quickly, a little.
2. am, cl. 1. P. amati, -mitum, Ved. amiti or amīti, to go; to go to or towards; to serve or honour; to sound: Caus. āmayati, -yi-tum, to afflict with sickness or pain from disease; to be afflicted or sick.
1. ama, as, m., Ved. going, pressure, heavy weight, violence, strength, power, depriving of sensation, fright, terror; disease, sickness; a servant; companion; (as, ā, am), unripe; unfortunate (?).
1. amatī-van, ā, m., Ved. poor, indigent.
2. ama, as, m. (connected with amu), this; self; (ā), f. soul.
1. amāt, ind., Ved. from near at hand, from the neighbourhood. (For 2. see p. 75, col. 3.)
3. a-ma, as, m. or a-mā, f. (rt. mā), unmeasured state.
2. a-mati, is, is, i, Ved. of unmeasured lustre (the sun).
2. a-mata, as, ā, am (rt. man), not felt, not perceptible by the mind; (for 1. amata, see under 2. am.)
3. a-mati, is, f. unconsciousness, ignorance, feebleness of intellect, absence of forethought, knowledge or intention; (is, is, i), evilminded, unworthy of credit, depraved.
2. amatī-van, ā, m., Ved. evil-minded, weak-minded.
1. amā, f. day of conjunction of sun and moon or new moon; see amā-vasī, p. 76, col. 1.
2. amā, ind. at home, in the house; see also under 2. ama, p. 74.
2. a-māt, ān, āti or ānti, āt, not measuring. (For 1. see p. 74, col. 3.)
1. amita, as, ā, am (fr. rt. am), gone, served, honoured, sounded.
2. a-mita, as, ā, am (rt. mā), unmeasured, boundless, infinite; without a certain measure; neglected; unpolished, unclean.
1. amina, as, ā, am (fr.rt. am), Ved. going everywhere, violent, tempestuous (?); loved by all (?) .
2. a-mina, as, ā, am, Ved. unmeasured, unparalleled, inviolable.
1. amiṣa, am, n. luxury, object of enjoyment, flesh. See āmiṣa.
2. a-miṣa, am, n. luxury, objesty, simplicity, absence of fraud; dishonesty (?).
1. ambhas, n. also ind., power, splendor, fruitfulness; a philos. term = tuṣṭi: (the etymology is doubtful; perhaps connected with obs. rt. ap, or fr. bhā, 'to shine', with prefix am.)
2. ambhas, n. (said to be fr. rt. āp; perhaps connected with 1. ambhas or with ap, ab-bhra, ambu), water; the sky; the fourth sign of the zodiac; collective N. for gods, men, manes, and Asuras; mystical name of the letter v [cf. [greek] imber].
1. ambhṛṇa, as, ā, am (connected with 1. ambhas), Ved. powerful, great, violent [cf. [greek]].
2. ambhṛṇa, as, ā, am (fr. rt. bhraṇ?), crying violently, roaring terribly.
3. ambhṛṇa, as, m. (rt. bhṛ with am?), Ved. a vessel used in preparing the Soma juice; N. of a Ṛṣi, the father of Vāc. See ām-bhṛṇī.
1. ayava, as, ā, am, deficient; (as), m., N. of a worm bred in the intestines.
2. a-yava, as, m. or a-yavan, ā, m. or a-yavas, as, n. the dark half of the month.
3. a-yava, as, ā, am, or a-yavaka, as, ikā, am, having worthless or no barley.
1. a-yuta, as, ā, am (rt. 2. yu), Ved. not disturbed or interrupted; (as), m., N. of a son of Rādhika.
2. a-yuta, as, ā, am (rt. 1. yu, to mix), disjoined, detached, not counted; (am), n. ten thousand, a myriad.
See a-yuddha, p. 79, last col.
1. araṇa, as, ī, am (rt. ṛ), Ved. departed, gone away; strange, foreign; distant; (am), n. moving, entering; being inserted; a refuge.
1. araṇi, is, ī, m. f. the wood of the Ficus Religiosa used for kindling fire by attrition; the lower one (adharāraṇi) of the two Araṇis; (ī), du. the two pieces of wood used in kindling the sacred fire; (is), m., N. of several plants, especially Premna Integrifolia; the sun; fire; a flint?; (is), f. a way, a path.
2. a-raṇa, as, ā, am, not fighting, without fighting.
2. a-raṇi, is, f., Ved. stinginess.
1. a-rati, is, f. dissatisfication, discontent; absence of pleasure, pain; dulness, languor; anxiety, distress, regret; a bilious disease; (is, is, i), disconected, unhappy; dull, languid, restless.
2. arati, is, m. (fr. rt. ṛ, cf. ara, aram), Ved. going, approaching; moving quickly; moving flame; occupying; attacking; a servant, assistant, manager, administrator; a master; an intelligent being of all-piercing intellect; anger, passion; anxiety.
1. a-raru, us, m. = the preceding; N. of an Asura; (us), m. f. (?) a weapon.
2. araru, us, us, u (rt. ṛ), Ved. moving.
1. ari, is, is, i (fr. rt. ṛ), Ved. going, moving; reaching, obtaining, making an effort to get; aspiring after; desiring, sacrificing, devoted to; (is), m. the wind; a lord, a master; a pious man.
2. a-ri, is, m. (rt. rā; but by some written ari, and identified with 1. ari), Ved. ungenerous, malicious; not worshipping; inimical, hostile; an enemy; a species of Khadira or Mimosa; N. of the numeral 'six;' N. of a condition in astronomy.
2. aritra, as, ā, am, Ved. propelling, driving; (am), n. an oar; a rudder, helm; a ship, a boat; a part of a carriage; a Soma vessel; (as), m. a Soma vessel; N. of a person. [For 1. see under 2. a-ri; also cf. Lat. aratrum.]
1. arcya, as, ā, am, to be honoured or worshipped.
2. arcya, ind. having honoured or worshipped.
1. arj, cl. 1. P. arjati, ānarja, arjiṣ-yati, -jitum, to procure; to acquire, reach, gain, earn: Caus. arjayati, -yitum, to procure, acquire; to work or manufacture; to make or prepare.
2. arj (a doubtful root, probably distinct from the last, and connected with raj, rāj, and arc), to shine, to be white (?).
1. ardha, as, m. (said to be fr. rt. ṛdh), Ved. side, part; place, region, country [cf. Lat. ordo, Germ. ort]. The accent is on the first syllable.
2. ardha, as, ā, am, half, halved, forming a half [cf. Osset. ardag]; ardha ardha, one part, the other part; (as, am), m. n. the half; one part of two, a part, a party; half; a short syllable. The accent is on the last syllable. (ardha may be compounded in a peculiar way with an ordinal, e. g. ardha-tṛtīya, containing (two and) the third (only) half, i. e. two and a half; ardha-caturtha, three and a half, &c.)
1. alam-paṭa, as, m. the interior of a hoiuse; woman's apartment.
2. a-lampaṭa, as, ā, am, not libidinous, chaste.
1. ava, as, ā, am, Ved. desiring, loving.
2. ava or sometimes va, ind. (as a prefix to verbs and nouns expresses) off, away, down; implying sometimes depreciation, disrepect, diminution, &c.
See above.
1. ava-gṛhya, as, ā, am, (in gram.) separable.
2. ava-gṛhya, ind. having separated, laying hold with the feet, leaning against with force or violence.
1. ava-ci, cl. 3. P., Ved. -ciketi, -cetum, to worship, honour, respect.
2. ava-ci, cl. 5. P. A. -cinoti, -nute, -cetum, to gather, pick off; to take off; to let down (one's cloak) behind, to open (one's cloak).
1. ava-jñā, cl. 9. P. -jānāti, -jñātum, to disesteem, have a low opinion of, despise, treat with contempt.
2. ava-jñā, f. or ava-jñāna, am, n. contempt, disesteem, disrepect (with obj. in loc. or gen.).
See under ava-do.
1. ava-dāna, am, n. a pure or approved occupation; an act accomplished; a great or glorious act, achievement; object of a legend.
2. ava-dāna, am, n. See under ava-do.
2. ava-dāna, am, n. cutting or dividing into pieces, a part, portion; the root of a fragrant grass, see ava-dāha. (For 1. ava-dāna, see under ava-dāta.)
1. ava-dhāvana, am, n. running after, pursuing; seizure.
1. ava-dhāvita, as, ā, am, chased, pursued.
2. ava-dhāvana, am, n. (rt. 2. dhāv), cleaning, washing.
2. ava-dhāvita, as, ā, am, cleaned, cleansed.
1. avanī, f. the earth; N. of a plant.
2. ava-nī, cl. 1. P. -nayati, -netum, to lead or bring down, to push into, to cause to descend or to flow; to lead away; to pour down or over.
1. ava-yā, cl. 2. P. A. -yāti, -te, -yā-tum, to go down, to give way, desist; to remove.
2. ava-yā, ās, ās, am, Ved. giving way, desisting, ceasing.
1. ava-rodha, as, m. hindrance, obstruction; restraint; an enclosure, confinement, besieging, a siege; a covering, lid; a fence, a pen; a watchman; the inner apartments of a palace, the queen's or women's apartments; a palace; pl. the wives of a king. (For 2. ava-rodha, see below under ava-ruh.)
1. ava-rodhana, am, n. siege, blockade; hindering, obstructing; obstacle, impediment; a closed or private place, the innermost part of anything; the inner or women's apartments in a royal palace. (For 2. ava-rodhana, see below under ava-ruh.)
2. ava-rodha, as, m. (rt. rudh for ruh), Ved. moving down, descending; a shoot sent out by the root of a plant, a slip (for planting), the pendent shoots of the Indian fig tree.
2. ava-rodhana, am, n. (rt. rudh for ruh), Ved. descending motion, descending.
1. avas, n. (fr. rt. av), Ved. satisfaction, pleasure, enjoyment; wish, desire, aspiring; favour, furtherance, protection, assistance.
2. avas, ind. (fr. 2. ava), Ved. adv. below, downwards, hitherward.
1. a-vasāna, as, ā, am (rt. 2. vas), Ved. not dressing. (For 2. ava-sāna, see under ava-so next col.)
2. ava-sāna, am, n. place of dismounting from a horse or alighting from a carriage, stopping, restingplace, residence; conclusion, termination, cessation; death; boundary, limit; (in gram.) the last part of a word or period, disjunction of letters; a pause; the end of a verse or the verse itself: (for 1. a-vasāna, see last col.)
1. ava-sāya, as, m. conclusion, end; termination, completion; remainder; determination, ascertainment, certainty.
2. ava-sāya, ind. having finished; having loosened, having set free.
1. a-vākka, as, ā, am, Ved. speechless.
1. a-vāc, k, k, k, speechless, dumb.
1. a-vācya, as, ā, am, not to be addressed; improper to be uttered; vile, bad; not distinctly expressed.
2. avāc, āṅ, ācī, āk (fr. 2. ava and añc), turned downwards, being or situated below, lower than (with abl.); looking downwards, headlong; south; (ī), f. the south quarter, the lower regions [with avāc has been compared the Lat. au-ster for ava-ster].
2. avākka, as, ā, am, Ved. a word formed for the etymology of avakā.
2. avācya, as, ā, am, southern, southerly.
1. a-vāta, as, ā, am, Ved. windless, not moved by wind, calm.
1. a-vāta, as, ā, am (rt. van, whence the part. pass. vāta), Ved. unattacked, untroubled, untouched; unconquered.
1. avāna, as, m. breathing, inhaling.
2. a-vāna, as, ā, am (for an-avāna ?), dried, dry. See vāna.
1. avāpya, ind. having obtained.
2. avāpya, as, ā, am, to be obtained or gained; unattainable, unobtainable (?).
1. avārya, as, ā, am, being on the near side of a river.
1. avāraṇīya, as, ā, am, treating of incurable sicknesses.
2. a-vāraṇīya, as, ā, am, not to be warded off.
2. a-vārya, as, ā, am, unrestrainable, irresistible; not to be warded off; incurable.
1. avī, wrong reading for ambya, q. v.
2. a-vī, īs, f. (fr. rt. vī with a), a woman in her courses.
1. avekṣya, as, ā, am, to be regarded, to be respected.
2. avekṣya, ind. having beheld, having regarded.
1. a-vedya, as, ā, am, not to be known; unascertainable, secret.
2. a-vedya, as, ā, am (rt. 2. vid), not to be married; (as), m. a calf.
1. avyaya, as, ī, am (fr. avi, q. v.), Ved. coming from sheep, made of sheep's skin.
2. a-vyaya, as, ā, am (rt. i with a and vi), not liable to change, imperishable, undecaying, immutable, eternal; unexpended, unwasted; economical, parsimonious; (as), m. a N. of Viṣṇu or of Śiva; N. of a son of Manu Raivata; (as, am), m. n. an indeclinable word, a particle; (am), n. (in the Vedānta) a member or corporeal part of an organized body.
1. aś, cl. 5. P. A. (in classical Sanskṛt A. only), aśnoti, -nute, āśa, ānaṃśa, ānaśe, aśiṣyate or akṣyate, āśiṣṭa and āṣṭa, aśitum, to reach, come to, arrive at; to get, gain, obtain; to become master of, to master, to be able; to pervade, penetrate, pierce through, fill; to heap, accumulate: Caus. āśayati, āśiśat: Desid. aśiśiṣate: Intens. aśāśyate.
1. aśana, as, ā, am, reaching, reaching across.
1. aśitra, as, m. a thief.
2. aś, cl. 9. P. aśnāti, āśa, aśi-ṣyati, āśīt, aśitum, to eat, consume; to taste, enjoy: Caus. āśayati, -yitum, to cause to eat, to give to eat, to feed: Desid. aśiśiṣati, to wish to eat: Intens. aśāśyate.
2. aśana, am, n. eating, feeding; food (often at the end of compounds, e. g. mūla-phalāśana, as, ā, am, having roots and fruit for food).
2. aśitra, am, n. an oblation of rice, &c.
3. aśana, as, m. = asana, N. of the tree Terminalia Tomentosa W. and A.
See under 1. aś, 2. aś.
1. aśīta, as, ī, am, the eightieth.
2. a-śīta, as, ā, am, not cold, warm, hot.
1. a-śoka, as, ā, am (rt. 2. śuc), Ved. without heat.
2. a-śoka, as, ā, am (rt. 1. śuc), without sorrow, not feeling or not causing sorrow; (as), m., N. of the tree Jonesia Aśoka Roxb. (it is a tree of moderate size, belonging to the leguminous class, with magnificent red flowers); N. of a minister of king Daśaratha; N. of a king in Pāṭaliputra; (ā), f., N. of a medicinal plant; one of the female domestic deities of the Jainas; (am), n. the blossom of the Aśoka plant; quicksilver.
See under a-śuṣka.
1. aśna, as, ā, am (fr. rt. 2. aś), Ved. voracious; (as), m., N. of a demon.
1. aśman, ā, m., Ved. eating.
2. aśna, as, m. (fr. rt. 1. aś ?), Ved. a stone; a cloud.
2. aśman, ā, m. a stone, especially one fit for slinging; flint; hard stone, rock; a cloud; thunderbolt; sky (?); N. of a Brāhman [cf. Zend aśman; Pers. asmān; Lith. akmu-, Them. akmen; Slav. kamy, Them. kamen].
1. aśra, as, m. (fr. rt. 1. aś, wrongly spelt asra), a corner [cf. aśri].
2. aśra, am, n. = aśru, a tear, q. v.
3. aśra, am, n. = asra, blood, q. v.
1. aśva, as, m. (rt. 1. aś?), a horse, especially a stallion; the number 'seven' (that being the number of the horses of the sun); a race of men horse-like in strength; N. of a son of Citraka, also of a Dānava; (ā), f. a mare; (au), du. a horse and a mare [cf. Zend aśpa; Lat. equus; Gr. [greek] Lith. aszwa; Old Sax. ehuscalc].
2. aśva, nom. P. aśvati, to behave like a horse.
1. aṣṭi, is, f., N. of a metre consisting of sixtyfour syllables.
2. aṣṭi, is, f. (fr. rt. 1. as), Ved. reaching.
1. as, cl. 2. P. asti, (2nd sing. asi, Impf. āsīt, Pot. syāt, Impv. astu, 2nd sing. edhi, Perf. āsa), to be, live, exist, be present; to take place, happen; to belong to, be in the possession of (e. g. tasya na kiñcit svam asti, there is no property belonging to him); to fall to the share of, to happen to any one (with gen.); to abide, dwell, stay; to turn out, tend towards any result, prove (with dat.); to be sufficient for (with dat.); to become: na as, to be lost, to perish; [cf. Gr. [greek] Lat. es-t; Goth. is-t; Lith. es-ti; Slav. jes-tj.]
2. as, cl. 4. P. asyati, āsa, asiṣyati, āsthat, asitum, to throw, cast, shoot at (with dat., loc., or gen. of the mark); to drive or frighten away; to throw away, take away, let go, leave.
3. as, cl. 1. P. A. asati, -te, -situm, to go; to shine; to take.
1. a-saṅga, as, m. (rt. sañj), nonattachment; (as, ā, am), not attached, having no attachment or inclination for or interest in, independent, free from ties, not hindered, moving without hindrance.
2. a-saṅga, as, ā, am (rt. gam with sam and a prefixed), not united, unassociated, solitary; (as), m., N. of a son of Yuyudhāna.
2. a-sattva, as, ā, am, strengthless, without energy; (for 1. asat-tva, see under a-sat above.)
1. a-sita, as, ā, am, (rt. si), Ved. unbound.
2. asita, as, f. asitā or Ved. f. asi-knī, am, (sita, 'white', appears to have been formed from this word, which is probably original, and not a compound of a and sita; cf. the formation of sura fr. asura), dark-coloured, black, dark-blue; (as), m. the black colour; N. of the planet Saturn; the dark fortnight of a lunar month; N. of a being presiding over darkness and magic; N. of a descendant of Kāśyapa and several other persons; N. of a mountain; a black snake; (tā), f. the indigo plant; N. of an Apsaras; (asiknī), f., Ved. 'the dark one', the night; a girl attending upon the inner or women's apartments (whose hair is not whitened by age); N. of a daughter of Vīraṇa and wife of Daksha; N. of the river Akesines (afterwards Candra-bhāga) in the Pañjāb.
1. a-suta, as, ā, am (rt. 2. su), Ved. not pressed out, not cleared or purified, not ready (as the Soma juice).
2. a-suta, as, ā, am (rt. 1. su), childless. See a-sū.
1. asta, as, ā, am (fr. rt. 2. as), thrown, cast; expelled, sent away; sent, despatched; removed, laid or set aside; finished; (ā), f., Ved. a missile, an arrow.
2. asta, am, n. (fr. rt. 1. as ?), Ved. home; death, end; (as), m. the western mountain, behind which the sun is supposed to set; sunset; (in astronomy) the seventh lunar mansion.
1. ah (connected with rt. nah), cl. 1. P., Ved. ahati, 2nd pl. perf. anāha, to string together (?), to compose, to celebrate, to prepare, to increase.
2. ah, cl. 5. P., Ved. ahnoti or aḍnoti, to pervade or occupy; to go or move; cl. 10 (?) to cause to shine (?).
3. ah (defect. verb, preserved only in five persons of the perfect, viz. āttha, āha, āhathus, āhatus, āhus, which may have a present signification), to say, speak; to acknowledge, accept, state; to declare, express, signify; to call; to attribute; to call (with two acc.); to hold, consider, regard; to adjudge anything (acc.) to any one (gen.). [To this rt. are referred, Hib. ag-all, 'speech;' ag-aill, 'to speak;' eigh-im, 'I call:' Goth. af-aika, 'I deny:' Lat. nego for n'--ego, 'to say no:' also ajo.]
&c. See under aham.
1. ahika, as, m. a blind snake, not venomous, see andhāhika; (ā), f., N. of the silk-cotton tree, Bombax Heptaphyllum Salmalia Malabarica. (For 2. ahika, see below.)
2. ahika, as, ā, am (fr. ahan, q. v.), is found at the end of a few compounds in the sense of lasting a certain number of days, e. g. daśāhika, lasting for ten days. See 1. ahika above.
1. ahīna, as, ā, am (fr. ahan), lasting several days; (as), m. a sacrifice lasting several days; one lasting twelve days (i. e. stoma or yajña).
2. ahīna, as, m. (fr. ahi, q. v.), a large snake (?).
3. a-hīna, as, ā, am (rt. 2. hā), unimpaired, whole, entire; full, luxurious; not deprived of, not withdrawing; possessed of; not outcast or vile.
1. ā, the second letter of the alphabet, corresponding to a long, as in far.
2. ā, (as a particle or interjection of assent) yes, verily; (of compassion or pain) Ah! Alas! in the latter sense it is more correctly written ās; (of reminiscence) Ah! Oh! (a conjunction disjunctive) but; (a conjunction copulative) and. This particle remains unaltered in orthography even before vowels.
3. ā a prefix to verbs and nouns, (expressing) near, near to, towards, from all sides, all around; and sometimes redundant. As a prefix to verbs of motion it expresses the notion of moving or going towards; e. g. ā-krāmati, he goes towards. When prefixed to roots like gam, yā, and i, to go, and dā, to give, it reverses the action; e. g. ā-gacchati, he comes; ā-datte, he takes.
4. ā, ās, m., N. of Śiva; (ā), f., N. of Lakṣmī.
1. ā-kramya or ā-kramaṇīya, as, ā, am, to be approached; to be attacked; to be ascended or surpassed or overcome, to be seized.
2. ā-kramya, ind. having attacked, invaded, seized upon, overrun or encroached.
2. ā-khyā, f. appellation, name; (as, ā, am), often at the end of a compound in the sense of 'named', 'called.'
1. āga = āgas in an-āga, q. v.
2. ā-ga, as, ā, am, accidental; happening accidentally.
1. ā-gamya, as, ā, am, to be approached, accessible; to be acquired.
2. ā-gamya, ind. having arrived or come.
1. ā-gā, cl. 2. P. -gāti, -tum, to come towards or into; to approach, make one's appearance; to meet with; to visit.
2. ā-gā, ās, ās, am, coming towards, &c.
1. ā-gur, cl. 6. A. -gurate, -ritum (gur = rt. gṝ, see ā-gṝ), to approve, to agree or assent to, to promise, to pronounce the Āgur.
2. ā-gur, ūr, f., Ved., N. of a class of plauditory or approving exclamations or formularies used by the priests in sacrificial rites; assent, an agreement.
1. āca, as, m., N. of a man.
2. āca, in the words āca-parāca and ācopaca, 'turned towards and away from' (?).
See under ā-cam.
1. ā-cit, cl. 1. 3. P. -cetati, -ciketti, A. -cikite, -cettum, to attend to, to keep in mind; to comprehend, understand, know; to invent; to appear, become visible, distinguish one's self: Desid. -cikitsati, -te, to wait for, watch clandestinely, lurk.
2. ā-cit, t, f., Ved. taking notice or cognizance, attention to; (according to Sāy. the form ā-citā may stand for ā-cite fr. ā-cita above.)
1. ā-cchad (-chad), cl. 10. P. -ccha-dayati or -cchādayati, -yitum, to cover, hide; to clothe, to dress, put on clothes; to conceal.
2. ā-cchad, t, f., Ved. a cover, covering; a sheath.
1. ā-cchādya, ind. having clothed or put on.
2. ā-cchādya, as, ā, am, to be covered or clothed.
1. āji, is, m. f. (Ved. m.), a running-match; (ājim aj or i or dhāv or sṛ, to run with or against any one for the prize); a fighting-match, fighting, combat, battle, war; place for running, course, level ground; abuse, invective; an instant; [cf. Scot. agh, 'fight;' Hib. agh.]
1. āji. See under āj above.
2. ā-ji, cl. 1. P. -jayati, -jetum, to conquer, win, acquire: Desid. -jigīṣati, to try or desire to conquer or win.
1. ā-jñā, cl. 9. P. -jānāti, -jñātum, to know, understand, learn, obtain information, ascertain, notice, perceive: Caus. -jñāpayati, -yitum, to publish, order, command, direct; to assure.
2. ā-jñā, f. an order, a command; allowance, permission; [cf. Hib. agna, 'wisdom.']
1. ā-tap, cl. 1. P. -tapati, -taptum, to radiate heat; to blaze, to heat; to cause to glow: Pass. -tapyate, to suffer pain, be afflicted; to inflict (austerities) upon one's self.
2. ā-tap, p, f., Ved. heat.
1. ā-tuj, cl. 1. 6. P., Ved. -tojati, -tujati, -tojitum, to bring near, to procure.
2. ā-tuj, m. (Sāy.) destroyer of enemies, or giver of wealth.
1. ā-dā, cl. 3. A. (Ved. sometimes P.) -datte, -dadāti, -dātum, to give to one's self, appropriate to one's self, take, receive, accept, seize, take away, separate; to carry off, to put on (as clothes), to perceive, comprehend; to agree to; to undertake, begin; to begin to speak; to repeat (with punar): Caus. -dāpayati, -yitum, to cause one to take: Desid. A. -ditsate, to desire to take, to be on the point of taking or seizing.
1. ā-dāna, am, n. taking, seizing; receipt, acceptance; taking for one's self, drawing near to one's self; receiving; taking away or off; a symptom: (for 2. ā-dāna see below under 2. ā-dā.)
1. ā-dāya, as, ā, am, receiving, taking.
2. ā-dāya, ind. having taken.
2. ā-dā, cl. 2. 4. P. -dāti, -dyati, dātum, to bind, fasten.
2. ā-dāna, am, n., Ved. binding, fettering; a horse's trappings. (For 1. ā-dāna see under 1. ā-dā.)
1. ādya, as, ā, am, being at the beginning, first, primitive; beginning with (used in this sense like ādi; e. g. indrādyāḥ surāḥ, the gods beginning with Indra, i. e. Indra &c.); immediately preceding (e. g. ekādaśādya, immediately before the eleventh, i. e. the tenth; saṃyuktādya, immediately preceding a double consonant); being at the head, unparalleled, unprecedented, excellent; (am), n. the beginning; ādye, in the beginning; (ās), m. pl., N. of a class of deities; (ā), f. an epithet of Durgā.
1. ā-diś, cl. 6. P. A. -dīśati, -te, -deṣṭum, to aim at, to assign; to point out, indicate, report, announce, teach, determine, specify, foretel; to order, direct, command; to provoke, challenge; to undertake, try; to profess as one's purpose or duty: Caus. -deśayati, -yitum, to indicate, announce.
2. ā-diś, k, f., Ved. aiming at, design, intention; project, proposition; proposal, declaration; region, quarter; (Sāy.) a sacrifice offered or assigned (to a particular deity).
1. ā-dārin, ī, iṇī, i, Ved. attracting, alluring; (Sāy.) destroying (as if fr. ā-dṝ).
1. ā-duri, is, is, i, Ved. careful, attentive. (For 2. ā-duri see under ā-dṝ below.)
1. ā-dṛtya, as, ā, am, venerable, respectable.
2. ā-dṛtya, ind. having respected, having honoured.
2. ā-dārin, ī, iṇī, i, crushing, destroying.
2. ā-duri, is, is, i, Ved. crushing, bruising.
1. ā-dyūna, as, ā, am, shamelessly voracious (said to come fr. ā-div, but the connection of this meaning with rt. div is not very apparent). For 2. ādy-ūna see next col.
2. ādya, as, ā, am (fr. rt. ad), to be eaten edible; (am), n. grain, food. (For 1. ādya see s. v. ādi last page, col. 2.)
2. ādy-ūna, as, ā, am, without beginning. (For 1. ā-dyūna see last col.)
1. ā-dhi, is, m. (for 2. ā-dhi see under ā-dhyai), place, situation; a pledge, deposit; a pawn, a mortgage; location fixing, site; definition, epithet.
2. ā-dhi, is, m. (for 1. see under ā-dhā), thought, care, anxious reflection, mental agony, anxiety, pain; misfortune; reflection on religion or duty; hope, expectation; a man solicitous for his family's livelihood.
1. ā-namya or ā-nāmya, as, ā, am, to be bent.
2. ā-namya or ā-natya, ind. having bent.
1. ā-nāya, as, m. a net.
2. ā-nāya, nom. A. ānāyate, -yitum, to form or represent a net.
1. ā-nāyya, as, ā, am, to be brought near; (as), m. consecrated fire, taken from the Gārhapatya or household fire, and placed on the south side, whence it is called Dakṣiṇāgni.
2. ā-nāyya, ind. having caused to be brought, having caused to be introduced, having brought together, having convened.
1. ānta, as, ā, am (fr. rt. am), gone.
2. ānta, as, ī, am (fr. anta), final, terminal, relating to the end.
1. āpa, as, ā, am, at the end of compounds; e. g. dur-āpa, difficult to be obtained.
1. āpya, as, ā, am, obtainable. See āptavya.
2. āpya, am, n., Ved. confederation, alliance, relationship, friendship.
2. āpa, as, m. (probably connected with ap, āpas, q. v.), N. of one of the eight demigods called Vasus. (For 1. āpa see above.)
1. ā-pad, cl. 4. A. -padyate, -pattum, to come, walk towards; to enter into, attain; to get into trouble, fall into misfortune; to happen: Caus. P. -pādayati, -yitum, to bring on, bring to pass.
2. ā-pad, t, f. misfortune, calamity; [cf. Hib. apadh, 'death;' apthach, 'mortal.']
1. ā-pīta, as, ā, am, drunk up, exhausted.
2. ā-pīta, as, ā, am, yellowish; (am), n. a pyritic mineral. (For 1. ā-pīta see under ā-pā.)
&c. See under rt. āp.
3. āpya, as, ā, am (fr. ap), belonging or relating to water; watery; consisting of water; living in water. (For 1. 2. āpya see under rt. āp.)
4. āpya, as, m. (for āptya), N. of a class of deities in the sixth Manvantara.
5. āpya, am, n., N. of a plant, a kind of Costus. See vāpya.
1. ā-pṛcchya, as, ā, am, Ved. to be saluted, to be welcomed, to be honoured; laudable, commendable, beautiful.
2. ā-pṛcchya, ind. having saluted, having bid adieu. (In Rāmāyaṇa I. 72, 20, a form ā-pṛṣṭvā occurs.)
1. ā-bhā, cl. 2. P. -bhāti, -tum, to shine, blaze; to irradiate; to outshine; to appear, to look like.
2. ā-bhā, f. splendor, light; a flash; colour, appearance, beauty; a reflected image, shade; likeness, resemblance: (as, ā, am, at the end of compounds) like, resembling, appearing; e. g. hemābha, as, ā, am, shining like gold; [cf. Hib. aoibh, 'likeness, similitude;' aoibe, 'neatness, elegance;' aoibheal, 'a spark of fire.']
1. ā-bhāṣya, as, ā, am, to be addressed, worthy of being spoken to.
2. ā-bhāṣya, ind. having addressed, having spoken to.
1. ā-bhās, cl. 1. A. -bhāsate, -situm, to shine, blaze; to be bright: Caus. -bhāsayati, -yitum, to illuminate.
2. ā-bhās, f. splendor, lustre, light.
1. ā-bhū, cl. 1. P. -bhavati, -vitum, to be present, continue one's existence.
2. ā-bhū, ūs, ūs, u, Ved. strong, sufficient, efficacious; (Sāy.) approaching (as a praiser); a prison, a place of confinement; applied according to rule (as a hymn); very prosperous.
1. ā-bhoga, as, m. (fr. rt. 1. bhuj, to curve, bend, with prep. ā), winding, curving, curve, crease; crumpling; circuit, circumference, environs, extension, fulness, expanse; a serpent; the expanded hood of the Cobra Capella (used by Varuṇa as his umbrella); effort, pains.
2. ā-bhoga, as, m. (fr. rt. 2. bhuj, to eat, enjoy), enjoyment, satiety, fulness, completion.
1. āma, as, ā, am (fr. rt. 2. am?), raw, uncooked (the opposite to pakva, q. v.; in the Veda often an epithet of the cow considered as the raw material which produces the milk); unbaked, unannealed; undressed; unripe, immature; undigested; (am), n. condition of being raw; constipation, passing hard and unhealthy excretions; grain freed from chaff; [cf. Gr. [greek] Hib. amh, 'raw, unsodden, crude, unripe.']
2. āma, as, m. or āmana, am, n. (fr. rt. 2. am), sickness, disease.
1. ā-mantrya, as, ā, am, to be addressed or called to; to be invited; (am), n. a word standing in the vocative case.
2. ā-mantrya, ind. having taken leave, bidding farewell.
See under ā-mṛd.
1. ā-yat, an, atī, at, coming, approaching.
2. ā-yat, cl. 1. A. -yatate, -titum, to make effort; to rest on, to depend on, to have the upper hand (?).
1. ā-yamya, as, ā, am, to be stretched; to be restrained.
2. ā-yamya or ā-yatya, ind. having restrained, suppressed or stretched.
1. ā-yuj, cl. 7. P. A. -yunakti, -yuṅkte, -yoktum, to yoke to (anything); to join; to appoint.
2. ā-yuj, k, k, k, Ved. uniting, joining.
1. ār, āryati Ved. to praise; (Sāy.) to approach or to make master of.
2. ār (ā-ṛ), cl. 3. P. eyarti, or cl. 5. P. ārṇoti, ārtum, āritum or ārītum, to come; to reach, obtain, fall into; to inflict; to insert, place in: Caus. ārpayati, -yitum, to cause to partake of; to fix, settle, annex; to ordain.
1. āra, as, am, m. n. (? fr. rt. ṛ), an angle, a corner; N. of a tree; N. of a lake; brass; oxide of iron; (as), m. the planet Mars, [greek] the planet Saturn; (ā), f. a shoemaker's awl or knife, a bore, a probe, a spoke.
2. āra (contained in ārāt, āre, q. v.), distance; proximity (?).
3. āra, probably a wrong reading for ara, a spoke, q. v.
See under 1. ā-ru.
1. ā-ru, cl. 2. P. -rauti or -ravīti, -ravi-tum, to shout, to cry out; to praise.
2. āru, us, m. a hog; a crab; the tree Lagerstroemia Regina; (us), f. a pitcher.
1. ā-ruh, cl. 1. P. -rohati, -roḍhum, to ascend, mount, bestride; to venture upon, undertake; to attain, gain: Caus. -rohayati or -ropayati, -yitum, to cause to mount or ascend, raise; to cause to grow; to plant; to place, fasten; to attribute.
2. ā-ruh, k, k, k, Ved. ascending; (k), f. excrescence, shoot (of a plant).
1. ā-ropya, as, ā, am, to be placed or fixed on or in.
2. ā-ropya, ind. having made to ascend, having caused to mount, having placed upon.
1. ā-lakṣya, as, ā, am, to be observed, visible, apparent.
2. ā-lakṣya, as, ā, am (3. ā preprefixed in the sense of diminution), scarcely visible.
1. ā-labhya, as, ā, am, Ved. fit to be killed or sacrificed.
2. ā-labhya, ind. having received or obtained.
1. ā-liṅgya, as, ā, am, to be embraced; (as), m. a small drum.
2. ā-liṅgya, ind. having embraced.
1. ālī, f. See under āli last col.
2. ā-lī, cl. 4. A. -līyate, -letum or -lātum, to settle down upon; to melt; faint.
1. ā-locya or ā-locanīya, as, ā, am, to be seen, thought of or considered.
2. ā-locya, ind. having considered, having reflected.
1. āvaya, am, n. (fr. 2. a-vī), Ved. non-conception, barrenness.
2. āvaya, as, ā, m. f. water.
1. ā-vid, Caus. P. -vedayati, -yitum, to make known, report, declare, announce.
2. ā-vid, t, f., Ved. knowledge, the being or becoming known; technical designation of the Vedic formulas beginning with āvis and āvitta.
1. ā-vedya, ind. having made known.
2. ā-vedya, as, ā, am, to be represented or made known.
1. ā-vī, cl. 2. P., Ved. -veti, -tum, to go towards, approach, enter.
2. ā-vī, f. the pangs of child-birth. (For āvī, f. of āvya, see āvya next col.)
1. ā-vṛt, cl. 1. A. -vartate, -titum, to turn or go towards, to turn round, turn back, revolve, return: Caus. P. -vartayati, -yitum, to cause to turn; to roll; to cause to roll down, shed; to attract; A. -vartayate, to turn round or back.
2. ā-vṛt, t, f. turning towards or round, entering; (Sāy.) causing to turn towards; turn of a path or way, course, process, direction; progress of an action, occurrence, a series of actions, order, method.
&c. See under 1. ā-vid.
1. āś (ā-aś), cl. 5. P. A. (Class. only A.) āśnoti, -nute, āśitum, to reach to; to obtain, gain; to addict one's self to.
2. āś (ā-aś), cl. 9. P. āśnāti, āśitum, to eat: Caus. āśayati, -yitum, to give to eat.
1. āśi, is, f. the act of eating food.
1. āśira, as, ā, am, voracious; (as), m. fire; a Rakshas. (For 2. āśira see under āśir.)
1. ā-śā, f. wish, desire, hope, expectation, prospect; hope personified as the wife of a Vasu: (for 2. āśā see next page.)
2. āśā, f. (fr. rt. 1. aś; for 1. ā-śā see last page under ā-śaṃs), space, region, quarter of the compass, an intermediate region.
1. ā-śis, īs, f. asking for, prayer, wish; blessing, benediction; bestowing or praying for a blessing upon others; one of the eight chief medicaments.
1. ā-śī, f. wishing or bestowing a blessing.
2. ā-śi, cl. 3. P., Ved. -śiśeti, -śetum, to incite. (For 1. āśi see under āśa last page.)
See under āśa last page.
2. āśira, a form sometimes used for āśir. See also under āśa.
2. āśis, īs, f. (fr. rt. 1. aś), a serpent's fang: (for 1. ā-śis see above.)
2. āśī, f. a serpent's fang; a kind of venom, the venom of a snake.
3. ā-śī, cl. 2. A. -śete, -śayitum, to lie or sleep on, pass (the night) in sleep; to inhabit, have for one's home.
2. āśuyā, ind., Ved. quickly, rapidly.
1. āścarya, as, ā, am (fr. rt. car with ā, with a sibilant inserted), appearing rarely, curious, marvellous, astonishing, wonderful, extraordinary; (am), ind. rarely, wonderfully; (am), n. strange appearance; a wonder, miracle, marvel, prodigy; wonder, surprise; astonishment.
2. āścarya, nom. P. (?) -yati, -yitum, to be wonderful.
1. ā-śyāna, as, ā, am, consolidated, coagulated, congealed.
2. ā-śyāna, as, ā, am (ā implying diminution), partially dried.
1. ā-śrava, as, m. (more correctly written ā-srava, q. v.), stream, flow, river; distress, fatigue; fault, transgression. (For 2. ā-śrava see under ā-śru next page.)
1. ā-śri, cl. 1. P. A. -śrayati, -te, -yitum, to resort to, betake one's self to; seek refuge in, enter, inhabit; depend on, choose, prefer; to assist, adhere to, be subject to, keep in mind.
2. āśri, is, f. the edge of a sword. See aśri.
2. ā-śrava, as, ā, am, obedient, compliant; (as), m. a promise, an engagement. (For 1. ā-śrava see last page.)
1. ās, ind. (an interjection implying joy, anger, menace, pain, affliction, recollection) Ah! Oh! &c.
2. ās (ā-as), cl. 4. P., Ved. āsyati, situm, to enclose, border; to admit (as water) into.
3. ās (fr. 2. ās above ? or fr. rt. 2. as; cf. Lat. os), mouth, face; only used in two forms, as follows: āsas, abl., Ved. from mouth to mouth, in close proximity; āsā, inst., Ved. before one's eyes; by word of mouth, personally; present; in one's own person; immediately.
4. ās, cl. 2. A. āste (Ved. and poet. also cl. 1. A. āsate), āsāñ-cakre, āsiṣyate, -āsiṣṭa, -situm, to sit, sit down, rest, lie; to be present, to exist, to inhabit, dwell in; to make one's abode in; to sit quietly, abide, remain, continue; to cease, have an end; to solemnize, celebrate; to do anything without interruption, to continue doing anything, to continue in any situation, to last. It is used in the sense of 'continuing', with a participle, adj., or subst. (e. g. etat sāma gāyann āste, 'he continues singing this verse'); with an indeclinable participle in tvā, ya, or am (e. g. uparudhya arim āsīta, 'he should continue blockading the foe'); with an adverb (e. g. tūṣṇīm āste, 'he continues quiet;' sukham āsva, 'continue well'); with an inst. case (e. g. sukhena āste, 'he continues well'); with a dat. case (e. g. āstāṃ tuṣṭaye, 'may it be to your satisfaction'): Caus. āsayati, -yitum, to cause any one to sit down: Desid. āsisiṣate; [cf. Gr. [greek] Lat. asa changed to ara; a-nus for as-nus.]
1. āsa, seat (e. g. in the compound svāsa-stha, 'staying in one's own seat'); (am), n. the seat or lower part of the body; proximity.
1. āsana, am, n. sitting, sitting down; sitting in peculiar postures, according to the custom of devotees, (five or, in other places, even eighty-four postures are enumerated; see padmāsana, bhadrāsana, vajrā-sana, vīrāsana, svastikāsana: the manner of sitting forming part of the eight-fold observances of ascetics); halting, stopping, encamping; abiding, dwelling; seat, place, stool; the withers of an elephant, the part where the driver sits; maintaining a post against an enemy; (ā), f. stay, abiding; (ī), f. stay, abiding, sitting; a shop, a stall; a small seat, a stool.
5. ās (ā-ās), cl. 2. P., Ved. āste, -si-tum, to sit down upon.
2. āsa, as, m. (fr. rt. 2. as, to throw), Ved. ashes, dust which easily flies away; (as, am), m. n. a bow. (For 1. āsa see under 4. ās.)
2. āsana, am, n. throwing; (as), m., N. of a tree. See asana.
1. ā-sādya, as, ā, am, attainable, obtainable.
2. ā-sādya, ind. having attained or reached; having obtained, according to.
1. ā-siddha, as, ā, am, accomplished, effected. (For 2. ā-siddha see below.)
1. ā-sic, cl. 6. P. -siñcati, -sektum, to pour in or on, besprinkle, wet, water: Caus. -secayati, -yitum, to have (anything) poured in.
2. ā-sic, k, f., Ved. a dish, vessel; (Say.) an oblation which is poured out.
2. ā-siddha, as, ā, am (rt. 2. sidh), put under restraint, imprisoned. (For 1. see above.)
1. ā-su, cl. 5. P., Ved. -sunoti, -sotum, to press out Soma juice, to distil.
1. ā-sava, as, m. distilling, distillation; decoction; rum, spirit distilled from sugar or molasses, spirituous liquor in general: (for 2. ā-sava see next col.)
1. ā-suti, is, f. distilling; decoction; a draught so prepared; distillation: (for 2. ā-suti see next col.)
2. ā-su, cl. 2. P., Ved. -sauti, -sotum, to bring forth, excite.
2. ā-sava, as, m., Ved. exciting, enlivening.
2. ā-suti, is, f., Ved. exciting, enlivening.
&c. See under ā-stṛ.
1. ā-sthā, cl. 1. P. or poet. A. -tiṣṭhati, -te, -sthātum, to stand or remain on or by; to stay near, go towards, resort to; to ascend, mount; to undertake, perform, do, carry out, practise, use; to behave; to exhibit, aim at; to undertake, i. e. promise.
2. ā-sthā, f. consideration, regard, care, care for (with loc., e. g. mayi āsthā, care for me); assent, promise; confidence, hope; prop, stay, support; place or means of abiding; an assembly; state, condition.
1. āha, ind. (an interjection implying reproof, severity, command, casting, sending) Ah! Aha! &c.
2. āha. See rt. 3. ah.
&c. See under ā-hu and ā-hve.
1. ā-hava, as, m. sacrificing, sacrifice. (For 2. ā-hava see under ā-hve.)
1. ā-hāva, as, m., Ved. a trough, a pail, a vessel; a trough near a well for watering cattle.
1. ā-huti, is, f. offering oblations with fire to the deities; any solemn rite accompanied with oblations: (for 2. ā-huti see under ā-hve.)
2. ā-hava, as, m. challenge, provoking, calling; war, battle.
2. ā-hāva, as, m. calling, invoking; battle, war.
2. ā-huti, calling, invoking. (This word may sometimes have this sense in the oldest Vedic texts, but see the more correct form ā-hūti. For 1. ā-huti see under ā-hu last col.)
2. ā-hūta, as, ā, am, called, summoned, invoked, invited.
1. i, the third vowel of the alphabet, corresponding to i short, and pronounced as that letter in kill &c.
2. i, ind. an interjection of anger, calling, sorrow, distress, compassion, &c.
3. i, pronominal base of the 3rd person; [cf. itara, itas, iti, id, idam, idā, iyat, iva, iha: cf. also Lat. id; Goth. ita; Eng. it; Old Germ. iz; Mod. Germ. es.]
4. i, is, m. a N. of Kāmadeva.
5. i, cl. 2. P., 1. P. A. eti, ayati, -te, iyāya, eṣyati, etum, Ved. etave, etavai, etos, to go; to go to or towards (with acc.); to come; to go away, escape, pass, retire; to return; to arrive at, reach, obtain; to fall into; to arise from, come from; to approach with prayers, ask; to undertake anything (with acc.); to appear, to be; to go on well, to prosper (e. g. tasmin yuktasya eti preta-kṛtyā, 'the funeral ceremony of one engaged in that goes on well or prospers'); to be employed in, go on with, be in any condition or relation (with a part. or inst., e. g. asura-rakṣasāni mṛdyamānāni yanti, 'the Asuras and Rakshas are being trampled upon;' gavāmayanena īyuḥ, 'they were engaged in the Gavāmayana'): Intens. or cl. 4. A. īyate, inf., Ved. īyadhyai, to go quickly or repeatedly; to come, wander, run; to appear, make one's appearance; to approach any one with requests (with two acc.), ask, request; to be asked or requested: Caus. āyayati, yitum, to cause to come; [cf. Gr. [greek] Lat. eo, imus; Lith. ei-mi, 'I go;' Slav. i-du, 'I go', i-ti, 'to go;' Goth. i-ddja.]
1. iti, is, f., Ved. going, moving.
1. icchaka, as, m. the citron, Citrus Medica L.
2. icchaka, icchā icchā, &c. See under 3. iṣ at page 142.
2. iti, ind. (fr. pronominal base 3. i), in this manner, thus. In its original signification iti refers to something that has been said or thought, or lays stress on what precedes. In the Brāhmaṇas it is often equivalent to 'as you know', reminding the hearer or reader of certain customs, conditions, &c., supposed to be known to him.
&c. See under indh.
1. iṣ, cl. 4. P. iṣyati, iyeṣa, eṣiṣ-yati, aiṣīt, eṣitum, to move, to cause to move; to let fly, to throw, cast; to raise (as one's voice); to sprinkle; cl. 9. P. iṣṇāti, to cause to move quickly, to cast, let fly, swing; to strike; to fly off, escape; to impel, incite, animate, promote: Caus. P. eṣayati, -yitum, to bring, offer: Desid. eṣiṣiṣati.
2. iṣ, (at the end of some compounds) moving quickly, speedy. See aram-iṣ.
1. iṣaṇi, is, f., Ved. impulse, desire. (For 2. see under 3. iṣ.)
1. iṣṭi, is, f. impulse, acceleration, hurry; invitation, order, despatch.
3. iṣ, cl. 6. P., ep. also A. icchati, -te, iyeṣa, eṣiṣyati, aiṣīt, eṣitum or eṣṭum, to endeavour to obtain, strive, seek for; to endeavour to make favourable; desire, wish, long for; to request; to be willing, to be about to do anything, to intend; to strive to obtain anything (acc.) from any one (abl. or loc.); to expect anything from any one; to assent; to be favourable; to ask anything (acc.) from any one (loc.); to acknowledge, to regard: Pass. iṣyate, to be wished or liked; to be asked, requested, prescribed; to be approved, acknowledged, accepted, regarded as; to be worth; to be wanted as a desideratum, see 2. iṣṭi: Caus. P. eṣayati, -yitum, aiṣiṣat: Desid. eṣiṣiṣati; [with iṣ cf. Old Germ. eiscom, 'I ask;' Mod. Germ. heische: cf. also Gr. [greek] and perhaps Gr. [greek] and [greek]]
4. iṣ, ṭ, f. wish; [cf. iṭ-cara.]
2. iṣaṇi, is, f., Ved. wish, desire. (For 1. see under 1. iṣ.)
1. iṣṭa, as, ā, am (for 2. see next page), sought; wished, desired; liked, beloved; agreeable; cherished; worshipped, reverenced, respected; regarded as good, approved; valid; (as), m. a lover, a husband; the plant Ricinus Communis; (ā), f., N. of a plant; (am), n. wish, desire; (am), ind. voluntarily.
2. iṣṭi, is, f. seeking, endeavouring to obtain; wish, request, desire; any desired object, a desired rule, a desideratum (a term applied to Patañjali's additions to Pāṇini's rules); (is), m., Ved. seeking, going after, guarding.
5. iṣ, ṭ, f., Ved. that which is drunk, a draught, refreshment, enjoyment; libation; the refreshing waters of the sky; sap, strength, freshness, comfort, increase; good condition, affluence.
2. iṣṭa, as, ā, am (fr. rt. yaj; for 1. iṣṭa see last page), sacrificed, worshipped with sacrifices; (as), m. sacrifice; (am), n. sacrificing; sacred rite, sacrament.
3. iṣṭi, is, f. sacrificing, sacrifice; oblation consisting of butter, fruits, &c., opposed to the sacrifice of an animal or of Soma.
1. ī, the fourth letter of the alphabet, corresponding to i long, and having the sound of ee in feel.
2. ī, īs, m., N. of Kandarpa, the god of love; ī or īs, f., N. of Lakṣmī.
3. ī, ind. an interjection of pain, anger, consciousness or perception, consideration, compassion.
4. ī for rt. i. See under 5. i.
1. īḍ, cl. 2. A. īṭṭe (2nd sing. pres. īḍiṣe, Ved. īḷiṣe), īḍāñ-cakre, īḍiṣyate, aiḍiṣṭa, īḍitum, Ved. īḷe, &c., to implore, request, ask for (with two acc.); to praise: Caus. P. īḍayati, yitum, to ask; to praise.
2. īḍ, īṭ, f., Ved. = iḍ, refreshment, libation.
1. īrma, ind., Ved. in this place, here, to this place; (Sāy.) going constantly, or instigating everything.
2. īrma, as, m., Ved. the arm, the forequarter of an animal; (am), n. a sore or wound.
1. īś, cl. 2. A. īṣṭe, or Ved. īśe, īśañ-cakre, īśiṣyati, īśitum, to own, possess; to belong to; to dispose of, be valid or powerful, to be master of (with gen., or Ved. with gen. of an inf., or with a common inf., or the loc. of an abstract noun); to command; to rule, reign; to behave like a master, allow; [with this word are perhaps connected Goth. aigan, 'to have;' Old Germ. eigan, adj. eigan, 'own;' Mod. Germ. eigen.]
2. īś, ṭ, m., Ved. master, lord, the supreme spirit.
1. u, the fifth letter and third short vowel of the alphabet, pronounced as the u in full.
2. u, ind. an interjection of assent, calling, compassion, anger, and command.
3. u, ind. an enclitic copula, used frequently in the Vedas; (as a particle implying restriction and antithesis, generally after pronominals, prepositions, particles, and before nu and su, equivalent to) and, also, further; on the other hand (especially in connection with a relative, e. g. ya u, he on the contrary who &c.).
4. u, cl. 1. A. avate, ūve, oṣyate, auṣṭa, otum, to sound, to make a noise; to roar, bellow: Caus. P. āvayati, -yitum, to cause to sound.
5. u, cl. 5. P., Ved. unoti, otum, to animate, ask, demand.
6. u, us, m., N. of Śiva; also of Brahmā.
1. ukṣ, cl. 1. 6. P. A. ukṣati, -te, ukṣāñ-cakāra (Ved. vavakṣa, -ṣe), ukṣitum, to sprinkle, moisten, wet; to sprinkle or scatter in small drops, to emit; to throw out, scatter (as sparks); to clean; [cf. Lith. ukana: Hib. uisg, uisge, 'water, a river;' uisgeach, 'aquatic, watery, fluid, moist, pluvial.']
1. ukṣa, as, m. (at the end of some compounds) = ukṣan below; (as, ā, am), clean (?).
1. ukṣita, as, ā, am, sprinkled, moistened, cleansed, perfumed.
2. ukṣ, cl. 1. P., Ved. ukṣati, vavakṣa, and A. vavakṣe, ukṣitum, to grow up, to grow strong; A. to strengthen one's self; become strong: Caus. ukṣayate, -yitum, to strengthen.
2. ukṣa, as, ā, am, large.
2. ukṣita, as, ā, am, adult, of full growth, strong; old.
1. uc-cārya, ind. having spoken, uttered.
2. uc-cārya, as, ā, am, to be spoken, to be pronounced.
1. uta, as, ā, am (fr. rt. ve), sewn, woven.
2. uta, ind. (as a particle of doubt or deliberation) and, also, even, or. Often used for the sake of emphasis, especially at the end of a line after iti or a verb (e. g. sarva-bhūtāni tam pārtha sadā paribhavanty uta, all creatures, O king, certainly always despise him).
1. ut-kaṇṭha, as, ā, am, having the neck uplifted, on the point of doing anything; (as or ā), m. f. longing for a beloved person or thing; regretting, missing anything or person.
2. utkaṇṭha, nom. A. utkaṇṭhate, -ṭhitum, to long for, regret, sorrow, for: Caus. utkaṇṭhayati, -yitum, to excite longing, inspire with tender emotions.
1. ut-kal (ud-k-), cl. 10. P. -kala-yati, -yitum, to unbind, loosen.
2. ut-kal (ud-k-), cl. 10. P. -kāla-yati, -yitum, to drive out, expel.
1. ut-tara, as, ā, am (comparative fr. 1. ud; opposed to adhara; declined Gram. 238. a), upper, higher, superior (e. g. uttare dantās, the upper teeth); northern (because the northern part of India is high); left (opposed to dakṣiṇa or right, because in praying the face being turned to the east the north would be on the left-hand); later, following, subsequent, latter, concluding, posterior, future (opposed to pūrva, &c., e. g. uttaraḥ kālaḥ, future time; uttaraṃ vākyam, a following speech, answer, reply; phalam uttaram, subsequent result, future consequence; varṣottareṣu, in future years); superior, chief, excellent, dominant, predominant, more powerful; better, more excellent; (as), m., N. of a son of Virāṭa; a king of the Nāgas; N. of a mountain; (ā), f. the north (i. e. the northern diś or quarter); N. of a daughter of Virāṭa and daughter-in-law of Arjuna; (am), n. upper surface or cover; the north; the following member, the last part of a compound; answer, reply; (in law) a defence, a rejoinder; (in the Mimāṃsā philosophy) the answer, the fourth member of an adhikaraṇa or case; superiority, excellence, competency; result, the chief or prevalent result or characteristic, what remains or is left, conclusion, remainder, excess, over and above, (often at the end of a compound, e. g. ṣaṣṭyuttaraṃ sahasram, one thousand with an excess of sixty, i. e. 1060; saptottaraṃ śatam, 107; bhayottara, attended with danger, having danger as the result; dharmottara, chiefly characterized by virtue); remainder, difference (in arithmetic); N. of a song; (am), ind. at the conclusion, at the end, e. g. bhavad-uttaram, with the word 'bhavad' at the end; asrot-taram īkṣitā, looked at with tears at the end, i. e. with a glance ending in tears; [cf. Gr. [greek].]
2. ut-taraṅga, as, ā, am (for 1. see under 1. ut-tara, p. 149), flooded, inundated, washed over by waves.
2. ut-tara, as, ā, am (for 1. see p. 149, col. 3), crossing over; to be crossed (in the word dur-uttara, difficult to be come out of or escaped from).
1. ut-thāpya, ind. having raised or caused to rise, having roused or instigated.
2. ut-thāpya, as, ā, am, to be raised; Ved. to be sent away.
1. utpala, am, n. (fr. rt. pal for paṭ with ud, to burst upwards as a blossom?), the blue lotus, Nymphaea Caerulea, a seed of the Nymphaea; the plant Costus Speciosus; any water-lily; a plant in general; (as), m., N. of a man who built a sanctuary, of an astronomer; N. of a lexicographer; (ā), f., N. of a river; (ī), f. a kind of cake made with unwinnowed corn.
2. ut-pala, as, ā, am (fr. ud and pala, flesh), fleshless, emaciated; (am), n., N. of a hell.
&c. See under ut-sṛ.
1. ud, a particle and prefix to verbs and nouns. (As implying superiority in place, rank, station, or power) up, upwards; upon, on; over, above. (As implying separation and disjunction) out, out of, from, off, away from, apart. (According to native authorities ud may also imply publicity, pride, indisposition, weakness, helplessness, binding, loosing, existence, acquisition.)
2. ud or und, cl. 7. P. unatti, undāñ-cakāra, undiṣyati, aundīt, unditum, to flow or issue out, to spring (said of water); to wet, bathe: Caus. undayati, aor. aundidat: Desid. undi-diṣati; [cf. Gr. [greek] Lat. unda; Goth. vato; Lit. wandū.]
1. udan, n. (not used in the nom. sing. du. plur. and the acc. sing. and du.), Ved. a wave, water.
1. udanya, nom. P., Ved. udanyati, to irrigate; to thirst, be thirsty.
2. udanya, as, ā, am, Ved. watery; (ā), f. thirst.
2. ud-aja, as, m. (for 1. see under uda 1st col.), the driving out or forth (of cattle &c.).
1. ud-añc or ud-ac, cl. 1. P. A. -añ-cati, -te, -citum, to elevate, raise up, lift up, throw up; to send forth, utter, cause to resound.
2. ud-añc or ud-ac, aṅ, īcī, ak, turned or going upwards; upper, upwards; turned to the north, northern (opposed to adharāñc and dakṣiṇa); subsequent, posterior; (k), ind. above; northward; subsequently; udīcī, the northern diś or quarter, the north.
1. ud-āsa, as, m. throwing or directing upwards, elevation.
2. ud-āsa, as, ā, am (for 1. see under ud-as), indifferent, unconcerned, apathetic; (as), m. a stoic, a philosopher; indifference, apathy, stoicism.
1. ud-ita, as, ā, am, risen, ascended, being above; high, tall, lofty; grown, augmented, born, produced; incurred, experienced.
1. ud-iti, is, f., Ved. ascending, rising (of the sun); going away or down, setting (of the sun).
2. udita, as, ā, am (fr. rt. vad), said, spoken.
2. uditi, is, f., Ved. speech.
3. udita, as, ā, am (incorrectly spelt for ud-dita, see 4. dā), bound, tied.
1. ud-īrya, as, ā, am, to be raised, uttered, spoken.
2. ud-īrya, ind. having uttered, having spoken.
1. ud-diś, cl. 6. P. A., 3. P. -diśati, -te, -dideṣṭi, -deṣṭum, to show or direct towards; to point out, signify, declare, determine; to enunciate, prophesy; to mean; to aim at, intend, destine; to explain, instruct, teach.
2. ud-diś, k, f., Ved. a particular direction or quarter of the sky.
1. ud-dharṣa, as, m. (fr. rt. dhṛṣ with ud), courage to undertake a thing.
1. ud-dharṣaṇa, as, ā, am (or fr. next ?), animating, encouraging; (am), n. animating, encouraging.
2. ud-dharṣa, as, m. (fr. rt. hṛṣ with ud), great joy; a festival (especially a religious one).
2. ud-dharṣaṇa, am, n. erection of the hair of the body, occasioned by great pleasure.
1. ud-dhā, cl. 3. P., Ved. -dadhāti, -dhātum, to abandon or expose (an infant); to set up, erect, build up.
2. ud-dhā (ud-hā), cl. 3. A. uj-jihīte, ud-dhātum, to go upwards, move upwards; to raise; to go away from.
1. ud-dhāna, as, ā, am, gone up, ascended.
2. uddhāna, as, ā, am (for ud-vānta, ud-dhmāta, and ud-dhmāna?), ejected, vomited; inflated, corpulent; (am), n. ejecting, vomiting; a fire-place.
1. ud-dhṛ, cl. 1. P. A. -dharati, -te, -dhartum, to draw out, raise up, make honoured.
2. ud-dhṛ (ud-hṛ), cl. 1. P. A. -dha-rati, -te, -dhartum, to draw out, take out, to extricate, deliver; to tear out, pull out, eradicate; to extend, elevate, raise: Caus. -dhārayati, -yitum, to cause to draw out; to raise: Desid. uj-jihīrṣati, to wish to elevate or draw out, to elevate.
1. ud-bhid, cl. 7. P. A. -bhinatti, -bhinte, -bhettum, to break out, burst forth.
2. ud-bhid, t, t, t, breaking forth, sprouting, germinating; penetrating, coming to the top, destroying; (Sāy.) causing to come forth; (t), m. a sprout or shoot of a plant, a plant; a spring, a fountain; a kind of sacrifice.
1. ud-bhū, cl. 1. P. -bhavati, -vitum, to exist, spring from, arise: Caus. -bhāvayati, -yitum, to cause to exist; to produce; to use, employ.
2. ud-bhū, ūs, ūs, u, Ved. having persistency, lasting.
1. ud-yamya, as, ā, am, requiring exertion.
2. ud-yamya, ind. having lifted or taken up, having made exertion.
1. ud-vāsa, as, m. (for 2. see next col.), banishment, exile; abandonment, setting free; carrying out for slaughter, killing.
2. ud-vāsa, as, ā, am, or ud-vāsas, ās, ās, as, one who has put off his clothes. (For 1. ud-vāsa see under ud-vas.)
1. un-nī (ud-nī), cl. 1. P. -nayati, -ne-tum, to lead upwards or up to, bring up; to set up, erect; to bring out of, free from, help, rescue, redeem; to draw up (as water); to lead away; to stroke, smooth; to lead out; press out, extract; to find out, ascertain by inference, infer; lead off (in singing): Desid. A. -ninīṣate, to intend or wish to lead out &c.
2. un-nī, īs, īs, i, bringing or leading upwards.
&c. See upa-kṛ next col.
1. upa-kṣi, Pass. -kṣīyate, to waste away, decay, be consumed, be exhausted, disappear.
2. upa-kṣi, cl. 2. 6. P. -kṣeti, -kṣi-yati, -kṣetum, to stay or dwell near or at (with acc.).
1. upa-gamya, as, ā, am, approachable, to be approached, attainable.
2. upa-gamya or upa-gatya, ind. having approached.
1. upa-gā, cl. 3. P. -jigāti, -gātum, to go near to, arrive at, come into, undergo.
1. upa-gṝ, cl. 9. P. A., Ved. -gṛṇāti, -ṇīte, -garitum or -rītum, to call out to, invoke with hymns of praise; to approach with praise (with acc. of the person).
2. upa-gṝ, cl. 6. P. -girati or -gilati, -garitum, -litum or -rītum, -lītum, to swallow down.
2. upa-gā, f. accompaniment of a song.
1. upa-carya, as, ā, am, to be served or waited on, to be worshipped; (ā), f. service, attendance; practice of medicine, physicking.
2. upa-carya, ind. having approached or attended to; having groomed or tended (horses).
1. upa-ci, cl. 5. P. A. -cinoti, -nute, -cetum, to gather together; to heap up, collect, hoard up, accumulate, increase, strengthen; to cover over with: Pass. -cīyate, to be heaped together or accumulated, to increase, become strong; to better one's circumstances, be prosperous; to gain advantage, succeed, to be covered with.
2. upa-ci, cl. 3. P., Ved. -ciketi, -ce-tum, to honour, worship.
1. upa-cchad (upa-chad), cl. 10. P. A. -chādayati, -te, -yitum, to cover, hide, conceal, keep secret.
2. upa-cchad or -cchand (upa-chad), Caus. -cchandayati, -yitum, to present any one (acc.) with anything (inst.); to persuade a person to do anything; to coax, to seek to seduce a person; to conciliate.
1. upa-jñā, cl. 9. A. -jānīte, -jñātum, to ascertain; excogitate, invent, find out, hit upon: Desid. A., ep. also P. -jijñāsate, -ti, to seek to ascertain or invent.
2. upa-jñā, f. a knowledge obtained by one's self and not handed down by tradition, primitive or untaught knowledge, invention; commencement of a thing not previously done; (at the end of a compound used in neut., e. g. pāṇiny-upajñam, the grammar invented by Pāṇini.)
1. upa-dā, cl. 3. P. A. -dadāti, -datte, dātum, to give in addition, offer, grant, give; to add: Ved. cl. 1. A. -dadate, to take upon one's self; to erect, support.
2. upa-dā, ās, ās, am, Ved. giving a present; (ā), f. a present, an offering to a king or great man &c.; a Nazr.
1. upa-diś, cl. 6. P. A. -diśati, -te, -deṣṭum, to point out to; to indicate, specify, explain, instruct, teach; advise, admonish; to assign the right place to anything, arrange; to mention, exhibit; to inform; to settle, prescribe; to dictate, command, govern; to name: Pass. -diśyate, to be taught &c., to be called.
2. upa-diś, k, or upa-diśā, f. an intermediate region, as north-east &c.
1. upa-dṛś, cl. 1. P. -paśyati, -draṣṭum, to look at; to perceive, observe: Pass. -dṛśyate, to be or become visible, appear: Caus. -darśayati, -yitum, to cause to see, show, exhibit; to present a false show, impose upon another person by sham appearances; to illude; to explain, illustrate.
2. upa-dṛś, k, f., Ved. a view, aspect.
1. upa-dhā, cl. 3. P. A. -dadhāti, -dhatte, -dhātum, to place or lay upon, place near to, put into; to place, lay; to put to (as horses to a carriage); to impose, lay upon, bestow upon, charge with (as a duty); to lay a command upon, enjoin, instruct in (with acc.); to place under one's self, to lie down upon; to place over, cover, conceal; to locate; to place in addition, to add; to communicate, cause to share in; (in gram.) to lie or be placed close to, to precede without the intervention of another syllable.
2. upa-dhā, f. imposition, forgery, fraud, deceit, trick, a false pretence; trial or test of honesty &c., of four kinds, viz. of loyalty, disinterestedness, continence, and courage; (in gram.) a penultimate letter.
1. upa-dhmā, cl. 1. P. -dhamati, -dhmātum, to blow or breathe at or upon, fan.
2. upa-dhmā, f. blowing upon, breathing; the effort of the voice which produces the sound Upadhmānīya.
1. upa-nī, cl. 1. P. A. -nayati, -te, -netum, to lead near to, bring near, bring, adduce, offer; bring information, communicate; to bring about, produce; to employ, to bring into any state, bring into one's possession, lead away, lead; to bring near to one's self (as a teacher receives a pupil for instruction), to invest with the sacred thread, initiate; A. to take into one's service: Caus. -nāyayati, -yi-tum, to cause (a master) to receive (a pupil), to cause to invest with the sacred thread.
2. upa-nī (upa-ni-i), cl. 2. P. -nyeti, -tum, to enter into, penetrate.
1. upa-pāduka, as, ā, am, self-produced; (as), m. a superhuman being, a god, a demon, &c.; hell (?).
2. upa-pāduka, as, ī, am, having shoes, shod.
1. upama, as, ā, am (fr. upa), Ved. uppermost, highest; nearest, next, first; most excellent, eminent, best.
1. upamā, ind., Ved. in the closest proximity or neighbourhood.
2. upama, at the end of compounds. See under 3. upa-mā.
2. upa-mā, cl. 2. P., 3 or 4. A. -māti, -mimīte, -māyate, -mātum, to measure one thing by another, compare; Ved. to give, grant.
3. upa-mā, f. resemblance, equality, similarity; a resemblance, as a picture, portrait, image, &c.; a simile; comparison, a particle of comparison; (as, ā, am, at the end of a Bahu-vrīhi compound) like, similar to, resembling (e. g. amaropama, resembling an immortal).
1. upa-mātṛ, tā, m. an image-maker, a portraitpainter.
2. upa-mātṛ, tā, f. (a second mother), a wet nurse; a near female relative.
1. upa-labhya, as, ā, am, obtainable, perceivable, to be understood.
2. upa-labhya, ind. having perceived or observed.
1. upa-vāka, as, m. (fr. rt. vac with upa), Ved. addressing, speaking to, praise.
2. upavāka, as, ā, m. f., Ved., Indragrain (see indra-yava).
1. upa-sad, cl. 1. 6. P. -sīdati, -sat-tum, to sit near to, to go near to, approach; to worship; to obtain.
2. upa-sad, t, t, t, Ved. one who goes near to, serving, attending, waiting upon; (t), f. siege, assault; laying up, accumulating; service; N. of a ceremony lasting several days and forming part of the Jyotiṣṭoma ceremony.
1. upa-sthā, cl. 1. P. A. -tiṣṭhati, -te, -sthātum, to stand near, stand by the side of in order to serve, wait on, attend on, serve (with acc.); to be or remain near; stay with; to come near, approach; to approach a god with prayer, worship; to stand under in order to support; to approach for intercourse, have intercourse with; to approach for assistance; to approach with hostile intentions, attack; to occur, come to pass, arise, be present; to meet with, obtain; to fall to one's share, come to the possession of; to conciliate: Caus. P. -sthāpayati, -yitum, to cause to stand near, to provide, present, furnish with, place upon or near; to produce.
2. upa-sthā, ās, ās, am, Ved. standing on.
1. upa-spṛś, cl. 6. P. -spṛśati, -spraṣṭum or -sparṣṭum, to touch (water); to wash or rinse the mouth; to sip water, to sprinkle; to wash off; to gnash (the teeth).
2. upa-spṛś, k, k, k, Ved. touching.
1. upā-dhi, is, m. (for 2. see below), deceit, deception, disguise (in the Vedānta this is especially applied to certain natural forms or properties, considered as disguises of the spirit); that which more closely defines, a discriminative or distinguishing property, an attribute, a peculiarity, an indispensable condition; limitation (e. g. an-upādhi-ramaṇīyo deśaḥ, a country beautiful without limitation, i. e. altogether beautiful); a title, a discriminative appellation, a nickname; a purpose, an occasion, an object; (in logic) a special cause for a general effect; (in rhetoric) the natural character of species, quality or action. upādhi-tas, ind. in consequence of a peculiarity. (At the end of a compound the affix ka may be added to upādhi, e. g. asty-upādhika, having 'is' as an attribute.)
2. upā-dhi, is, m. (fr. rt. dhyai with upa-ā), reflection on duty; virtuous reflection; a man who is careful to support his family. (For 1. see under upā-dhā above.)
1. upā-vṛt (upa-ā-), cl. 1. A. -var-tate, -titum, to turn towards, go towards, approach; to turn away, return: Caus. P. -vartayati, -yitum, to cause to turn, lead back.
2. upā-vṛt, t, f., Ved. return.
1. upāś (upa-aś), cl. 5. P. A. -śnoti, -śnute, -śitum, to obtain, become master of.
2. upāś (upa-aś), cl. 9. P. -śnāti, -śitum, to eat, consume; to taste, enjoy.
1. upās (upa-as), cl. 2. P., Ved. upāsti, to be near to or in.
2. upās (upa-as), cl. 4. P. upāsyati, situm, to throw near or upon or among, cast down upon.
1. upāsana, am, n. injuring, hurting; archery.
3. upās (upa-ās), cl. 2. A. upāste, situm, to sit near to (with acc.), sit at the side of (as a mark of submission and respect); to sit; to occupy, reside, abide in, be present at; to approach, go towards, invest (as an enemy's town); be intent upon, be engaged in; to undergo, suffer; to remain or continue in any action (with indecl. part., e. g. kṛtvā upāsata, they continued doing); to remain in expectation, expect, wait for; to approach respectfully, to serve, worship, honour; attach one's self to; to respect, recognize, acknowledge; to regard as; to employ, make subservient.
2. upāsana, am, n. sitting by the side of; being intent on, engaging in, serving, service, attendance, worship, respect, adoration; regarding as, reflecting on, religious meditation; the sacred fire; (ā), f. service, worship, adoration.
1. upāsya, as, ā, am, to be served or worshipped; to be attended to or accomplished; to be respected; to be regarded or considered.
2. upāsya, ind. having served or worshipped; having associated (?).
1. upe (upa-i), cl. 2. P. upaiti, -tum, to go near, approach (as a friend or enemy); come near to, arrive at, reach; to go to (a master), become a pupil; to undergo, perform, undertake, devote one's self to; to pass into any state, to fall into (misfortune &c.), incur, be present at; to obtain; to fall to one's share; to befal; to regard as, admit, acknowledge.
2. upe (upa-ā-i), cl. 2. P. upaiti, -tum, to come near to, go to, approach, visit; to have sexual intercourse with; to undergo, incur, fall into (misfortune &c.).
1. upeṣ (upa-īṣ), cl. 1. A., Ved. upeṣate, -ṣitum, to attack.
2. upeṣ (upa-ā-īṣ), cl. 1. A., Ved. upeṣate, -ṣitum, to approach with a request &c., to request.
3. upeṣ (upa-eṣ), cl. 1. P. upeṣati, ṣitum, to creep near, approach.
1. upoḍha, as, ā, am (fr. upa-vah), brought near; brought about, advanced, begun; arranged, arrayed; near, proximate; married.
2. upoḍha. See upoh next col.
2. upoḍha, as, ā, am, brought near, brought about, advanced, commenced.
1. urasya, nom. P. urasyati, -yitum, to be strong.
2. urasya, as, ā, am, situated in the breast; pectoral; (labour or exertion) requiring an effort of the chest; legitimate (as a son or daughter); one born from a married couple of the same tribe or caste; excellent (i. e. the very heart, the breast or best part).
1. uṣ, cl. 1. P. oṣati, auṣat, uvoṣa or oṣāñ-cakāra, oṣiṣyati, auṣīt, oṣi-tum, to burn; to punish; to consume; to kill, injure: Caus. oṣayati, -yitum: Desid. oṣiṣiṣati; [cf. Lat. uro, ustus; Gr. [greek] Hib. usga, 'incense.']
1. uṣa, as, m. bdellium; saline earth; (am), n. fossile salt. See ūṣa.
1. uṣā, f. burning, scorching. (For 2. see next col.)
1. uṣita or uṣṭa, as, ā, am, burnt; quick, expeditious. (For 2. see next col.)
2. uṣ (connected with rt. 3. vas, to shine; used as a noun but only in the form uṣas), Ved. light, morning, dawn; uṣas tisraḥ, morning, midday, and evening. (The words uṣas and uṣā below are connected by native authorities with 1. uṣ.)
2. uṣa, as, ā, am, Ved. shining, brilliant; (as), m. early morning, dawn, day-break.
1. uṣasya, nom. P. uṣasyati, -yitum, to become day.
2. uṣasya, as, ā, am, sacred to the dawn.
2. uṣā, f. morning light, dawn, morning; twilight, night; a cow; N. of a wife of Bhava (who was a manifestation of Rudra); of a daughter of Bāṇa and wife of Aniruddha; (ā), ind. at day-break; at night; at twilight (?).
1. usra, as, ā, am, Ved. relating to or seen in the morning; bright; shining; clear; (Sāy. utsaraṇa-śīla) rising on high; (as), m. a ray of light; (ā), f. morning light, dawn, morning; light, bright sky.
3. uṣa, as, ā, am (connected with rt. vaś), wishing, desiring; (as), m. a lover.
2. uṣita, as, ā, am (rt. 1. vas), inhabited, dwelt; fixed, remaining in or on; stale.
2. usra, as, m. a bull; (ā), f. a cow; the plant Anthericum Tuberosum. (For 1. see last col.)
1. ū, the sixth letter of the alphabet, corresponding to u long, and having the sound of that letter in the word rule.
2. ū, ind. an interjection of compassion, of regard; an incipient particle used at the beginning of a sentence.
3. ū, ūs, m. the moon; epithet of Śiva.
4. ū (fr. rt. av), 'a preserver' (?).
1. ūta, as, ā, am, favoured, preserved, promoted, loved.
1. ūti, is, f. favouring, protecting, promoting, aid, assistance, help, favour, kindness, friendly feeling, affection, wish, desire, striving after, hastening towards, delight, enjoyment, sport, play, distillation; (ayas), pl. objects of enjoyment, as food &c.
1. ūḍha, as, ā, am (fr. rt. vah or 1. ūh, for 2. ūḍha see 2. ūh), carried as a load or burden; married; (ā), f. a bride, a wife espoused according to the ritual.
2. ūta, as, ā, am (fr. rt. ve), woven.
2. ūti, is, f. weaving, sewing.
1. ūrva, as, m. (fr. rt. vṛ), Ved. a receptacle (for water), a reservoir; a cloud; an enclosed place, a stable for cattle; a prison, captivity (?); an epithet of the Pitṛs or manes of deceased ancestors.
2. ūrva, as, m. (fr. ūru ?), N. of a saint from whose thighs sprang Aurva, a fiery being received by the ocean; the submarine fire; N. of a prince.
1. ūh, cl. 1. P. (with prep. also A.) ūhati, -te, auhīt, ūhitum, to change, modify; (with prep.) to push, thrust, move, remove, touch lightly. (This root is connected with rt. vah; and it is often difficult to decide to which of these two roots forms like 1. ūḍha, p. 177, are to be assigned.)
1. ūha, as, m. change, modification.
2. ūh, cl. 1. P. A. ūhati, -te (Ved. ohate), ūhe and ūhāñ-cakre, ūhiṣyate, auhiṣṭa, ūhitum, to observe, mark, note, attend to (with acc.): to reckon on (with loc.); to wait for; to comprehend, conceive, conjecture, suppose, infer, reason, deliberate about; to be regarded as: Caus. ūhayati, -yitum, aor. aujihat, to cause to think, reason, infer, or conjecture; to attend to (?); to do, accomplish (?): Desid. ūjihiṣate; [cf. Hib. uige; Lat. äugeo; Goth. auka; Hib. ugtar, 'augmentation.']
2. ūḍha, as, ā, am, observed, inferred, &c.
2. ūha, as, m. deliberation, examination; reasoning; understanding; completing a defective sentence or verse, supplying an ellipsis; [cf. Hib. uga, 'choice, election.']
1. ṛ, the seventh vowel of the Sanskṛt alphabet and peculiar to it, resembling the sound of ri in merrily.
2. ṛ, ind. an interjection of abuse, laughter; a sound inarticulate or reiterated as in stammering.
3. ṛ, ā, f. a N. of Aditi.
4. ṛ, cl. 1. 9. (Ved. also 3. 4. 5. P.) ṛcchati, ṛṇāti (Ved. iyarti, āryate, ṛ-ṇoti or ṛṇvati), āra or arāñ-cakāra, ariṣyati or arīṣyati (?), ārat, artum, aritum or arītum (?), (Ved. 3rd pl. impf. ranta), to rise, tend upwards; to go, move; to meet with, fall upon or into, reach, obtain; to fall to one's share (with acc.); to move, excite, raise, raise (in singing, e. g. vācam iyarti, he raises his voice; stomān iyarti, he sings hymns); to display; to injure, hurt: Caus. arpayati, -yitum, to throw, cast; to put, place, insert, fix, fasten; to direct towards, cast upon; to pierce; to place on, apply; to offer, give, give up, surrender; to give back, restore: Intens. Ved. 2nd pers. alarṣi, 3rd pers. alarti, to move, come; strive, make effort, exert one's strength: Intens. Class. arāryate, to wander about; to run or fly towards: Desid. aririṣati; [cf. Goth. airus, 'a messenger;' Hib. ria or rather do ria, 'he will come or arrive;' ria, 'running, speed;' riach, 'he came;' riachtaim, 'I arrive;' ar, 'guiding, conducting.' With the Caus. have been compared Old Germ. arbjan, 'to inherit;' ki-erpit, 'possession;' Goth. arbi, Them. arbja, 'inheritance:' cf. also Lat. aro; Goth. arja; Old Germ. erru; Lith. aru; Lith. orju; Gr. [greek] Hib. ar, 'slaughter, destruction, plague, the slain in fight;' aor, 'a satire, a course.']
1. ṛkṇa, as, ā, am (for vṛkṇa fr. rt. vraśc), wounded.
2. ṛkṇa = ṛktha below.
1. ṛkṣa, as, ā, am, Ved. bald, bare.
2. ṛkṣa, as, m. (fr. preceding rt. ṛkṣ? or fr. rt. riś? or fr. rt. vraśc?, cf. 1. ṛkṇa; or fr. rt. ṛc connected with rt. ark, to shine?; connected with rakṣas ?), Ved. one who hurts or destroys (?); a bear (as having a shining coat?); (ī), f. a female bear; (ās), m. pl. the seven stars, the Pleiades, [greek] Ursa; in later times the seven Ṛṣis; (as, am), m. n. a star, a constellation in general, a lunar mansion; the particular star in the twenty-seven mansions of the moon under which a person happens to be born; (as), m., N. of the plant Bignonia Indica, and of a similar species; N. of a man, a son of Ajamīḍha, or Ariha, or Vidūratha, or Revata; of Akrodhana; a descendant of Bhṛgu, identified with Valmīki; N. of a mountain; (ā), f., N. of the wife of Ajamīḍha; [cf. Gr. [greek] Lat. ursus; Hib. art; Lith. lokys for olkys; Armen. arg.]
3. ṛkṣa, as, ā, am (perhaps a wrong reading for ṛkṇa), pierced, cut, divided.
1. ṛc (connected with rt. arc and with rt. ark, q. q. v. v.), cl. 6. P. ṛcati, ānarca, arciṣyati, arcitum, Ved. inf. ṛcase, to praise, extol, laud, celebrate; to cover, screen; to shine (?).
2. ṛc, k, f. (fr. preceding rt. or fr. rt. arc), lustre, splendor; a hymn; a single verse, stanza or text, especially verses recited or spoken at a sacrifice or religous ceremony (whereas the verses called sāman [pl. sāmāni] are sung, and the verses called yajus [pl. yajūṃṣi] are some of them not metrical and are muttered in a peculiar manner; these three kinds of verse constitute the Mantra and are considered as sacred speech); a verse of the Ṛg-veda, the particular verse or text on the authority of which a ceremony is prescribed and to which the explanation in the Brāhmaṇa refers; the collective body of the Ṛc, i. e. the Ṛg-veda (but in this sense generally pl. ṛcas).
1. ṛj, cl. 1. P. arjati, ānarja, ar-jitum, to bring near, obtain, get, acquire: Caus. arjayati, -yitum, to obtain, get, acquire.
2. ṛj, cl. 1. A. arjate, -jitum, to go; to stand or be firm; to acquire; to be healthy or strong; [cf. Lat. rego, rectus; Goth. raihts; Mod. Germ. recht; Gr. [greek] Hib. righim, 'I reach, arrive, stretch.']
1. ṛjra, as, ā, am (rt. 2. arj), Ved. reddish, dark red, reddish brown.
2. ṛjra, as, m. (fr. rt. 2. ṛñj?), a leader.
1. ṛñj, cl. 1. A. ṛñjate, ṛñjāñ-cakre, -jitum, to fry.
2. ṛñj, cl. 6. P. A. ṛñjati, -te, -jitum, to spring forward, run; to strive after, long for; (Sāy.) to decorate.
1. ṛtviya, as, ā, am, due, regular; happening at fixed or regular times; conforming to ceremonial rules, familiar with those rules.
2. ṛtviya or ṛtvya, as, ā, am, menstruating; being in the period most favourable for procreation; (am), n. menstruation.
1. ṛṣ (connected with rt. vṛṣ), cl. 1. P. arṣati, ānarṣa, arṣitum, to flow, flow quickly; to bring anything near by flowing; to glide, to move with a gliding or quick motion; [cf. Goth. airz-ja; Old Germ. irru; Lat. erro.]
2. ṛṣ, cl. 6. P. ṛṣati, ānarṣa, arṣiṣyati, ārṣīt, arṣitum, to push; to pierce; to go, approach.
1. ṝ, ind. a particle uttered at the beginning of a speech; an interjection of warding off reproach and terror; (ṝs or rī), f. the mother of the gods; also of the demons; recollection; (ā), m. a N. of Bhairava; a Dānava or demon; the breast; motion, going.
2. ṝ for rt. 4. ṛ, q. v.
1. e, the eleventh vowel of the alphabet, corresponding to the letter e as pronounced in most languages, and having the sound of e in prey, grey. In English, however, this sound is rarely given to e.
2. e, ind. an interjection of remembering, addressing, censure or contempt, and compassion.
3. e, es, m. a N. of Viṣṇu.
4. e (ā-i), cl. 2. P. aiti, -tum, to come, come near, come to, to fall to one's share (with acc.); to arrive at, enter; to addict one's self to; to fall into; to gain: Intens. Ved. eyate, to hasten towards; to request, to obtain by entreaty.
&c. See under eka above.
1. eta, etas, etā or enī, etam (said to be fr. rt. 5. i), of a variegated colour, shining, varying the colours; (Sāy.) going, flowing; (as), m. a deer or antelope; the hide of one; a variegated colour; (nī) f., Ved. a river.
2. eta, as, ā, am (rt. 5. i with ā), arrived, come.
1. edhatu, us, m. (for 2. see endh next page), Ved. prosperity, happiness; a man; (us, us, u), increased, grown.
1. edhas, as, n. (in comp.) prosperity.
2. edhatu, us, m. fire.
2. edhas, as, n. fuel.
1. eva (fr. pronom. base e, see etad, Zend aiva), so, just so, exactly so (e. g. ya evedam iti bravat, who may say 'it is so;' in this sense eva = the more modern word evam); like (e. g. tvam eva yantā, a driver like you; but examples of eva in the sense of iva are rare); indeed, truly, really (often in this sense found in the Veda at the beginning of a verse in conjunction with other particles of affirmation, especially with id, id nu kam, hi, &c., e. g. evennu kaṃ tatāra, he most certainly crossed; evā hy asi vīrayuḥ, thou art indeed hero-like.
2. eva, as, ā, am (fr. rt. 5. i), Ved. going, moving, speedy, quick; (as), m. a course, way, (often in inst. pl., e. g. sanād divam pari bhumā svebhir evair aktoṣā carataḥ, from all eternity day and night move round heaven and earth in their accustomed course); earth, world?; (Sāy.) a courser, a fleet horse; (ās), m. pl. way or manner of acting, mode of proceeding, custom, usage, habit; (Sāy.) desire, a hymn which goes or is directed to the object of praise (e. g. abhi caṣṭe sūro arya evān, the sun sees into the conduct of the worshipper; or according to Sāy. the sun being a lord makes manifest or grants desires). When the inst. c. is used, the meaning is hardly to be distinguished from that in the first example (e. g. svair evaiḥ, in his usual way of proceeding; pūrvyebhir evaiḥ, in the ancient mode; or according to Sāy. with ancient hymns).
1. eṣ (ā-iṣ), cl. 6. P. ecchati, aiṣi-tum or -ṣṭum, to wish, desire.
2. eṣ (ā-īṣ), cl. 1. P. A., Ved. eṣati, -te, eṣitum, to hasten near to or towards; to fly at; to attack any one; to endeavour to reach or gain; to desire; to request.
3. eṣ, cl. 1. P. A. eṣati, -te, eṣāñ-cakāra, eṣāñ-cakre, eṣitum, to creep, glide; to go or approach: Caus. eṣayati, -yitum, to probe.
1. eṣa, as, ā, am, Ved. gliding, running; an epithet of Viṣṇu; (Sāy.) to be desired, desirable; to be obtained.
2. eṣa. See etad.
3. eṣa, as, ā, am (fr. rt. 3. iṣ), seeking; (as), m. running or hastening towards; (according to Sāy. eṣe is an inf. fr. rt. i, 'to go') seeking; wish, election; (ā), f. wish.
1. ai, the twelfth vowel of the alphabet, having the sound of ei in heighth.
2. ai, ind. (an interjection of calling or summoning) Hola, Ho, Heigh; (and of remembering) Aye, Ha.
3. ai, ais, m. an epithet of Śiva.
1. o, the vowel o, the thirteenth letter of the alphabet.
2. o, ind. a vocative particle, Oh; an interjection of calling, Ho, Holla; of reminiscence, Ho, Ah; of compassion, Ah, Oh.
3. o, aus, m. a N. of Brahmā.
4. o (ā-u), only occurring in the pastpass. part.
1. ota. See 4. o.
2. ota, as, ā, am (fr. rt. ve with ā), woven, sewn with the threads across; [cf. prota.]
1. au, the fourteenth letter of the alphabet, having the same sound as ou in our.
2. au, ind. an interjection of calling, Ho, Hola; of addressing, Oh; of prohibition and of asseveration.
3. au, aus, m. sound; an epithet of Śeṣa or Ananta; (aus), f. the earth.
1. aurasa, as, ī, am (fr. uras), belonging to or being in the breast; produced from the breast, i. e. the seat of manly strength, produced by one's self; legitimate; (as, ī), m. f. a legitimate child, i. e. one by a wife of the same caste.
2. aurasa, as, ī, am (fr. uraśā or urasā), coming from Urasā.
1. ka, the first consonant of the alphabet, and the first of the guttural letters, corresponding in sound to k in keep or king.
2. ka, kas, kā, kim, interrog. pron. (see kim and 2. kad, and cf. the following words in which the interrogative base ka appears, katama, katara, kati, katham, kadā, karhi, kā, &c.), who? which? what? In its declension ka follows the pronoun tad (Gram. 223) except in nom. acc. sing. neut., where kim has taken the place of kad or kat in classical Sanskṛt; but the old form kad is found in the Veda.
3. ka, as, m. the Who? the Inexplicable, the Unknown. By a forced and erroneous interpretation of the interrogative pronoun occurring in a hymn of the Ṛg-veda (X. 121. kasmai devāya haviṣā vidhema, what god shall we worship with oblations?) the word ka is applied as a name to any chief god or object of worship, as Prajāpati, Brahmā, Viṣṇu; air or wind; the sun; the mind; the soul; Yama; Kāma-deva, the god of love; fire; a peacock; a N. of Daksha (a clever or dexterous man?); a knot, joint; the king of the birds; a prince in general; the body; time; wealth, property; sound; light, splendor.
4. ka, am, n. (also regarded as ind.), happiness, joy, pleasure; water; the head, hair; a head of hair. (Perhaps this word has arisen from a far-fetched etymology of the word nāka, 'pleasure', i. e. na-a-ka, 'not-not-pleasure.')
5. ka, a Taddhita affix much used in forming adjectives. It may also be added to nouns to express diminution, deterioration, or similarity (e. g. putraka, a little son; aśvaka, a bad horse or like a horse).
1. kaṭ or kaṇṭ, cl. 1. P. kaṭati or kaṇṭati, -ṭitum, to go.
2. kaṭ, cl. 1. P. kaṭati, cakāṭa, kaṭi-tum, to rain; surround; to encompass, to cover or screen.
1. kati (fr. 2. ka, declined in pl. only, Gram. 227. a, all the cases except the nom. voc. and acc. taking terminations, whereas the correlative iti has become fixed as an indeclinable adverb), how many? quot? several (e. g. kati devāḥ, how many gods? kati vyāpādayati kati vā tāḍayati, some he kills and some he strikes). In the sense of 'several', 'some', kati is generally followed by cid or api (e. g. katicid ahāni, for several or some days). kati may be used as an adverb with cid in the sense of 'oftentimes', 'much', 'in many ways' (e. g. katicit stutaḥ, much or often praised). kati-kṛtvas, ind. how many times? kati-vidha, as, ā, am, of how many kinds? kati-śas, how many at a time?
2. kati, is, m., N. of a sage, son of Viśvā-mitra and ancestor of Kātyāyana. (For 1. see above.)
1. kathā, f. conversation, speech, tale; a fable, a feigned story; talk, mention; (in phil.) disputation; kā kathā (with gen. or more commonly with loc. and sometimes with prati), what should one say of? how should one speak of? (e. g. eko 'pi kṛcchrād varteta, bhūyasāṃ kathaiva kā, even one person would live with difficulty, what should one say of many? i. e. how much more many?).
2. kathā, ind. (for katham), Ved. how? whence? why? Sometimes merely a particle of interrogation (e. g. kathā śṛṇoti indraḥ, does Indra hear? yathā kathā ca, in any way whatsoever).
1. kad, cl. 1. A. kadate, -ditum, perf. cakāda, to be confused, suffer mentally; to grieve; to confound; to kill or hurt; to call; to cry or shed tears; cakāda kadanam, he accomplished a destruction; [cf. Gr. [greek] Goth. hatan: cf. also kand.]
2. kad, ind. (originally the neuter form of the interrogative pronoun ka), Ved. a particle of interrogation, where? kad is used, like kim, with the particles cana and cid (e. g. na kaccana upabdiḥ śṛṇve rathasya, not at any time or in any manner is heard the noise of thy chariot; veti divaḥ-kaccid ā, he comes from heaven now and then).
See under kana.
1. kam, ind. (Gr. [greek]), well, bene (opposed to akam, 'badly'), a particle placed after the word to which it belongs with an affirmative sense (Well, Yes), which sense, however, is generally so weak that the Indian grammarians are perhaps right in enumerating kam among the expletives; it is often found attached to a dat. case, giving to the latter a stronger meaning, and is generally placed at the end of the Pāda (e. g. ajījana oskadhīr bhojanāya kam, thou didst create the plants for actual food); it is also used as an enclitic with the particles nu, su, and hi, but is nevertheless treated in the Padapāṭha as a separate word. Rarely kam seems to be used, like kad and kim, as an interrogative particle; sometimes it occurs, like kim and kad, at the beginning of compounds, marking the strange or unusual character of anything, [cf. kandarpa]: according to native lexicographers kam means also head; water; food.
2. kam, A. (not used in the conjugational tenses) cakame, kamiṣyate, acakamata, kamitum, to wish, desire, long for; to love, be in love with; to have sexual intercourse with: Caus. A. (ep. also P.) kāmayate, -ti, kāma-yāñ-cakre, kāmayiṣyate, acīkamata, kāmayi-tum, to wish, desire, long for (with pot. or inf., e. g. kāmaye bhuñjīta, I wish he may eat; kāmaye dātum, I wish to give); to love, have sexual intercourse with; to be inflamed with love; (with bahu or atyartham) to rate or value highly; to cause any one to love, [cf. also kan]: Desid. cikamiṣate and cikāmayiṣate: Intens. caṅkamyate; [cf. Lat. comis; also amo with loss of the initial; ca-rus for cam-rus; Hib. caemh, 'love, desire; fine, handsome, pleasant;' caomhach, 'a friend, a companion;' caomhaim, 'I save, spare, protect:' perhaps Old Germ. scim, scimo, 'splendor;' Armen. kamim.]
1. kara, as, ā or ī, am (fr. rt. kṛ, to do; for 2. kara see p. 205), who or what does or makes or causes; causing, doing, making (especially at the end of compounds, e. g. bhayaṅ-kara, causing fear, frightful; duḥkha-kara, causing pain; vṛddhi-kara, causing increase; sampat-kara, causing prosperity; artha-karī vidyā, a science productive of wealth &c.); (as), m. the hand ('the active one'); a measure, the breadth of twenty-four thumbs; an elephant's trunk; the act of doing, making, &c.; (at the end of several compounds with a passive sense, e. g. īṣat-kara and su-kara, easy to be done; duṣ-kara, difficult to be done; īṣad-āḍhyaṅ-kara, easy to be made rich); [cf. Lith. kaire, 'the left hand.']
1. karaka, as, am, m. n. the water-pot of the student or ascetic; the shell of the cocoa-nut hollowed to form a vessel; shell of the cocoa-nut in general; (as), m. hand; a species of bird; N. of several plants, the pomegranate tree, = dāḍima; Pongamia Glabra; Butea Frondosa; Bauhinia Variegata; Mimusops Elengi; Capparis Aphylla; (ās), m. pl., N. of a people.
2. kara, as, m. (fr. rt. 1. kṝ, to scatter; for 1. kara see p. 204), a ray of light, a sun-beam, a moon-beam; hail; royal revenue, toll, tax, import, tribute.
2. karaka, as, ā, am, m. f. n. (according to some only m. and f.), hail; a thunderstone (?); (as), m. toll, tax, tribute (?).
3. kara, as, ā, am (fr. rt. 2. kṛ, to praise), Ved. devoted, pious.
1. kartana, am, n. (fr. 1. kṛt), cutting, cutting off or in pieces, excision; (ī), f. scissors.
2. kartana, am, n. (fr. 2. kṛt), spinning cotton or thread.
1. karpūra, as, am, m. n. (said to be fr. rt. kṛp), camphor (the plant and resinous exudation and fruit); (as), m., N. of a poet; N. of the father of Gajamalla and uncle of Kalyāṇamalla.
2. karpūra, nom. P. karpūrati, -ritum, to spread like the smell of camphor.
1. karvara, am, n. (fr. rt. 1. kṛ), Ved. a deed, action.
2. karvara or karbara, as, ā, am (said to be fr. rt. 1. kṝ), variegated, spotted; (as), m. sin; a tiger; a Rakshas; a sort of medicament; (ī), f. an epithet of Durgā; night; a Rākṣasī; a tigress; the leaf of the plant Asa Foetida; [cf. karavī, kavarī, kāravī.] See karbura.
1. kal, cl. 1. A. kalate, -litum, to sound; to count; [Gr. [greek] ? Lat. calculo.]
2. kal, cl. 10. P. kālayati, -yitum, to push on, drive forward, drive away; carry off; to drive together, collect; to throw; to announce the time.
3. kal, cl. 10. P. kalayati, -yitum, to impel, incite, urge on; to bear, carry; to do, make, accomplish; to tie on, attach, affix; to utter a sound, murmur; to furnish with; to observe, perceive, take notice of; to regard, consider, count, reckon, calculate; to go; to take hold of the die called Kali (in this last sense kal may be considered as a nom. fr. kali).
1. kava, a form substituted for ka, kā, and 1. ku, to express deterioration or deficiency.
2. kava in a-kava and kavāsakha; [cf. kavatnu and kavāri.]
1. kavīya, nom. P., Ved. kavīyati, -yitum, to act like a wise man; A. to claim wisdom for one's self, pretend to it.
2. kavīya, as, am, m. n. the bit of a bridle or the reins; [cf. kaviya.]
1. kas, cl. 1. P. kasati, cakāsa, kasi-tum, to go, move, approach: Intens. canīkasīti, canīkasyate; [cf. Hib. cas, cos, 'a foot;' coisighim, 'to go.']
2. kas, kaste, a various reading for kaṃs, kaṃste.
1. kā = 2. kad and 1. ku, at the beginning of some compounds (e. g. kākṣa), and perhaps a corruption of kad.
2. kā, a form for rt. kan in the Ved. participle kāyamāna, as, ā, am, wishing, desiring, loving, and in one or two other forms.
1. kānana, am, n. (said to be fr. rt. kan), a forest, grove; a house.
2. kānana (ka-ān-), am, n. the face of Brahmā.
1. kāmya, nom. P. kāmyati (in composition with an object), to have a desire for (e. g. putra-kāmyati, to have a desire for children).
2. kāmya, as, ā, am, desirable, beautiful; amiable, lovely, agreeable; optional, supererogatory, performed for some particular object and opposed to the nitya-karma or fixed and indispensable observance; relating to desire, will, &c., done through lust or passion; performed through the desire of some advantage (as a religious ceremony &c.); (ā), f., N. of an Apsaras, a daughter of Kardama.
1. kāya, as, ī, am (fr. 3. ka), relating or devoted to the god Ka or Prajāpati; (with havis) clarified butter or any oblation to Brahmā; (as), m. scil. vidhi or vivāha, one of the eight modes of marriage, = Prājāpatya; (am), n. with or without tīrtha, part of the hand sacred to the creator Prajāpati, the root of the little finger or of the last two fingers.
2. kāya, as or am, m. n. (fr. rt. ci), the body; the trunk of a tree; the body of a lute (i. e. the whole lute except the wires, including the gourd, neck, and belly); assemblage, collection, multitude; principal, capital; a house, a habitation; a butt or mark, an object to be hit or attained; natural temperament of anything or any being.
1. kāra, as, ī, am (fr. rt. 1. kṛ), at the end of a compound = making, doing, working; who or what does any act, an agent, a maker or doer, an author (e. g. kumbha-kāra, as, m. a potter, a maker of earthen vessels; suvarṇa-kāra, a goldsmith; yajña-kāra, one who performs a sacrifice; vārttika-kāra, the author of the Vārttikas); (as), m. act, action (e. g. kāma-kāra, puruṣa-kāra, &c.); the term used in designating a sound or a word which is not inflected (e. g. a-kāra, the sound a; ka-kāra, the sound k; eva-kāra, the word eva; phūt-kāra, the sound phūt; cf. karaṇa, p. 205); effort, exertion; determination; religious austerity; a husband, a master, a lord; (ī), f., N. of a plant, = kā-rikā, kāryā, &c.
1. kāraka, as, ikā, am, making, doing, who or what does, makes, creates, act, &c.; an agent; one who effects or produces anything; (very often in composition with that which is produced or done, e. g. siṃha-kāraka, the creator of a lion; kṛtsna-kāraka, doing everything; śilpa-kārikā, a female mechanic or doer of a mechanical art); intending to act or do; (ikā), f. a female dancer; a business; trade; concise explanation and development of difficult rules by metrical lines, especially in philosophy and grammar, a memorial verse or collection of such verses; or sometimes two or three Vārttikas arranged in verse; torment, torture; interest; N. of a plant; (ikās), f. pl. Bhartṛhari's memorial verses on grammar; (akam), n. the relation of the noun to the verb in a sentence, the notion of a case but not co-extensive with the term case, (there are six such relations according to Pāṇini; a. karman, the object or nearest aim of an agent, the idea expressed by the acc. case; b. karaṇa, the instrument or idea expressed by the inst. case; c. kartṛ, the agent or doer of an action, also expressed by the inst. case, or if expressed by nom. case not considered a kāraka, i. e. the agent and instrument are both expressed by the inst. when they are not implied in the verbal termination; d. sam-pradāna, the recipient of the object of giving or of a gift, hence the idea expressed by the dat. case; e. apā-dāna, ablation, i. e. departure or removal from a fixed point, the idea expressed by the abl. case; f. adhi-karaṇa, location, or the place of the action, i. e. the idea expressed by the loc. case. The idea of the genitive or possessive case is not considered a kāraka, because it expresses the relation of two nouns to each other, but not the relation of a noun and verb.)
1. kāraṇa, am, n. cause, reason (with gen. and also often with loc.); instrument, means, motive, origin, principle, a cause (in phil.), i. e. that which is invariably antecedent to some product and is not otherwise constituted, (cause in the Nyāya philosophy is of three kinds, according to the distinction of a. samavāyi, intimate or inherent, as threads are the inherent cause of cloth; b. a-samavāyi, non-intimate or non-inherent, as the conjunction of the threads is the non-intimate cause of cloth; and c. nimitta, instrumental, as the weaver's loom is the instrumental cause of cloth); an element, elementary matter, the origin or plot of a play or poem; that on which an opinion or judgment is founded; a sign, a mark, a document, a proof; a legal instrument; an organ of sense; an action; agency, instrumentality; a father (as the cause of being); a deity as the remote or proximate cause of creation; the body; a kind of musical instrument; a sort of song; a number of scribes or kāyasthas; (ā), f. pain, agony; casting into hell; an astronomical period; kāraṇāt, abl. c. from some cause or reason (e. g. kasmāt kāraṇāt, 'from what cause', often with gen., e. g. mama kā-raṇāt, 'for my sake', and at the end of compounds; according to native grammarians every case of kāraṇa may be used in this manner, but only the inst., dat., abl., and loc. occur; a-kāraṇena, without a reason; yena kāraṇena, because; yasmin kā-raṇe, from which motive, wherefore).
1. kāri, is, is, m. f. an artist, an artificer, a mechanic; (is), f. action, act, agency, work.
1. kārin, ī, iṇī, i, doing, making, effecting, producing, acting, an actor; (ī), m. a mechanic, a tradesman.
2. kāra, as, m. (fr. 1. kṝ, to scatter), tax, toll, royal revenue, tribute; (as, ī, am, fr. 2. kara), produced by hail; (as), m. a heap of snow or a mountain covered with it.
2. kāraka, am, n. (fr. 2. karaka), scil. salila, water produced from hail.
3. kāra, as, m. (fr. 2. kṛ, to praise), Ved. a song or hymn of praise, a battle-song.
2. kāri, is, is, i, Ved. raising hymns of praise.
2. kārin, ī, iṇī, i, Ved. rejoicing, praising.
4. kāra, as, m. (fr. 2. kṝ, to kill), killing, slaughter.
2. kāraṇa, am, n. killing, injuring.
1. kāru, us, us or ūs, u (fr. 1. kṛ), a maker, a doer, an agent, artificer, artisan, artist, a mechanic; terrible, horrible; (as), m. an epithet of Viśva-karman, the artist of the gods; an art, a science.
2. kāru, us, m. (fr. 2. kṛ), Ved. one who sings or praises, a poet.
1. kārmuka, as, ī, am, finishing a work, doing it well or completely, fit for or able to do a work; (as), m. a bamboo.
2. kārmuka, as, ī, am (fr. kṛmuka), consisting of the wood Kṛmuka; (am), n. a bow; an instrument shaped like a bow.
1. kārśya, as, m., N. of several plants, = kārṣya and kārṣmarya, = karcūra; another plant, Artocarpus Lacucha.
2. kārśya, am, n. (fr. kṛśa), emaciation, thinness, smallness.
1. kāla, as, ī, am (fr. rt. 3. kal?; for 2. kāla, 'time', see next page), black, of a dark colour, especially dark-blue which is often confounded with black; (as), m. a black or dark-blue colour; the black part of the eye; the Indian cuckoo; the poisonous serpent, Coluber Naga (= kāla-sarpa); the plant Cassia Sophora; a plant, a red kind of plumbago; the resin of the plant Shorea Robusta; the planet Saturn; an epithet of Śiva; also of Rudra; N. of a son of Hrada; also of a prince; also of a brother of king Prasena-jit; also of a future Buddha; also of a Nāga-rāja; of a Rakshas; of an enemy of Śiva; N. of a mountain; (with the Jainas) N. of one of the nine treasures; a mystical name for the letter m; (ā), f., N. of several plants, Indigofera Tinctoria; Piper Longum; a plant nearly related to Ipomoea Turpethum, perhaps Ipomoea Atropurpurea; Nigella Indica; Rubia Munjista; Ruellia Longifolia; Physalis Flexuosa; Bignonia Suaveolens; the fruit of the Kālā (?); N. of a daughter of Daksha, the mother of the Kāleyas or Kālakeyas (a family of Asuras); an epithet of Durgā; (ī), f. black colour, ink or blacking; abuse, censure, defamation; a row or succession of black clouds; night; a worm or animalcule generated in the acetous fermentation of milk, = kṣīra-kīṭa and kṣāra-kīṭa; N. of several plants, = kā-lāñjanī; another plant, Cajanus Indicus; Ipomoea Turpethum; Bignonia Suaveolens; one of the seven tongues or flames of fire; a form of Durgā; one of the Mātṛs or divine mothers; N. of a female evil spirit, mother of the Kālakeyas; one of the sixteen Vidyādevīs; an epithet of Śatyavatī, the wife of king Śāntanu and mother of Vyāsa or Kṛṣṇa-dvaipāyana, but before her marriage. (After her marriage she had a son called Vicitra-vīrya, whose widows were married by Kṛṣṇa-dvaipāyana and bore to him Dhṛta-rāṣṭra and Pāṇḍu; according to other legends Kālī is the wife of Bhīma-sena and mother of Sarvagata); N. of a river, otherwise kālā gaṅgā; (am), n. a black kind of Agallochum; a kind of perfume (= kakkolaka); iron; [cf. Gr. [greek] Lat. caligo.]
1. kālika, as, m. a species of heron, Ardea Jaculator (also written kālīka); N. of a king of the Nāgas; (ikā), f. blackness or black colour; ink or blacking; cloudiness, a multitude or succession of clouds, a dark cloud threatening rain; a fault or flaw in gold; the liver; a particular blood-vessel in the ear; a line of hair extending from the pudenda to the navel; a kind of spirituous liquor; a female crow; a small singing bird with black wings (Turdus Macrourus, commonly Śyāmā); a scorpion; a small worm or animalcule formed by the fermentation of milk; N. of several plants, a medicinal plant, commonly Vṛścikapattra; another plant, Valeriana Jaṭāmāṃsi; a kind of Terminalia; a branch of the plant Trichosanthes Dioeca; a kind of fragrant earth; a N. or form of Durgā; a girl of four years old, who personates the goddess Durgā at a festival held in honour of that deity; a kind of Yoginī; a species of Kinnarī; an epithet of Durgā; N. of a female evil spirit, daughter of Vaiśvānara; (with Jainas) N. of a kind of genius who executes the commands of the fourth Arhat; N. of a river; (am), n. black sandal-wood.
1. kāliya, as, m., N. of a Nāga or serpent inhabiting the Yamunā, slain by Kṛṣṇa (also written kālīya, see below).
1. kāleya, am, n. (for 2. see s.v.), the liver; saffron; a yellow fragrant wood; the black sandalwood; (as, ā, am), dark-coloured; (ās), m. pl., N. of a family of Daityas (metronymic fr. kālā).
2. kāla, as, m. (fr. rt. 3. kal), a fixed or right point of time, a space of time, time in general, (in the Ṛg-veda this word occurs only once, in the Brāhmaṇas oftener); the proper time or fit season for (with gen., dat., loc., pot., &c., e. g. kālaḥ pra-sthānasya or prasthānāya or prasthāne, time for departure; kriyā-kālaḥ, time for action; na ayaṃ kālo vilambitum, this is not the time to delay; kālo yad bhuñjīta bhavān, it is time for you to eat); the weather; time as leading to events, the causes of which are imperceptible to the mind of man; destiny, fate; time as destroying all things; death, time of death, often personified and represented with the attributes of Yama, regent of the dead, or even identified with him, (hence kālam i or kālaṃ kṛ, to die; kāla-samāyukta, dead; kāla in this sense is frequently connected with antaka and mṛtyu, e. g. abhyadhāvata prajāḥ kāla ivāntakaḥ, he attacked the people like Time the destroyer, cf. kālāntaka below; kāla personified is also a Devarshi in Indra's court, and a son of Dhruva); a period of time, time of the world; measure of time, prosody; a section, a part; deśa-kālau, the right place and the right time, place and time; kālaṃ kṛ, to appoint or fix a time; ubhau kālau, both times, sunrise and sunset; ṣaṣṭhe kāle 'hnaḥ, at the sixth hour of the day, at midday; ṣaṣṭhānna-kāla, one who eats only at the sixth meal-time, i. e. who passes five meals without eating and has no meal till the evening of the third day; or without anna, e. g. caturtha-kālam, at the fourth meal-time, i. e. at the evening of the second day; ṣaṣṭhe kāle, at the evening of the third day; ṛtu-kāla, the time of a woman's courses; gacchatā kālena, in the course of time, after some time; nitya-kālam, constantly, always; dīrgha-kālam, during a long time; dīrgheṇa kāleṇa, after a long time; kālena, in the course of time; dīrghasya kālasya, after a long time; kasyacit kālasya, after some time; kālāt or kālatas, in the course of time &c.; [cf. Goth. hveila; Mod. Germ. weile; Gr. [greek] (?); Lat. hora, calen-doe: cf. also Gr. [greek] Hib. ceal, 'death and everything terrible.']
2. kālika, as, ī, am, relating to time, connected with time, depending on time; fit for any particular season, seasonable; lasting a long time, of long standing (often at the end of a compound, e. g. āsanna-kālika, relating to a time near at hand, impending; māsa-kālika, monthly); a-kālikam, without delay; (ā), f. price of a commodity on credit, or a price to be paid at a fixed period or by instalments; periodical interest paid by the month &c.; change of complexion.
2. kāliya, as, ā, am, relating to time. See col. 3.
2. kālīya, as, ā, am, relating to time, timely.
3. kāliya, as, m. (fr. kali; for 1. and 2. see under 1. and 2. kāla), the present age, commonly called the Kali-yuga.
1. kālīya. See p. 225 and col. 1.
2. kāleya, am, n. (fr. kali; for 1. see under 1. kāla), the Sāman of Kali; (as, ā, am), belonging to Kali, the Kali age &c.
1. kāśa, as, m. the becoming visible, appearance; splendor; (as, am), m. n. a species of grass, Saccharum Spontaneum, used for mats, roofs, &c.; also personified, together with the Kuśa grass, as one of Yama's attendants; (as), m., N. of a man; a son of Sunahotra; also of another Sunahotra, the father of Kāśi-rāja.
1. kāśin, ī, inī, i, (at the end of compounds) shining, appearing, having the semblance of anything, e. g. jita-kāśin, one who appears as a conqueror or behaves like one; (ī), m., N. of a man, a son of Brahman Kavi (Mahā-bh. XIII. 4150).
2. kāśa, as, m. (wrongly spelt for kāsa), cough, catarrh, irritation of the throat, sneezing.
2. kāśin, ī, inī, i (wrongly spelt for kāsin), having a cold or cough.
1. kāśya, as, ā, am, belonging to the race or tribe of the Kāśis, a prince of Kāśi; (as), m., N. of the father of Kāśyapa and ancestor of Kāśirāja Dhanvantari; also of a son of Suhotra, and of Senā-jit; (ā), f. the daughter of a king of Kāśi.
2. kāśya, am, n. = kaśya, a spirituous liquor.
1. kās, cl. 1. A. kāsate, cakāse or kāsāmāsa, kāsiṣyate, akāsiṣṭa, kāsi-tum, to cough; to make any disagreeable sound or one indicating disease; to shine (for rt. kāś, q. v.): Caus. kāsayati, -yitum: Desid. cikāsiṣate: Intens. cākāsyate, cākāsti; [cf. Lith. kostu, koseti; Slav. kasjljati; Old Germ. huosto; Scot. casad.]
2. kās, f., Ved. cough.
1. kāsa, as, ā, m. f. cough, catarrh.
2. kāsa, as, am, m. n. (for kāśa), a species of reed or long grass, Saccharum Spontaneum; another plant, Hyperanthera Moringa.
1. ki, a pronominal base, like ka and ku, in the words kim, kiyat, kis, kīdṛkṣa, kīdṛś, kīdṛśa, kīvat, q. v.
2. ki, a verbal root; [cf. ci; Lat. scio?; Hib. ci, 'see, behold;' ci-thi, 'you see;' citear, 'it seems, appears.']
1. kiñcana, as, m. a species of the Palāśa or Butea Frondosa. (For 2. kiñ-cana see under 2. ka and kim below.)
1. kila, as, m. play, trifling.
2. kila, ind. (a particle of asseveration or emphasis), indeed, verily, assuredly; (or of explanation) namely; kila is preceded by the word on which it lays stress, and occurs very rarely at the beginning of a sentence or verse; according to native lexicographers kila may be used in communicating intelligence, and may imply 'so said', 'so reported', 'probably', 'possibly', 'agreement', 'dislike', 'falsehood', 'inaccuracy', and 'reason.'
3. kila, as, m., N. of a man.
&c. See under rt. kṝt.
1. ku, a pronominal base appearing in kutas, kutra, kuvid, kuha, kva, and as a prefix implying deterioration, depreciation, deficiency, want, diminution, littleness, prevention, hindrance, reproach, contempt, sin, guilt; originally perhaps ku signified how (strange!); (as a separate word ku occurs in the Vedas in the sense of 'where?' ku cid, wherever, anywhere); [cf. ku-kathā, ku-kara, &c.]
2. ku, us, f. the earth; the ground or base of a triangle or other plane figure.
3. ku, cl. 2. P. or cl. 1. A., Ved. kauti or kavīti, kavate, cukāva, cukuve, kotum or kavītum (?), to sound; to sound indistinctly; to cry, moan, groan; to cry as a bird, to coo, hum as a bee &c.: Caus. kāvayati: Desid. cukūṣati, -te: Intens. cokūyate and kokūyate, to cry aloud.
4. ku or kū, cl. 6. A. kuvate, cukuve, kutum or kuvitum: Intens. cokūyate, to cry, make a noise; to moan or groan; [cf. Hib. caoi, caoidh, 'lamentation, mourning;' caoidhim, 'I lament, mourn, grieve.']
1. kutsya, as, ā, am, to be reproached, reviled, abused; blamable.
2. kutsya, as, m. = kutsa (?).
1. kup, cl. 4. P. (ep. also A.) kupyati, -te, cukopa, kopiṣyati, akupat, kopi-tum, to be moved, excited, agitated, to swell, heave or boil with rage or emotion, to be angry, to be angry with (with dat. or gen. or acc. or with upari and gen., e. g. tasmai or tasya or tam or tasyopari cukopa, he was angry with him): Caus. kopayati, -yitum, to excite, agitate, affect strongly with anger &c.; to cause to swell or heave with passion; to stir up; to provoke, make angry; to be angry: Desid. cukupiṣati and cukopiṣati: Intens. cokupyate, cokopti; [cf. Lat. cupio; Eng. hope; Germ. hoffe.]
2. kup, cl. 10. P. kopayati, -yitum, to speak, to shine; [cf. Hib. cubhas, 'a word, a promise;' Lat. cupo in nun-cupo; Goth. huf, 'to lament.']
1. kulya, as, ā, am, of or relating to a family or race; belonging to a congregation or corporation; of good family, well-born, well-descended; (as), m. a respectable man; (ā), f. a virtuous or decent woman; custom or habit of a family?; (am), n. friendly inquiry after family affairs or domestic accidents, condolence, congratulation, &c. (For 2. 3. see col. 3.)
2. kulya, am, n. (for 1. kulya see col. 1), a bone; flesh; a winnowing basket; a measure of eight Droṇas.
1. kulyā, f., Ved. a small river; a river in general; a canal, a channel for irrigation; a ditch, a dyke or trench; N. of a river.
3. kulya, as, ā, am, Ved. belonging to a river.
2. kulyā, f., N. of a drug or medicinal plant, Celtis Orientalis (jīvantikauṣadhi); another plant, Solanum Longum (sthūlāvārtāka).
1. kuha, as, m. an epithet of Kuvera; a rogue, a cheat (in a-kuha, q. v.).
2. kuha, ind. (fr. 1. ku), Ved. where? kuha cid, wherever, anywhere, somewhere, to any place.
1. kū or ku, cl. 2. P. kauti, kavīti, or cl. 1. A. kavate, or cl. 6. A. kuvate, or cl. 9. P. A. kūnāti, -nīte, or kunāti, -nīte, cukāva, &c., to sound, make a noise, cry out; to move: Caus. kāvayati: Desid. cukūṣati, -te: Intens. cokūyate or kokūyate, to cry aloud; [cf. Gr. [greek]]
2. kū, ūs, f. a female Piśāca or goblin.
1. kūl, cl. 1. P. kūlati, -litum, to cover, hide, screen, protect; to enclose; to keep off, obstruct; [cf. Gr. [greek]]
2. kūl or kūḍ, cl. 10. P., Ved. kūla-yati, -yitum, to burn, scorch.
1. kṛ. The conjugational tenses are formed in the Veda according to four different methods, as follows: I) According to the rule for cl. 2, Pres. 2nd sing. P. karṣi, du. kṛthas, pl. kṛtha; A. kṛṣe; Impf. 2nd sing. P. akar, 3rd akar and akat; 3rd du. akartām; pl. akarma, akarta, akran; A. akri, akṛthās, akṛta, akrātām, akrata; Impv. P. kṛdhi, kṛtam, kṛta; A. kṛṣva, kṛdhvam: Leṭ, 2nd and 3rd sing. kar, pl. karma, karta and kartana, kran; A. 3rd sing. kṛta; 3rd pl. kranta: Pot. kriyāma; Part. nom. pl. m. krantas; A. krāṇa. II) According to the rule for cl. 1. Pres. P. karasi, karati, karathas, kara-tas, karanti; A. karase, karate, karāmahe; Impf. akaram, akaras, akarat; Impf. kara, karatam, karatām: Leṭ, karam, karāṇi, karas, karat, karāma, karan; A. karāmahai; Part. karantī. III) According to the rule for cl. 5, Pres. P. kṛṇomi, &c.; A. kṛṇve, du. kṛṇvaite; Impf. P. akṛṇavam, &c., 2nd pl. akṛṇuta and akṛṇo-tana; A. 3rd sing. akṛṇuta; Impv. P. kṛṇu or kṛṇuhi or kṛṇutāt, kṛṇotu; kṛṇutam, kṛṇutām; kṛṇuta or kṛṇota or kṛṇotana; kṛṇvantu; A. kṛṇuṣva, kṛṇutām, kṛṇvāthām, kṛṇudhvam; Leṭ, kṛṇavas, kṛṇavat and kṛṇa-vāt, kṛṇavāva, kṛṇavāma, kṛṇavātha, kṛṇava-tha, kṛṇavan; A. kṛṇavai, kṛṇavase, kṛṇa-vate, kṛṇavāvahai, kṛṇavāmahai, 3rd pl. kṛṇa-vanta or kṛṇavante or kṛṇvata: Pot. A. kṛṇvīta; Part. P. kṛṇvat, A. kṛṇvāna. IV) According to the rule for cl. 8, (this is the usual formation in the Brāhmaṇas, Sūtras, and in classical Sanskṛt), Pres. P. karomi (ep. kurmi), karoṣi, &c., kurmas; A. kurve; Impf. P. akaravam; A. 3rd sing. akuruta; Impv. P. kuru, karotu (in the earlier language for 2nd and 3rd sing. kurutāt), kuruta or kurutana; A. kuruṣva, kurudhvam, kurvatām: Leṭ, P. karavāṇi, karavas, karavāt, &c.; A. karavai, kuruthās, karavāvahai (ep. karavāvahe), kara-vaithe, karavaite, karavāmahai (ep. karavā-mahe); Pot. P. kuryām, A. kurvīya; Part. P. kurvat, A. kurvāṇa: Perf. P. cakāra, cakartha, &c.; A. cakre, &c.; Part. P. cakṛvas (Acc. sing. Ved. cakruṣam); A. cakrāṇa; 2nd Fut. kariṣyati; Leṭ, 2nd sing. kariṣyās; 1st Fut. kartā; Prec. kriyāsam; Aor. P., Ved. cakaram, acakriran, acakrat; A. kṛṣe; Class. akārṣīt (poet. akā-raṣīt); Pass. Aor. reflex. akāri and akṛta; Inf. kartum; Ved. kartave, kartavai, kartos; Ind. Part. kṛtvā, Ved. kṛtvī and kṛtvāya; to do, make, perform, accomplish, cause, effect, prepare, undertake; to do anything for the advantage or injury of another (with gen. or loc. of the person); to execute, carry out (as an order or command); to manufacture, prepare, work at, elaborate, build; to form, construct one thing out of another (with abl. or inst. of the thing); to compose, describe; to cultivate; to make a sound, utter, pronounce (often in comp. with the sounds phaṭ, phuṭ, bhāṇ, vaṣaṭ, svadhā, svāhā, him); to employ, use; to make use of (with inst.); to accomplish any period, bring to completion, spend (e. g. varṣāṇi daśa cakruḥ, they spent ten years; kṣaṇaṃ kuru, wait a moment); to place, put, lay, bring, lead, to take hold of (with acc. or loc. or inst., e. g. ardhaṃ kṛ, to win over to one's own side or party; haste or pāṇau kṛ, to take by the hand, to marry; hṛdayena kṛ, to place in one's heart, love); to direct the thoughts, mind &c. (manaḥ or matim or buddhim or bhā-vam &c.) towards any object, turn the attention to, resolve upon, determine on (with loc., dat., or inf. of the object, e. g. mā śoke manaḥ kṛthāḥ, do not turn your mind to grief; gamanāya matiṃ cakre, he resolved upon going; alābuṃ sraṣṭuṃ cakre, he resolved to create a gourd); to consider, turn in the mind, think; to make, to render (with two acc., e. g. ādityaṃ kāṣṭhām akurvata, they made the sun their goal); to procure for another, bestow, grant; A. to procure for one's self, appropriate, assume; to give aid, help any one to perform an action; to make liable; to injure, violate (e. g. kanyāṃ kṛ, to violate a maiden); to appoint, institute; to give an order, commission; to cause to get rid of, free from (with abl.); to begin (e. g. cakre śobhayitum purīm, he began to adorn the city); to proceed with, put in practice; to worship, sacrifice; (with numeral adverbs ending in dhā) to divide, separate, or break up into parts, e. g. dvidhā kṛ, to divide into two parts; sahasradhā kṛ, to break into a thousand pieces; (with adverbs ending in vat) to make like or similar, to consider equivalent, e. g. rājyaṃ tṛṇavat kṛtvā, valuing the kingdom like a straw; (with adverbs ending in sāt) to reduce anything to, cause to become, make subject, e. g. bhasmasāt kṛ, to reduce to ashes; ātmasāt kṛ, to subject to one's self. The above senses of kṛ may be variously modified or almost infinitely extended according to the noun with which this root is connected, as in the following examples: sakhyaṃ kṛ, to contract friendship with; pūjāṃ kṛ, to honour; rājyaṃ kṛ, to reign; snehaṃ kṛ, to show affection; ājñāṃ or nideśaṃ or śāsanaṃ or kāmaṃ or yācanāṃ or vacaḥ or vacanaṃ or vākyaṃ kṛ, to perform any one's command or wish or request &c.; dharmaṃ kṛ, to do one's duty; nakhāni kṛ, to clean one's nails; udakaṃ or salilaṃ kṛ, to offer a libation to the dead, to perform ablutions &c.; astrāṇi kṛ, to practice the use of weapons; darduraṃ kṛ, to play on the flute; daṇḍaṃ kṛ, to inflict punishment &c.; svaraṃ kṛ, to utter a sound; śabdaṃ kṛ, to make a noise; kālaṃ kṛ, to bring one's time to an end, i. e. to die; ciraṃ kṛ, to be long in doing anything, to delay; manasi kṛ, to take to heart, to mind, to determine, resolve upon; manasā kṛ, to place in one's mind, think of, meditate; hṛdi kṛ, to place in the heart, remember; vaśe kṛ, to place in subjection, become master of; śirasā kṛ, to place on the head; mūrdhnā kṛ, to place on one's head, to obey, to honour: Caus. kārayati, -te, -yi-tum, to cause to act or do, to cause another to perform, to have anything made or done by another (with acc. or double acc., e. g. sabhāṃ kāritavān, he caused an assembly to be made; rāja-darśanam māṃ kāraya, cause me to have an audience of the king; bānijyaṃ kārayed vaiśyam, he ought to cause the Vaiśya to engage in trade; or with acc. and inst., e. g. na śakṣyāmi kiñcit kārayituṃ tvayā, I shall not be able to have anything done by thee); to cause to manufacture or form or cultivate; to cause to place or put, to have anything placed, put upon, &c. (e. g. taṃ citra-paṭaṃ vāsa-gṛhe bhittāv akārayat, he had the picture placed on the wall in his house). Sometimes the Caus. of kṛ is used for the simple verb or without a causal signification (e. g. padaṃ kārayati, he pronounces a word &c.; mithyā kārayati, he pronounces wrongly; kaikeyīm anu rājānaṃ kāraya, treat or deal with Kaikeyī as the king does): Desid. cikīrṣati, -te, to wish to make or do; to intend to do, to design, intend, begin, strive after; to wish to sacrifice or worship: Intens. carkarti, carikarti, carīkarti, carkarīti, carikarīti, carīkarīti, cekrīyate, Ved. 3rd pl. karikrati, to do repeatedly; [cf. Hib. caraim, 'I perform, execute;' ceard, 'an art, trade, business, function;' sucridh, 'easy;' Cambro-Brit. creu, 'to form;' Island. gerdh, 'action;' Old Germ. kara-wan, 'to prepare;' Mod. Germ. gar, 'prepared (as food);' Lat. creo, coeremonia, ars (for cars); Gr. [greek]]
1. kṛt, t, t, t, making, doing, performing, accomplishing, effecting, manufacturing, acting; one who accomplishes or performs anything, an author; often occurring at the end of compounds, see su-kṛt, karma-kṛt, pāpa-kṛt, &c.; (t), m. an affix used to form nouns from roots; a noun formed with this affix.
1. kṛti, is, f. (for 2. see col. 2), doing, making, performing, manufacturing, composing; action, activity; creation, work, literary work; magic; enchantment; an enchantress, a witch; a kind of Anuṣṭubh metre consisting of two Pādas of twelve syllables each and a third Pāda of eight syllables; another metre, a stanza of four lines with twenty syllables in each; a square number; N. of the wife of Saṃhrāda and mother of Pañca-jana; (is), m., N. of several persons.
2. kṛ, cl. 3. P., Ved. cakarti, akārīt, Intens. carkarti, to make mention of, to praise, to speak highly of (with gen.); [cf. kāru, kīri, kīrti.]
3. kṛ, to injure &c. See 2. kṝ.
2. kṛti, is, m. or f. (for 1. see col. 1), Ved. a kind of weapon, a sort of knife or a dagger; (is), f. hurt, hurting, injuring; waylaying.
2. kṛt, (for 1. kṛt see under rt. 1. kṛ at p. 246), cl. 6. P. kṛntati, cakarta, kartsyati and kartiṣyati, akartīt, kartitum, to cut, cut in pieces, cut off, divide; to tear asunder, destroy: Caus. kartayati, to cut, divide, &c.: Desid. cikartiṣati and cikṛtsati: Intens. carīkṛtyate, carīkartti; [cf. Lith. kertu, inf. kirsti, 'to cut;' Gr. [greek] Slav. korju, 'to split;' Lat. curtus, culter; Hib. ceartaighim, 'I prune, trim, cut;' cuirc, 'a knife.']
3. kṛt, cl. 7. P. kṛṇatti, cakarta, kartiṣyati, kartitum, to twist threads, to spin; to surround, encompass; attire.
1. kṛp, p, f., Ved. (occurring only in inst.), beautiful appearance, beauty, splendor.
2. kṛp (connected with rt. krap), cl. 1. A. karpate, to have pity or mercy on; cl. 10. P. kṛpayati or kṛpāpayati, -yitum, to be weak; to pity; to mourn, grieve, lament; [cf. Gr. [greek]]
1. kṛṣṇa, as, ā, am (said to be fr. rt. kṛṣ), black, dark, dark-blue (opposed to śveta, śukla, rohita, and aruṇa); wicked, evil; (as), m. black, the colour, or dark-blue, which is often confounded with black by the Hindūs; the black antelope; a kind of beast of prey (described in the Veda as feeding on carrion and dead corpses); a crow; the Indian cuckoo or Kokila; the plant Carissa Carandas; the dark half of the lunar month from full to new moon [cf. kṛṣṇa-pakṣa below]; the fourth or Kali-yuga; N. of one of the poets of the Ṛg-veda descended from Aṅgiras; N. of a celebrated Avatār of the god Viṣṇu, or sometimes identified with Viṣṇu himself, as distinct from his ten Avatārs or incarnations. (In the earlier legends he appears as a great hero and teacher; in the more recent he is deified, and is often represented as a young and amorous shepherd with flowing hair and a flute in his hand. The following are a few particulars of his birth and history as related in the Purāṇas &c.: Vasu-deva, who was a descendant of Yadu and Yayāti, had two wives, Rohiṇī and Devakī. The latter had eight sons, of whom the eighth was Kṛṣṇa. Kaṃsa, king of Mathurā and cousin of Devakī, was informed by a prediction that one of these sons would kill him. He therefore kept Vasudeva and his wife in confinement, and slew their first six children. The seventh was Bala-rāma, who was saved by being abstracted from the womb of Devakī and transferred to that of Rohiṇī. The eighth was Kṛṣṇa, who was born with black skin and a peculiar mark on his breast. His father Vasu-deva managed to escape from Mathurā with the child, and favoured by the gods found a herdsman named Nanda, whose wife Yaśodā had just been delivered of a son, which Vasu-deva conveyed to Devakī, after substituting his own in its place. Nanda with his wife Yaśodā took the infant Kṛṣṇa and settled first in Gokula or Vraja, and afterwards in Vṛndāvana, where Kṛṣṇa and Bala-rāma grew up together, roaming in the woods and joining in the sports of the herdsmen's sons. Kṛṣṇa as a youth contested the sovereignty of Indra, and was victorious over that god, who descended from heaven to praise Kṛṣṇa, and made him lord over the cattle. Kṛṣṇa is described as sporting constantly with the Gopīs or shepherdesses, of whom a thousand became his wives, though only eight are specified, Rādhā being the favourite. Kṛṣṇa built and fortified a city called Dvāraka in Gujarāt, and thither transported the inhabitants of Mathurā after killing Kaṃsa. Kṛṣṇa had various wives besides the Gopīs, and by Rukmiṇī had a son Pradyumna, who is usually identified with Kāma-deva; with Jainas, Kṛṣṇa is one of the nine black Vasu-devas; with Buddhists he is the chief of the black demons, who are the enemies of Buddha and the white demons); N. of a king of the Nāgas; N. of an Asura or demon; N. of Arjuna, the most renowned of the Pāṇḍu princes (so named apparently from his colour as a child, see Mahā-bh. Virāṭa-parva 1389; the dual kṛṣṇau = Kṛṣṇa and Arjuna); N. of Vyāsa; of Kṛṣṇa Hārīta; of a son of Śuka by Pīvarī, a teacher of the Yoga; N. of a pupil of Bharadvāja; of Dāśārha; of a son of Havirdhāna; of a son of Arjuna; of an adopted son of Asamañjas; of a chief of the Andhras; N. of the author of a commentary on the Mahā-bhārata; N. of a poet; N. of the author of a commentary on the Dāya-bhāga; N. of the son of Keśavārka and grandson of Jayāditya; N. of the father of Tānabhaṭṭa and uncle of Raṅganātha; N. of the father of Dāmodara and uncle of Malhaṇa; N. of the father of Prabhūjīka and uncle of Vidyādhara; N. of the father of Madana; N. of the grammarian Rāma-candra; N. of the son of Vāruṇendra and father of Lakṣmaṇa; N. of the father of Hīrabhaṭṭa, author of the commentary called Caraka-bhāṣya, and of the work Sāhitya-sudhāsamudra; N. of a hell; (ā), f. a kind of poisonous insect; several plants, as Piper Longum, the Indigo plant; a grape; a kind of perfume [cf. parpaṭī]; an epithet of Draupadī; an epithet of Durgā; N. of one of the seven tongues of fire; N. of the river Kistna; (ī), f. night; (am), n. blackness, darkness; the black part of the eye; a kind of demon or spirit of darkness; black pepper; black Agallochum; iron; lead; antimony; blue vitriol; [cf. kārṣṇa, &c.; cf. also Russ. cernyi, 'black.']
2. kṛṣṇa, nom. P. kṛṣṇati, to behave or act like Kṛṣṇa.
1. kṝ, cl. 6. P. kirati, cakāra, kariṣ-yati and karīṣyati, akārīt, karitum and karītum, to pour out, scatter, throw, cast, disperse; to strew, pour over, fill with, cover with: Caus. kārayati: Desid. cikariṣati: Intens. cekīryate, cākarti; [cf. Gr. [greek]]
2. kṝ (or sometimes written kṛ), cl. 5. and 9. P. A. kṛṇoti, -ṇute, kṛṇāti, -ṇīte, cakāra, cakare and cakre, kariṣyati, -te, aka-rīṣṭa, akariṣṭa, akīrṣṭa, karitum, karītum, kartum, to hurt, injure, kill.
3. kṝ, cl. 10. A. kārayate, -yitum, to know, inform; (an incorrect form for gṝ.)
2. kopakrama (ka-up-), am, n. Brahmā's creation; see 3. ka. (For 1. kopa-krama see under kopa above.)
1. kauṭa, as, ī, am (fr. kuṭi), living in one's own house, independant, free; domestic, homely, home-born, home-bred; (as), m. = kuṭaja, the plant Wrightia Antidysenterica.
2. kauṭa, as, ī, am (fr. kūṭa), snared, wired; fraudulent, dishonest; (am), n. fraud, falsehood.
1. kauśa, as, ī, am (fr. kuśa), made of Kuśa grass; (am), n., scil. nagara, the town of Kuśa, an epithet of Kānyakubja.
2. kauśa, as, ī, am (fr. kośa), silken, silk.
1. kauśika, as, ī, am, being in a sheath or scabbard, sheathed, incased; silken, silk; (as), m. one who is versed in dictionaries; the compiler of a dictionary, a lexicographer; the fragrant substance bdellium; marrow; (ā), f. a drinking-vessel.
2. kauśika, as, ī, am (fr. kuśika), of the family of Kuśika &c.; (as), m. a patronymic of Viśvā-mitra, who was the son or grandson of Kuśika; N. of a teacher, author of the Sūtras of the Atharva-veda; a brother of Paippalādi; N. of a grammarian; N. of one of Jarāsandha's generals; an epithet of Indra (as originally perhaps belonging to the Kuśikas or friendly to them); N. of a son of Vasudeva; N. of an Asura; an epithet of Śiva; N. of the plant Vatica Robusta [cf. kuśika and aśva-karṇa]; an ichneumon; an owl; love, passion; (ī), f., N. of a river in Bahar, commonly called Kosi or Koosa, created by Viśvā-mitra, or identified with Satyavatī, the sister of Viśvā-mitra; an epithet of the goddess Durgā; N. of a Buddhist female beggar or pari-vrājikā; (as, ī, am), coming from an owl.
1. krī, cl. 9. P. A. krīṇāti, krīṇīte, cikrāya, cikriye, kreṣyati, -te, akraiṣīt, akreṣṭa, kretum, to buy, purchase (with inst. of the price, and abl. or gen. of the person from which anything is bought, e. g. ka imam indraṃ daśa-bhir dhenubhir mama krīṇāti, who will buy this Indra of me for ten cows ? yam mātā-pitror antikāt or sakāśāt krīṇīyāt, whom he may buy from his father and mother; krīṇīṣva tad daśabhiḥ suvar-ṇaiḥ, buy that for ten suvarṇas); to barter or exchange; to win: Caus. krāpayati, -yitum, aci-krapat: Desid. cikrīṣati, -te: Intens. cekrīyate, cekrayīti, cekreti; [cf. Hib. creanaim, 'I buy, I purchase;' Gr. [greek] Lith. prekis, perku (?); Lat. pretium; Eng. hire.]
2. krī, īs, īs, i, (at the end of some compounds) buying.
1. kruñc, cl. 1. P. kruñcati, -citum, to curve or make crooked; to be or become crooked, to move crookedly; to be or become small, to shrink; to make small, to lessen; to go towards, approach, arrive at; [cf. Hib. cruinn, 'rotundus.']
2. kruñc, ṅ, m., Ved. a kind of snipe, a curlew.
1. krudh, cl. 4. P. (rarely A.) krudh-yati, -te, cukrodha, krotsyati, akrudhat, kroddhum, to become angry, to be wrathful or angry with (with dat. or gen. or acc. or with upari and gen., e. g. putrāya or putrasya or putram or putra-syopari cukrodha, he was angry with his son: Caus. krodhayati, -yitum, to make angry, provoke, irritate; Desid. cukrutsati: Intens. cokrudhyate, cokroddhi; [cf. Lith. rus-tus, 'angry;' rus-tybe, 'anger;' Lat. crudelis (?); Gr. [greek] Germ. groll; Hib. cor-ruidhe, 'anger, wrath, motion;' corruigh, 'fury, resentment.']
2. krudh, t, f. or krudhā, f. anger, wrath, passion.
1. kṣap, cl. 1. P. A. kṣapati, -te, to be abstinent, to fast, to do penance: Caus. kṣapayati, -yitum, to regret sorrowfully, miss.
1. kṣapaṇa, as, m. a Buddhist mendicant; (as, ā, am), shameless, impudent?; (am), n. abstinence, chastisement of the body, defilement, impurity.
2. kṣap, cl. 10. P. kṣapayati, -yi-tum, to send, throw, cast, direct, &c.; [cf. Goth. skapa.]
3. kṣap. See Caus. of rt. 4. kṣi, 'to destroy.'
4. kṣap, p, f., Ved. night; a measure of time equivalent to a whole day of twenty-four hours; darkness; water; kṣapaḥ or kṣapā, ind. at night; [cf. Lat. crepus-culum; Gr. [greek]]
2. kṣapaṇa, as, ā, am, destructive, one who destroys; (am), n. destroying, diminishing, suppressing, expelling.
1. kṣam, cl. 1. A., 4. P. kṣamate, kṣāmyati (ep. also 1. P. and Ved. 2. P. kṣamati, kṣamiti), cakṣame, cakṣāma, kṣa-miṣyate, -ti, and kṣaṃsyate, -ti, akṣamiṣṭa, akṣaṃsta, akṣamat, kṣamitum and kṣantum, to be patient or composed, to suppress anger, keep quiet; to submit to (with dat.); to bear patiently, endure, put up with, suffer; to pardon, forgive (with gen. or dat. of the person, e. g. kṣamasva tad me, forgive me that); to allow, permit, suffer; to resist; to be competent or able to do anything (with inf.): Caus. kṣamayati, -te, -yitum, to ask pardon for anything (with double acc., e. g. tat kṣamaye bhavantam, I ask you to pardon that); to suffer or bear patiently: Desid. cikṣamiṣate, -ti, and cikṣaṃsate, -ti: Intens. caṅkṣamyate, caṅkṣanti; [cf. Goth. hramja (?); Angl. Sax. hremman, 'to hinder, disquiet.']
2. kṣam, f. (making kṣās in the nom. case), Ved. the ground, the earth, [greek] [cf. [greek] &c.]
1. kṣal, cl. 1. P. kṣalati, -litum, to flow; to collect; [cf. kṣar.]
2. kṣal (related to rt. kṣar), cl. 10. P. kṣālayati, acikṣalat, -yitum, to wash, wash off, purify, cleanse, clean, make clean; to wipe away; [cf. Lith. skalauju, 'to wash off;' skalbju, 'to wash;' Mod. Germ. spüle?].
1. kṣi, cl. 1. P., Ved. kṣayati (only the pres. seems to occur), to possess, have power over, rule, govern, be master of (with gen.).
1. kṣit, t, t, t, ruling, a ruler, a governor, a sovereign, (used in comp., e. g. mahī-kṣit, q. v.)
2. kṣi, cl. 2. 6. P., Ved. kṣeti, kṣiyati, cikṣāya, kṣeṣyati, kṣetum, to abide, stay, dwell, reside (used especially of an undisturbed or secret residence); to inhabit; to remain; to be quiet; to go, move, approach: Caus. kṣayayati or kṣepayati, -yitum, to make a person live quietly; to pacify.
1. kṣaya, as, m. (for 2. see under rt. 4. kṣi below), an abode, residence, habitation, dwellingplace, seat, house [cf. uru-kṣaya]; family, race; the house of Yama, god of death; dominion (?).
1. kṣayaṇa, as, ā, am, Ved. habitable (?); (as), m. a place with tranquil water; a bay, harbour (?); (am), n. a dwelling-place.
3. kṣi, is, f. abode, residence; going, moving.
2. kṣit, t, t, t, dwelling, an inhabitant, (at the end of several compounds, e. g. antarikṣa-kṣit, an inhabitant of the air &c.)
1. kṣiti, is, f. (for 2. see under rt. 4. kṣi below), an abode, a dwelling, habitation, house, residence [cf. uru-kṣiti]; the earth, the soil of the earth; (ayas), f. pl., Ved. settlements, colonies, races of men, nations, men in general; the families of the gods.
4. kṣi, cl. 1. 5. 9. P. kṣayati, kṣi-ṇoti, kṣiṇāti, cikṣāya, kṣeṣyati, akṣai-ṣīt, kṣetum, to destroy, corrupt, ruin, to make an end of; to kill, injure: Pass. kṣīyate, to wane; to decrease; to be diminished, waste away, perish: Caus. kṣayayati or kṣapayati or Ved. kṣāpayati, yitum, to destroy, ruin, make an end of, finish; to weaken: Desid. cikṣīṣati: Intens. cekṣīyate, cekṣayīti, cekṣeti; [cf. Gr. [greek]].
2. kṣaya, as, m. (for 1. see under 2. kṣi last col.), loss, waste, wane, diminution, destruction, decay wasting or wearing away; fall (as of prices, opposed to vṛddhi, e. g. kṣayo vṛddhiś ca paṇyānām, the fall and rise in the price of commodities); removal; end, termination (e. g. nidrā-kṣaya, the end of sleep; dina-kṣaye, at the end of day; jīvita-kṣaye, at the end of life; kṣayaṃ yā or gam, to become less, be diminished, go to destruction, come to an end, perish); consumption, pthisis pulmonalis; sickness in general; the destruction of the universe; (in algebra) a negative quality, a minus.
2. kṣayaṇa, as, ā, am, destroying, annihilating, driving away, dispersing; (often at the end of compounds, e. g. asura-kṣayaṇa, piśāca-kṣayaṇa, &c.)
5. kṣi, is, f. destruction; waste, loss.
2. kṣiti, is, f. (for 1. see under rt. 2. kṣi above), loss, destruction; wane; a period of the destruction of the universe, the end of the world; a kind of perfume = rocanā; (is), m., N. of a man.
1. kṣip, cl. 6. P. A., 4. P. kṣi-pati, -te, kṣipyati, cikṣepa, cikṣipe, kṣepsyati, -te, akṣaipsīt, akṣipta, kṣeptum, to throw, cast, send, despatch; to put or place anything on or in (with loc.), pour on, scatter, strew; to fix or attach to; to throw away, cast away, get rid of; to reject, disdain; to lay (the blame) on; to strike, hit; to strike down, ruin, destroy; to utter abusive words, insult, revile, abuse, scold; A. to throw at each other, destroy one another: Caus. P. kṣepayati, -yitum, to cause to cast &c.; to hurt, injure: Desid. cikṣipsati, -te: Intens. cekṣip-yate, cekṣepti; [cf. Lat. sipo, dissipo, for xipo; Gr. [greek] for [greek] Cambro-Brit. hipiaw, 'to cast or dash suddenly;' Goth. vairpa; Germ. werfe ?].
2. kṣip, p, f. (only used in nom. and inst. pl. kṣipas and kṣipābhis), Ved. the fingers.
1. kṣu, cl. 2. P. kṣauti, cukṣāva, kṣaviṣyati, akṣāvīt, kṣavitum, to sneeze, to make any sound like sneezing; to cough: Caus. kṣāvayati: Desid. of Caus. cukṣāvayiṣati; [cf. Lith. czaudmi.]
2. kṣu, n. (fr. ghas?), Ved. food.
1. kṣudh, cl. 4. P. kṣudhyati, cukṣodha, kṣoddhum, to feel hungry; to be hungry, hunger; [cf. Goth. gredon, 'to be hungry.']
2. kṣudh, t, f. hunger.
1. kṣubh, cl. 9. 4. P., 1. A. kṣubh-nāti, kṣubhyati, kṣobhate, cukṣo-bha, cukṣubhe, kṣobhiṣyati, -te, akṣobhīt, akṣubhat and akṣobhiṣṭa, kṣobhitum, to shake, tremble, to be agitated or disturbed; to be unsteady; to stumble (literally or metaphorically): Caus. kṣobhayati, -yitum, to agitate, cause to shake, disturb, stir up, excite: Desid. cukṣubhi-ṣati, -te, or cukṣobhiṣati, -te: Intens. cokṣu-bhyate, cokṣobdhi; [cf. Cambro-Brit. hwbiau, 'to make a sudden push;' Gr. [greek] Mod. Germ. schiebe.]
2. kṣubh, p, f., Ved. a blow, a shake, a push.
1. kha, the second consonant of the alphabet, being the aspirate of the preceding consonant, and having the sound of kh in inkhorn.
2. kha, as, m. the sun.
3. kha, am, n. (fr. rt. khan), a cavity, hollow, cave, cavern, aperture; an aperture of the human body (of which there are nine, as the mouth, the two ears, the two eyes, the two nostrils, and the organs of excretion and generation); the glottis (in anatomy); an organ of sense; the hole made by an arrow, a wound; the hole in the nave of a wheel through which the axis runs; vacuity, empty space, air, ether, sky, heaven; the character in arithmetic which expresses nothing, a cypher; a dot, Anusvāra, represented by a circle (vindu); a city, a field; happiness, pleasure, auspiciousness [cf. sukha and duḥkha]; understanding, knowledge; action; the tenth from any given constellation or the sun's entrance into it; talc; Brahma, the supreme spirit; (ā), f. a fountain, a well; [cf. Gr. [greek] Lat. halo.]
1. khañj, cl. 1. P. khañjati, ca-khañja, khañjitum, to limp, halt, walk lame; [cf. Gr. [greek] Germ. hinke.]
2. khañj, khan, n, n, probably = khañja, limping.
1. khādin, ī, inī, i, eating. (For 2. see under khādi.)
2. khādin, ī, inī, i, Ved. decorated with bracelets or rings (as the Maruts).
1. ga, the third consonant of the alphabet, the soft guttural having the sound of g in give.
2. ga, as, ā, am (fr. rt. gam) at the end of compounds, who or what goes, going, moving (e. g. yāna-ga, going in a carriage; antarīkṣa-ga, moving through the air; śīghra-ga, going quickly; kāma-ga, going where one lists; anyastrī-ga, one who goes to another's wife); staying, being, abiding in (e. g. pañcama-ga, abiding in or keeping the fifth place); relating to or standing in connection with anything; [cf. a-ga, agra-ga, agre-ga, &c.]
3. ga, as, ī, am (fr. rt. gai) at the end of compounds, singing [cf. chando-ga and sāma-ga]; (as), m. a Gandharva or celestial musician; (ā), f. a song; (am), n. song, singing.
4. ga, as, m. an epithet of the deity Gaṇeśa; [cf. the other letters of the alphabet, each of which is supposed to denote a deity.]
5. ga, (used in works on prosody as an abbreviation of the word guru to denote) a long syllable.
1. gam. The conjugational tenses are formed in the Veda according to four different methods, as follows: I) According to the rule for cl. 1, Pres. P. gamati; Pot. P. gamet; Impv. P. 1st sing. gamāni, &c. II) According to the rule for cl. 2, Pres. P. ganti; Pot. P. gamyāt; Impv. P. 2nd sing. gahi, 3rd gantu; Impf. P. 2nd and 3rd sing. agan, 1st pl. aganma; 3rd pl. agman; Pres. Part. gmat. III) According to the rule for cl. 3, Pres. P. jaganti; Pot. P. jagamyāt; Impf. ajagan. IV) According to the rule for cl. 1, with substitution of gacch for gam (this is the only formation used in classical Sanskṛt), Pres. P. gacchati; Pot. gacchet, &c. (the A. is often found in epic poetry); Perf. jagama or jagāma, jagantha or jagamitha, ja-gāma, 2nd du. jagmathus, 2nd pl. jagma; Perf. Part. jaganvas or jagmivas, f. jagmuṣī; 2nd Fut. gamiṣyati; 1st Fut. gantā; Aor. P. agamat, A. agaṃsta and agata, agaṃsmahi and agasmahi; Inf. gantum, Ved. gantave, gantavai, gamadhyai; Ind. Part. gatvā, Ved. gatvī, gatvāya; to go, move, go to or towards; to go away; to set out; to come; to go or pass as time (e. g. kāle gacchati, time going on, in the course of time); to go towards, approach (with acc. or loc. or dat. or with prati), arrive at, fall to the share of; to go against with hostile intentions, attack; to approach carnally, have intercourse with a woman (with acc.); to go to any state or condition, to become (e. g. mitratāṃ gacchati, he goes to friendship, i. e. he becomes friendly); to undergo, partake, of, participate, in, receive, obtain; pratīpaṃ gam, to go against, to oppose one's self to, resist a person (with gen.); jānubhyām avanīṃ gam, to go to the earth with the knees, to kneel down; dharaṇīm mūr-dhnā gam, to go to the earth with the head, to bow, make a bow; manasā gam (or without ma-nasā), to go with the mind, observe, perceive; understand, guess; doṣeṇa or doṣato gam, to approach with an accusation, to ascribe guilt to a person (acc.): Pass. gamyate, to be gone &c., to be understood, to be meant: Caus. gamayati, -yitum, to cause to go or come, lead or conduct towards; to send to (dat.); to bring to a place (acc.); to cause to go to any condition (acc.), cause to become; to spend time; to impart, grant; to cause to understand, to make clear or intelligible, explain; to convey an idea or meaning, denote; (causal of the causal) to cause a person (acc.) to go by means of another: Desid. P. A. jigamiṣati, jigāṃsate, to wish to go, to be going, to strive to approach; to wish to bring: Intens. jaṅgamyate, jaṅgamīti, Ved. jaṅganti and ganīganti, to visit; [cf. Goth. qvam; Eng. come; Mod. Germ kommen; Lat. venio for guemio.]
2. gam (occurring only in gen. and abl. gamas), Ved. the earth; [cf. kṣam: cf. also Gr. [greek] Zend zem; Lith. zemie; Slav. zemlje; Russ. zemlu.]
1. garta, as, m., Ved. a high seat (?), a throne; the seat of a war-chariot, a chariot; a table for playing at dice; a house.
2. garta, as, ā, am, m. f. n. (said to be fr. rt. 2. gṝ, but perhaps a later form for karta), a hollow, a hole, a cave; a grave; (as), m. the hollow of the loins; a kind of disease; N. of a country, a part of Trigarta, in the north-west of India.
1. garb, cl. 1. P. garbati, -bitum, to move, to go or approach, = kharb, carb, gharb, &c.
2. garb. See garv and garva.
1. gavya, nom. P., Ved. gavyati, to desire cattle or cows; especially in the part. gavyat, an, antī, at, wishing for or desirous of cattle or cows; ardently or fervently desiring, fervent; desirous of battle.
2. gavya, as, ā, am, consisting of cattle or cows, consisting of milk; coming from, of, or belonging to a cow, as milk, curds, &c. (e. g. pañca-gavya, am, n. five things coming from a cow, --milk, cheese, butter, urine, and dung); proper or fit for cattle; sacred to the cow, worshipping the cow; (as), m., N. of a people in the north of Madhyadeśa; (am), n. cattle, a herd of cows; pasture land; the milk of a cow; a bow-string; a colouring substance, a yellow pigment or dye; (as, ā, am, differing from the preceding only by its accent), belonging to cattle, consisting of cattle or cows, coming from cattle or cows; (ā), f. a multitude or herd of cows; a measure equal to 1 Gavyūti or 2 Krośas; a bow-string; a colouring substance, a yellow pigment or dye; [cf. go-rocanā.]
1. gā, cl. 1. or 2. A., 3. P. gāte, jigāti, jagau, agāt, gāsyati, gātum (Ved. gātave), (in classical Sanskṛt only the aorist of the simple verb seems to occur), to go, go towards, to come, approach; to come into any state or condition, undergo, obtain: Pass. gīyate: Desid. jigāsati or jigīṣati (?): Intens. jegīyate: [cf. Gr. [greek] Old Germ. gam, gas, gat, &c.; Goth. ga-tvo; Eng. to go; Germ. gehen; Lith. gaju.]
2. gā, ās, ās, am, (at the end of compounds) going; [cf. a-gā, agre-gā, puro-gā, &c.]
1. gātu, us, m. (for 2. see col. 3), Ved. going, motion, unimpeded motion; free space for moving, place of abode; the earth; a refuge; way, course; egress, access; progress, increase, welfare; [cf. ariṣṭa-gātu and tura-gātu.]
1. gāya, as, ā, am, going, striding; (am), n. going, motion; [cf. uru-gāya.]
3. gā, ās, ās, am (fr. rt. gai), singing, at the end of a compound [cf. sāma-gā]; (ā), f. a song; a verse or metrical composition; [cf. gāthā.]
2. gātu, us, m. (fr. rt. gai), a song; a singer; a Gandharva or celestial chorister; the male Koil or Indian cuckoo; a bee; N. of a descendant of Atri, author of a hymn of the Ṛg-veda; (us, us, u), angry, wrathful. (For 1. gātu see under 1. gā.)
2. gāya, as, ī, am (fr. gaya), relating to Gaya, coming from him, &c. (For 1. gāya see under 1. gā.)
3. gāya, am, n. (fr. rt. gai), a song.
1. gārgīya, nom. P. gārgīyati, to act like a Gārgya; A. gārgīyate, to behave like a Gārgya.
2. gārgīya, as, ā, am, composed by Garga; coming from Gārgya; (ās), m. pl. the pupils of the descendants of Garga; the pupils of Gārgyāyaṇa.
1. gir, īr, īr, īr (fr. 1. gṝ), Ved. addressing, invoking, praising; (īr), f. invocation, addressing with praise, praise, verse, song; speech, speaking, language, voice, words (e. g. mānuṣīṃ giraṃ kṛ, to assume a human voice; girām pra-bhaviṣṇuḥ, 'lord of speech or words', an epithet of Bṛhaspati, regent of the planet Jupiter); a N. of Sarasvatī, the goddess of speech; fame, celebrity; [cf. Hib. gair, 'an outcry, a shout;' Gr. [greek]]
2. gir (fr. 2. gṝ), swallowing, (at the end of compounds, e. g. in gara-gir and muhur-gir.)
1. gira, as, ā, am, swallowing.
2. gira, at the end of an adverbial compound = giri (e. g. anu-giram, near the mountain).
1. 2. girīśa, &c. See under 1. gir and under giri above.
1. gīrṇa, as, ā, am (fr. 1. gṝ), praised. 1. gīrṇi, is, f. praise, applause; fame, celebrity.
2. gīrṇa, as, ā, am, swallowed.
2. gīrṇi, is, f. swallowing.
1. gu (related to 1. gā), cl. 1. A. ga-vate, to go.
2. gu, (at the end of compounds) going; [cf. adhri-gu, vanar-gu; also priyaṅ-gu and śāci-gu (?); cf. gū in agre-gū.]
3. gu, cl. 1. A., Ved. gavate, juguve, goṣyate, agoṣṭa, gotum, (this verb seems only to occur in the reduplicated forms joguve and joguvāna), to speak articulately, to proclaim, to cause to sound: Caus. gāvayati: Desid. jugūṣate: Intens. jogūyate, jogoti, to shout with joy; [cf. jogū.]
4. gu, cl. 6. P. guvati, jugāva, guṣyati, aguṣīt, gutum or guvitum, to void by stool, to void excrement.
5. gu (at the end of an adj. comp.) = go, a cow, cattle, earth, ray, &c., see go, (e. g. daśa-gu, possessing ten cows; sahasra-gu, possessing 1000 cows; calad-gu, one under whom the earth trembles, &c.); [cf. anu-gu, ariṣṭa-gu, uṣṇa-gu, kṛśa-gu, &c.]
1. gup, cl. 4. P. gupyati, jugopa, go-pitum, to become perplexed or confused.
2. gup, jugopa and gopayāñcakāra, gopsyati, gopiṣyati, gopāyiṣyati, agau-psīt, agopīt, agopāyīt, goptum, gopitum and go-pāyitum, to guard, defend, protect, preserve; to observe: Caus. or cl. 10. P. A. gopayati, -te, ajūgupat, -yitum, or gopāyayati, &c., to guard, preserve, protect, keep; to hide, conceal, keep secret; to speak, to shine: Desid. A. jugupsate (ep. also P.), ju-gupiṣati, -te, or jugopiṣati, -te, or jugopāyiṣati, -te, to seek to defend one's self from, be on one's guard, to beware of, to shun; to avoid, detest, spurn, despise; to feel offended or hurt: Desid. of Desid. jugupsi-ṣate: Intens. jogupyate, jogopti.
3. gup, p, p, p, defending, protecting, (in dhar-ma-gup, defending justice, epithet of Viṣṇu.)
1. guh, cl. 1. P. A. gūhati, -te, jugūha, juguhe, gūhiṣyati or ghokṣyati, -te, agūhīt, aghukṣat, agūḍha, aghukṣata, agū-hiṣi, aghukṣi, gūhitum or goḍhum, to cover, conceal, hide, hide away, keep secret; to cover with clothes: Caus. gūhayati, -yitum, ajūguhat: Desid. jughukṣati, -te, to wish to conceal or hide away: Intens. joguhyate, joguhīti or jogoḍhi.
2. guh, ghuṭ, f., Ved. a hiding-place.
1. gū, cl. 6. P. guvati, to void by stool; (another form for 4. gu.)
2. gū (fr. rt. 1. gam), going, (in agre-gū, q. v.)
1. gṛhya, as, ā, am, belonging to a house, domestic; N. of a series of ceremonies relating to family or domestic affairs (such as marriages, births, &c.) and treated of in a peculiar class of ritual works, called Gṛhya-sūtras (see below); domesticated, tame, living in houses (as animals); situated outside of, (originally 'adjoining the houses of a town;' e. g. grāma-gṛhyā senā, an army outside a village); (as), m. the inmate of a house, a domestic; a tame or domesticated animal; (ā), f. a suburb, a village adjoining to a city, or a small village attached to a larger.
1. 2. 3. gṛhya. See last col. and under rt. grah.
1. gṝ, cl. 9. P. A. gṛṇāti, gṛṇīte, jagāra, gariṣyati and garīṣyati, agārīt, garitum and garītum, to utter a sound, call out to, invoke; to call; to announce, proclaim; to promulgate, relate; to mention with praise, praise, extol; [cf. Hib. goirim; Gr. [greek] Old Germ. quar, quir, &c.; Old Pruss. gerbu, 'to speak;' Angl. Sax. gale; Germ. gal in Nachti-gal; Lat. gallus?].
2. gṝ, cl. 6. P. girati and gilati, jagāra and jagāla, gariṣyati and galiṣyati, or garīṣyati and galīṣyati, agārīt and agālīt, garitum and galitum, or garītum and galītum, to swallow, devour, eat; to emit or eject from the mouth: Caus. gārayati and gālayati: Desid. jigariṣati and jigaliṣati: Intens. jegilyate, jāgarti; [cf. Lith. gerru, 'to drink;' Lat. glu-tio, gula; Slav. gr-lo; Russ. schora.]
3. gṝ or kṝ, cl. 10. A. gārayate, -yi-tum, to know, discern, make known, teach.
3. goda, am or as, n. m. the brain; [cf. 1. go-da, p. 297, and gorda.]
2. godāna, am, n. the part of the head close to the right ear: (for 1. go-dāna see under go.)
1. gauṇika, as, ī, am, relating to the three qualities (of sattva, rajas, and tamas), having qualities, relating to or connected with qualities; subordinate.
2. gauṇika, as, ī, am (fr. goṇī), resembling a sack.
1. grath or granth, cl. 9. and 1. P. grathnāti, granthati, jagrantha; pl. jagranthus and grethus; granthiṣyati, agranthīt, granthitum; A. grathnīte, granthate, agran-thiṣṭa; cl. 1. P. A. also grathati, grathate; to fasten, tie or string together; to wind round; to arrange, connect in a regular series; to string words together, compose, write (as a literary work); to set or strew with: Caus. P. granthayati and grātha-yati, -yitum; [cf. Lat. glut-en ?].
1. granthi, is, m. a knot, a tie, the knot of a cord &c., a knot, bunch or protuberance of any kind (especially if produced by tying several things together), a knot tied in the end of a garment for keeping money &c.; the joint or knot of a reed or cane &c., a joint or articulation of the body; a complaint, knotting, i. e. swelling and hardening of the vessels as in varicocele; a knot tied closely and therefore difficult to be undone; N. of several plants and bulbous roots, = granthi-parṇa, hitāvalī, bha-dra-mustā, piṇḍālu; [cf. udara-g-, kaṭu-g-, kāla-g-, &c.]
2. grath or granth, cl. 1. A. gra-thate and granthate, to be crooked (literally or metaphorically), to be wicked; to curve, bend or make crooked.
2. granthi, is, m. crookedness, distortion; falsehood.
1. gras, cl. 1. P. A. grasati, -te, ja-grāsa, jagrase, grasiṣyati, -te, agrasīt, agrasiṣṭa, grasitum, to seize with the mouth, take into the mouth, swallow, devour, eat, consume; to swallow up, cause to disappear; to seize; to eclipse; to swallow or mouth or slur over words, pronounce indistinctly: Caus. P. grāsayati, -yitum, to cause to swallow, cause to devour; to consume, swallow, eat: Desid. jigrasiṣate, -ti: Intens. jāgrasyate, jā-grasti; [cf. Lat. gra-men; Germ. gras, grasen; Eng. grass; Gr. [greek]].
2. gras, as, as, as, (at the end of compounds) seizing with the mouth, devouring, swallowing (e. g. piṇḍa-gras, devouring a mouthful; see Gram. 164. b).
2. gṛhya, as, ā, am (for 1. gṛhya see s. v. at p. 296), to be taken or received; to be seized, to be observed, perceptible, perceivable; to be acknowledged or admitted; to be adopted as faith or belief, to be trusted, to be relied on, to be honoured; taking the side of, adopting or choosing as best (e. g. arjuna-gṛhya, taking the side or adhering to the party of Arjuna); dependant, subservient; (as), m. the anus.
3. gṛhya, irreg. ind. part. having taken, carrying along, together with, with.
1. gha, the fourth consonant of the Sanskṛt alphabet, being the aspirate of the preceding letter, and having the sound of gh in loghouse.
2. gha, ind. (a particle used to lay stress on a word), at least, surely, verily, indeed, (corresponding to the Gr. [greek]) This word occurs often in the Ṛg-veda, elsewhere rarely; the final vowel is generally lengthened in the Saṃhitā, but the original form given in the Pada-pāṭha is always gha; it is connected with other particles (as cid, uta, id), and appears often after pronouns at the beginning of a Pāda, after prepositions, and after the negative particle na. Frequently this particle occurs in the clause which depends on a conditional or relative sentence (e. g. ā ghā gamad yadi śravat, he will surely come when he hears).
3. gha, as, ā, am (fr. rt. han), striking, killing [cf. jīva-gha, tāḍa-gha, pāṇi-gha, rāja-gha]; (as), m. a rattling, gurgling, or tinkling sound; a bell; (ā), f. striking, killing, a stroke; a tinkling ornament worn by women round the waist.
4. gha, as, ā, am (fr. rt. ghṛ), wetting, sprinkling (?).
1. ghu, cl. 1. A. ghavate, &c., to utter a peculiar sound, to sound.
2. ghu, us, m. a kind of sound.
1. ghuṣ, cl. 1. P. ghoṣati, jughoṣa, ghoṣiṣyati, aghoṣīt and aghuṣat, ghoṣitum, to sound, make any sound or noise; to cry or proclaim aloud, call out, announce publicly, declare; to fill with cries; (according to some) to kill: Caus. ghoṣayati, -yitum, ajūghuṣat, to proclaim aloud, call to, invite; to cause to proclaim aloud; to praise: Desid. jughuṣiṣati or jughoṣiṣati: Intens. joghuṣyate, joghoṣṭi.
2. ghuṣ = ghṛṣ, q. v.
1. ghṛṅ, ind. an onomatopoetic sound.
2. ghṛṇ (allied to rt. ghṛ), cl. 8. P. A. gharṇoti, -ṇute, or ghṛṇoti, -ṇute, to shine, burn.
1. ghṛṣ = hṛṣ, to be joyful.
1. ghṛṣvi, is, is, i, Ved. lively, gay, merry, sportive; (Sāy.) crushing, (as if fr. 2. ghṛṣ.)
2. ghṛṣ, cl. 1. P. gharṣati, jaghar-ṣa, gharṣiṣyati, gharṣitum, to rub, grind, brush, polish, furbish; crush, pound: Caus. P. gharṣayati, -yitum, to rub, grind.
2. ghṛṣvi, is, m. a hog.
1. ṅa, the fifth consonant of the Sanskṛt alphabet, and the nasal of the first class. No real word in use begins with this letter; it is usually found as the first member of a compound consonant preceded by a vowel; the sound of ṅ corresponds to that of ng in song.
2. ṅa, as, m. an object of sense; desire, wish for any sensual object; an epithet of Śiva; (Bhairava.)
1. ca, the twentieth letter of the alphabet, and first of the second or palatal class of consonants, having the simple sound of ch in church.
2. ca, ind. (a particle and conjunction usually translateable by) and, both, also, moreover, as well as. This conjunction, like the Lat. que and Gr. [greek] is usually placed as an enclitic after the word which it connects with what precedes, and when used with the personal pronouns these must appear in their fuller accented forms (e. g. tava ca mama ca, both of thee and of me, not te ca me ca). It connects whole sentences as well as parts of sentences, and seems to have been originally placed after both the words or clauses which it joins together, for in the Ṛg-veda the double ca occurs much more frequently than the single (e. g. ahaṃ ca tvaṃ ca, I and thou). The double ca may also be used somewhat redundantly in classical Sanskṛt (e. g. kva hariṇakānāṃ jīvitaṃ cātilolaṃ kva ca vajra-sārāḥ śarās te, where is both the frail existence of fawns and where are thy adamantine arrows ?). In the later literature, however, the first ca is more usually omitted (e. g. ahaṃ tvaṃ ca), and when more than two things are enumerated only one ca is often found (e. g. tejasā yaśasā lakṣmyā sthityā ca parayā, in glory, in fame, in beauty, and in high condition). Elsewhere, when more than two things are enumerated, ca is placed after some and omitted after others (e. g. ṛṇa-dātā ca vaidyaśca śrotriyo nadī, both the payer of a debt and a physician [and] a Brāhman [and] a river). In the Veda and even in classical Sanskṛt, when the double ca would generally be used, the second may occasionally be omitted (e. g. indraśca somaḥ, both Indra [and] Soma; dur-bhedyaśca āśu-sandheyaḥ, both difficult to be divided [and] quickly to be united). Rarely ca may imply a reference to certain other words which are not expressed (e. g. kamaṇḍalau ca karakaḥ, the word karaka has the meaning 'pitcher' and other meanings).
3. ca, as, ā, am, seedless; bad, vile, mischievous; (as), m. a thief; a tortoise; the moon; an epithet of Śiva.
1. cakās [cf. rt. kāś], cl. 2. P. cakāsti, 3rd pl. cakāsati, Impf. 2nd sing. acakās or acakat, 3rd sing. acakāt, Impv. 2nd sing. cakādhi or cakāddhi, Perf. cakāsāñ-cakāra, 1st Fut. cakāsitā, Aor. acakāsīt, to shine, to be bright: Caus. cakāsayati, -yitum, Aor. acīcakāsat or acacakāsat, to cause to shine, make bright, illuminate: Desid. cicakāsiṣati.
2. cakās, ās, ās, ās, shining, brilliant.
1. cañcura, as, m. a kind of vegetable, = cañcu, f.; [cf. the following.]
2. cañcura, as, ā, am, going repeatedly, expert in, conversant with.
1. catura, as, ā, am, (at the end of some compounds) = catur, four; see a-c-, upa-c-, tri-c-. (For 2. catura see next col.)
2. catura, as, ā, am (said to be fr. rt. cat; for 1. see under catur above), swift, quick; dexterous, clever, skilful, ingenious; charming, agreeable; visible, perceptible; (as), m. a round pillow, one for the cheek; (am), n. skilfulness, cleverness; an elephant's stable; [cf. cātura.]
1. can, cl. 1. P. canati, to sound, utter a sound; cl. 1. P. or Caus. canati or canayati, -yitum, to hurt, injure, wound, kill.
2. can (related to rt. kan, only found in the Ved. Aor. 2nd du. caniṣṭam), to delight in anything, be satisfied with (with loc.), to love.
1. caya. See under 1. ci.
2. caya. See under 3. ci.
1. caraṇya, nom. P. caraṇyati, to move.
2. caraṇya, as, ā, am, foot-like, like a foot.
2. carācara, as, ā, am (fr. car reduplicated; for 1. see P. 317, col. 3), moving locomotive, running; trembling, shaking, unsteady; wished, desired; (am), n., N. of a small shell; [cf. kaparda.]
2. calācala, as, ā, am (fr. rt. cal with reduplication), moving to and fro, movable, tremulous, unfixed, unsteady, shaking, loose; variable; (as), m. a cow.
1. cātura, as, ī, am (fr. catur), relating to four; (a carriage &c.) drawn by four; (ī), f., N. of a poem by Nara-siṃha; (am), n. a carriage, a cart holding four people.
2. cātura, as, ī, am (fr. 2. catura), clever, able, ingenious, shrewd, sagacious; speaking well or kindly, flattering; perceptible, visible; governing, ruling; (as), m. a small round pillow, see below; (ī), f. dexterity, ability, cleverness.
1. ci, cl. 5. P. A. cinoti, -nute, cikāya and cicāya, cikye and cicye, ceṣyati, -te, acaiṣīt, cetum, to arrange in order, place in a line, heap up, pile up, construct (as a sacrificial altar, used in P. if the priests construct the altar for another, in A. if the sacrificer builds it for himself); to collect, gather together, accumulate, gain for one's self; to cover, inlay, set with (with inst., e. g. ratnaiḥ, with jewels): Caus. cāyayati or cāpayati, or cayayati or capayati: Desid. cikīṣati, and cicīṣati, to wish to pile up: Caus. of the Desid. cicīṣayati, to cause a person to wish to arrange in order or pile up: Intens. cecīyate; [cf. Cambro-Brit. cai, 'collection;' Lat. cumulus; Pol. kupa; Germ. Haufen.]
1. caya, as, m. stacked wood; a mound of earth raised to form the foundation of a building; a rampart or mound of earth raised from the ditch of a fort; the gate of a fort; any edifice; a seat, a stool; a cover, a covering; a heap, pile, collection, a multitude, an assemblage, aggregation; the amount or augment by which each term increases, the common increase or difference of the terms; [cf. agni-caya; cf. also Cambro-Brit. cai, 'collection;' Hib. scea, 'plenty, abundance.']
1. cit, t, t, t, (at the end of compounds) piling up (e. g. agni-cit, q. v.); forming a layer or stratum, piled up.
1. citi, is, f. a stratum, layer of wood or bricks &c.; a pile, a stack; a funeral pile; an oblong with quadrangular sides; collecting, gathering; a heap, a quantity, a multitude; N. of the eighth or tenth book of the Śatapatha-Brāhmaṇa; [cf. amṛta-citi.]
1. cinvat, an, atī, at, gathering, collecting.
2. ci, cl. 3. P., Ved. ciketi, Impf. aciket, Impv. 2nd sing. cikīhi, cikāya; cl. 5. P. A. cinoti, cinute &c. like 1. ci, to observe, perceive; to fix the gaze upon; to be intent upon; to seek for, investigate; to make inquiries, search through.
2. cit, t, t, t, observing, knowing (in ṛta-cit).
2. cinvat, an, atī, at, seeking for, searching for.
1. cetṛ, tā, trī, tṛ, an observer, guardian.
3. ci, cl. 1. A., Ved. cayate, to detest, hate; to revenge, punish, take vengeance on.
2. caya, as, ā, am, revenging, punishing.
3. cit, t, t, t, punishing (in ṛṇa-cit).
2. cetṛ, tā, trī, tṛ, Ved. a revenger.
4. ci, cl. 1. P. A. cāyati, -te, to fear, be afraid of (with acc.); to respect, honour; to observe; [cf. cāy.]
1. 2. 3. cit. See under rt. 1. 2. 3. ci.
4. cit (= kit, which is by some regarded as a separate root; cf. keta, &c.; cf. also rt. cint), cl. 1. 3. P. cetati, ciketti, ciceta or ciketa, cikite or cekite or cicite (Ved. 3rd pl. ci-kitre or cikitrire; Part. cikitāna or cekitāna), ceti-ṣyati, acetīt; Leṭ, ciketati or ciketat; cettum or cetitum, to perceive, fix the mind upon, attend to, be attentive, observe, notice, take notice of (with gen. or acc., e. g. yajñasya or yajñaṃ cetati, he takes notice of the sacrifice); to aim at, intend, design (with dat., e. g. yudhaye ciketati, he intends fighting), to desire, long for (with acc.); to be anxious about, to care for; to resolve; to understand, comprehend, know, make known; to recover consciousness, become conscious; P. and A. to become perceptible, to appear; to be regarded as: to be known; Pass. Aor. aceti: Caus. P. A. citayati Ved., and ceta-yati, -te, -yitum, ketayati, -yitum (see keta, p. 252), to cause to attend, to make attentive, remind of; to cause to comprehend or understand, instruct, teach; to observe, perceive, be intent upon; to form an idea in the mind, be conscious of, understand, comprehend, think, reflect upon; to form a conception, have a right notion; to appear, be conspicuous, shine: Desid. P. A cicitiṣati, cicetiṣati, cikit-sati, -te; Inf. cikitsitum, to intend, have in view, aim at, desire, long for; to care for, be anxious about; to treat medically, heal, cure, attend as a physician (in these senses the form cikitsati is usual); to wish to appear; to remove, destroy; to keep down, press down; to doubt: Caus. of the Desid. cikitsayati, to cure, to heal; Intens. cecityate, cecetti; [cf. Lith. kettu.]
5. cit, t, f. thought, intelligence, intellect, understanding, mind; the soul, heart.
2. citi, is, f. understanding; (is), m. the thinking mind.
1. citti, is, f. thinking, thought, reflection; understanding, wisdom; thoughts, devotion (in pl.); intention; a wise person; thought personified as the wife of Atharvan and mother of Dadhyac; [cf. a-citti, pūrva-citti, prāyaś-citti.]
4. citriya, as, ā, am, Ved. variegated (?), epithet of a species of Aśvattha; (as), m., N. of a man.
6. cit, an interjection.
7. cit, ind. a particle, = cid below.
2. citti, is, f., Ved. (according to some commentaries) crackling, whizzing; (according to others) a sacrificial act; [cf. cit-kāra.]
1. ciri, is, m. (perhaps fr. the sound or imitative cry ci), a parrot; [cf. kīra and cimi.]
2. ciri, cl. 5. P. ciriṇoti, &c., to hurt, injure, wound or kill; [cf. jiri.]
1. cīra = cira in the adv. a-cīram, quick, soon, shortly.
2. cīra, am, n. (said to be fr. rt. 1. ci), a strip, a long narrow piece of bark or rind; a strip of cloth, clothes, a rag, tatter, old and torn cloth; the dress of a Buddhist priest; a kind of garland, a necklace of pearls consisting of four strings; a stripe, stgroke, line; a manner of writing with strokes or lines; lead; a crest.
1. cut, a various reading for cyut; [cf. ścut.]
2. cut, ind. an interjection.
1. cup, cl. 1. P. copati, cucopa, copi-ṣyati, copitum, to move, stir; to move slowly, creep or steal along; [cf. Lith. kopu; Germ. hüpfen; Eng. hop.]
2. cup (a various reading for chup), cl. 6. P. cupati, to touch.
1. cumb, cl. 1. P. cumbati, cucumba, cumbiṣyati, cumbitum, to kiss, touch with the mouth; touch softly or lightly, graze: Caus. P. cumbayati, -yitum, to cause to kiss; [cf. Goth. kukja; Hib. pogaim; Lith. bucioju; Lett. sz-kupstit.]
2. cumb, cl. 10. P. cumbayati, &c., to hurt, kill.
1. caitya, as, m. (fr. 5. cit or 2. citi), the individual soul.
2. caitya, as, ā, am (fr. citā), relating to a funeral pile or grave; (as, am), m. n. a monument, a tombstone, a column &c. erected in memory of some deceased person or on the site of a funeral pile; a pile of stones forming a landmark or boundary; a sacred tree, a religious fig-tree &c. growing in or near a village and held in veneration by the villagers; a place of sacrifice or religious worship, an altar, a shed kept for sacrifices &c.; a sacred building peculiar to the Jainas, a Jaina temple; a Jaina or Buddhist image; (as), m., N. of a mountain.
1. cyu, cl. 1. A. (ep. also P.) cyavate, -ti, cucyuve, cyoṣyate, acyoṣṭa, cyotum, to move to and fro, shake about, move, stir, move from one's place, go away, retire from (with abl.); to fly from (the hand or the bow-string, as a spear or arrow); to fall off from, deviate from, abandon (duty &c.); to be deprived of, lose (with abl., e. g. rājyāc cyavate, he loses the kingdom); to fall away, fade away, disappear, vanish, perish, wane, fail; to come forth from, come out of, flow out, drop from, trickle, stream forth from (in this sense cf. 2. cyut); to fall down, fall, slip, slide; to sink down, sink (literally and metaphorically); to decrease; to cause to move or shake about; to bring about, create, make; to cause to go away, to make forget: Caus. P. cyāva-yati, (in the Pada-pāṭha cyavayati), -yitum, to cause to move, excite, agitate; A. to move one's self, be shaken or moved; P. to loosen, to remove from a place, drive away, expel from, remove; to deprive a person of anything (with two acc., e. g. devī na cyāvayed rājānam prāṇān, let not the goddess deprive the king of life); to cause to fall: Desid. of Caus. cicyāvayiṣati and cucyāvayiṣati.
1. cyut, t, t, t, (at the end of compounds) shaking, causing to fall, removing, destroying; dropping, distilling; [cf. acyuta-cyut, ṛṇa-c-, dhanva-c-, &c.]
2. cyu [cf. cyus], cl. 10. P. cyāvayati, yitum, to laugh; to suffer, bear (?); [cf. Hib. tibhim, 'I laugh, joke.']
2. cyut, cl. 1. P. cyotati, cucyota, cyotiṣyati, acyutat and acyotīt, cyoti-tum, to drop, sprinkle, flow, trickle, ooze, exude; to wet thoroughly, moisten; to fall down; to cause to drop or stream forth; [cf. ścut, ścyut, and 1. cyu for 1. cyut; cf. also Hib. cioth, 'a heavy shower;' ciothmhar, 'showery.']
1. cha, the seventh consonant of the Sanskṛt alphabet, being the aspirate of the preceding letter, and having the sound of chh in church-hill.
2. cha, as, m. (fr. rt. cho), cutting, dividing; a part, a fragment.
3. cha, as, ā, am (perhaps connected with cho), pure, clean; trembling, tremulous, unsteady; (ā), f. covering, concealing (in this sense connected with rt. chad); an infant, a child, any young animal (?); [cf. chā.]
1. chad, cl. 10. P. (ep. also A.) chāda-yati, -te, -yitum (also said to form chanda-yati and cl. 1. P. chadati, but these forms do not seem to occur; in the Aitareya-Brāhmaṇa a form chadayati is found), to cover, cover over, clothe, veil; to use anything as a cover, spread as a cover, cover one's self; to hide, conceal, keep secret; to protect: Desid. cicchādayiṣati; [cf. Hib. scailim, 'I shade, shelter;' scailein, 'a fan, umbrella', &c.: Gr. [greek] Goth. scadus: Lith. skyda; Germ. Schild; schale: Goth. skal-ja: Lat. squāma; spolium.]
2. chad, t, t, t, (in compounds) concealing, hiding; [cf. dhāma-cchad.]
3. chad or chand, cl. 10. P. A. chada-yati, -te, -yitum, cl. 1. P. and 10. P. A., Ved. chandati, chandayati, -te, cacchanda, Aor. ac-chān, chantum, to seem, appear, be considered or esteemed as; to seem good, please, be pleasant: A. chandayate, to be pleased with, delight in, approve of (with acc. or loc.); (Sāy.) to render celebrated or honoured: P. chandayati, to gratify a person (acc. or sometimes gen.) with anything (e. g. vareṇa, with a boon), to present.
4. chad, t, t, t, (in compounds) pleased with &c.; [cf. kavi-cchad.]
5. chad, cl. 1. P. chadati, &c., to nourish, strengthen.
6. chad, cl. 1. and 10. P. chandati and chandayati, &c., to kindle; (a various reading for chṛd.)
1. chardis, is, f. n. vomiting. (For 2. chardis see below.)
2. chardis, is, n. (fr. 1. chad ?), Ved. a fence, a secure place, secure residence; a house; [cf. chadis.]
1. chid, cl. 7. P. A. chinatti, chintte, ciccheda, cicchide, chetsyati, -te, acchi-dat or acchaitsīt, acchitta, chettum, to cut, cut off, amputate, cut through, hew, chop, rend, split, pierce, separate, divide, unfasten; to take away, remove, deprive of; to interrupt, disturb; to destroy, annihilate, efface, blot out: Pass. chidyate, to be split, to be cut, to break, be torn, &c.: Caus. P. chedayati, yitum; Aor. acicchidat, to cut off; to cause to cut off or through: Desid. cicchitsati, -te: Intens. cecchidyate, cecchidīti, cecchetti; [cf. Lat. scindo: Gr. [greek] (?): Goth. skeida: Germ. scheide: Old Germ. schite; splitar: Mod. Germ. splitter: Hib. scaithim, 'I cut off, lop', &c.]
2. chid, t, t, t, (at the end of a compound) cutting, cutting through, tearing asunder, splitting, piercing [cf. ukha-cchid, keśa-cchid, pakṣa-cchid]; destroying, annihilating, removing [cf. duḥkha-cchid]; (t), m. the divisor, denominator.
1. ja, the third letter of the second or palatal class of consonants, having the sound of j in jump.
2. ja, as, ā, am (fr. rt. jan, and used at the end of comp.), born from, descended from, a son or daughter of, produced or caused by, born in, produced in or at or upon, growing in, living at, being at [cf. atri-dṛg-ja, dhṛtarāṣṭra-ja, ātma-ja, aṇḍa-ja, kula-ja, vana-ja, sarasi-ja, agra-ja, avara-ja, eka-ja, &c.]; prepared from, made of or with; belonging to, connected with, peculiar to [cf. anna-ja and śakra-ja]; (as), m. a father, progenitor; birth, production; [cf. jā.]
3. ja, as, ā, am (connected with the preceding by some lexicographers, but the meanings appear to be artificial), speedy, swift; victorious, triumphant, conquering; eaten; (as), m. speed; enjoyment; light, lustre; poison; a Piśāca; a N. of Viṣṇu; also of Śiva; (ā), f. a husband's brother's wife.
1. jakṣ (probably a reduplicated form of ghas, q. v.), cl. 2. P. jakṣiti, 3rd pl. jakṣati (Gram. 290. b); Impf. ajakṣīt and ajakṣat (Pāṇ. VII. 3, 98, 99), 3rd pl. ajakṣus; jajakṣa, jakṣiṣyati; Aor. ajakṣīt, 3rd pl. ajakṣiṣus; jakṣitum or jagdhum, (Pres. part. nom. sing. m. jakṣat, Pāṇ. VII. 1, 78), to eat, consume, destroy; to wish to eat: Caus. jakṣa-yati, ajajakṣat: Desid. jijakṣiṣati: Intens. jājakṣyate, jājaṣṭi.
2. jakṣ (reduplicated fr. rt. has), cl. 2. P., Ved. jakṣiti, &c., to laugh.
2. janitva, as, ā, am, = janitavya, to be born or produced; (as), m. father; (ā), f. mother; (au), m. du. father and mother, parents.
1. jabh or jambh, cl. 1. A. jabhate or jambhate, &c., to snap at, seize with the mouth: Caus. P. jambhayati, -yitum, to crush, destroy: Intens. jañjabhyate, jañjabhīti, to open the jaws wide, snap at.
1. jambhana, as, ī, am, Ved. crushing, destroying; one who crushes.
2. jabh or jambh, cl. 1. P. jabhati or jambhati, a various reading for yabh, q. v.
2. jambhana, am, n. sexual intercourse.
1. jam, cl. 1. P. jamati, jajāma, jamitum, to eat, consume; to go (?); to blaze (?); [cf. Hib. diamanu, 'food, sustenance;' gion, 'the mouth:' Old Germ. gouma, kouma, 'food;' gaumo, 'the palate:' Mod. Germ. Gaumen.]
2. jam, Ved. (used in Inst. jmā and Abl. Gen. jmas), the earth; jmā, on earth; [cf. gam and kṣam.]
1. jaraṇā. See under jaraṇa above.
1. jarā, f. old age &c. See under jara, col. 2.
1. jarūtha, am, n. skinniness, flesh flaccid with old age; flesh.
2. jaraṇā, f. (fr. 3. jṝ), Ved. roaring, crackling, sounding; (Sāy.) invoking, praising; [cf. 1. jaraṇa, col. 2.]
2. jarā, f., Ved. crackling, roaring; invoking, greeting; praise; [cf. 1. jarā above.]
2. jarūtha, as, m., Ved. one who roars or makes a noise; N. of a demon conquered by Agni; (Sāy.) speaking harshly or to be invoked.
1. jala, as, ā, am (said to be fr. the preceding rt.; perhaps connected with gal; cf. jaḍa), cold, stupid, apathetic, idiotic; (as), m., N. of a man with the patronymic Jātukarṇya; (ā), f., N. of a river; (am), n. water, any fluid; a kind of fragrant medicinal plant, = hrīvera; the embryo or uterus of a cow; frigidity (moral, mental, or physical); [cf. Lat. gelu; Goth. kalds; Lith. szala, szattas; Russ. cholodnyi; Hib. gil.]
2. jala, nom. P., Ved. jalati, to become water.
2. jalāluka, am, n. a lotus root; [cf. jalāyukā.]
m. = jalālu'ddīn akbar ṣāh.
1. javana, as, ī, am, causing to hasten; quick, swift, fleet; (as), m. a courser, a fleet horse; a kind of deer; N. of one of the attendants of Skanda; (ī), f. a screen surrounding a tent, a Kanāt; N. of a plant; (am), n. speed, velocity; [cf. dhī-javana.]
2. javana, as, m., N. of a people whose country is by some thought to be identical with Ionia or Greece, = yavana, q. v.
1. jānuka, as, ā, am (fr. rt. jan), bringing forth. (For 2. jānuka see under jānu below.)
2. jānuka, as, ā, am, at the end of an adj. comp. = jānu, the knee (e. g. ūrdhva-jānuka, having the knees raised).
1. jābāla, as, m. (fr. jabālā), a metronymic of Mahā-śāla; also of Satya-kāma; the author of a law-book; also of a medicinal work; (ās), m. pl., N. of a school of the Yajur-veda.
2. jābāla, as, m. (a corruption of ajā-pāla), a goat-herd.
1. ji, cl. 1. P. A. jayati, -te, jigāya, jigye, jeṣyati, -te, ajaiṣīt, ajeṣṭa, je-tum (Ved. Inf. jetave and jiṣe), to win or acquire by conquest (or in gambling), to conquer, defeat, vanquish, overcome; excel, surpass; to vanquish in a game or in a suit at law; to convict; to conquer the passions; overcome a disease &c.; to expel from (with abl.); to be victorious, to gain the upper hand: Pass. jīyate: Caus. jāpayati, -yitum; Aor. ajī-japat, to cause to conquer or win: Pass. of Caus. jāpyate, to be made to conquer: Desid. jigīṣati, to wish to win, obtain, conquer, vanquish or excel &c., to vie with, emulate; to seek for prey: Intens. jejīyate, jejayīti, jejeti; [cf. Lith. galu, galybe; Hib. gar, 'profit, advantage, gain, good.']
2. ji, is, is, i, victorious, conquering, a victor; (is), m. a Piśāca, a demon.
2. jittama or jituma or jitma, as, m. (a word borrowed fr. the Gr. [greek]), the sign of the zodiac Gemini.
1. jur (related to 1. jṝ), cl. 6. 4. P., Ved. jurati, jūryati, jujora (?), &c., to decay, become old or decrepit, to grow old, perish; also jūr, cl. 4. A. jūryate, to grow old.
2. jur, ūr, m. an old man; [cf. 2. jū.]
1. juṣ, cl. 6. A. (ep. also P.) juṣate, -ti, jujuṣe, joṣiṣyate, ajoṣiṣṭa, jo-ṣitum, to be pleased or satisfied, to be propitiated or propitious; to be favourable; to like, be fond of, to have pleasure in, delight in (with acc. or gen.); to enjoy; to show one's self favourable towards (with acc.); to have pleasure in granting (with loc. of the person); to devote one's self to, practise, undergo, suffer; to delight in visiting, frequent, visit, inhabit, enter; happen to; to have pleasure in performing (with dat., e. g. juṣate karmaṇe, he likes to engage in any act); to choose; to give pleasure to (with loc. of the person): Caus. joṣayati, -te, -yitum, to like, be fond of, love, behave kindly towards (with acc.); fondle, cherish; to delight in, approve of, choose: Desid. jujuṣiṣate or jujoṣiṣate: Intens. jojuṣyate, jojoṣṭi; [cf. Zend zaosha, 'will, desire;' Hib. gus, 'a desire, inclination;' Goth. kus, 'to choose', kiusu, kaus, kusum; Germ. kiese; Lat. gus-tus; Gr. [greek]]
2. juṣ, ṭ, ṭ, ṭ, liking, fond of, devoted to (with acc.); visiting, approaching; [cf. sa-juṣ.]
3. juṣ, cl. 1. 10. P. joṣati, joṣa-yati, &c., to reason, think, conceive, imagine, investigate, examine; to injure, hurt, kill.
1. juhū, ūs, f. (fr. rt. hve), a tongue; especially the tongue or tongues of Agni, the flames; sapta juhvaḥ, the seven tongues of Agni; see jihvā. juhū personified is the wife of Brahmā and goddess of speech; [cf. sarasvatī.]
2. juhū, ūs, f. (fr. rt. hu), a wooden ladle or vessel of the shape of a semicircle or crescent, used for pouring the sacrificial butter into the fire; that part of the frame enshrining the supreme spirit which faces the east.
1. jū (or according to the Dhātu-pāṭha ju), cl. 1. P. A., 9. P. javati, -te, junāti, &c., to press forwards, hurry on, move on quickly, be quick; to impel quickly, urge or drive on, incite; to excite, promote, animate, inspire.
2. jū, ūs, ūs, u, Ved. quick, speedy; (according to Sāy. jūḥ may also be the Nom. c. of jur, old); inciting, pressing, driving; (ūs), f. speed, expedition, velocity, going, motion; the atmosphere; a female demon or goblin; an epithet of the goddess Sarasvatī; a spot or mark on the forehead of horses and oxen; [cf. kaśo-jū and mano-jū.]
1. jūrṇi, is, is, i (fr. jur = gur), Ved. skilfully praising, invoking.
2. jūrṇi, is, f., Ved. glowing fire, a blaze, a fiery weapon; anger [cf. jūr]; speed (perhaps for jūti); fever [cf. jvara]; disease, sickness; the body; the sun; Brahmā.
1. jṝ, cl. 4. 9. 1. P. jīryati, jṛṇāti, jara-ti, jajāra, jariṣyati and jarīṣyati, ajārīt and ajarat, jaritum and jarītum, to grow old, become decrepit, decay, wear out, wither; to be consumed, perish; to break up or fall to pieces; to be dissolved or digested; (cl. 1. P.) to make old or decrepit; to cause to grow old; cl. 10. P. jārayati, yitum, to become old: Caus. P. jarayati, -yitum, to make old, wear out, consume, cause to be consumed; to cause to be digested; to digest: Desid. jijariṣati, jijarīṣati, jijīrṣati: Intens. jejīr-yate, jājarti; [cf. Hib. crionaim, 'I dry, wither;' criona, 'old, ancient:' Gr. [greek] Lat. granum for garnum: Goth. kaurn: Germ. Korn: Lith. girna.]
2. jṝ, cl. 1. A., Ved. jarate, &c., to move, approach, come near.
3. jṝ, cl. 1. A., Ved. jarate, to crackle (as fire); to roar; to call out to, address, invoke, praise.
1. jña = jñu = jānu, the knee, in ūr-dhva-jña. (For 2. jña see below.)
1. jñā, cl. 9. P. A. jānāti, jānīte, ja-jñau, jajñe, jñāsyati, -te, ajñāsīt, ajñāsta, jñātum, [irreg. forms, jānatha for jānītha Mahābh. II. 842, jānata for jānīta II. 2397, jijāhi for jājñāhi = jānīhi, know thou, XIII. 4495, abhy-anu-jānithās for abhy-anv-ajānīthās XIV. 1641, jāna-māna pres. part.], to know, have knowledge, become acquainted with; to perceive, apprehend, understand, experience; to recognise; to ascertain, investigate; to know as, know or perceive that, regard or consider as (with acc. of the object and predicate, e. g. tasya māṃ tanayāṃ jānīta, know me to be his daughter); to be conversant or familiar with; to visit as a friend (Ved.); to acknowledge, approve, allow, permit; to recognise as one's own, take possession of; to act, engage in (with gen. of the instrument, e. g. sarpiṣo for sarpiṣā jānīte, he engages in sacrifice with clarified butter): Caus. jñāpayati or jñapayati, -yitum, Aor. ajijñapat, to make known, teach, make acquainted with, inform, announce, notify; to give information; A. to request, ask: Desid. A. jijñāsate (ep. also P.), to wish to know, &c.; to investigate, examine, wish to learn; to conjecture, suppose: Desid. of Caus. jijñāpayiṣati and jijñapayiṣati and jñīpsati, to wish to make known or inform: Pass. of Desid. of Caus. jñīpsyate, to be wished or intended to be informed: Intens. jājñāyate, jājñāti, jājñeti; [cf. Lat. gna, gno, in gnarus, (g)nosco, cognosco, ignoro; perhaps gloria for gnoria: Gr. [greek] in [greek] Old Germ. chna, chnata, chnat: Eng. know: Goth. kaun: Old Germ. chan: Germ. kann, kenne: Lith. zinnau, 'I know;' zinne, sazinne: Slav. naju: Hib. gnia, 'knowledge;' gnic; gno, 'ingenious;' gnas, 'custom, use.']
2. jña, as, ā, am, who or what knows, a knower, knowing, familiar with (often in comp., e. g. dharma-jña, familiar with the law; sarva-jña, knowing everything); intelligent, wise; (as), m. a wise and learned man, especially one possessed of sacred learning or religious knowledge; the sentient soul; Budha who was first of the lunar line and regent of the planet Mercury; the planet Mars or its regent; an epithet of Brahmā; [cf. Lat. beni-gnus, mali-gnus.]
2. jñā, ās, ās, am, (at the end of a comp.) knowing, familiar with [cf. ṛta-jñā, pada-jñā, and 2. jña]; (ā), f. in epic poetry sometimes a shortened form of ā-jñā, the initial vowel of the latter being irregularly elided after a preceding final e and o (e. g. te'jñayā, by thy order, Mahā-bh. 1. 3168).
1. jyā, cl. 9. P., 4. A. jināti, jīyate, jijyau, jijye, jyāsyati, -te, ajyāsīt, jyā-tum, to overpower, oppress, to deprive of property, &c., (in the Veda often connected with rt. han, e. g. jīyate hanti, 'he oppresses and kills;' and in the Brāhmaṇas applied to the oppressions of the Brāhmans and Vaiśyas by the Kshatriyas); (cl. 4. A.) to be oppressed, treated badly, deprived of property, &c.; (cl. 9. P.) to become old: Caus. jyāpayati, see jyāpaya below: Desid. P. jijyāsati, to wish to overpower or oppress: Intens. jejīyate, jājyāti; [cf. Gr. [greek]]
2. jyā, f. overpowering force or strength ([greek] cf. parama-jyā); excessive demand, importunity.
3. jyā, f. (perhaps fr. rt. 1. jyā), the string of a bow, a bow-string; the chord of an arc, a sine in geometry; [cf. adhi-jya, uj-jya, &c.; cf. also Gr. [greek]]
4. jyā, f. the earth; a mother.
1. jri, cl. 1. P. jrayati, &c., to overpower, conquer; to go.
2. jri, is, is, i, in uru-jri, q. v.
3. jri or jrī [cf. rt. 1. jṝ], cl. 1. 10. 9. P. jrayati, jrāyayati, jriṇāti, &c., to grow old, to be or become old or decayed.
1. jha, the ninth consonant of the Sanskṛt alphabet and the aspirate of the preceding letter.
2. jha, as, ā, am, asleep, sleeping; lost, destroyed; (as), m. a peculiar sound; playing a tune, beating time; a sound like the splashing of water or the clashing of symbols, jingling, clanking, &c.; wind accompanied by rain; a stray, a thing lost or mislaid; a N. of a chief of the Daityas or demons; an epithet of Bṛhaspati, the preceptor of the gods; (ā), f. the descent of a cascade, a water-fall.
1. ña, the nasal belonging to the palatal class of letters. It only really occurs in conjunction with palatal consonants; and when preceding c, ch, has much the sound of n in inch; when preceding j, jh, much the sound of n in singe.
2. ña, as, m. a singer; any jingling or inarticulate sound; a heretic, an apostate; an ox; a N. of Śukra, regent of the planet Venus.
1. ṭa, the eleventh consonant of the Sanskṛt alphabet and first of the third class or cerebrals; it has much the sound of t in true, but properly pronounced by keeping back the tip of the tongue and slightly turning it upwards.
2. ṭa, as, m. sound or an imitative sound like the twang of a bow-string &c.; a dwarf; a quarter, a fourth; (ā), f. the earth; an oath, confirming an assertion by ordeal &c.; (am), n. a hollowed cocoa-nut.
1. ṭha, the twelfth consonant and aspirate of the preceding letter.
2. ṭha, as, m. a loud noise; an imitative sound as of a golden pitcher rolling down steps; the disk of the sun or moon, a circle, a globe; a cypher; a place frequented or held sacred by all; an object of sense; an idol, a deity; an epithet of Śiva.
1. ḍa, the third letter of the cerebral class of consonants, having much the sound of d in drum, but properly pronounced by keeping back the tip of the tongue and slightly turning it upwards. In Bengal ḍ is often confounded in pronunciation with a hard r.
2. ḍa, as, m. a sound; a kind of drum or tabor; fear; submarine fire; an epithet of Śiva; (ā), f. a Ḍākinī, i. e. a kind of female imp or goblin; a basket &c. carried by means of a sling.
1. ḍha, the aspirate of the preceding letter; its use as an initial letter is very limited, and several of the words in which it occurs can scarcely be regarded as pure Sanskṛt.
2. ḍha, as, m. an imitative sound; a large drum; a dog's tail; a dog; a serpent; void of qualities (?).
1. ṇa, the nasal ṇ belonging to the third or cerebral class of consonants.
2. ṇa, as, m. knowledge; certainty, ascertainment; ornament; a water or summer-house; a bad man; a N. of Vindu-deva, said to be a Jaina deity; an epithet of Śiva; the sound of negation; gift, giving.
1. ta, the first consonant of the fourth or dental class, the sound of which is more dental than the English t.
2. ta, the base of the third personal pronoun in all the cases except the nom. sing. masc. and fem. See tad, p. 360.
3. ta, as, m. a tail; any tail except that of the Bos Gaurus; the tail of a jackal; the breast; the womb; the hip or flank; a warrior; a thief; a wicked man; an outcast, a barbarian or Mleccha; a Buddha; a jewel; nectar, the food of the immortals; (ā, am), f. n. passing, crossing; virtue, sanctity; (ā), f., N. of Lakṣmī.
1. takman, ā, m., Ved. (especially in the Atharvaveda), a kind of disease, or probably a whole class of diseases, accompanied by eruptions of the skin.
2. takman, a, n. = tokman = apatya, offspring, a child; [cf. Gr. [greek] cf. also 1. tak-man under rt. tak, p. 357, col. 3.]
1. takṣ, cl. 1. 5. P. (sometimes A.) takṣati, -te, takṣṇoti, -ṇute, tatakṣa, -ṣe, takṣiṣyati or takṣyati, -te, atakṣīt, takṣitum or taṣṭum, to form by cutting, plane, chisel, pare, chip, chop, slice, split; to cut, wound; to make thin; to fashion, form (out of wood &c.), to make, create in general; to form in the mind, invent; to make one's own, appropriate; to cover; to skin, peel: Caus. takṣayati, -yitum, atatakṣat: Desid. titakṣiṣati or titakṣati (?): Intens. tāta-kṣyate, tātaṣṭi; [cf. Lith. taszau: Russ. tesatj: Pol. cieśla: Lat. tignum: Old Pruss. tikint, 'to make;' tikinnimai, teikusna: Gr. [greek]]
2. takṣ, ṭ, ṭ, ṭ, (at the end of a comp.) paring, cutting, forming by cutting, working; [cf. kāṣṭha-takṣ.]
1. taṅka, as, m. grief produced by separation from a beloved object; fear, terror; [cf. ā-taṅka, tapas-taṅka.]
2. taṅka, as, am, m. n. (for ṭaṅka), an axe, a stone-cutter's chisel.
1. tañc or tañj, cl. 7. P. tanakti, tatañca, taṅkṣyati and tañciṣyati, atāṅkṣīt and atañcīt, taṅktum and tañcitum, to contract, shrink: Caus. tañcayati, -yitum: Desid. titaṅkṣati or titañciṣati: Intens. tātacyate, tātaṅkti.
2. tañc, cl. 1. P. tañcati, &c., to go.
1. tat for tad, that. See tad, p. 360.
2. tat, 2. tata. See rt. 3. tan, p. 361.
1. tata, as, m. (connected with tāta, said to be fr. rt. 3. tan), Ved. father (a familiar expression corresponding to nanā, mother).
1. tati (fr. the pronom. base 2. ta), pl. (in nom. and acc. without termination), so many. (For 2. tati see p. 361, col. 2.)
1. tan (= stan), cl. 4. P., Ved. tan-yati, to resound, sound aloud, roar; [cf. Gr. [greek] Lat. tonare; Angl. Sax. thunor; Eng. thunder.]
2. tan, cl. 1. and 10. P. tanati and tānayati, &c., to confide, belive or have faith in; to aid, assist; to be harmless; to pain or afflict with disease (?); [cf. rt. 1. can and van.]
3. tan, cl. 8. P. A. tanoti, tanute, ta-tāna (2nd sing. tatantha or tenitha), tene, taniṣyati, -te, atānīt and atanīt, atata and ataniṣṭa, tanitum, to extend, stretch, spread, be diffused over, shine (as light), extend towards, reach to; protract, prolong, lengthen out, augment; to lengthen, be lengthened out, be protracted, continue, endure, last; to stretch (a cord), extend or bend (a bow), spread or spin out, weave; to emboss, chase; to prepare (a way for); direct one's way towards; to propagate, be propagated; to accomplish, perform (as a ceremony), to sacrifice; to compose (a literary work); to bestow, grant, cause, prepare: Pass. tanyate or tāyate, to be extended; to increase, &c.: Caus. tāna-yati, -yitum, atītanat: Desid. titaniṣati, titaṃsati, titāṃsati: Intens. tantanyate, tantanīti, tantanti; [cf. Gr. [greek] Lat. tendo, tenuis, tener: Goth. thanja: Russ. tonju: Lith. tempju: Hib. tana, 'thin, slender, lean;' tanaighim, 'I make thin.']
2. tat, t, t, t, at the end of a comp.; [cf. parī-tat.] (For 1. tat see p. 358, col. 3.)
2. tata, as, ā, am (for 1. see p. 359), extended, stretched, spread, diffused, expanded; spreading or reaching over, extending to; covered over, concealed; protracted, continued; bent (as a bow); spreading, wide, &c.; (as), m. wind, air; (am), n. any stringed musical instrument; a kind of metre consisting of four lines of twelve syllables each.
2. tati, is, f. (for 1. see p. 359, col. 1), a series, a line, a row or range; a number, a crowd, a troop; a sacrificial act, a ceremony; [cf. tanti.]
4. tan (probably f., but occurring only in dat., inst., and abl.), Ved. continuation, diffusion, propagation, offspring, posterity, descendants; (tanve tane ca, for one's own person and one's children); tanā (inst. used as an adv.), in uninterrupted succession or series, one after another, continually.
1. tandra, am, n., Ved. a series, a row.
2. tandra, as, ā, am, tired, fatigued; lazy; (ā), f. lassitude, exhaustion, weariness, syncope; sleepiness, sluggishness. (For 1. tandra see col. 2.)
1. and 2. tandra. See above and col. 2.
1. tap [cf. 2. pat], cl. 4. A. tapyate, &c., to rule, govern.
2. tap, cl. 1. P. (rarely A.) tapati, -te, tatāpa, tapsyati (ep. also tapiṣyati), atāpsīt, taptum, to give out heat, be hot; to shine; to heat, make hot or warm; to shine upon; to be burnt; to burn, to consume or destroy by heat; to suffer pain; to cause pain or distress; to injure, hurt, damage, spoil; to torment one's self, mortify the body, undergo penance, (often with tapas, e. g. tapas tatāpa, he performed penance); cl. 4. P. tapyati (rarely used), to warm one's self, become hot: Pass. tapyate, to be heated, to suffer or feel pain; to be injured or hurt; to suffer pain voluntarily, undergo severe penances, (often with tapas, e. g. tapas tapyāmahe, we undergo penance); Caus. P. A. tāpayati, -te, -yitum, to make warm or hot; to burn, consume by heat, cause pain, trouble, distress; to torment one's self, undergo penance: Desid. titapsati, -te: Intens. tātapyate, tātapti, to feel violent pain, suffer torment, be in great anxiety or distress; [cf. Lat. tepeo: Gr. [greek] rt. [greek] Russ. tepl, 'warm;' teplota, 'warmth:' Hib. tebhot, 'intense heat:' Old Germ. damf: Lat. tempus ?].
3. tap, p, p, p, warming one's self; [cf. agni-tap.]
1. tapasya, nom. P. tapasyati, to undergo religious austerities, do penance.
2. tapasya, as, ā, am, produced by heat; (as), m. the month Phālguna (February-March), the second month of the season intervening between winter and spring; a N. of Arjuna; N. of a son of Manu Tāmasa; (ā), f. devout austerity, religious penance; (am), n. devout austerity, mortification, religious penance; the flower of Jasminum Multiflorum or Pubescens (kunda-puṣpa).
1. tama, as, m. darkness &c., = tamas in its various meanings; also = tamāla; (ā), f. night, = tamāla, Phyllanthus Emblica; (am), n. darkness, gloom; the point of the foot.
2. tama (for 1. see under rt. tam, col. 1), a Taddhita affix, the termination of the superlative degree, used also as an independent word in the sense of iṣṭa-tama, most desired, and sometimes added adverbially in the form tamām; [cf. tāra-tamya.]
1. tara, a Taddhita affix, the termination of the comparative degree, sometimes added adverbially in the form tarām; [cf. kaṣṭa-tara, &c.]
2. tara, as, ī, am (fr. rt. tṝ), who or what passes over or beyond, crossing; surpassing; conquering, overpowering; excelling; to be crossed, to be overcome [cf. dus-tara and duṣ-ṭara]; (as), m. passing over, crossing, passage; freight; a road (?); a ferry-boat, raft (?); a tree (?); a sort of magical spell against the evil spirits supposed to possess certain weapons; N. of a man; (for tarī see tari next col.)
1. taraṅga, as, m. (perhaps fr. taram + ga), a wave; a name given to sections of certain literary works (especially when the title contains such a word as 'sea', 'river', &c., e. g. of the Kathā-sarit-sāgara and Rāja-taraṅgiṇī); a jumping motion, a leap, a jump, the gallop of a horse, waving, moving to and fro; cloth or clothes; [cf. ut-taraṅga and carma-taraṅga.]
2. taraṅga, nom. P. taraṅgati, -gitum, to move like a billow, wave, move to and fro.
1. taru, us, us, u, = taraṇi, Ved. passing through; (Sāy.) rapid motion, velocity; a wooden ladle for taking up the Soma; [cf. 2. taru next col.]
2. taru, us, m. (said to be fr. rt. tṝ; for 1. taru see col. 2), a tree; N. of a son of Manu Cākṣuṣa; (taru in the sense of 'tree' does not appear to occur in the Veda or Manu; it is perhaps a modern derivation fr. dru; but according to Sāy. it is used in Ṛg-veda V. 44, 5, in the sense of 'wooden ladle;' cf. 1. taru, col. 2); [cf. Lat. termes.]
1. tarṣa, as, m. a raft or float; the ocean; the sun; [cf. taraṇi.]
2. tarṣa, as, m. (fr. rt. tṛṣ), thirst; wish, desire; Desire personified as a son of Arka (the sun) and Vāsanā.
1. talita, as, ā, am, fixed, placed, having a bottom; [cf. 2. talita next col.]
2. talita, am, n. fried meat. (For 1. talita see col. 1, under tala.)
1. tavya, as, ā, am, Ved. powerful, strong, grown strong. (For 2. tavya see below.)
2. tavya, a kṛt affix by means of which the future passive participle is formed from roots.
1. til, cl. 1. P. telati, &c., to go or move; [cf. rt. till.]
2. til (probably an artificial rt. fr. tila below), cl. 6. 10. P. tilati, telayati, &c., to be unctuous or greasy; to oil or anoint.
1. tu, the base of some of the cases of the 2nd personal pronoun; [cf. tva.]
2. tu, cl. 2. P., Ved. tavīti and tauti, tūtāva, totum and tavitum, to have authority or power, to be strong; to attain; to thrive or increase, to fill, become full; to go or move; to injure, hurt, kill: Caus., Ved. (only used in aor. tūtot), to make strong or efficient, make valid, accomplish; [cf. Zend tav, 'to be able;' tavan, 'powerful:' Pers. [arabic] tuvan, 'power;' [arabic] tuvanam, 'I can:' Gr. [greek] Lat. tumor, tumere, tumidus, tu-mulus (?), tuber, tueri, totus: Umbr. Osc. tauta, tota, touta, 'town;' tut-icus, 'townish:' Goth. thiuda, thiuth, thiuthyan: Angl. Sax. thū-ma, 'the thumb;' theod, 'people:' Old Germ. dū-mo, 'the thumb:' Slav. ty-ti, 'to grow fat;' tu-ku, 'fat:' Lith. tau-ka-i, 'fat;' tunk-u, 'I become fat:' Old Pruss. tau-ta, 'land, country:' Cambro-Brit. tyv-u, 'to increase.']
3. tu, ind. (a particle, perhaps connected with the pronom. base 2. ta, or with the Vedic pronoun tva; never found at the beginning of a sentence or verse, and causing the verb with which it is constructed to retain its accent). As a particle implying 'earnest entreaty' or 'urgent request' it is often used in the Veda, like Lat. dum, with an imperative, and may be translated by 'pray!' 'I beg', 'do' (e. g. ā tveta, come here, do); or it may be rendered by 'well', 'now then', 'now', 'just.' As an adversative particle it is equivalent to 'but', 'on the contrary', 'on the other hand' (e. g. na cchinati janayati tu, he does not destroy but he produces). The sense 'but' is most common in later Sanskṛt.
1. tuc or 1. tuj, k, f., Ved. offspring, children, propagation; [cf. toka and tokman.]
2. tuc in ā-tuc (q. v.), growing dusk.
1. tuj. See 1. tuc above.
2. tuj or tuñj, cl. 1. 6. P., Ved. to-jati, tujati, tutoja, tojitum, or cl. 1. P. tuñjati, tutuñja, tuñjitum, Ved. Inf. tujase, to strike, hit; impel, push; to press out, emit; to stir up, urge on, instigate, incite; wave to and fro; to hasten; Ved. reach, extend, project; to kill or hurt; to guard, protect, to be strong; to clothe; to live: Pass. tujyate, &c., to be struck, to be vexed, &c.: Caus. tujayati, -yitum, Ved. to promote, instigate; to move quickly, spring, run [cf. tūtujāna]; tuñjayati or tojayati, -yitum, to hurt, to injure or kill; to be strong or vigorous; to give or take; to dwell, abide; to shine, speak; [cf. tūtuji.]
3. tuj, k (?), f., Ved. shock, impulse; pressure; assault; (k, k, k), pressing, urging on, impelling.
1. tud, cl. 6. P. A. tudati, -te, tutoda, tutude, totsyati, -te, atautsīt, atutta, tottum, to strike, hit, push; to goad, prick; to bruise; to pain, wound, sting, vex, harass, tease, torture, torment: Caus. todayati, -yitum, atūtu-dat, to push &c.: Desid. tututsati, -te: Intens. totudyate, tototti; [cf. rt. tund, tottra, toda; Gr. [greek] Lat. tund-o, tud-es, tud-i-tare, dea Pertunda, tussis; Goth. staut-an; Old Germ. stoz-an; Mod. Germ. stoss-en; Angl. Sax. a-stintan, 'to blunt:' the initial s is original, and dropped in Sanskṛt.]
2. tud, t, t, t, (at the end of a comp.) striking, pricking, goading.
1. tur (connected with rts. tṝ, tvar, and tūr), cl. 6. P. A., Ved. turati, -te, &c., to hurry, hasten, press forwards, run; overcome; injure; cl. 3. P., Ved. tutorti: Caus. turayati, -yitum, to run: Desid., Ved. tūtūrṣati: Intens. A., Ved. in the part. tarturāṇa, running forwards; [cf. rt. tvar; Gr. [greek] Lat. turba, turbare, turb-idu-s, turma; Angl. Sax. thrym, 'multitude, mass, troop;' Goth. thaurp; Old Germ. dorf, 'conference, assembly, meeting;' Old Island. thyrpaz, 'to congregate.']
2. tur, tūr, tūr, tūr, Ved. running a race, hastening, fighting, conquering, a warrior; [cf. ap-tur, āji-tur, &c.]
1. tura, as, ā, am (for 2. 3. tura see p. 379, col. 1), Ved. furthering, promoting, a promoter; quick, willing, prompt; (am), ind. quickly.
1. turī, f., Ved. overpowering strength, superior power. (For 2. turī see col. 2.)
2. tura, as, ā, am (fr. rt. 2. tu; for 1. tura see p. 378, col. 3), Ved. strong, powerful, excelling, surpassing, overpowering; an epithet of Indra, of the Maruts, Ādityas, &c.; possessed of property; rich; abundant, abounding; (as), m., N. of a preceptor and priest with the patronymic Kāvaṣeya.
3. tura, as, ā, am, Ved. hurt, wounded; (according to Sāy. = ā-tura, q. v.)
2. turī, f. (or turi, is, in the first sense; cf. tuli), the fibrous stick used by weavers to clean and separate the threads of the woof; a painter's brush; a shuttle; N. of a wife of Kṛṣṇa (or Vasudeva) and mother of Jaras. (For 1. turī see col. 1.)
1. turīya, P., Ved. turīyati, &c., to go or move; [cf. rt. 1. tur and turaṇya.]
2. turīya, as, ā, am, Ved. fourth, a fourth; consisting of four parts; whose power extends on all four sides, mighty; (am), n. the fourth state of the soul (according to the Vedānta phil.), that state in which it has become one with Brahma or the universal spirit; (as, ā, am), (with a different accent), a fourth, constituting the fourth part; (am), n. a fourth part, a quarter; [cf. turya and caturtha.]
1. tuś, cl. 1. A., Ved. tośate, &c., to drip, trickle; sprinkle; (Sāy.) to be struck; to be pressed out or extracted; to be drunk; [cf. tośa and tośas.]
2. tuś (for tuṣ ?), cl. 1. A., Ved. to-sate, &c., to quiet, pacify, appease, satisfy.
1. tūr [cf. rt. 1. tur and tvar], cl. 4. A. tūryate, &c., to go quickly, make haste; to kill, hurt, injure.
2. tūr, r, r, r (fr. tvar), hastening; a courier; (r), f. speed, swift motion, swiftness; [cf. 2. tur.]
1. tūrya, am, n., Ved. an abstract noun of 2. tur, occurring at the end of comp. [cf. ap-tūrya under apta, &c.]; (as, am), m. n. a musical instrument, of which four kinds are sometimes reckoned, (wind instruments, stringed instruments, &c.); sa-tūrya, accompanied by music; sa-tūryam, with music; [cf. maṅgala-t-, mṛtyu-t-, yāma-t-, taurya.]
2. tūrya, as, ā, am (for turya), a fourth, a quarter.
2. tṛṇatā, f. (for 1. see under tṛṇa, col. 1), a bow, = triṇatā.
1. tṛp, cl. 4. 5. 6. P. tṛpyati, tṛp-noti (Ved. tṛpṇoti), tṛpati or tṛmpati, tatarpa; tarpiṣyati, tarpsyati, trapsyati; atṛ-pat, atarpīt, atārpsīt, atrāpsīt; tarptum, trap-tum, tarpitum; to satisfy one's self, to become satiated or satisfied, to be pleased or satisfied or contented (with gen., inst., or loc., e. g. nāgnis tṛp-yati kāṣṭhānām, fire is not satisfied with wood; tṛpyati phalaiḥ, he is satisfied with fruits); to enjoy; to satisfy, satiate, please; cl. 1. P. tarpati, &c., to light up, kindle (i. e. satiate a fire with fuel): Caus. P. A. tarpayati, -te, -yitum, Aor. atītṛpat and atatarpat, to gladden, exhilarate; to satiate, refresh, satisfy; A. to become satiated or satisfied; P. to light, kindle: Desid. titṛpsati, titarpiṣati, to wish to satiate one's self, to desire to satisfy: Desid. of the Caus. titarpayiṣati, to wish to satiate or refresh or satisfy: Intens. tarītṛpyate, ta-rītarpti and tarītrapti; [cf. tṛmp, tṛph, tṛmph: Gr. [greek] (?) Old Pruss. en-terpo, 'to be useful:' Lith. tarpstu, 'to increase, to prosper;' tarpa, 'increase:' Goth. tharf, 'to satisfy, to be useful:' Old Germ. trostyan: Angl. Sax. thearf: Hib. tropadh, 'heavy, grave;' tromaighim = tar-payāmi; tormach, 'increase, augmentation;' torp, 'bulk;' tormad, 'pregnant, big.']
2. tṛp, at the end of a comp. in a-sutṛp and paśu-tṛp.
1. tṛṣ, cl. 4. P. tṛṣyati, tatarṣa (Ved. 3rd pl. tātṛṣus, part. tātṛṣāṇa), atarṣat, tarṣitum, to be thirsty, to thirst; to thirst for (metaphorically), desire, long for: Caus. tarṣayati, -yitum, to cause to thirst; [cf. Zend tarṣṇa, 'thirst;' Goth. thars, 'to become dry;' thairsa, thars, thaursum; thaursus, 'dry;' thaurs-tei, 'thirst;' thaursyan, 'to thirst;' ga-thaurs-an-s, 'dry:' Angl. Sax. thurst, thyrr: Old Germ. darran, 'to become dry:' Germ. durst: Gr. [greek] Lat. torreo for torseo, tos-tum from tors-tum, torris, torrens: Lith. troksztu, 'to thirst;' troszkulis, 'thirst:' Hib. tart (tar-t), 'thirst, drought;' tart-mhar, 'thirsty, dry.']
2. tṛṣ, ṭ, f. thirst; thirst after (metaphorically), wish, strong desire; Desire personified as a daughter of the god of Love (Kāma).
1. tena, as, m. a note or cadence introductory to a song &c.
2. tena, ind. (Inst. sing. of the pronom. base 2. ta), in that direction, there (correlative to yena, in which direction, where); in that manner, thus, so (correlative to yena, in what manner); on that account, for that reason, therefore, in consequence of; so with regard to (with acc.); tena hi, therefore, now then.
1. taudeya, as, m. a patronymic from Tuda.
2. taudeya, as, ī, am, produced in or coming from the district called Tūdī, q. v.
1. taulika in daśa-taulika, having the weight of 10 Tulās.
2. taulika, as, m. (fr. tūlikā), a painter; [cf. the next.]
1. tyaj, cl. 1. P. tyajati, tatyāja (Ved. tityāja), tyakṣyati (rarely tyaji-ṣyati), atyākṣīt, tyaktum, to leave, abandon, quit; to leave a place, go away from; to let go, dismiss, discharge; to shoot off; to give up, surrender, resign, part from, renounce (e. g. tanuṃ or dehaṃ or kalevaraṃ tyaj, to abandon the body, die; prā-ṇān or śvāsaṃ or jīvitaṃ tyaj, to give up breath or life, die, risk one's life); to shun, avoid; to get rid of, free one's self from, lose; to distribute, give away, give, offer (as a sacrifice or oblation to a deity); to set aside, leave unnoticed, disregard; to except: Pass. tyajyate, to be abandoned by, to become deprived of, lose, get rid of (with inst., e. g. dha-nena tyajyate, he loses his riches): Caus. tyāja-yati, -yitum, Aor. atityajat, to cause to leave or abandon or quit, to deprive a person of anything (with two acc., e. g. tyājayati māṃ gṛham, he causes me to quit the house; or with acc. and inst., e. g. atityajat tam prāṇaiḥ, he caused him to lose his life); to expel, turn out; to quit; to cause anything not to be noticed: Desid. tityakṣati: Intens. tātyajyate, tātyakti; [cf. Hib. treigim, 'I leave, forsake;' treigthe, 'forsaken', = tyakta; treigean, 'leaving, forsaking, abandonment', = tyajana; treigtheoir, 'a deserter, forsaker', = tyaktṛ.]
2. tyaj, k, k, k, (at the end of a comp.) leaving, abandoning, giving up, dying, risking one's life; [cf. tanu-t-.]
1. tra, as, ā, am (fr. rt. trai), protecting (in comp.; see aṃsa-t-, aṅguli-t-, ātapa-t-, kaṭi-t-, &c.).
2. tra = tri, three, in dvi-tra, q. v.
1. tras, cl. 10. P. trāsayati, -yitum, to take, seize; to hold; to oppose, prevent, forbid.
2. tras, cl. 1. and 4. P. (ep. also A.) trasati, trasyati, tatrāsa (3rd pl. ta-trasus and tresus), trasiṣyati, atrāsīt and atra-sīt, trasitum, to tremble, quiver, quake, or start with fear; to be agitated, be afraid of; to fear, dread (with abl. or gen. and more rarely with inst., e. g. tasmāt or tasya trasyati, he fears that or is afraid of him); to run away, run: Caus. trāsayati, -yitum, to cause to tremble, terrify, to frighten, scare, agitate, set in motion: Desid. titrasiṣati: Intens. tātrasyate, tātrasti; [cf. Zend tareś, tars-ti: Gr. [greek] for [greek] for [greek] Lat. tristis = trasta; tremo; terreo fr. terseo for treseo = Caus. trāsayāmi: Goth. thlahs-yan: Russ. tryasu, 'to shake;' tryasu-sy, 'I tremble:' Lett. trīsseht, 'to tremble:' Hib. tor, 'fear, dread.']
1. trā (by native authorities written trai, q. v.), cl. 1. A. trāyate, &c., to protect, &c. See rt. trai, p. 394.
2. trā, ās, m., Ved. a protector, a defender; [cf. 1. tra.]
1. tva, base of some cases of the second personal pronoun (in some of the cases the base is tu, Nom. sing. tvam, Acc. tvā and tvām, Abl. tvat or tvad; in Ved. tvā occurs for tvayā, tubhya for tubhyam, tve for tvayi; at the beginning of a compound tvat or tvad, and in the Vedas tvā is used), thou, you; [cf. Lat. tu; Lith. tu; Hib. tu; Goth. thu; Slav. ty; Gr. [greek]]
2. tva, as, ā, m. f. thy, your, yours.
3. tva, as, ā, at, Ved. pron. one, several, other, different; tva--tva, one--the other; tvad, ind. partly; tvad--tvad, partly--partly.
1. tvac, cl. 6. P. tvacati, &c., to cover, (a root artificially formed to furnish an etymology for 2. tvac); [cf. Lat. tego; Old Germ. dekiu, 'to cover;' Lith. dengiu.]
2. tvac, k, f. skin (as of men, serpents, &c.); hide (as of a goat, cow, &c.); a cow's hide (used in pressing out the Soma); bark, rind, peel; any surface or covering (as turf of the earth); a cover, horse-cloth; (Ved.) the black cover, = darkness; a protecting cover or guard, mail, a shield; a leather bag; Cassia bark; cinnamon, the cinnamon tree; mystical N. of the letter ya.
1. tviṣ, cl. 1. P. A. tveṣati, -te, titveṣa, titviṣe (part. titviṣāṇa), tvekṣyati, -te, atvikṣat, atvikṣata (Ved. forms atviṣus, atviṣanta, atitviṣanta), tveṣṭum, Ved. inf. tviṣe, to be violently agitated or moved; to be excited; to be troubled or perplexed; to excite, instigate; to shine, glitter, sparkle; to be brilliant, to blaze: Caus. tveṣayati, -yitum, Aor. atitviṣat: Desid. titvikṣati, -te: Intens. tetvi-ṣyate, tetveṣṭi.
2. tviṣ, ṭ, f. violent agitation or quivering motion of any kind, vehemence, violence, fury, perplexity; light, brilliance, glitter, any shining colour, splendor, beauty; authority, weight, consideration; speech; wish, desire; custom, practice, usage; [cf. acala-t- and vāta-t-.]
1. tha, the second consonant of the dental class and the aspirate of the preceding letter, having much the sound of th in ant-hill, but more dental.
2. tha, as, m. a mountain; a protector, preserver; a sign of danger; a kind of disease; eating; (am), n. preserving, preservation; fear, terror; auspiciousness; a prayer for the welfare of another.
1. da, the eighteenth consonant of the alphabet and the third letter of the fourth or dental class, the sound of which is more dental than the English d.
2. da, as, ā, am (fr. rt. 1. dā, to give), giving, a giver, donor; presenting, favouring with, granting, a granter; causing, (often at the end of comp., e. g. vāri-da, giving water; anna-da, granting food &c.; exceptionally compounded with the receiver of the gift, e. g. pitṛ-da, giving to the father); (as), m. a gift, anything given; (am, ā), n. f. a gift, donation.
3. da, as, ā, am (fr. rt. 3. dā for do, to cut), cutting off, destroying, breaking, &c., (generally at the end of comp.); (as, ā), m. f. the act of cutting off, dividing.
4. da, as, ā, am (fr. rt. 4. dā, to bind), binding, (generally at the end of comp.; cf. ṛśya-da.)
5. da, as, ā, am (fr. rt. 7. dā, to purify), cleaning, cleansing.
6. da, as, m. a mountain; (ā), f. heat, pain, repentance; (am), n. a wife; [cf. dam-patī.]
1. daṃś, cl. 1. 10. P. daṃśati, daṃśa-yati, &c., to speak or shine.
2. daṃś, cl. 1. P. (ep. also A.) da-śati, -te, dadaṃśa, daṅkṣyati (ep. also daṃśiṣyati), adāṅkṣīt, daṃṣṭum, to bite, sting; to see [? cf. rt. daṃs]: Caus. P. daṃśayati, -yitum, Aor. adadaṅkṣat, to cause to bite; to bite: Desid. didaṅkṣati: Intens. dandaśyate, dandaṃṣṭi, dandaṣṭi: Caus. of Intens. dandaśayati, to cause to bite violently; [cf. Gr. [greek] &c., [greek] Lat. la-cruma, perhaps lacero; Goth. tahyan, 'dilacerate', tagr; Angl. Sax. taeher, tux, tusk, tang; Old Germ. zanga, zangar; Cambro-Brit. danhezu, 'to bite;' Hib. dan-t, 'a morsel, portion, share;' Russ. desna, 'ginger.']
1. datta, as, ā, am (fr. rt. 1. dā, to give; cf. 1. dad), given, granted, presented, made over, assigned; placed, extended, stretched forth; (as), m. a given son, i. e. a son given away by his natural parents to persons engaging to adopt him [cf. dattaka and datrima]; a common N. or title of a man of the Vaiśya or third tribe, (generally in comp. with a preceding word, e. g. vasu-datta, deva-datta, &c., but datta sometimes stands alone, at present the title is common to the Kāyastha or writer class); N. of a man, brother of Dur-vāsas; of a son of Atri, = dattātreya; (with Jainas) N. of a son of Agnisiṃha and the seventh black Vāsu-deva; of a son of Rājādhideya Śūra; one of the seven sages in the second Manv-antara; (ā), f., N. of several women; (am), n. a gift, a donation.
2. datta, as, ā, am (fr. 5. dā), preserved, guarded, protected.
1. dad, a reduplicated form substituted for rt. 1. dā, to give, before certain affixes and terminations (Pāṇ. VI. 4, 126; VII. 4, 46; VIII. 2, 38), and by some grammarians given as a separate rt.: cl. 1. A. dadate, &c., to give, (see rt. 1. dā.)
2. dad, giving, in āyur-dad.
1. dadhi, is, is, i, Ved. presenting, giving; preserving, keeping (with acc.); holding, having, possessing, bearing; (i), n. a house, an abode.
2. dadhi, i, n. (perhaps a reduplicated form fr. rt. dhe, to drink; cf. dadhan above), milk thickened or coagulated spontaneously by heat, thick sour milk, commonly called dahī, (it is a general article of food in high estimation among the Hindūs, and regarded as a remedy or preventive of many disorders; it differs from curds in not having the whey separated from it); turpentine, the resin of the Shorea Robusta; [cf. Goth. daddyan, 'to suckle.']
1. dan, Ved., explained by Sāyaṇa as a participle fr. rt. 1. dā = dadat or dātṛ, giving, bestowing; modern scholars connect this word with pati and explain patir-dam as a transposition of dam-pati, q. v.
2. dan, considered by some as a Vedic root, from which they derive the Desid. dīdāṃsate (referred by Pāṇ. III. 1, 6, to rt. dān, q. v.) and other forms; the meaning is said to be straight, to straighten; to correct. (In Ṛg-veda I. 174, 2, danas is said by Yāska to = dāna-manasas, liberalminded, disposed to give, see Nirukta VI. 31; but according to Sāy., danas = adamayas, thou hast humbled, or by transposition of the letters ana-das.)
1. dam, cl. 4. P. dāmyati, dadāma, damitum, to be tamed or subdued; to be tranquillized; to tame, subdue, conquer, subject, control, restrain; to quiet, pacify: Pass. damyate (Aor. adami): Caus. P. A. damayati, -te, &c., to subdue, overpower, conquer; [cf. Gr. [greek] [greek] = Caus. da-mayāmi; Lat. domare, damnum, damnare; Goth. tamyan, 'to tame', ga-timan; Angl. Sax. tam, tam-yan; Old Germ. zami, zam; Mod. Germ. zahm, ziemen.]
2. dam (in comp.) = dama, a house.
1. damya, as, ā, am (fut. pass. part.), to be tamed, tamable, to be subjected or controlled; to be punished, punishable; (as), m. a young bullock; a steer that has to be tamed.
2. damya, as, ā, am (fr. dama), Ved. being in a house, being at home, homely.
1. dah (the original form of this rt. was probably dagh), cl. 1. P. dahati (ep. dahate), dadāha, dhakṣyati (ep. dahiṣyati), dhakṣyate, dagdhum (Ved. inf. dagdhos; other Vedic forms are dakṣi, adhāk, dhāk; part. dha-kṣat or dakṣat), to burn, consume by fire, scorch, roast; (in surgery) to cauterize; to consume, destroy completely; to torment, torture, pain, distress, disturb, grieve: Pass. dahyate (ep. also dahyati), to be burnt, to burn, to be in flames; to be consumed by fire; to be inflamed; to be consumed by internal heat or by grief, to suffer pain, be distressed, be vexed; to be destroyed &c.; (also transitive) to burn: Caus. dāhayati, -yitum, Aor. adīdahat, to cause to burn or to be burned &c.; to cause to roast or to be cooked: Desid. didhakṣati (ep. -te), to wish to burn, to be about to consume or destroy, &c. [cf. didhakṣā and didhakṣu]: Caus. of Desid. didhakṣayati, -yitum, to cause to desire to burn or to be about to burn: Intens. dandahīti, dandahyate, dandagdhi (also 2nd sing. impv.), to burn completely, destroy completely; (A.) to be burnt completely, be entirely consumed by fire or grief; [cf. Hib. daghaim; daighim, daghte, 'burnt', = dagdha; dvighir, 'flame:' Lith. degu, 'I am hot;' deginu, 'I burn:' Old Germ. tāh-t or dāh-t, 'a wick', fr. Caus.: Goth. dag-s, 'the day:' Angl. Sax. daeg: Mod. Germ. tag: Eng. day: perhaps Gr. [greek] Lat. lig-nu-m for dig-nu-m.]
2. dah, dhak, k, k, burning (at the end of comp.; cf. uśa-dhak).
1. dā (many of the forms of this rt. are to be referred to the base dad, which is sometimes regarded as a separate rt.; cf. 1. dad), cl. 3. P. A. dadāti, datte, 1st pl. dadmas, 2nd pl. dattha, 3rd pl. dadati (3rd pl. A. dadate); Impf. adadāt, adatta (3rd du. adattām, 3rd pl. adadus, A. adadata); Pot. dadyāt, dadīta (1st pl. A. dadī-mahi, 3rd pl. dadīran); Impv. dadātu, dattām (2nd sing. dehi, A. datsva, 3rd du. dattām, 2nd pl. datta, 3rd pl. dadatu); Perf. dadau, dade (2nd sing. daditha or dadātha, 2nd du. dadathus, 2nd pl. dada, 3rd pl. dadus, 3rd du. A. dadāte, part. dadivas, gen. daduṣas); Fut. dātā, dāsyati, -te; Aor. adāt, adita (3rd pl. P. adus, 1st sing. A. adiṣi, 3rd pl. adiṣata); Prec. deyāt, dāsīṣṭa; (Ved. forms are Pres. 3rd sing. dāti, 1st pl. dad-masi; Impf. 2nd pl. adadāta, adattana, 2nd sing. dadās, 3rd sing. dadāt, 2nd pl. dadāta; Impv. dātu, 2nd sing. daddhi; Perf. 3rd pl. A. with pra, dadrire, part. dadāvat, dadvat; Aor. dāt, 3rd du. dātām, 2nd pl. dāta, 3rd pl. dus, 3rd sing. A. adadiṣṭa, adediṣṭa, 2nd sing. Let dadas. Ep. forms fr. 1. dad are 1st sing. Pres. dadmi, 3rd sing. dadati, -te, 3rd pl. dadanti, -te; Impf. 3rd sing. adadat; Impv. 2nd sing. dada, A. dadasva; Perf. 3rd sing. dadade, 3rd du. dadadāte, 3rd pl. dadadire); dātum, Ved. inf. dātave, dātavai, dā-tos, dai in parā-dai; to give, bestow, grant, yield, impart, present, offer (usually with acc. of the thing and dat. gen. or loc. of the person, e. g. tat tasmai or tasya or tasmin dehi, give that to him); to deliver over, hand over; to give back, restore, return; to pay (e. g. ṛṇaṃ dā, to pay a debt; daṇḍaṃ dā, to pay a fine); to give away, give up, cede, sacrifice, devote, surrender (e. g. prāṇān or jīvitaṃ dā, to give one's life; ātmānaṃ dā, to sacrifice one's self; ātmānaṃ khedāya dā, to give one's self up to grief); to give in marriage (with or without bhāryām, e. g. dadau kanyāṃ tasmai bhāryām, he gave the maiden to him as wife; yasmai pitā tāṃ dadyāt, to whomsoever a father may marry her); to communicate knowledge or advice, to teach (e. g. vidyāṃ dā, to impart knowledge); to sell (with inst. of the price, e. g. gavāṃ sahasreṇa dā, to sell for a thousand cows); to permit, allow (e. g. vāṣpo na dadāti tāṃ draṣ-ṭum, tears do not allow her to see); to place, put, apply (e. g. padam bhasma-caye dadau, he placed his foot on a heap of ashes). The root dā may sometimes yield senses equivalent to 'to do', 'make', 'cause', 'perform', 'bring about', 'accomplish;' and the meanings of this root may be variously modified according to the nouns with which it is connected, as in the following examples: śokaṃ dā, to cause grief; vrataṃ dā, to accomplish a vow; śrāddhaṃ dā, to perform the Śrāddha; sañjñāṃ dā, to make a sign; panthānaṃ or mārgaṃ dā, to give up the road, stand out of the way, allow to pass; ava-kāśaṃ dā, to give room or space, allow to enter; yuddhaṃ or saṅgrāmaṃ dā, to give battle, fight with; ājñāṃ or ādeśaṃ dā, to give an order, to command; sandeśaṃ dā, to give information; varaṃ dā, to grant a boon; āśiṣo dā, to grant or utter blessings; prati-vacas or prati-vacanaṃ or praty-uttaraṃ dā, to give an answer; śabdaṃ dā, to make a noise, call out; vācaṃ dā (with dat.), to address a speech to; satyaṃ vaco dā, to speak the truth; samayaṃ dā, to propose an agreement; śāpaṃ dā, to utter a curse or oath; āliṅga-naṃ dā, to embrace; jhampaṃ dā, to give a spring, to jump; anuyātrāṃ dā, to accompany; talaṃ or talān dā, to slap with the palms of the hands, to shake hands; tala-prahāraṃ dā, to strike with the palm &c.; tālaṃ dā, to beat time with the hands; saṅketakaṃ dā, to make an appointment with any one; prayogaṃ dā, to give a dramatic representation; vṛtiṃ dā, to inclose or fence in; darśanaṃ or dṛṣṭiṃ dā, to show one's self, become visible, appear; dṛṣṭiṃ or dṛśaṃ or akṣi or cakṣur dā (with loc.), to fix the eyes on, look at; nigaḍāni dā, to put on fetters; pāvakaṃ dā, to set on fire; śāraṃ dā, to move a chess-man; ar-galaṃ dā, to draw a bolt, to bar; padaṃ dā, to direct the steps; karṇaṃ dā, to give ear, listen; mano dā, to direct the mind to anything, think upon. In some passages of the Veda the base dad (A. dadate) yields senses equivalent to 'to receive', 'carry', 'convey', 'bear', 'hold', 'keep', 'preserve', to which some refer the part. datta, preserved; [cf. 5. dā.] Caus. P. dāpayati, -yitum, adīdapat, to cause to give or to be given, to cause to bestow, present, &c. (with two acc.); to cause to be offered; to oblige to pay, make pay; to force to restore or return, to make surrender or deliver; to procure; to cause to do or perform or accomplish; to cause to put or apply, cause to be put on; to cause to speak or utter: Desid. P. A. ditsati, -te, (Ved.) didāsati, to wish to give &c., to be ready to bestow &c.: Intens. dedīyate, dādāti; [cf. rts. dās, rā, lā: Zend dā, 'to give;' dā-tar, dā-ta, 'giver;' dā-na, dā-thra, 'present:' Gr. [greek] = dadāmi, [greek] [greek] from the Caus. dāpayati: Lat. da-re, da-tor, do-s, do-nu-m: Slav. da-mi = dad-mi; da-ru, 'present;' da-ni, 'tax:' Lith. du-mi = dad-mi, du-ti-s, du-ni-s, 'a gift:' Hib. daighim or dailim fr. daidim, 'I give:' Cambro-Brit. dodi, 'to give:' Angl. Sax. tidhe, tidhian.]
2. dā, ās, m., Ved. a giver; (at the end of comp.) giving, granting; [cf. an-aśva-dā, aśva-dā, āyur-dā, &c.]
1. dāta, Ved., said by some to = datta, 'given', in tvā-dāta, q. v.; but the form dāta according to native authorities can only belong to 3. dā or 7. dā.
1. dāti, is, f. giving. See dāti-vāra under 2. dāti, p. 408, col. 1.
1. dātṛ, tā, trī, tṛ, giving, bestowing, imparting, communicating, liberal; a giver, donor, imparter, lender, creditor, payer; teacher; [cf. kanyā-d-, brahma-d-, ṛna-d-; Gr. [greek] Lat. dator.]
1. dāna, as, m., Ved. a giver, giving; an offering, (according to Sāy. = datta or deya-bhūta, but thought by modern scholars to be the epithet of a horse); (am), n. giving, presenting; giving in marriage (e. g. kanyā-d-, q. v.); giving up, sacrificing (e. g. prāṇa-d-, q. v.); delivering, distributing; communicating, imparting, teaching, giving instruction (e. g. brahma-d-, q. v.); a gift, present, donation (e. g. dānaṃ dā, to offer a gift; cf. Lat. donum); special gift, oblation (e. g. udaka-d-, q. v.); adding, addition; liberality; bribery (one of the four means by which a king overpowers his enemies; cf. upāya); the fragrant fluid that flows from the temples of an elephant in rut (more probably connected with rt. 3. dā; see 2. dāna, p. 408, col. 1); a kind of honey, (perhaps for dāla.)
1. dānu, us, us, u, Ved. liberal; a donor, giver; prosperity, contentment; air, wind.
1. dāpita, as, ā, am, caused to be given, condemned to pay, fined; adjudged, to be paid by way of fine; assigned, awarded, entitled to receive a fine, any one to whom a fine is to be paid.
1. dāman, ā, m. (for 2. and 3. dāman see p. 408, col. 2), Ved. a giver, donor; (a), n. giving, a gift; [cf. a-d- and su-d-.] --1. dāman-vat, ān, atī, at, furnished with gifts; [cf. 2. dāman-vat under 3. dāman, p. 408, col. 2.]
1. dāya, as, ā, am [cf. 2. dāya, p. 408, col. 2], giving, presenting [cf. śata-d-]; (as), m. a gift, present, donation; a special gift, a nuptial present, that which a bride and bridegroom receive on their marriage; alms to a student at his initiation &c.; delivering, delivery, handing over; (for other meanings given by some under 1. dāya see 2. dāya, p. 408, col. 2.)
1. dāyaka, as, ikā, am, giving, bestowing, presenting, granting; effecting; a giver, donor (e. g. viṣa-d-, uttara-d-, manoratha-d-, kānti-d-, jīva-d-, q. v.); placing upon, arranging.
1. dāyitṛ, incorrect form for 1. dātṛ, p. 407, col. 2.
1. dāru, us, us, u (for 2. dāru see p. 410, col. 1), liberal, munificent, giving, communicating, compassionate; a giver, donor; an artist (in this sense perhaps to be referred to rt. dṝ).
3. dā, cl. 2. 4. P. dāti, dyati, dātum, to cut, divide; [according to native authorities the proper form of this rt. is do, q. v.; cf. rts. dāy, dal: Gr. [greek] [greek] [greek] (Caus.), [greek] Lat. daps: Cambro-Brit. de, 'to part;' dead, 'a parting.']
2. dāta, as, ā, am, cut, divided; reaped; (see Pāṇ. VIII. 4, 46.)
2. dāti, is, f. cutting, destroying; distribution.
2. dātṛ, tā, trī, tṛ (for 1. dātṛ see p. 407, col. 2), Ved. cutting off, mowing; cropping (grass); a cutter.
2. dāna, as, m. (for 1. dāna see p. 407, col. 2), Ved. distribution (especially of food); a meal; a sacrificial meal; distributing, communicating, liberality; part, share, possession; a distributer; (am), n. cutting off, dividing; pasture; the fluid flowing from an elephant's temples when in rut; [cf. 1. dāna.]
2. dānu, us, us, u (for 1. see p. 407, col. 3), valiant; a victor, conqueror, destroyer; (us), m. a class of demons; (u), n. a fluid, a drop, dew; [cf. ārdra-d-, jīra-d-.]
2. dāman, ā, ā, m. f. (for 1. dāman see p. 407, col. 3; for 3. dāman see below), an allotment, share.
2. dāya, as, m. [cf. 1. dāya, p. 407, col. 3], share, portion, separate property, inheritance, patrimony (e. g. dāyād upāgata, fallen to one's share by inheritance); a part (in śata-d-, q. v.); distributing, dividing, breaking; loss, destruction; irony; place, site, (some of the meanings here given as connected with rt. 3. dā may perhaps be referred to rt. 1. dā; cf. 1. dāya.)
2. dāyaka, as, m. a heir, inheritor, kinsman.
1. dita, as, ā, am, cut, torn, divided.
1. dina, as, ā, am (for 2. dina see p. 412, col. 3), cut, split, destroyed.
4. dā, cl. 4. P. dyati, dātum, to bind; (this root does not occur separately, and is not given in the Dhātu-pāṭha); [cf. Gr. [greek] [greek] Angl. Sax. ti-an, 'to tie.']
3. dāman, a, n. (said to be also ā, f.), a string, cord, thread, rope, fetter, fillet; a girdle; a chaplet, wreath or garland for the forehead; a large bandage; a particular constellation. The word dāman may be used at the end of an adj. comp., e. g. uru-dāman, having a large garland; and according to Pāṇini IV. 1, 27, when a numeral precedes, the fem. must end in ī, e. g. dvi-dāmnī, having two cords: it also occurs at the end of proper names, e. g. āśā-d-, q. v.; [cf. Gr. [greek]]
2. dita, as, ā, am, bound; [cf. saṃ-dita.]
5. dā, cl. 1. A. dayate, dātum, to protect, defend, guard; (according to native authorities the proper form of this rt. is de, q. v.)
6. dā, ās, f. protection, defence.
7. dā, cl. 1. P. dāyati, dātum, to clean, purify; (according to native authorities the proper form of this rt. is dai, q. v.)
8. dā, ās, f. cleansing, purifying.
3. dāta, as, ā, am [cf. ava-dāta], cleansed, cleaned, washed, purified; (see Pāṇ. VII. 4, 46.)
3. dāna, am, n. purification; [cf. 1. ava-dāna.]
1. dākṣiṇya, as, &c. (fr. dakṣiṇā), belonging or relating to a sacrificial gift; meriting a sacrificial gift or reward.
2. dākṣiṇya, am, n. (fr. dakṣiṇa), civility, courtesy, politeness, conciliatory conduct, propitiation, kindness, obsequiousness, concord, harmony, agreement; honesty, sincerity, candour; cleverness, talent; (probably) the ritual of the right-hand Sāktas (?); N. of a Tantra.
1. dānta, as, ā, am (fr. rt. 1. dam), tamed, broken in, subdued, daunted, bridled, restrained; tame, mild; patient of privations or austerity, &c.; resigned; liberal (fr. rt. 1. dā?); (as), m. a tamed ox or steer; a donor, giver (fr. rt. 1. dā); N. of a plant, = damanaka, = vaḍa, = vaṭa, Ficus Indica; N. of a son of Bhīma, king of Vidarbha; (ās), m. pl., N. of a school of the Atharva-veda; (ā), f., N. of an Apsaras.
2. dānta, as, ī, am (fr. danta), dental, made of ivory; 'completed by Danta (?)', epithet of a well situated on the northern or southern bank of the river Vipāśā; (see Pāṇ. IV. 2, 74, Schol.)
2. dāru, us, us or vī, u (for 1. dāru see p. 408, col. 1), tearing, rending; a tearer, breaker, destroyer; (us), m., Ved. 'the destroyer of cities', an epithet of Indra; (us, u), m. n. (usually n.), a piece of wood, wood, timber; a block; a lever; a bolt; (u), n. a sort of pine, Pinus Devadāru; ore, metal in its natural state; [cf. taru, dru; Zend dāuru, 'wood;' Gr. [greek] for [greek] [greek] Goth. triu, 'tree;' Old Sax. trio, 'timber;' Eng. tree; Slav. drevo, 'tree;' Russ. derevo, drova; Lith. derva; Hib. doireach, 'woody.']
1. dāś (apparently occurring only in Ṛg-veda), cl. 1. P. A. dāśati, -te, (rarely cl. 2. 5. P.) dāṣṭi, dāśnoti, (according to Vopa-deva also) cl. 10. A. dāśayate, dadāśa, (Ved. forms are dadāśati, dadāśat, part. dāśivas and dāśvas, dat. sing. dāśuṣe or dadāśuṣe), dāśitum, Ved. to honour or serve a god (dat. or acc.) with any offering (inst.); to offer any thing (acc.), make an oblation; to grant, give, bestow [cf. rt. dās]; cl. 5. dāśnoti, &c., to hurt, injure, kill [cf. rts. dās and das]: Caus. P. dāśayati, -yitum, Aor. adadāsat, to offer: Desid. didāśiṣati, -te: Intens. dādāśyate, dādāṣṭi.
2. dāś, worshipping, making oblations (?); [cf. dū-ḍāś.]
1. dāsa, as, m. a general N. applied in the Veda to certain evil beings or demons, hostile to the human race and to Indra, (those defeated by Indra have also special names, e. g. Namuci, Pipru, Śambara, Varcin, &c.); a savage, a barbarian, (opposed in the Veda to ārya, &c.; cf. dasyu); a slave, servant, (in this sense occurring at the end of the names of Sūdras and Kāya-sthas; cf. also kāli-dāsa); one to whom gifts may be made; = dāśa, a fisherman, boatman; (ī), f. a female servant or slave, servantmaid; whore, harlot, (in this sense having the accent on the first syllable); N. of a plant, = nīlājhiṇṭī, = kāka-jaṅghā, = nīlāmlāna; an altar; N. of a river; (as, ī, am), belonging to the Dāsas, i. e. to demons, barbarians, &c.; consisting of the Dāsas, &c.; [cf. Gr. [greek] derived in a similar manner from [greek] 'to give or serve.']
1. dāseya, as, m. (fr. dāsī), the son of a female slave, a slave, servant, = dāśeya, q. v.; (as, ī, am), born of a slave.
2. dāsa, as, m. (said to be fr. rt. daṃs, q. v.), a knowing man; a knower of the universal spirit.
3. dāsa, as, m. = dāśa, a fisherman, &c.
1. dikkara, as, m. (for 2. see p. 414, col. 3), a youth; (ī), f. a young woman; [cf. ḍikkarī.]
1. dina. See rt. 3. dā, p. 408, col. 2.
2. dina, as, am, m. n. (probably for divana and related to 3. div fr. rt. 2. div, said to be fr. rt. do), a day; [cf. dur-d-, puru-d-, madh-yan-d-, su-d-; cf. also Lith. diena, f. 'a day;' Slav. deny, 'a day;' Lat. peren-dinus, peren-dina-tio, peren = para; perhaps Goth. sin-teins, 'daily', sin = sam.]
1. div, cl. 1. P. devati, cl. 10. P. devayati, -yitum, to cause to lament, to pain, vex; to ask, beseech, beg; A. (-te), to suffer pain, lament, wail, mourn audibly.
2. div, cl. 4. P. dīvyati, dideva (2nd sing. didevitha, part. didivas, or according to Vopa-deva dudyūvas), deviṣyati, ade-vīt, devitum (Ind. part. devitvā or dyūtvā), to shine (perhaps originally to shoot forth as a ray of light), to be bright or splendid [cf. 3. div, 2. dī, dīp, dev, 1. dyut]; to cast, throw; to cast dice, play with dice, gamble (with inst., e. g. akṣair dīvyati, he plays with dice: but with gen. of the stake played for, e. g. śatasya dīvyati, he plays for a hundred; or sometimes with inst., e. g. tena dha-nena dīvyāmi tvayā, I will play with thee for this money; or even with dat. or in the Brāhmaṇas with acc., e. g. gāṃ dīvyeyus, they may play for a cow); to lay a wager, make a bet (with dat. of the thing betted upon); to play, sport, joke; to trifle with, make sport of, play upon, rally (with acc.); to play with, squander, make light of (as property &c. with gen.); to sell; to buy (?); to have free play or scope; to praise (e. g. brāhmaṇaṃ dīvyati, he praises the Brāhman; cf. paṇate, he bets; paṇā-yati, he praises); to be glad, rejoice; to be mad or drunk with pride, passion, &c.; to be sleepy; to wish for, desire to gain; to go; [cf. rt. 1. dyu]: Caus. devayati, -yitum, adīdivat, to cause to play with dice: Desid. dideviṣati and dudyūṣati: Caus. of the Desid. dudyūṣayati, &c., to cause any one to wish to play: Intens. dedivīti, dedeti, dedīvyate; [cf. dyūta, 'play:' probably Lat. ludo, jocus; Jupiter, Jovis, for Dyupiter, Dyovis: Lith. yukas, 'joke;' yukoyu, 'I joke:' perhaps also Lith. zibu, 'I shine.']
3. div, dyaus, m. f. (in the Veda usually m., rarely f., but in later Sanskṛt only f. In the Veda the acc. sing. is dyām and divam; inst. divā; dat. dyave, Mahā-bh. I. 3934, and dive; abl. and gen. dyos and divas; loc. dyavi and divi: nom., acc., voc. du. dyāvā, and in Ṛg-veda IV. 56, 5, dyavī, cf. dyāvā-pṛthivī, heaven and earth: nom. pl. dyāvas; acc. dyūn; inst. dyubhis. According to native grammarians the base of this noun is both div and dyo, the nom. and voc. sing. being formed from dyo as gaus fr. go, the base div remaining before vowel terminations, and the form dyu being used before terminations beginning with consonants and at the beginning of a comp., see 3. dyu; Vopa-deva gives the acc. dyām as well as divam. In Mahā-bh. VIII. 4658, the base dyo occurs in the comp. dyo-salileṣu; cf. dyo); heaven, the sky, air, atmosphere (e. g. dyaur bhūmir āpaśca, air, earth, and water); the place where the Soma is produced (apparently used in this sense in the Sāma-veda); day, the day (generally in pl., see 3. dyu, except in such forms as divā, by day; dive dive, dyavi dyavi, daily, every day; ahar-dive, &c.); daylight, light, brightness, brilliancy, glow (generally in inst. pl., e. g. pari-bhūṣati dyubhis, he adorns with splendor); fire, the glow of fire; [in the Veda 'the Sky' is generally regarded as a masculine deity, being called in certain passages dyauṣ-pitṛ or the universal father, the Earth being regarded as 'the mother;' while the daughter of 'the Sky' is Ushas or the dawn. In Vedic cosmology there are three Skies, an upper, a middle, and a lower. As a feminine personification, Dyaus is the daughter of Prajā-pati. The inst. c. divā, 'by day', 'the day', is often used in comp. or as a subst.; so also divam acc., divas gen., and divi loc. are used in comp. as in the examples given below; cf. eka-dyu; cf. also dyo, di-na, a-dya, deva: Zend dīv, 'to shine;' daeva, 'demon:' Gr. [greek] = dyaus; [greek] = divas; [greek] [greek] [greek] Lat. Diov-i-s, Jovis, Ju-piter, deu-s, dīvu-s, sub-dio, Diana, die-s, bi-du-u-m, nū-diu-s, inter-diū, nun-dinoe, jam, dum, dudum: Old Iceland. tīvar, 'gods, heroes:' Old Germ. Zio: Lith. deva-s, 'god;' dena, 'day:' Slav. di-na, 'day.']
1. divya, Nom. P. divyati, &c., to long for heaven.
2. divya, as, ā, am, divine, heavenly, celestial, (opposed to pārthiva, kṣamya, bhauma, &c.); supernatural, wonderful, brilliant (as heaven); charming, beautiful, agreeable; (as), m. barley; a fragrant resin, bdellium; a kind of animal (= dhanvina); N. of a prince; (ā), f., N. of several plants, Emblica Officinalis (= harītakī), Terminalia Chebula, Asparagus Racemosus (= śatāvarī); cumin-seed (= mahā-medā, brāhmī, sthūla-jīraka); a kind of perfume (= śveta-dūrvā, surā); N. of an Apsaras; (am), n. divine or celestial nature, divinity; the celestial regions, the sky, heaven; an ordeal, (of which ten kinds are enumerated, viz. 1. Tulā, cf. tulā-parī-kṣā; 2. Agni, 'touching fire;' 3. Jala, 'immersion in water;' 4. Visha, 'poison;' 5. Kośa, q. v.; 6. Taṇḍula, 'chewing rice-grains and ejecting them', if they appear dry or blood-stained, they are a proof of guilt; 7. Tapta-māṣa, 'taking a Māṣa weight of gold out of heated oil;' 8. Phāla, 'holding a hot plough-share;' 9. Dharmādharma, 'drawing concealed images of Virtue and Vice out of a vessel filled with earth;' 10. Tulasī, 'holding the leaves of holy basil and after repeating a form of oath swallowing them'); an oath, adjuration, solemn declaration or promise; cloves; a sort of sandal; N. of a grammar.
1. diś, cl. 3. and in later Sanskṛt cl. 6. P. (rarely A.) dideṣṭi, diśati, -te, dideśa, didiśe, dekṣyati, -te, adikṣat, adik-ṣata (Ved. adiṣṭa), deṣṭum, to point out, show, exhibit, produce, bring forward (as a witness in a court of justice); to assign; to bestow upon (with gen.); grant, give, deliver; to pay (tribute); to direct, order, command (with inf.); to point to, denote: Pass. diśyate: Caus. deśayati, -yitum, adīdiśat, to show, point out, assign; to teach, communicate, tell, inform; to direct, order, command, govern; to confer: Desid. didikṣati, -te, to wish to show, &c.: Intens. dediśyate, dedeṣṭi, (A.) to exhibit exceedingly, show, show one's self, &c.; (P.) to order or direct urgently; [cf. Zend diś; Gr. [greek] [greek] Lat. in-dic-are, ju-dex, causi-dic-us, dic-ere; Goth. teih-an, taikns, taiknyan; Angl. Sax. tihian, tihhan, taecan, tacn, tacen, tier for tihher, tiid, tid; Old Germ. zeig-on, zīt for zig-ti, zeinyan; probably also Lith. zenklas, 'a sign.']
2. diś, k, f. direction pointed at, point of the compass, quarter of the sky, cardinal point, quarter, region, place, space, part (e. g. diśi diśi, in all directions, in every quarter; digbhyas, from all regions or quarters; diśodiśas, hither and thither: the four chief quarters or cardinal points are prācī, east; dakṣiṇā, south; pratīcī, west; and udīcī, north: sometimes five are enumerated, i. e. the preceding four with dhruvā, q. v.: sometimes six or seven are given, but oftener eight, i. e. the four cardinal and the four intermediate quarters, S. E., S. W., N. W., and N. E., cf. upa-diś: or sometimes ten, viz. the preceding eight with tiryak, horizontally, and ūrdhvam, perpendicularly, or adhas, underneath, and ūrdh-vam, overhead: diśo daśa, towards the ten quarters, i. e. in all directions; diśām patis, 'the lord of the quarters', is a N. of Soma and Rudra in the Veda, cf. dik-pati below; in Viṣṇu-Purāṇa I. VIII. the collective diśas, 'the regions or quarters', is mentioned as one of the wives of the eight manifestations of Rudra); the numeral ten; side, party, people; a foreign or distant quarter or region, cf. dig-āgata; a hint, reference; precept, order, manner; manner of thinking, point of view, method of considering a subject; the mark of a bite; N. of a river.
1. dih, cl. 2. P. A. degdhi, digdhe, dideha, didihe, dhekṣyati, -te, adhik-ṣat, adhikṣata, adigdha, degdhum, to anoint, smear, plaster, spread over; to soil; pollute, defile; to increase, augment, accumulate: Caus. dehayati, yitum, Aor. adīdihat: Desid. didhikṣati, -te, Ved. dhīkṣate, to wish to anoint or to anoint one's self: Intens. dedihyate, dedegdhi: [cf. Gr. [greek] [greek] Lat. tingere, probably fingere, figulus; Goth. deigan, ga-dikis, daigs; Angl. Sax. dic, deag, tigel, tigul; Old Germ. ziagal, zehom = Caus. dehayāmi.]
2. dih, dhik, f. smearing, anointing, soiling, pollution.
1. dī [cf. rt. ḍī], cl. 4. P. dīyati, &c., Ved. to poise one's self in the air, soar, fly, (also used of the motions of deities, especially of the Aśvins and their vehicle): Intens. dedīyate, Ved. inf. of Intens. dedīyitavai, to hasten or fly away; [cf. Gr. [greek] perhaps [greek]]
2. dī (an anomalous reduplicated rt. sometimes given in the form dīdī or dīdi; cf. rt. 1. dhī and dīdhī), cl. 3. P. 3rd pl. dīdyati, adīdet, 2nd impv. dīdihi or didīhi, dīdiyus, dīdāya, dīdayati, dīdayat, Ved. to shine, be bright (especially used of fire), to shine forth, excel; to shine upon, bestow by shining; to seem or appear good or eminent, to please, be admired; [cf. 2. div, dīp: Gr. [greek] perhaps [greek].]
3. dī, cl. 4. A. dīyate, didīye, dāsyate, adāsta, dātum, to decay, waste away, be ruined; to waste, diminish: Caus. dāpayati, -yitum: Desid. didīṣate, didāsate.
4. dī, īs, f. decay, ruin, wasting, destruction.
1. dīdhī (connected with rt. 2. dī), cl. 2. A. dīdhīte (3rd pl. dīdhyate), &c., Caus. dīdhayati, &c., to shine, to be bright, to seem, appear.
1. dīdhiti, is, f. brightness, splendor, light; a ray [cf. amṛta-d-]; a finger, (connected by Vedic commentators with rt. 1. dhā or 3. dhī); N. of a commentary on the Tattva-cintā-maṇi by Śiromaṇi treating of the Nyāya doctrines.
2. dīdhī (a reduplicated form of 1. dhī and connected with rt. dhyai), cl. 2. A. dīdhīte, &c., to perceive, think, reflect upon, be intent upon; wish, desire.
2. dīdhiti, is, f., Ved. religious reflection, devotion; divine inspiration; prayer; religious rites; (Sāy.) a son-in-law (= dhartṛ, jāmātṛ, connected with 1. dhā).
1. du (the original form of this rt. was probably dū), cl. 1. P. davati, dudāva (2nd sing. dudavitha, 1st du. duduviva), dotā, doṣyati, adāvīt, adauṣīt, dotum, to go, move: Caus. dāvayati, &c., to cause to go; [cf. rt. 1. dru.]
1. dūna, as, ā, am, gone; going, moving.
2. du (also written dū, see 1. dū), cl. 5. P. 4. A. dunoti, dūyate (ep. also dūyati), dudāva, doṣyati, adauṣīt, dotum, to be burnt, be consumed with internal heat, be consumed by pain or sorrow, to be agitated or disturbed, to be distressed; (cl. 5. P.) to burn, consume with fire; to cause pain by internal heat or fever; to cause anxiety or sorrow or distress; to afflict: Caus. P. dāvayati, -yitum, Aor. adūdavat, to burn, cause pain: Desid. dudūṣati: Intens. dodūyate, dodoti; [cf. Lith. dowyu, 'I vex', = Caus. dāvayāmi; Gr. [greek] probably [greek] Lat. doleo fr. doveo; Angl. Sax. tynan; Hib. leirim, 'I pain', probably = Caus. dāvayāmi.]
2. dūna. See under 1. dū, p. 426, col. 1.
1. dur, f., Ved. (occurring only in nom. and acc. pl. duras), = dvār, a door; (at the end of a comp. the form dura is used, see 2. dura.)
2. dur, ind. a prefix substituted for dus, q. v., at the beginning of a compound before vowels and soft consonants; (for the comps. beginning duḥ, duś, duṣ, dus, see under dus.)
1. dura, as, ā, am, Ved. (according to Sāy. fr. rt. 1. dā), a giver, granter; (perhaps rather to be derived fr. rt. dṝ, one who opens, unlocks.)
2. dura = 1. dur (occurring only in śata-dura, q. v.).
1. duvasya, Nom. P. duvasyati, &c., Ved. to honour, worship, celebrate, acknowledge, reward; to present with, give as a reward.
2. duvasya, as, ā, am, Ved. (according to Sāy.) worthy of worship or honour.
1. duṣ, euphonically substituted for dus in duṣ-kara &c. See p. 425, col. 1.
2. duṣ, cl. 4. P. (ep. also A.) duṣ-yati, -te, dudoṣa, dokṣyati, aduṣat (according to Vopa-deva also adukṣat), doṣṭum, to become bad or corrupted, to be ruined, to perish, suffer damage, to be soiled; to be or become depraved or defiled or impure, to be violated (as a woman), to be contaminated by a crime, to sin, to commit a mistake, to be wrong; to be faithless or unchaste (as a wife): Caus. dūṣayati (ep. also -te), -yitum, to corrupt, spoil, make bad, cause to perish, hurt, destroy, lay waste, to make unclean or impure, to soil, defile, contaminate, vitiate, taint; to dishonour or violate (as a girl or the wife of another); to cause evil or misfortune (in astrology); to corrupt the morals, deprave, demoralize; to adulterate; to falsify; to rescind, abrogate, annul, retract; to object, refute, disprove; to find fault with, speak ill of, accuse, blame, abuse, contemn; (it is to be observed that dūṣyate, Pass. of the Caus., may often more correctly be read where duṣyate is given in the printed editions of epic poems, the sense of dūṣyate being the same; according to Pāṇ. VI. 4, 91, another form of the Caus., viz. doṣayati, &c., is optionally used in speaking of moral corruption, e. g. kāmo dūṣayati or doṣayati cittam, lust corrupts the mind.)
1. duh (connected with rt. tuh), cl. 1. P. dohati, dudoha, aduhat, and adohīt, to hurt, pain, give pain, distress, torment.
2. duh (the original form of this rt. was probably dugh, cf. dugha), cl. 2. P. A. dogdhi, dugdhe (2nd sing. dhokṣi, dhukṣe); Impf. P. adhok (1st du. aduhva); Impv. P. dogdhu (2nd sing. dugdhi, A. dhukṣva), dudoha, duduhe (3rd pl. P. duduhus; Bhāg. -Purāṇa V. 15, 9, du-dūhus), dhokṣyati, -te, adhukṣat, adhukṣata, and adugdha: (Vedic and irregular forms are, dog-dhe; dhukṣasva; duhām; 3rd sing. duhe; 3rd pl. duhre, duhate, and duhrate; aduhran; dohat; duhus; dhukṣan, dhukṣata; duhīyat; part. duhāna and dughāna); Inf. dogdhum, Ved. dog-dhos, dohase, to milk; to milk out, squeeze out; to extract (as the juice of the Soma); to draw anything out of another thing (with two acc., e. g. prāṇān duhann ivātmānam, as it were drawing the life out of himself); to make a profit or extract gain out of anything (with acc.); to enjoy; to give milk (A., in this sense also cl. 4. duhyati, -te); to yield milk or any desired object (A.), to grant desires (A.): Pass. duhyate, Aor. adohi, to be milked, to be drawn or extracted from: Caus. P. dohayati (rarely -te), -yitum, Aor. adūduhat, to cause to milk or to be milked, to cause to yield milk or any desired object; to milk, milk out from, extract: Desid. dudhukṣati, -te, to wish to milk, to wish to milk out or enjoy [cf. dudhukṣu]: Intens. doduhyate, dodogdhi; [cf. Goth. tiuhan; Them. tuh, tiuha, tauh, tuhum, 'to draw:' Angl. Sax. tucian, teon, teoge: Old Germ. ziuhan, ziug (gaziug), zaugyan: Mod. Germ. ziehen: Lat. duc-ere: Hib. diugaim, 'I drink off;' diughailfainn, 'sucking:' Scot. deog-hail, 'to suckle.']
3. duh, dhuk, k, k, (at the end of a comp.) milking, yielding milk; yielding, granting (e. g. kāma-d-, go-d-, gharma-d-, ghṛta-d-, q. v.).
1. dū, generally written du. See 2. du, p. 418, col. 2.
1. dūtaka, as, m. a N. of Agni in the form of a forest conflagration; [cf. dava and dāva.]
2. dūna, as, ā, am (for 1. dūna see under rt. 1. du at p. 418), burnt, inflamed; pained, afflicted, distressed, fatigued; agitated.
2. dū at the beginning of some comps. = dur for dus, as in the following examples.
2. dūtaka, as, m. (for 1. see col. 1. under rt. 1. dū), a messenger, ambassador [cf. deva-d-]; (ikā), f. a female messenger, go-between, &c.; a gadding, gossiping, mischief-making woman; [cf. kāma-d-.]
1. dṛp or dṛph (connected with rt. dṛmp next col.), cl. 6. P. dṛpati, dṛphati, dṛmphati, &c., to pain, inflict pain, torture.
2. dṛp, cl. 1. 10. P. darpati and darpayati, &c., to light, kindle, inflame.
3. dṛp, cl. 4. P. dṛpyati, dadarpa, darpitā, darptā, draptā, drapsyati, adṛ-pat, adrāpsīt or adārpsīt, adarpīt, darpitum, darptum and draptum, to be mad; to be foolish; to be extravagant or wild; to be arrogant or insolent; to be vain or proud; to be wildly delighted: Caus. darpayati, -yituṃ, to make mad or proud or arrogant; [cf. rt. tṛp; Gr. [greek]]
1. dṛbh, cl. 6. 1. 10. P. dṛbhati, darbhati, darbhayati, dadarbha, &c., to string together, arrange, tie, fasten.
1. dṛbdha, as, ā, am, strung, tied, connected.
2. dṛbh, cl. 1. 10. P. darbhati and darbhayati, &c., to fear, be afraid.
2. dṛbdha, as, ā, am, afraid, frightened.
1. dṛś (this rt. forms the Pres., Impf., Pot., and Impv. fr. a rt. paś, said to be a weakened form of rt. spaś), cl. 1. P. paś-yati, dadarśa (rarely dadṛśe, 2nd sing. P. dadar-śitha or dadraṣṭha, Ved. dadṛkṣe, part. dadṛ-śvas or dadṛśivas or darśivas, q. v.), draṣṭā, drakṣyati, adarśat, adrākṣīt (Vedic forms adrāk, adṛkṣata, adṛśram), draṣṭum, Ved. inf. dṛśe, dṛśaye, to see, look at, view, behold, be a spectator; regard, consider; to perceive; visit, wait upon; to see with the mind, learn, know, understand; to notice, inspect; to discover, examine, search, investigate, decide; to see by divine intuition (as the hymns of the Veda, which were said to be 'seen' by the Ṛṣis); to look on while anything occurs which cannot be prevented: Pass. dṛśyate (rarely with P. terminations dṛśyati), to be seen, to become visible, appear in sight, be manifested; to appear like, look like, look; to be found, to occur (as in a book); to be regarded or considered: Caus. P. A. darśayati, -te, -yitum, Aor. adīdṛśat, adadar-śat, to cause any one (acc. or gen. or dat. or also according to grammarians inst.) to see anything (acc.); to show; to point out, prove, demonstrate; to make visible; to produce (as in a court of justice); to pay; (A.) to show one's self, appear, show one's self to any one (acc. or gen. or inst.), show anything belonging to one's self: Desid. A. didṛkṣate, &c., to wish to see, desire to see: Intens. darī-dṛśyate, dardarṣṭi; [cf. Gr. [greek] [greek] Goth. ga-tarh-yan: Angl. Sax. torht: Old Germ. zorht-yan, 'to manifest:' Hib. dearcaim, 'I see;' dreach, 'form, looking-glass:' Lith. zerkolas, 'a mirror:' Russ. serkolo: Old Pruss. en-deirit, 'to consider.']
2. dṛś, k, k, k, (at the end of comp.) one who sees or views; seeing, viewing; a seer, overseer, superintendent; seeing with the mind, discerning, knowing, looking like [cf. ī-d-, tā-d-, kī-d-]; (k), f. seeing, viewing, perceiving; sight, view, the eye; the aspect of a planet, the place in which a planet is observed; [cf. dṛṣṭi, a-d-, ahar-d-, tri-d-, &c.]
1. dṛśya, as, ā, am, to be seen, visible; to be looked at; to be looked at with pleasure, beautiful, pleasing; (as), m. (in arithmetic) a given or known quantity or number; (am), n., N. of a town; [cf. a-d-.]
2. dṛśya, ind. (ep. for dṛṣṭvā), having seen.
1. devana, am, n. (fr. the above rt. or fr. rt. 1. div), lamentation, wailing, grief, sorrow. (For 2. devana see p. 433, col. 3.)
2. devana, as, m. (for 1. see rt. dev, p. 430, col. 1), a die, dice for gambling; (ā), f. sport, wanton sport or pastime; service; (am), n. shining, splendor, lustre, beauty; gaming, gambling, a game at dice; sport, play, pastime; a play or pleasure-ground, a garden; a lotus; praise; emulation, desire to excel or overcome; affair, business, profession; going, motion.
1. deṣṇu, us, us, u, liberal, giving, a donor.
2. deṣṇu, us, us, u (fr. 3. dā or 4. dā ?), difficult of subjection, intractable, ungovernable.
3. deṣṇu, us, m. (fr. rt. 7. dā), a washerman.
1. daina, as, ī, am (fr. dina), relating to a day, diurnal, daily.
2. daina or dainya, am, n. (fr. dīna), wretchedness, feebleness, weakness, affliction, sorrow, grief, depression, low-spiritedness; poverty, humbleness, a poor and pitiable state, miserable state; meanness, covetousness.
2. daivadatta, as, ī, am (fr. deva-datta; for 1. see under daiva, col. 2), being in the village Deva-datta; (ās), m. pl. the disciples of Deva-datta.
2. doṣā, f. the arm. (For 1. doṣā see col. 2.)
1. dyu, cl. 2. P. dyauti, dudyāva, dyoṣyati, adyauṣīt, dyotum, to advance towards or against, approach, assail, attack; [cf. didyu, rt. 2. div.]
1. dyut, t, t, t, (at the end of a comp.) advancing against, assaulting.
2. dyu, sharpness, in a-dyu, q. v.
3. dyu, us, m. (connected with 3. div, q. v.), a N. of Agni or fire; (u), n. a day, brightness; heaven, sky, ether, paradise; dyu is the form of 3. div, used before terminations beginning with consonants and in comp., see 3. div; dyubhis = upa-dyubhis, in the course of days, in the course of time; [cf. Lat. nu-diu-s; Hib. an-diu, 'to-day.']
1. dyut, occurring in the Atharvaveda, and said to mean 'to be broken, to break;' it occurs IV. 12, 2, XII. 3, 22, in the past part. dyutta, as, ā, am, broken: Caus. dyotayati, yitum, to break.
2. dyut, cl. 1. A. dyotate, didyute (Pāṇ. VII. 4, 67; part. didyutāna), dyo-tiṣyate, adyotiṣṭa and adyutat (Ved. adyaut, adidyutat), dyotitum, to shine, to be bright or brilliant: Caus. P. dyotayati, &c., Aor. adi-dyutat, to make bright or brilliant, illuminate, irradiate; to cause to appear or become manifest, to enlighten, cause to understand; to express, mean: Desid. didyutiṣate and didyotiṣate: Intens. de-dyutyate, dedyotti, Ved. Intens. davidyotti, davi-dyot, 3rd pl. davidyutati, part. davidyutat; [cf. rt. jyut, which is probably derived fr. dyut with change of d to j.]
3. dyut, t, f., Ved. shining, splendor, a ray of light.
1. dyūna, as, ā, am (past part. pass. of 1. div or of 2. div, but not in the sense 'to gamble'), lamenting, sorrowful; playing (but not with dice); [cf. pari-dyūna.]
2. dyūna, am, n. the seventh mansion or sign of the zodiac reckoning from that which the sun enters; [also dyūnaka in comp.; cf. dyuta and dyuna.]
1. dyai, cl. 1. P. dyāyati, dadyau, &c., to despise, reprove, treat with contempt; to disfigure.
2. dyai, ind. fie! for shame!
1. dravya, am, n. (thought by some to be connected with 4. dru), a substance, thing, object; the ingredients or materials of anything; medicinal substance or drug; the receptacle or substratum of properties &c., elementary substance (nine kinds of which are reckoned in the Nyāya philosophy, viz. pṛthivī, earth; ap, water; tejas, fire; vāyu, air; ākāśa, ether; kāla, time; diś, space; ātman, soul; and manas, mind: the Jainas recognize only six, viz. jīva, dharma, a-dharma, pudgala, kāla, and ākāśa); an object possessed, a possession, wealth, property, goods, wares, chattels, money; a fit object; (according to lexicographers dravya may also mean) bell-metal, brass; ointment; anointing, plastering; spirituous liquor; modesty, propriety; a stake, wager.
2. dravya, as, ā, am (fr. 4. dru), derived from or relating to a tree; (am), n. lac, the animal dye; extract, gum, resin. (For 1. dravya see col. 2.)
1. drā or drai, q. v., cl. 4. 2. P. drā-yati, drāti, &c., to sleep.
2. drā (connected with rts. 2. dru and dram), cl. 2. P. drāti, dadrau, drāsyati, drātum, to run, make haste; run away, fly; to be ashamed or spoiled: Caus. P. drāpayati, -yitum, adidrapat, to cause to run: Intens. dādrāyate, dādrāti, dādreti; Old Intens. daridrāti, see da-ridrā; [cf. rt. 2. dru, rt. dram: Gr. [greek] [greek] fr. Caus. drā-p-aya-ti.]
1. drāpi, is, m., Ved. a mantle, garment.
2. drāpi, is, m. (according to Mahīdhara fr. the Caus. of rt. 2. drā), Ved. 'one who causes to run', epithet of Rudra.
1. dru, cl. 5. P. druṇoti, &c., to hurt, injure, wound or kill; to repent; to go; [cf. Old Germ. drug, ga-driuzit, ar-driuzit.]
2. dru (connected with rts. 1. drā and dram), cl. 1. P. (in the poetry of the later language also A.) dravati, -te, dudrāva, dudruve, droṣyati, -te, adudruvat (Ved. adudrot, dudra-vat), drotum, to run, make haste, run away, retreat, fly; to run up to, rush, attack, assault quickly (with acc.); to move, go; to become fluid, dissolve, melt; to distil or ooze; to drop: Caus. P. (ep. also A.) drā-vayati (-te), Aor. adudravat or adidravat, &c., to cause to run or flow; to cause to run away, put to flight; to make fluid, melt; Ved. A. dravayate, &c., to run, flow: Desid. dudrūṣati; Desid. of Caus. du-drāvayiṣati or didrāvayiṣati: Intens. dodrū-yate, dodroti; [cf. Goth. drib, 'to drive', fr. drā-vayati: Angl. Sax. driopan, dropa: Old Germ. trofo, trauf, traufi, triufan: Lith. drebo, 'I tremble;' drimba, 'it drops;' pa-dribba, 'running of the eyes:' Hib. driogaim, 'I trickle;' drabh, 'a chariot:' probably Germ. tau, 'dew', from original trau, 'the river Drau:' probably also Lat. gruere in in-gruere and ruere.]
3. dru, us, us, u, at the end of a comp., cf. mita-d-, raghu-d-, śata-d-; (us), f. going, motion.
4. dru, us, u, m. n. = dāru (said to be fr. rt. dṝ), wood, any implement made of wood, as a cup or an oar; (us), m. (said to be fr. rt. 2. dru, to go or grow), a tree; a branch; [cf. 2. dāru; Zend dru, dāuru, 'wood, spear;' Gr. [greek] [greek] [greek] Goth. triu, triv-ein-s, 'wooden;' Old Sax. trio, 'wood, tree;' Eng. tree; Slav. drevo, 'tree;' Lith. derva.]
1. druh, cl. 4. P. (ep. also A.) druh-yati, dudroha, drohiṣyati, dhrokṣyati, adruhat, drohitum, drogdhum and droḍhum, to hurt, seek to hurt or injure or grieve, seek to do harm, to plot revengefully or maliciously, to contrive, machinate or meditate mischief (with dat., but also with gen., loc., acc.); to bear malice or hatred: Caus. drohayati, -yitum: Desid. dudrohiṣati, dudru-hiṣati, dudhrukṣati; [cf. rt. 1. drū: Goth. driu-gan, dulgs: Angl. Sax. trucyan: Old Germ. triu-gan, drawyan: Lett. draudeht, 'to menace:' Lat. trux, atrox: Hib. driuch, 'anger;' droch, 'evil.']
2. druh, dhruk, or (according to the grammarians) dhruṭ, (at the end of a comp.) injuring, having injured, hurting, acting as an enemy against; (in the older language often also in its uncompounded state) one who hurts or injures, an evil or hostile being or spirit; (k), f. injury, damage.
1. drū, cl. 9. P. drūṇāti, &c., to raise the arm or hand in order to strike, &c.; cl. 5. P. drūṇoti, &c., to hurt, injure, wound, kill; to go, move.
2. drū, ūs, m. f. ? (said to be fr. rt. 2. dru), gold; taking any shape at will.
2. dvitā, ind. (a particle of affirmation or emphasis = the Greek [greek] and occurring only in the Ṛg-veda), Ved. indeed, certainly, exactly, really, precisely, surely, especially; (native commentators derive the word from dvi and translate it 'in two ways, twofold', &c.; cf. 1. dvi-tā, p. 444, col. 1.)
1. dviṣ, cl. 2. P. A. dveṣṭi, dviṣṭe, didveṣa, dvekṣyati, dveṣṭum (Ved. dveṣṭos), to hate, show hatred against (with acc., dat., or gen.), to dislike, be hostile or unfriendly: Pass. dviṣ-yate: Caus. dveṣayati, -yitum, Aor. adidviṣat: Desid. didvikṣati, -te: Intens. dedviṣyate, dedve-ṣṭi, dedviṣīti; [cf. rt. 2. duṣ, dus; dvis, implying division: Zend ḍbiṣ, 'to hate:' Gr. base [greek] [greek] perhaps also [greek] = Caus. dve-ṣayāmi, d being dropped and v changed to m.]
2. dviṣ, ṭ, ṭ, ṭ, hostile, hating, disliking; (ṭ), m. an enemy, a foe; (ṭ), f., Ved. hostility, dislike, hatred.
1. dviṣṭa, as, ā, am (for 2. see below), hated, disliked, odious; hostile.
2. dviṣṭa, am, n. (for dvy-aṣṭa), copper. (For 1. dviṣṭa see above.)
1. dha, the nineteenth consonant of the alphabet and the fourth of the fourth or dental class, being the aspirate of d and pronounced like dh in madhouse.
2. dha, as, ā, am (fr. rt. 1. dhā), placing, putting; holding, containing, possessing, having; causing, &c.; (as), m. an epithet of Brahmā; epithet of Kuvera; virtue, moral merit; (ā), f., N. of the residence of Kṛṣṇa; (am), n. wealth, property.
1. dhak, ind. (probably fr. rt. 1. dah), an exclamation of wrath.
2. dhak, see uśa-dhak; cf. 2. dah.
1. dhan, cl. 1. P. dhanati, &c., to sound; [cf. rt. 2. dhvan and dhaṇ.]
2. dhan (related to rt. dhanv), cl. 3. P. dadhanti, &c., Ved. to cause to move or run, to put in motion; to bear fruit, produce crops of grain, &c.: Caus. P. A. dhana-yati, -te, -yitum, to cause to move or run, to put in motion; to move, run.
1. dhanū, ūs, m. a store of grain. (For 2. dhanū see p. 448, col. 1.)
1. dharuṇa, as, ā, am (for 2. see p. 451, col. 3), Ved. carrying, holding, supporting, one who supports or keeps; (as), m. the supposed author of a hymn of the Ṛg-veda; an epithet of Brahmā; heaven, paradise; water; opinion, conception; (as, ī, am), containing in one's self, spacious; a place where anything is preserved or kept; (am), n. a basis, foundation, support, prop, stay; the firm soil of the earth; anything that is undermost or innermost; a receptacle, reservoir; water.
1. dharma, as, am, m. n. (rarely n.; the older form which occurs in the Ṛg-veda is dharman, q. v.; for 2. dharma see p. 451, col. 3), that which is to be held fast or kept, ordinance, statute, law, usage, practice, custom, the customary observances of caste, sect, &c.; religion, piety; prescribed course of conduct, duty, (thus 'giving alms' &c. is the dharma of the householder, 'administering justice' of a king, 'piety' of a Brāhman, 'courage' of a Kshatriya); right, justice, equity, anything right, proper, or just; virtue, morality, morals, merit, good works; nature, character, the peculiar state or condition of anything; an essential or characteristic quality, mark, peculiarity; manner, resemblance; any sacrifice; a peculiar kind of sacrifice; an Upaniṣad; religious abstraction, devotion (= yoga); associating with the virtuous; a bow; a drinker of Soma juice; Right, Justice, Law, or Virtue personified (as born from the right breast of Brahmā, and having Śama, Kāma, and Harsha as his offspring); or personified as a Bull; or personified as a Dove; a N. of Yama (the Hindū Pluto, ruler of the lower regions, god of justice, and judge of the dead); one of the attendants of the god of the Sun; Justice or Virtue identified with Viṣṇu; also identified with Prajā-pati, and said to be son-inlaw of Daksha; N. of the fifteenth Arhat of the present Ava-sarpiṇī, descended from Ikṣvāku, son of Bhānu and Su-vratā; N. of a son of Anu and father of Ghṛta; of a son of Gāndhāra and father of Dhṛta; of a son of Haihaya and father of Netra; of a son of Pṛthu-śravas and father of Uśanas; of a son of Su-vrata; of a son of Dīrgha-tapas; of a prince of Kaśmīra; of a lexicographer; (in astrology) N. of the ninth mansion; dharmāt or dharmeṇa, ind. according to right, rightly, justly, according to rule, according to the nature of anything.
2. dharma, Nom. P. dharmati, &c., to become law. (For 1. dharma see p. 449, col. 3.)
2. dharuṇa, as, m. (fr. rt. dhe?), Ved. a sucking calf; (for 1. dharuṇa see p. 449, col. 2; cf. dhāru.)
1. dhava, as, m. the plant Grislea Tomentosa (= madhura-tvaca).
2. dhava, as, m. (said by some to be fr. rt. 1. dhū?), a man; a husband [cf. sa-dhavā and vi-dhavā]; a possessor, master, lord; a rogue, a cheat; N. of a Vasu (probably incorrect for dhara).
1. dhā, cl. 3. P. A. dadhāti, dhatte (1st pl. dadhmas, 2nd dhattha, 3rd da-dhati; 1st sing. A. dadhe, 2nd dhatse, 3rd dhatte, 2nd du. dadhāthe, 3rd du. dadhāte, 3rd pl. dadha-te); Impf. adadhāt, adhatta (2nd du. P. adhat-tam, 2nd pl. adhatta, 3rd pl. adadhus; 2nd sing. A. adhatthās, 3rd pl. adadhata); Pot. dadhyāt, dadhīta; Impv. dadhātu, dhattām (2nd sing. dhehi, 2nd du. dhattam, 3rd du. dhattām, 2nd pl. dhatta, 3rd pl. dadhatu; 2nd sing. A. dhatsva, 2nd pl. dhaddhvam, 3rd pl. dadhatām); Perf. dadhau, dadhe (2nd sing. dadhitha or dadhātha, 1st pl. dadhima, 2nd pl. dadha, 3rd pl. dadhus; 3rd pl. A. dadhire); Fut. dhātā; dhāsyati, -te; Aor. adhāt, adhita (3rd pl. A. adhiṣata); Prec. dheyāt, dhāsīṣṭa; (Ved. forms are, Pres. 1st pl. P. dadhmasi, 3rd pl. dadhanti, 2nd sing. A. da-dhase, 3rd sing. dadhe or dadhate, 3rd du. dadhete, 2nd pl. dadhidhve; Impf. 2nd sing. P. dadhas, 3rd sing. dadhat, dadhāt, 1st pl. dadhāma, 3rd pl. dadhan; Leṭ, Impf. 2nd du. P. dadhathas; Pot. 1st sing. dheyām, 2nd sing. dhāyīs, 1st pl. dhema, 2nd pl. dhetana; Impv. 3rd sing. dhātu, 2nd pl. dhāta, dhattana, dadhāta, dadhātana, 3rd pl. dhāntu, dadhantu, 2nd sing. A. dhiṣva; Perf. 2nd sing. A. dhiṣe, 3rd pl. dadhre, dhire; Aor. 1st sing. P. dhām, 2nd sing. dhās, 3rd sing. dhāt, with prati also dhat, 3rd pl. dhus; 1st pl. A. adhīmahi, dhīmahi, see under 1. dhī; Leṭ, Aor. 3rd sing. P. dhāti, 2nd du. P. dhāsathas, A. dhethe, dhaithe, 1st pl. A. dhāmahe, 2nd pl. P. dhāsatha, 3rd pl. dhāsus); dhātum (Ved. inf. dhātave, dhātavai, dhātos, dhai in vayo-dhai, dhām in prati-dhām, dhiyadhyai), to put, place, set, lay; put in, lay on or upon (with loc., e. g. teṣu daṇḍaṃ dadhāti, he lays the stick on them, i. e. punishes them); to place in any state or condition; to bring, convey, lead towards (Ved.); to cause to obtain, cause (Ved.); to fix upon, direct towards (with dat. or loc.), fix or direct the mind (manas or matim), fix the thoughts or attention (samādhim) on (dat., or loc.), make up the mind to do anything (dat., loc., or inf.), to resolve upon; to bestow anything (acc.) upon a person (loc., dat., gen.), grant, confer, present, give; to put in possession; to appoint, fix, constitute; to make, render, produce, generate; to cause, create; to perform, do, undertake; to hold, take hold of, seize; to keep, preserve; to bear, wear, put on (clothes); to sustain, support, maintain; to accept, take, receive, obtain, get; to conceive (in the womb); to take possession of, assume, have, possess; to show, exhibit (A.); to incur, undergo: Pass. dhīyate, to be put or placed or laid; to be arranged; to be contained in; to be fixed (as the thoughts), to resolve (e. g. me dhīyate matis, my opinion or resolution is): Caus. dhāpa-yati, -yitum, Aor. adīdhipat, generally with prepositions [cf. antar-dhā, api-dhā, abhi-dhā, ava-dhā, &c.]: Desid. dhitsati, -te (Ved. didhiṣati), to wish to give or present (Ved.); to wish to place or put; to wish to obtain, strive to gain, &c.: Intens. dedhīyate, dādhāti; [cf. Zend dā, 'to put, make;' dā-ta-m, 'law;' dā-man, 'creature:' Gr. [greek] [greek] [greek] Lat. famulus, familia, -do in ab-do, con-do, per-do, ven-do, pessum-do, cre-do = śrad-dadhāmi: Osc. faa-ma, 'house (?)', fam-el = familia: Goth. ga-ded-s, de-ths, 'deed', in missa-deths, 'a crime;' dom-s, 'judgment:' Angl. Sax. don, 'to do;' dema, 'a judge;' dom, 'judgment:' Old Sax. do-m, 'I do', = dadhāmi: Old Germ. to-m, 'I do:' Old Eng. -de in ask-e-de = 'askdid:' Mod. Germ. -te in such-te: Lith. de-mi, de-du, 'I put:' Slav. de-yun, 'I do;' de-lo, 'work:' Hib. deanaim, 'I do;' dan, 'work.']
2. dhā, ās, ās, am, (at the end of an adj. comp.) placing; holding; containing, having; causing, &c., see kiye-dhā, cano-dhā, dhāma-dhā, dhiyan-dhā, &c.; (ās), m. a placer; a holder, container, possessor, &c.; a N. of Brahmā; of Bṛhas-pati; (ās), f. the act of placing or holding, &c., (at the end of comp., cf. tiro-dhā and dur-dhā.) The affix dhā after numerals is thought by some to be an old inst. from this dhā; [cf. the use of 1. dhātu after numerals.]
1. dhātu, us, m. (for 2. dhātu see p. 453, col. 3), that which is placed or laid, a deposit, layer (Ved.); a constituent or essential part, an ingredient, (thus guṇa, string, is the dhātu of a rope made of several strings); part, portion, (sometimes used at the end of an adj. comp. like the English 'fold', see tri-dhātu, sapta-dh-); an element, primary or elementary substance, primitive matter (of which five are usually reckoned or with Brahma six, thus enumerated by Yājñavalkya III. 145: 1. brahma, the eternal spirit; 2. kha or ākāśa, ether; 3. anila, air; 4. tejas, fire; 5. jala, water; 6. bhū, earth: the Buddhists substitute vijñāna for brahma: the eighteen elements or dhātu-lokas of the southern Buddhists are the five organs of sense with manas, the six qualities observed by these, and six ideas produced by these six qualities); constituent element or essential ingredient of the body, primary or essential fluid or juice, a secretion, (the number of which is variously given as seven or ten; these Dhātus are distinct from the five elements of which the body also consists, and are sometimes regarded as Rasas, i. e. secretions or fluids; they are chyle, blood, flesh, fat, bone, marrow, and semen, to which must be added hair, skin, and sinews, if ten are reckoned); a humor or affection of the body (viz. phlegm, wind, and bile); a bone; (according to some) any one of the five organs of sense; any one of the five properties or qualities of the elements observed by the organs of sense (viz. sound, tangibility, colour, flavour, smell, see under guṇa); a primary element of the earth or of mountains, a mineral, fossil, metal, ore; a fluid mineral of a red colour; the primary element of words, a verbal root; [cf. upa-dh-, kāma-dh-, giri-dh-, &c.]
1. dhāyas, as, n. sustaining, supporting, bearing. (For 2. dhāyas see p. 454, col. 1.)
1. dhāyu, us, us, u, Ved. liberal; (Sāy.) possessing power, supporting. (For 2. dhāyu see p. 454, col. 1.)
1. dhāsi, is, f., Ved. a dwelling-place, seat, home; (Sāy.) a holder, bearer, maintainer; food.
2. dhātu, us, us, u (fr. rt. dhe; for 1. dhātu see p. 452, col. 3), Ved. to be drunk or sucked in?; (Sāy.) sustainer, supporter, (fr. rt. 1. dhā); (us), m. anything to be drunk or sucked, milk, &c.; (us), f. a milch cow.
2. dhāyas, ās, ās, as (for 1. dhāyas see p. 453, col. 3), Ved. nourshing, fostering, sustaining, (often in comp., e. g. ari-dh-, kāru-dh-, go-dh-, bhūri-dh-, &c.); drinking, sipping; the act of fostering, nourishing, satiating, (used only in dat. dhāyase in the sense of an infinitive.)
2. dhāyu, us, us, u (for 1. dhāyu see p. 453, col. 3), Ved. feeding, eating, fond of eating; (Sāy.) holding, supporting, (as if fr. rt. 1. dhā.)
2. dhāsi, is, m. (for 1. dhāsi see p. 453, col. 3), Ved. a milk-beverage, a drink; nourishment in general.
1. dhānvana, as, ī, am (fr. dhan-van), situated in a desert.
2. dhānvana, as, ī, am (fr. dhan-vana), made of the wood of the tree Dhanvana (as bows).
1. dhāv (connected with rts. dhav and dhanv), cl. 1. P. and sometimes A. dhāvati, -te, dadhāva, -e, dhāviṣyati, -te, adhāvīt, adhāviṣṭa, dhāvitum, to flow, stream or flow forth, flow towards; to give milk (as a cow); to run, proceed quickly, advance, run away, run towards, advance against; to rush against, assault; run a race; run away, flee; to go, move, glide: Caus. dhāvayati, &c., Aor. adīdhavat, to cause to run, make run, drive, impel, push on; dhāvayati rathena, he drives in a chariot: Desid. didhāvi-ṣati, -te: Intens. dādhāvyate: [cf. Gr. [greek] [greek] Hib. deifir, 'haste.']
1. dhāvaka, as, ā, am, running, flowing, going quickly, running in advance, expeditious; (as), m., N. of an author in the pay of king Śrī-harsha; (also read bhāsaka; he is said to have composed the Ratnāvalī for Śrī-harsha.)
1. dhāvana, am, n. running, galloping, flowing, moving; attack, assault; (as), m., N. of a spell for using or restraining magical weapons.
1. dhāvita, as, ā, am, running, running off or away; running towards, advanced against.
2. dhāv, cl. 1. P. A. dhāvati, -te, dadhāva, -e, dhāviṣyati, -te, adhāvīt, adhāviṣṭa, dhāvitum, to rub, rub off, cleanse, clean, wash, purify, polish, brighten, make pure or bright; A. to rub one's self with anything, to rub into one's person: Caus. dhāvayati, &c., Aor. adī-dhavat, to cleanse, wash: Desid. didhāviṣati, -te: Intens. dādhāvyate; [cf. probably Goth. daupya = Old Sax. dopyu = Mod. Germ. taufe, 'I baptize', = Caus. dhāvayāmi.]
2. dhāvana, am, n. rubbing off, washing off, cleansing, purifying; rubbing with anything, (in comp., e. g. mīna-dhāvana-toya, manaḥśilā-candana-dh-, q. v.)
2. dhāvita, as, ā, am, purified, cleansed, clean.
1. dhi (allied to rt. 1. dhā), cl. 6. P. dhiyati, didhāya, dheṣyati, adhaiṣīt, dhetum, to have, hold, keep, possess.
2. dhi, is, m. (fr. rt. 1. dhā), what holds, contains or preserves; any receptacle, (only at the end of a comp., e. g. ambu-dhi, ambho-dhi, iṣu-dhi, utsa-dhi, uda-dhi, jala-dhi, &c.)
1. dhita, as, ā, am (earlier form of hita fr. rt. 1. dhā), put, placed, arranged, given, caused; resolved; [cf. dur-dh- and nema-dh-.]
3. dhi or dhinv, cl. 5. P. dhinoti, di-dhinva, dhinvitum, to satisfy (Ved.); to delight, please.
2. dhita, as, ā, am, satisfied, pleased.
4. dhi sometimes = 2. adhi, as pi = api and va = ava.
1. and 2. dhita. See col. 2.
1. dhiṣ (thought by some to be an abbreviated form of a Vedic Desid. didhiṣ derived fr. rt. 1. dhā; connected with rt. 1. dhī), cl. 3. P. didheṣṭi, &c., to sound, emit a sound; to praise, celebrate by hymns (?).
2. dhiṣ, f. (only occurring in inst. dhiṣā and probably connected with rt. 1. dhī), fixing the mind, attention (?), intelligence (?), devotion; (Sāy.) = dhi-ṣaṇā, knowledge, understanding; action; praise, hymn.
1. dhī (sometimes given in the reduplicated form dīdhī; the later forms of dhī are 1. dhā, dhyā, dhyai, q. v., with which such Vedic forms as dhīmahi are connected by native commentators), cl. 2. A. dīdhīte, &c., to shine, appear (see dīdhī); cl. 1. P. (fr. rt. dhyai), dhyā-yati, &c. (see dhyai), to perceive, think, reflect; to wish, desire. (A root dhī, cl. 4. A. dhīyate, &c., which is properly Pass. of rt. 1. dhā, is given in the Dhātu-pāṭha and is said to have the following senses, --to contain, hold; to slight, disregard; to accomplish; to propitiate.)
2. dhī, īs, f. thought, idea, notion, intention; understanding, wisdom, intellect, intelligence, intellectual power, mind; knowledge, science, art; religious reflection, devotion, prayer; a religious rite, sacrifice; Intelligence personified (as the wife of Rudra in the form Manyu); (in astrology) the fifth house from the Lagna; (iyas), f. pl. Holy Thoughts personified; [cf. itthā-dhī, udāra-dhī, dur-dhī, dū-ḍhī, su-dhī, &c.]
1. dhīta, as, ā, am, reflected on, thought about.
1. dhīti, is, f. (for 2. dhīti see col. 2), Ved. thought, notion, reflection, idea; devotion, prayer; (ayas), f. pl. understanding, wisdom; (Sāy.) the fingers.
1. dhīdā, f. (for 2. dhīdā see col. 2), understanding, intellect.
2. dhīta, as, ā, am (fr. rt. dhe), drunk, sucked, sucked in, sucked out.
2. dhīti, is, f. (for 1. dhīti see col. 1), drinking; (according to the commentators), thirst.
2. dhīdā, f. (probably a Prākṛt form for duhitā), a daughter, a virgin, a maiden. (For 1. dhīdā see col. 1.)
1. dhu = rt. 1. dhū, to shake, q. v.
2. dhu, us, f. shaking, trembling.
2. dhurā, ind. (for 1. see dhura, p. 456, col. 3), violently, hurtfully, (perhaps fr. rt. dhurv or dhūrv.)
1. dhū, cl. 5. P. A. dhūnoti, dhūnute, (in the later language also) dhunoti, dhu-nute; cl. 6. P. dhuvati; cl. 9. P. A. dhunāti, dhu-nīte, dudhāva, dudhuve, dhoṣyati and dhaviṣ-yati, -te, adhāvīt and adhauṣīt, (cl. 6. Aor. adhuvīt), adhoṣṭa and adhaviṣṭa, dhotum and dhavitum, to shake, shake off, remove; to agitate, cause to tremble; to treat (a person) roughly, hurt, injure; to blow away, destroy; to kindle, excite, fan (a fire &c.); to shake off from one's self, liberate one's self from (A.); to strive against, resist: Pass. dhūyate: Caus. dhāvayati and dhūna-yati, -yitum, to shake: Desid. dudhūṣati, -te: Intens. dodhūyate, dodhoti, dodhavīti, to shake or agitate violently, shake in a threatening manner, shake out, shake down from; to be shaken violently, totter exceedingly (A.); [cf. Zend dun-man, 'mist, fog:' Gr. [greek] [greek] [greek] Lat. fū-mu-s, sub-fī-o, sub-fī-men: Goth. daun-s, 'smell:' Old Iceland. du-s-t = Eng. dust: Old Germ. tun-s-t, 'storm;' tou-m, 'smoke:' Slav. du-na-ti, 'to breathe;' dy-mu, 'smoke;' du-chu, 'breath;' du-sha, 'soul:' Lith. du-mai, 'smoke;' du-ma-s, dū-ma, 'thought, mind.']
2. dhū, ūs, f. shaking, agitating.
1. dhūr (connected with rt. dhūrv), cl. 4. A. dhūryate, &c., to hurt or kill; to move or approach.
2. dhūr for dhur (q. v.) at the beginning of a comp.
1. dhairya, am, n. (fr. dhīra), firmness, durability, steadiness, stability, strength, consistency, constancy; calmness; gravity; patience; fortitude, courage; inflexibility; precision of diction; (Ved.) intelligence, forethought.
1. dhmā, cl. 1. P. dhamati, dadhmau, dhmāsyati (ep. dhamiṣyati), adhmāsīt, dhmātum, to blow (as wind or breath), breathe out, exhale; to blow (a conch-shell, trumpet, or any wind instrument), to produce sound by blowing; to blow a fire, excite fire by blowing; to excite sparks; to manufacture by blowing, melt, smelt; to blow away from one's self, cast, throw: Pass. dhmāyate, ep. and Ved. dhamyate, dhmāyati, to be blown, to be melted, &c.: Caus. dhmāpayati, &c., to cause to blow or melt, to consume by fire, burn: Desid. didhmāsati: Intens. dedhmīyate, dādhmāti (dā-dhmāyate), to be blown violently; [cf. Lat. flā-re; Old Germ. blayan, blāhan, blāsan, 'blow;' Gr. [greek]].
2. dhmā, ās, m. (?), blowing.
1. dhru (connected with rt. dhṛ), cl. 1. 6. P. dhravati, dhruvati, dudhrāva, &c., to be firm or fixed, to stand firm; to go, move; to ascertain, know with certainty; to kill: Caus. dhrāva-yati: Desid. dudhrūṣati, dudhruviṣati: Intens. dodhrūyate; [cf. Lith. drūtas, 'firm;' Goth. traua, 'I trust', = Caus.]
2. dhru (said to be fr. rt. dhvṛ) in a-smṛta-dhru, not disappointing desire; (Sāy.) not remembering injury.
1. dhvaj or dhvañj, cl. 1. P. dhvajati, dhvañjati, &c., to go, move; [cf. perhaps Lat. vagus, vagari.]
2. dhvaj = dhvaja in kṛta-dh-, Ṛg-veda VII. 83, 2.
1. dhvan (related to rt. dhvaṃs), Ved. to become covered or shut up, cover one's self, &c.: Caus. dhvanayati, -yitum, to envelope, wrap up.
1. dhvānta, as, ā, am (for 2. see under 2. dhvan below), covered, enveloped, dark; (am), n. darkness, night.
2. dhvan (connected with rts. dhvaṇ and dhraṇ), cl. 1. P. dhvanati, da-dhvāna, dhvanitum, to sound, produce a sound, utter sounds, buzz, roar, echo, reverberate: Caus. P. dhvanayati and dhvānayati, &c., to sound, cause to sound; [cf. Goth. drun-yu-s, 'sound;' Angl. Sax. dyn-an, dyne.]
2. dhvānta, as, m., Ved., N. of a wind. (For 1. dhvānta see under 1. dhvan above.)
1. na, the twentieth consonant of the alphabet, and the fifth letter of the fourth or dental class, having much the sound of the English n in tenth.
2. na, ind. a particle of negation equivalent to 'not', 'no', 'nor', 'neither' [cf. no, na-nu, na-hi, na-tarām], and in the Veda a particle of comparison; it is used as a negative particle in wishing, requesting, and commanding (e. g. na mā garan nadyaḥ, let not the waters swallow me; nāvaman-yeta kañcana, let him not despise any one), but not in prohibition before an imperative, and not before the aorist when it has lost its augment and stands for an imperative (in both which cases mā, q. v., is used). When joined with the potential, na may often have the sense of 'that not', 'lest', 'for fear lest' (e. g. na tvāṃ śapet, lest he should curse thee). In argumentative writings na often comes at the end of a hypothetical argument in the sense 'not so' (e. g. nanu na kiñcin mānam iti cen na, now if it be said that there is no proof, not so). Two nas are not unfrequently used in the same sentence to intensify an affirmation (e. g. na khalu na tat kariṣyāmi, I will most certainly do that; na tu jātu na, most assuredly), or any other negative particle may be joined with na with the same effect (e. g. nādaṇḍyo 'sti, he is not to go unpunished, i. e. he must certainly be punished). When a negation has to be repeated in successive clauses of a sentence or in successive sentences, na may be simply repeated or may be strengthened by one of the particles uta, ca, api, cāpi, vā, athavā (e. g. nāham asyāraṇyasya devatā na cāpy asya gireḥ, I am not the deity of this forest nor of this mountain), or the negative is not expressed in the second clause but represented by vā or api vā or ca standing alone (e. g. na hṛṣ-yati glāyati vā, he neither rejoices nor desponds), or two clauses may have the negative particle and not a third (e. g. na deveṣu na yakṣeṣu mānu-ṣeṣv api cānyeṣu tādṛg rūpavatī dṛṣṭa-pūrvā, neither among gods nor Yakshas nor other mortals has so beautiful a female been before seen). na is sometimes placed before round or collective numbers to denote a deficiency, the deficient number being prefixed in the inst. or abl. case (e. g. ekayā or ekena na viṃśatiḥ, not twenty by one, i. e. nineteen; pañcabhir na catvāri śatāni, 395). When na is the negative of the simple idea expressed by a word, it may be regarded as compounded with it, and is then identical with 3. a, q. v. (e. g. na-vidvas, unwise; nādhīta, unread; na-kiñcana, q. v.) na is often joined with other particles, e. g. na ca, na cāpi, nāpi, nota, na vā, naiva, na caiva, nāpi ca, na tu, na tveva, na tveva tu, na cet (see ced), na khalu, na ha (after this last a verb is said to retain its accent if used in the future with an imperative sense, Pāṇ. VIII. 1, 31). na is frequently used in early Vedic composition as a particle of comparison = 'like', 'as', 'as it were' (e. g. tvā nāvaṃ na dhīmahi, we meditate on thee like a boat; cf. 3. a, which also in a few instances = 'like'); it is also found in this sense in the later artificial poems; [cf. Lat. ne, non; Gr. [greek] in [greek] Lith. ne; Slav. ne; Goth. ni, ne, nei; Angl. Sax. na; Old Germ. ni; Hib. ni.]
3. na, as, m. a N. of Buddha; binding, tying, a band; one who is praised; a N. of Gaṇeśa (= dvi-raṇḍa?); a jewel, pearl; war; giving, a gift; welfare, prosperity; (ā), f. the navel; a musical instrument; knowledge; (as, ā, am), thin, spare; vacant, empty; identical, same, like; unvexed, unwearied; undivided, unbroken.
4. na, (in prosody) a tribrach or foot of three short syllables.
1. nakta, am, n., ā, f. (in the Veda naktā is regarded as f. du.), night; eating only at night as a sort of penance; a species of poisonous plant, = kalikāru; (as), m., N. of a son of Pṛthu; of Pṛthu-ṣeṇa and Ākūtī; (am), ind. by night, at night; [cf. 2. niś, niśā; Zend nakhturu or nakhtru, 'nocturnal;' Gr. [greek] [greek] Lat. nox, noctu, nocturnu-s, noctua; Goth. nahts; Angl. Sax. naht, niht; Mod. Germ. nacht; Eng. night; Slav. noshti; Russ. nocyi; Lith. nakti-s; Hib. nochd.]
2. nakta or nakla (?), am, n. (for 1. nakta see p. 463, col. 3), = [greek] N. of the fifth Yoga (in astronomy).
1. nagnā, f. (for 2. nagnā see nagna below), Ved. speech; (a various reading for nanā, q. v.)
1. nabh, cl. 1. A. nabhate, &c., Ved. to burst, to be torn or rent asunder; to hurt, injure, destroy, (nebhe occurs in Bhaṭṭi-kāvya XIV. 33); cl. 4. 9. P. nabhyati, nabhnāti, &c., to hurt, injure: Caus. P. nabhayati, -yitum, to cause to burst, tear open.
2. nabh, p, f., Ved. (according to Sāy.) hurt, injury, destruction.
1. nabhanya, as, ā, am (fr. nabhana), Ved. bursting out, breaking or coming forth (as a hymn or as a horse). According to Sāy. = 'being in the sky', 'ethereal;' 'injuring', 'destroying;' 'a hymn.' (For 2. nabhanya see under nabha below.)
2. nabhanya, as, ā, am, Ved. (according to Sāy.) being in the sky, ethereal, heavenly; (see col. 2.)
1. nabhya, as, ā, am, foggy, misty, cloudy.
2. nabhya, am, n. (said to be fr. nabha for nābhi), Ved. the centre part of a wheel, the nave; the middle.
1. namasya (fr. namas), Nom. P. (ep. also A.) namasyati (-te), &c., to pay homage, make obeisance, worship (with acc.); to act humbly or deferentially.
2. namasya, as, ā, am, to be worshipped or adored, one to whom obeisance must be made, venerable, respectable, entitled to salutation or civility; reverential, respectful, humble; (ā), f. reverence, respect, worship, adoration.
3. namasya, ind. having paid homage, having worshipped.
1. nay, cl. 1. A. nayate, neye, nayi-tum, to go, move; to protect; [cf. rt. 1. nī.]
1. nava, as, ā, am (probably connected with the particle 1. nu, q. v., or less probably with nu for prep. anu, or by some derived fr. rt. 4. nu, to praise), new, fresh, recent, young, modern; (as), m. a crow; a species of plant (= rakta-punar-navā); N. of a son of Uśīnara and Navā; (ā), f., N. of a wife of Uśīnara and mother of Nava; (am), ind. recently, newly, lately, a short time ago, not long since, just, (the crude nava is prefixed to a past pass. part. in this sense, see nava-baddha); [for 2. nava see p. 473, col. 1: cf. Zend nava: Gr. [greek] for [greek] [greek] [greek] Lat. novu-s, Noviu-s, nov-īciu-s, nov-āli-s, nov-ellu-s, nov-āre, nov-er-ca, nū-nt-iu-s, de-nuo, nū-per: Osk. Nuv-la, Nuceria: Goth. niu-yi-s, 'new;' niuyi-tha, 'newness:' Angl. Sax. niwe, neow, niwa: Lith. nau-ye-s, 'new;' nauyo-ka-s, 'a novice:' Slav. nov-u, 'new:' Hib. nua, nuadh.]
1. navaka, as, ikā, am, = 1. nava, col. 2.
1. navya, as, ā, am, Ved. new, fresh, young; (as), m. a species of plant, = rakta-punar-navā; [cf. Lith. nauya-s; Goth. niuyi-s.]
2. nava, as, m. (fr. rt. 4. nu), praise; panegyric, celebration. (For 1. nava see p. 472, col. 2.)
2. navya, as, ā, am, Ved. to be praised, praiseworthy, laudable, deserving of praise.
1. navata, as, m. (for 2. see col. 2), an elephant's painted or variegated housings; woollen cloth; a cover, blanket, wrapper.
3. nava = navan, nine, in tri-ṇava, q. v.
2. navaka, as, ā, am, consisting of 9; (am), n. the aggreagate of nine, nine.
2. navata, as, ī, am, the 90th; [cf. eka-n-, catur-ṇ-, catur-n-, tri-n-, dvā-n-, dvi-n-.]
1. and 2. navya, See p. 472, col. 3; and col. 1. of this page.
1. naś (related to rt. nakṣ; cf. rt. 1. aś), cl. 1. P. A. naśati, -te, Aor. ānaṭ or ānak, &c. (Pāṇ. VI. 4, 73, but these forms may be referred to rt. 1. aś), Ved. to reach, attain, obtain; to meet with, find; Caus. naśayati, &c., to cause to obtain or meet with; [cf. Lat. nanciscor.]
1. naśa in dū-ṇaśa, dur-ṇaśa, q. v.; [cf. 1. nāśa.]
2. naś, cl. 1. 4. (more usually cl. 4.) P. naśati, naśyati (ep. also -te), nanāśa (3rd pl. neśus), naśitā, naṃṣṭā (according to Vopa-deva also naṅgdhā), naśiṣyati, naṅk-ṣyati, anaśat, aneśat, naśitum, naṃṣṭum, to be lost, disappear, to become invisible, to vanish; to perish, be destroyed, wane; to escape, run away; to come to nothing, be frustrated, be unsuccessful: Caus. nāśayati (ep. also A. nāśayate), -yitum, Aor. anīnaśat, to cause to disappear, make invisible; to cause to perish, suffer to perish, destroy, efface; to violate, deflower; to cause to be lost, to lose; to forget; to extinguish (as a fire); to drive away, cause to fly away; to disappear (in mā vyāghrā nīnaśur vanāt, let not the tigers disappear from the forest, Mahā-bh. Udyoga-p. 862): Desid. ninaśiṣati, ni-naṅkṣati: Intens. nānaśyate, nānaṃṣṭi; [cf. Zend naśu, 'a corpse;' naś-ista, 'very destructive:' Gr. [greek] probably [greek] [greek] for [greek] like [greek] for [greek] Lat. nex, nec-are, noc-ere, noxa, per-nicies, ve-ne-nu-m for ve-nec-nu-m: Goth. nau-s, navi-s, 'a corpse', for nag-u-s or nah-u-s.]
3. naś, k, k, k, or ṭ, ṭ, ṭ, disappearing; perishing; [cf. jīva-n-.]
2. naśa, as, m. destruction; perishing; [cf. 2. nāśa.]
1. nas (the alternative form for asmān acc. pl., for asmabhyam dat. pl., and for asmākam gen. pl. of the first personal pronoun asmad, q. v.), us, to us, of us; (nas is an enclitic and has no accent.)
2. nas, cl. 1. A. nasate, nese, nasitā, &c., Ved. to approach, to go towards, to join; to copulate (especially as husband and wife); (said to mean also) to be crooked or curved; to bend; to be fraudulent; [cf. Gr. [greek] [greek] probably also [greek] for [greek] [greek]]
3. nas, f. (probably fr. rt. snā, to bathe, or snu, to flow, the initial s being dropped; cf. nau; nas is defective in nom. voc. sing. du. and pl., acc. sing. du., but may be optionally substituted for nāsikā, q. v., in the acc. pl. and remaining cases, e. g. nasas or nāsikās, nasā or nāsikayā, nobhyām or nāsikābhyām; only the weak cases nasā, nasi, na-sos, however, appear to occur), the nose; [cf. nāsā, nāsikā; Lat. nasus, naris.]
1. nah, cl. 4. P. A. nahyati, -te, na-nāha, nehe, naddhā, natsyati, -te, anāt-sīt, anaddha, naddhum, to bind, tie, bind on, bind round, put on, gird round, bind together; A. to put on one's self, dress, put on armour, arm one's self: Caus. nāhayati, -yitum, Aor. anīnahat, to cause to bind or tie together, to cause to put on: Desid. ninatsati, -te: Intens. nānahyate, nānaddhi; [cf. Gr. [greek] Intens. [greek] Lat. ne-o, ne-men, ne-tu-s, nec-t-o, nexu-s: Old Germ. nā-an, nāw-an, nāh-an, 'to sew;' nā-dal, 'needle;' nah, 'near:' Goth. nethla, 'a needle;' nehva, 'near:' Angl. Sax. naedl, 'needle;' neah, neh-st, nearra: Eng. nigh: Mod. Germ. näh-en, nad-el, nah, nach, ge-nug: Hib. nasgaim, 'I bind;' nas, 'a tie.']
2. nah, t, f., Ved. a bond, tie; [cf. akṣā-n-.]
1. nādeya, as, ī, am (fr. nadī), coming from or belonging to a river, river-born, fluvial, fluviatic, aquatic, marine; (as), m. the reed Saccharum Spontaneum (= kāśa); Calamus Rotang (= vānīra); (ī), f. several plants, a species of reed growing usually near water, Calamus Fasciculatus (= ambu-vetasa, = jala-vānīra); the orange-tree (= bhūmi-jambūka, bhūmi-jambū, or bhū-jambū); Sesbania Aegyptiaca (= jayā); the China rose (= japā, javā, = vyaṅguṣṭha, = agni-mantha, kā-ka-jambū); (am), n. rock-salt (= saindhava); antimony (= sauvīrāñjana).
2. nādeya (for na ādeya), not to be taken, &c.
1. nāva, as, m. (fr. rt. 4. nu), Ved. a shout of joy or triumph.
2. nāva = 2. nau, q. v., a boat, a ship, in Dvigu comps. after numerals and ardha (e. g. dvi-nāvam, two boats; ardha-n-, q. v., Pāṇ. V. 4, 99, 100).
1. nāvya, Nom. P. nāvyati, &c., to wish for a ship.
2. nāvya, as, ā, am, navigable; belonging to a boat; attainable or accessible by a boat or ship; (ā), f., Ved. a navigable river.
3. nāvya, am, n. (fr. 1. nava), newness, novelty.
1. nāśa, as, m. (fr. rt. 1. naś), Ved. attainment, obtaining; [cf. dū-ṇāśa.]
2. nāśa, as, m. (fr. rt. 2. naś), disappearance; destruction, annihilation, ruin, loss; death; misfortune; abandonment, desertion; flight, retreat; (in arithmetic) elimination; [cf. karma-n-, graha-n-, citta-n-, dū-ṇāśa.]
1. nās, cl. 1. A. nāsate, nanāse, nāsitum, to sound.
2. nās, Ved. the nose, in nāsā, du. (Ṛg-veda II. 39, 6); [cf. 3. nas.]
1. nāhuṣa, as, ī, am, (fr. nahus), Ved. neighbouring, being in the vicinity, neighbourly?; (Sāy.) human, belonging to men; (as), m. a neighbour.
2. nāhuṣa, as, m. (fr. nahuṣa), a patronymic of Yayāti; N. of a serpent-demon; [cf. nahuṣa.]
1. niḥ-sāra, as, ā, am (for 2. niḥ-sāra see under niḥ-sṛ below), sapless, pithless, worthless, vain, vapid, unsubstantial; (as), m. the plant Trophis Aspera; a kind of time in music; (ā), f. the pisang, Musa Sapientum (= kadalī).
2. niḥ-sāra, as, m. (for 1. niḥ-sāra see above), going forth or out.
1. ni-kāra, as, m. piling up or winnowing corn; tossing or lifting up.
1. and 2. ni-kāra. For 1. see above; for 2. see under ni-kṛ, p. 483, col. 1.
2. ni-kāra, as, m. putting down, bringing down, humiliation, subjugation; injury, insult, wrong, offence; wickedness, malice, abuse, reproach, disrespect; opposition, contradiction.
1. ni-gṛhya, as, ā, am, to be held back; to be punished, punishable; deserving chastisement or reproof.
2. ni-gṛhya, ind. having taken; having arrested or confined; having restrained or suppressed.
1. ni-ci, cl. 5. P. A. -cinoti, -cinute, -cetum, to pile up, heap up.
2. ni-ci, cl. 3. P. -ciketi, -cikāya, &c., Ved. to observe, perceive, recognise: Desid., Ved. -cikīṣate, to observe, watch, guard.
1. ni-cṛt, cl. 6. P. -cṛtati, -carti-tum, to insert, infix, fix into.
2. ni-cṛt, t, f. a defective metre; [cf. ati-n-, ni-vṛt.]
1. nid, cl. 1. P. A. nedati, nedate, nineda, ninide or ninede, neditā, &c., to be near [cf. rt. ned, nedīyas, nediṣṭha]; to ridicule, blame, reproach, censure, &c., (in this sense properly a separate rt., the form of which is usually nind, q. v.): Desid., Ved. ninitsati, to wish to reproach or depreciate; [cf. rt. nind; Gr. [greek] [greek] probably [greek] Goth. ga-nait-yan, nai-teins, probably neith; Old Germ. neiz-yan; Angl. Sax. naet-an, naet-ing, nidh, ge-nidhe, 'hatred;' Mod. Germ. neid, 'envy.']
2. nid, t, f., Ved. mocking, ridiculing, despising, censure, contempt; (t), m. one who ridicules or contemns, a blamer, an enemy.
1. nidā, f., Ved. blame, contempt.
1. nidāna, as, ā, am, Ved. (= nidyamāna), reproached, ridiculed. (For 2. see 3. ni-dā, col. 3.)
2. ni-dā (rt. 1. dā), cl. 3. P. -dadāti, &c., Ved. to give. (For 1. nidā see above.)
3. ni-dā (rt. 4. dā, to bind), cl. 4. P. -dyati, &c., Ved. to fasten.
2. ni-dāna, am, n. (for 1. nidāna see col. 2), a band, a rope, a halter; a rope for tying up a calf &c.; a first or original cause, a primary or remote cause [cf. ni-bandhana]; original form, essence, (nidānena, ind. originally, essentially, properly); the cause of a disease, inquiry into the causes of disease, pathology, i. e. study of the symptoms with a view to trace the remote or proximate causes, (regarded as a department of medical science; the sixteen Nidānas being the title of the sixteen divisions into which it is divided; cf. nidāna-sthāna); N. of a work on metres and Vedic Stomas (see nidāna-sūtra); end, termination, cessation; purification, purity, correctness; claiming the reward of penitential acts.
1. ni-drā or ni-drai, cl. 1. 2. P. A. -drāyati, -te, -drāti, &c., to fall asleep, sleep.
2. ni-drā, f. (said to be fr. rt. nind + affix ra), sleep, slumber, sleepiness, sloth; (in flowers the budding state is considered as sleep. hence nidrāṃ tyaj = to bloom); a mystical N. of the letter bh.
1. ni-dhā, cl. 3. P. A. -dadhāti, -dhatte, -dhātum, to put down, lay down, put or lay into, fix in, deposit, lodge, bury; (with manas) to fix or direct the thoughts upon or towards (dat.); resolve, determine; (with kriyām) to direct one's labours, use efforts; to appoint; to lay aside, put away, remove, relinquish; lay up, treasure up, put into a safe place; to preserve for one's self (A.); to deliver, intrust, commit, present; (with hṛdaye or manasi) to keep in mind, bear in mind, remember, lay to heart, keep close; to keep down, keep back, restrain; to end, close; to place in any state, render: Pass. -dhīyate, to be place on or in, to be deposited, be situated in or on, be absorbed into, to rest in: Caus. -dhāpayati, &c., to cause to be put or laid on or into, to cause to be deposited or preserved; to appoint: Intens. (?), Ved. 3rd sing. -dedhyat.
2. ni-dhā, f., Ved. laying snares; a net; a collection of snares, a snare.
1. ni-pā, cl. 2. P. -pāti, -pātum, &c., to guard, protect, defend; observe, watch over: Caus. -pālayati, -yitum, to protect, guard, govern.
2. ni-pā, cl. 1. and 2. P. -pibati or -pivati, -pātum, to drink in, imbibe, suck in; to absorb, dry up: Caus. P. -pāyayati, -yitum, to cause to imbibe or suck in.
1. ni-mātavya, as, ā, am, to be measured, &c.; [the ni-mātavya which occurs in Manu X. 94. is to be referred to ni-me, q. v.]
1. ni-mita, as, ā, am, measured out. See dur-n-.
1. ni-meya, as, ā, am, (for 2. see ni-me), to be measured, measurable, anything the measure or value of which can be fixed.
1. nimi, is, m., N. of several kings of Videha; of a son of Dattātreya; of a son of Ikṣvāku, (this Nimi lost his body through the curse of Vaśiṣṭha, and when the gods were willing to restore it, requested that instead of receiving his former shape he might occupy the eyes of all living creatures; the request was granted, and in consequence of the presence of Nimi, men's eyelids are ever opening and shutting; cf. ni-miṣa, and see Viṣṇu-Purāṇa IV. 5); N. of the twenty-first Jaina Arhat of the present Ava-sarpiṇī; of a son of Bhajamāna; of Daṇḍa-pāṇi; of a Dānava; closing or winking of the eyes, twinkling.
2. ni-mi, cl. 5. P. A. -minoti, -minute, &c., to fix in, dig in; to fix, erect.
2. ni-mita, as, ā, am, fixed in, fixed, erected.
1. ni-miṣ, cl. 6. P. -miṣati, -me-ṣitum, to shut the eyelids, wink, twinkle, blink.
2. ni-miṣ, ṭ, f., Ved. winking or twinkling of the eye; shutting the eyes, falling asleep [cf. nimi]; a-nimiṣ, ṭ, ṭ, ṭ, never closing or winking the eyes; (ṭ), m. a god; [cf. Nala V. 24.]
2. ni-mātavya, as, ā, am (for 1. see ni-mā), to be exchanged or bartered.
2. ni-meya, as, ā, am, (for 1. see ni-mā), to be exchanged; (as), m. barter, exchange; [cf. naimeya.]
1. ni-yamya, as, ā, am, to be checked or restrained, restrainable, tamable.
2. ni-yamya, ind. having restrained, having guided, &c.
1. ni-yu, cl. 3. P. -yuyoti, &c., Ved. to repel, keep off.
2. ni-yu, cl. 2. P. -yauti, cl. 9. P. A. -yunāti, -nīte, -yavitum, to join, yoke, harness; to mix; to bestow.
1. nir-añjana, as, ā, am, without collyrium or ointment, unstained, untinged, unblackened, unpainted; free from falsehood; artless; (as), m. an epithet of Śiva; N. of one of the attendants of Śiva; (ā), f. an epithet of Durgā; the day of full moon.
2. ni-rañjana, as, ā, am, void of passion or emotion, (applied to the Supreme Being.)
1. nir-asya, as, ā, am, to be expelled or driven out.
2. nirasya, ind. having cast out, thrown out or ejected, having expelled.
1. nir-ākāra, as, ā, am (for 2. see nir-ā-kṛ, col. 2), devoid of form, deprived of one's natural form; without external appearance; formless, shapeless, deformed; disguised; unassuming; not claiming anything for one's self, modest; (as), m. heaven, Viṣṇu; Śiva; the universal Spirit, God.
1. nir-ākṛti, is, is, i, formless, shapeless, deformed, ugly; (is), m. a person who has not duly gone through a course of study, (especially applied however to the religious student who has not duly read the Vedas); one who neglects the five great religious obligations, who does not worship the gods, &c.; a Brāhman who neglects the duties of his caste (ākṛti) by not going through a regular course of study.
2. nir-ākāra, as, m. rebuke, reproach, censure, blame. (For 1. nir-ākāra see col. 1.)
2. nir-ākṛti, is, f. repudiation, rejection; refusal, disallowance; obstruction, obstacle, impediment, interruption; contradiction, opposition; (is, is, i), impeding, obstructing; annihilating, destroying; (is), m., N. of a son of the first Manu Sāvarṇi.
1. and 2. nir-ākṛti. See under 1. nir-ākāra, col. 1, and under nir-ā-kṛ above.
1. nir-āyata, as, ā, am, (fr. rt. yam with ā and nis), stretched out, extended.
2. nir-āyata, as, ā, am, unextended, contracted, compact.
1. nir-īkṣya, as, ā, am, to be looked at or regarded; to be considered; [cf. dur-n-.]
2. nir-īkṣya, ind. having looked at or viewed or scanned.
1. ni-rūḍha, as, ā, am (fr. ni-ruh), inherent, conventional, accepted (as the familiar meaning of words in opposition to their etymological sense); (as), m. (in rhetoric) the force or application of words according to their natural or received meanings; (in logic) the inherence of any property in the term implying it (as of redness in the word red &c.).
2. nir-ūḍha, ā, f. (fr. rt. vah with nis), unmarried.
1. ni-rūpya, as, ā, am, to be seen or defined or ascertained.
2. ni-rūpya, ind. having seen or considered.
3. nir-ūḍha, as, ā, am, drawn out, purged, eviscerated; (for 2. nir-ūḍha see above.)
1. nir-ūha, as, m. a purging clyster; an enema not of an oily kind, = ni-graha?; (for 2. nir-ūha see below.)
1. nir-ūhaṇa, am, n. causing to purge with a clyster; administering enemas not of an oily kind. (For 2. nir-ūhaṇa see below.)
2. nir-ūha, as, m. (fr. rt. 2. ūh with nis), logic, disputation; certainty, ascertainment. (For 1. nir-ūha see above; for 3. see next col.)
2. nir-ūhaṇa, am, n. ascertainment.
3. nir-ūha, as, m. (for 1. and 2. see col. 2), a sentence having no ellipsis, a complete sentence.
1. nir-jara, as, ā, am, (for 2. see nir-jṝ, col. 3), not becoming old, young, fresh; imperishable, immortal, undecaying; (as), m. an immortal, a deity, god; (ā), f. the plant Cocculus Cordifolius; Anethum Graveloens, = tattva-bhid; (am), n. ambrosia, the food of the gods.
2. nir-jara, as, ā, am, completely wearing down or destroying. (For 1. nir-jara see col. 2.)
1. nir-ṇij, cl. 3. P. A. -ṇenekti, -ṇe-nikte, Ved. inf. nir-ṇije, nir-ṇijam, &c., to wash off, wash, cleanse (A.); to wash one's self; to dress one's self.
2. nir-ṇij, k, f., Ved. a shining dress or ornament, any bright garment [cf. adhi-n-, aśva-n-, ghṛta-n-]; purification, cleansing; (Sāy.) a form, shape; well nourished (m. f. n.).
1. nir-dhāv, cl. 1. P. A. -dhāvati, -te, -dhāvitum, to stream forth from, spring from; to run out, escape from.
2. nir-dhāv, cl. 1. P. A. -dhāvati, -te, -dhāvitum, to wash off, wash away, cleanse.
1. nir-mathya, as, ā, am, to be stirred about or rubbed; (ā), f. a kind of fragrant substance, = nalikā; [cf. nir-madhyā above.]
2. nir-mathya, ind. having churned; having ground; having discriminated or particularized.
2. nir-mamatva, as, ā, am, free from selfishness, indifferent.
1. nir-mā, cl. 2. P., 3. and 4. A., -māti, -mimīte, -māyate, -mātum, to build, make, form, fabricate; to produce, create; to compose; to cause: Caus. -māpayati, -yitum, to cause to be made or built.
2. nir-mā, f. value, measure, equivalent.
1. nir-mārga, as, ā, am, roadless, pathless. (For 2. nir-mārga see under nir-mṛj.)
2. nir-mārga, as, m. (for 1. see above), rubbing or stripping off, wiping off; that which is stripped or wiped off, refuse.
1. nir-yat, an, atī, at (fr. nir-i), going forth, coming out, issuing.
2. nir-yat, cl. 10. P. -yātayati, &c., to give back, restore, make restitution; to forgive, pardon, set free.
1. nir-yā, f., Ved. any disturbance of the regular course of a rite, any defect.
2. nir-yā, cl. 2. P. -yāti, -yātum, to go out, issue, set out: Caus. -yāpayati, -yitum, to cause to go out.
1. nir-vacana, am, n. (for 2. see below), pronunciation; a proverbial expression, proverb; interpretation, etymological explanation, etymology; vocabulary, index; [cf. 1. ni-vacana.]
1. nir-vācya, as, ā, am, = nir-vacanīya. (For 2. see under nir-vākya, p. 501, col. 1.)
2. nir-vacana, as, ā, am (for 1. see above), not speaking, silent; unobjectionable, unblamable, blameless; (am), ind. silently; [cf. 2. ni-vacana.]
1. nir-vāda, as, m. (for 2. nir-vāda see p. 501, col. 1), obloquy, censure, blame, reproach; rumour, report; asseveration, affirmation, decision of a controversy.
1. nir-vāpa, as, m. (for 2. see p. 501, col. 1), scattering, strewing, pouring out; offering, giving, bestowing; offering oblations, especially funeral oblations in honour of a deceased ancestor; gift, alms.
1. nir-vāpaṇa, am, n. (for 2. see p. 501, col. 1), scattering, throwing or pouring out, casting in, sowing; offering, presenting funeral oblations; gift, giving.
1. nir-vāpita, as, ā, am (for 2. see p. 501, col. 1), offered in oblation, scattered, poured out.
1. nir-vāpya, as, ā, am, (for 3. see p. 501, col. 1), to be scattered or offered.
2. nir-vāpya, ind. having offered funeral cakes.
1. nir-vāsana, am, n. (for 2. nir-vāsana see p. 501, col. 1), expelling or driving from home, banishing, banishment, expulsion; hurting, injuring, killing, slaughter, annihilation; [cf. ud-vāsana, -pra-vāsana.]
1. nir-vāṇa, as, ā, am (for 2. nir-vāṇa see p. 501, col. 1), blown out, gone out, put out, extinguished (as a fire); lost, disappeared; liberated from existence (lit. having the fire of life extinguished); dead, deceased, defunct; set (as a planet); calmed, quieted, (a-nirvāṇa, an elephant not yet tamed or one just caught and wild); immersed, plunged; (am), n. blowing out, extinguishing, extinction, (in this and some of the following senses nir-vāṇam is not the neut. of the pass. part. but formed fr. nir-vā with affix ana), becoming extinguished, disappearance, setting, vanishing from sight, (nirvāṇaṃ kṛ, to act as if nothing had happened, not to keep one's promise); extinction of the flame of life, dissolution, liberation, eternal bliss, final emancipation from matter and reunion with the deity, union with the Supreme Spirit; (with Buddhists and Jainas) absolute extinction or annihilation, complete extinction of individual existence; perfect and perpetual calm, repose; complete satisfaction or pleasure, highest felicity; desisting, leaving off, cessation; vacuity, vacuum; union, association, blending, confluence; offering oblations, (perhaps wrongly for 1. nir-vāpaṇa); bathing of an elephant (because he draws in water with his trunk and then blows it out over his body); instructing in sciences; 'Deliverance', N. of an Upaniṣad; [cf. apa-n-, pari-n-.]
1. nir-vāta, as, ā, am (for 2. see below), ceased to blow.
2. nir-vāpa, as, m. (for 1. see under nir-vap, p. 500, col. 2), putting out, extinguishing (as a fire).
2. nir-vāpaṇa, am, n. (for 1. see under nir-vap, p. 500, col. 2), putting out (as a fire or light), extinguishing, quenching; extinction, annihilation; slaughter, killing; (in medicine) refrigerant; cooling, refreshing.
2. nir-vāpita, as, ā, am (for 1. see under nir-vap, p. 500, col. 2), extinguished, put out, quenched; allayed, cooled; killed.
3. nir-vāpya, ind. (for 1. and 2. see under nir-vap, p. 500, col. 2), having extinguished or quenched; having refreshed or delighted.
2. nir-vācya, as, ā, am (for 1. see under nir-vaktavya, p. 500, col. 2), improper to be said; unobjectionable, blameless, not to be found fault with or censured.
2. nir-vāṇa, as, ā, am (for 1. see under nir-vā, p. 500, col. 3), having no arrows.
2. nir-vāta, as, ā, am (for 1. see above), free from wind, sheltered from wind, not windy, calm, still; (as), m. a calm, a place sheltered from wind.
2. nir-vāda, as, m. (for 1. nir-vāda see under nir-vad, p. 500, col. 2), absence of dispute or railing.
1. and 2. nir-vāpa. See p. 500, col. 2, and above.
2. nir-vāsana, as, ā, am (fr. nis + vāsanā; for 1. nir-vāsana see under nir-vas, p. 500, col. 2), without fancy or imagination.
1. nir-veda, as, m. disgust, loathing, feeling disgust for (with gen. or loc., e. g. jīvite nirvedaḥ, disgust for life); satiety, loathsomeness; despondency, self-disparagement; humility; grief; complete indifference, disregard of worldly objects; despair, desperation; shame.
1. nir-vartya, as, ā, am, to be accomplished, performable, to be pronounced or uttered, pronounceable.
2. nir-vartya, ind. having accomplished, having performed or finished; having ceased, (for ni-vartya.)
2. nir-veda, as, ā, am (for 1. nir-veda see under nir-vid, p. 501, col. 2), not having the Vedas, infidel, unscriptural.
1. nir-hṛtya, as, ā, am, Ved. to be taken out; to be left out or omitted.
2. nir-hṛtya, ind. having taken forth or out, having extracted.
1. nil-ayana, am, n. (for 2. see under ni-lī below), the act of going out.
2. ni-layana, am, n. (for 1. see p. 502, col. 3), settling in a place, alighting; place of refuge, dwellingplace, dwelling, habitation.
1. ni-vacana, am, n. (fr. rt. vac with ni), Ved. expression, address; a proverbial expression; [cf. 1. nir-vacana.]
2. ni-vacana, as, ā, am (ni = nis), (Pāṇ. 1. 4, 76), not speaking; [cf. 2. nir-vacana.]
1. ni-vas, cl. 1. P. -vasati, -vastum, to dwell, inhabit, reside, lodge, live in (with loc.); to sojourn, pass time, pass the night; to roost.
1. ni-vasana, am, n. a dwelling, house, a habitation. (For 2. see under 2. ni-vas, col. 2.)
1. ni-vāsa, as, m. (for 2. see under 2. ni-vas, col. 2), living, dwelling, residing; passing the night; a place of residence, dwelling-place, abode, house; night-quarters.
1. ni-vāsana, am, n. (for 2. see under 2. ni-vas below), living, residing [cf. jagan-n-]; sojourn; passing or spending time.
1. ni-vāsin, ī, inī, i, dwelling, abiding in, inhabiting, an inhabitant, resident.
2. ni-vas, cl. 2. A. -vaste, -vasitum, to put on or wear (clothes), dress; to change one's clothes: Caus. or cl. 10. P. -vāsayati, -yitum, to put on (a garment?).
2. ni-vasana, am, n. (for 1. see under 1. ni-vas, col. 1), putting on (a garment), cloth, clothes, raiment; an under garment.
2. ni-vāsa, as, m. (for 1. see under 1. ni-vas, col. 1), dress (e. g. in carma-nivāsa, dressed in a skin).
2. ni-vāsana, am, n. (for 1. see under 1. ni-vas, above), (with Buddhists) a kind of raiment.
2. ni-vāsin, ī, inī, i (at the end of a comp.), dressed in, wearing, clothed, covered.
1. ni-vāta, as, ā, am (ni = nis), protected against or sheltered from the wind, not reached by the wind, not windy, calm [cf. 2. nir-vāta]; (am), n. a place sheltered from or inaccessible to the wind, a sheltered spot, (sometimes used at the end of a comp. of which the first member expresses the sheltering object, see Pāṇ. VI. 2, 8); a calm.
2. ni-vāta, as, ā, am (ni + vāta fr. van), unimpeded, unhurt, uninjured; secure, safe (as in an asylum); well armed, accoutred in strong mail; (as), m. an asylum, a refuge, a dwelling, &c.; an impenetrable coat of mail; (am), n. security, a secure spot; strong armour.
1. ni-vid, cl. 2. P. -vetti, -veda, -ve-ditum, to tell, communicate, proclaim: Caus. -veda-yati, -yitum, to make known, tell, communicate, report, represent, betray, relate (with dat., loc., or gen. of the person); to present, offer, give, deliver.
2. ni-vid, t, f., Ved. instruction, information, direction, communication, precept, doctrine; invocation; N. of certain sentences or short formularies inserted in a liturgy and containing epithets or short invocations of the gods (e. g. agniḥ suṣamit, hotā deva-vṛtaḥ); (Sāy.) speech, a short text of the Veda.
1. ni-vedya, as, ā, am, to be communicated or related; fit to be reported; (am), n. an oblation, offering food to an idol, (probably for naivedya.)
2. ni-vedya, ind. having respectfully announced or made known.
1. ni-veśya, as, ā, am, to be founded (as a town); to be married (as a man); to be returned or paid.
2. ni-veśya, ind. having placed in or on, having made to remain or dwell.
1. ni-vārya = ni-vāraṇīya.
2. ni-vārya, ind. having suppressed, having forbidden.
1. ni-vṛt, cl. 1. A. (also P. in Fut. Cond. and Aor.) -vartate, -vartitum, to turn back, return, retreat, retire, go back, turn back or away from (with abl.); to recoil; to escape from (with abl.), run away; to cease from, desist from, abstain or refrain from (with abl.); to refuse, decline; to cease; to come to an end, be accomplished; to be finished, stop, set (as the sun); not to occur; to be withheld; to be forbidden; to be reversed; to be occupied or engaged in: Caus. -vartayati, -yitum, to cause to return; to bring back; to turn away, keep back from, restrain; to cause to desist; to drive back, repel; to accomplish, perform, bring to an end, (for nir-vṛt.)
2. ni-vṛt, f. = ni-cṛt, q. v.; [cf. ati-n-, pāda-n-, atipāda-n-.]
1. niś, euphonically substituted for nis before c, ch, &c.
2. niś, cl. 1. P. -neśati, &c., to meditate upon, meditate profoundly, to be absorbed in meditation.
3. niś, f. (perhaps connected with nak fr. rt. 2. naś, or merely a curtailed form of niśā below, which may be connected with ni-śītha and so derived fr. rt. śī with ni; the form niś is defective in nom. voc. sing. du. and pl., acc. sing. du., but may be optionally substituted for niśā in acc. pl. and remaining cases, e. g. niśas or niśās, niśā or niśayā, niḍbhyām [according to some also nijbhyām] or niśābhyām, &c.), night; niśi niśi, every night; mahā-niśi, at midnight.
2. ni-śānta, as, ā, am (for 1. niśānta see under niśā, p. 504, col. 3), tranquillized, quiet, tranquil, patient; (am), n. a house, dwelling, habitation.
2. ni-śāraṇa, am, n. (fr. śṝ with ni), killing, slaughter, slaying.
1. niṣ, euphonically substituted for nis before k, kh, ṭ, &c.
2. niṣ [cf. rt. nikṣ], cl. 1. P. neṣati, &c., to moisten, sprinkle.
1. ni-ṣad (ni-sad), cl. 1. 6. P. -ṣī-dati, -ṣattum, to sit down, lie down, recline; to settle down, sink down; to dwell; to be afflicted, suffer pain: Caus. -ṣādayati, -yitum, to cause to sit down.
2. ni-ṣad, t, t, t, Ved. sitting inactive; (t), f. sitting, especially near the altar at a sacrificial rite; N. of a kind of composition mentioned with Upaniṣad in Mahā-bh. Śānti-p. 1613.
2. ni-ṣṭhā, ās, ās, am (ni for nis), Ved. excelling, eminent, leading; staying or being in (= ni-ṣṭha); (ās), m. a leader, guide; (Sāy.) station, position.
1. niṣ-pad or niṣpād, -pāt, -padī, pāt, footless, having no feet.
2. niṣ-pad, cl. 4. A. -padyate, -pattum, to come forth from, issue, spring from, spring up, arise, be produced, be accomplished, be brought about or effected; to be prepared; to become ripe, ripen: Caus. -pādayati, -yitum, to produce, bring about, accomplish, effect, perform; to make ripe, cause to ripen.
3. niṣ-pad, t, f., Ved. excrement; (according to Sāy. = nir-gacchat.)
1. niṣ-pā (nis-pā, see rt. 1. pā), cl. 1. 2. P. -pibati or -pivati, -pāti, -pātum, Ved. to drink out, drink up, drink from (with abl.), to empty by drinking, exhaust.
2. niṣ-pā (nis-pā, see rt. 3. pā), cl. 2. P. -pāti, -pātum, to defend from (with abl.).
1. ni-spanda, as, m. (fr. rt. spand with ni), throbbing, trembling motion.
2. ni-spanda, as, ā, am (fr. ni for nis + spanda), immovable, still, steady; [cf. ni-ṣpanda.]
1. ni-svana, as, ā, am, Ved., various reading for ni-svara, q. v.
2. ni-svana, as, m. (fr. rt. svan with ni), noise, sound, voice, (often at the end of comps. when the fem. is nisvanā; cf. ratha-n-, uddhatārṇava-n-); (am), ind. with noise or sound; [cf. niḥ-svana.]
1. ni-han, cl. 2. P. -hanti, -hantum, to strike down, strike, kill, destroy; to strike in, fix in, infix; to disregard, neglect: Caus. -ghāta-yati, -yitum, to kill, destroy.
2. ni-han, ā, m. a killer, destroyer.
1. nī, cl. 1. P. A. nayati, -te, anayat (ep. also anayīt), nayeta (ep. also nayīta), nināya (3rd pl. ninyus, anomalous form of Perf. nayām-āsa), ninye, netā (ep. also nayitā), neṣyati, -te (ep. also nayiṣyati), anaiṣīt, aneṣṭa (Ved. forms neṣat, neṣati, neṣi, naiṣṭa, neṣṭa), netum (ep. also nayitum), to lead, guide, conduct, (vyava-hāraṃ nī, to conduct a process); to direct, govern; to lead or bring away, carry away, to lead or bring away to (with acc., dat., or loc.); to carry off for one's self (A.); to marry; to bring a person (acc.) into any state or condition (acc. or loc., e. g. nṛ-patīn vaśam anayat, he brought the kings into subjection; tāṃ duhitṛtve nayati, he brings her into the state of a daughter: sometimes used with a substantive in the same way as 1. kṛ, q. v., e. g. vināśaṃ nī, to destroy; paritoṣaṃ nī, to gratify; vikrayaṃ nī, to sell; duḥkhaṃ nī, to pain; sākṣyaṃ nī, to admit as a witness; ādhānaṃ nī, to give in pledge; śūdratāṃ nī, to reduce to a Śūdra: or with an adverb ending in sāt, e. g. bhas-masād nī, to reduce to ashes); to lead away from, exclude from; to draw (a line &c.); to trace, track; to ascertain, investigate; to settle; to pass or spend (time); to carry, bear; (with daṇḍam) to bear the rod, inflict punishment; to guide in learning, instruct (A.): Pass. nīyate, to be led, &c.: Caus. nāyayati, &c., to cause to lead, &c.; to cause to be carried away: Desid. ninīṣati, -te (Ved. nine-ṣati), to wish to lead, &c.; to wish to take away; to wish to bring to a state; to wish to exclude from (with abl.); to wish to trace or ascertain, investigate [cf. ninīṣā, ninīṣu]: Intens. nenīyate, to lead as a captive, have in one's power, rule; [cf. Gr. [greek] Lith. neshu; Slav. ne-sun, 'I bear.']
2. nī, īs, m. a leader, a guide, (used at the end of a comp.; cf. agra-ṇī, agre-ṇī, ṛta-nī, gāthā-nī, grāma-ṇī, pada-nī, &c.)
1. nīta, as, ā, am, led, guided, conducted; brought, reduced; gained, obtained; well-behaved, correct, modest; (am), n. wealth; corn, grain; [cf. asu-n-, dur-n-, &c.]
3. nī (ni i), cl. 2. P. ny-eti, ny-etum, Ved. to go into, enter, come or fall into, change to; [cf. ny-āya.]
2. nīta, as, ā, am, entered, gone to; (Sāy.) = nitarām prāpta.
1. nīcya, as, ā, am, living below; Ved. an epithet of some nations in the West.
2. nīcya, Nom. P. nīcyati, &c., to be in a low situation, be a slave.
2. nī-raja, as, ā, am (fr. nis + raja for rajas), free from dust; devoid of passion; (with vi-raja) an epithet of Śiva. (For 1. nīra-ja see under nīra, col. 2.)
2. nī-rada, as, ā, am (fr. nis + rada), toothless. (For 1. nīra-da see under nīra, col. 2.)
1. nu, ind. (perhaps related to 1. nava; cf. nūtana), written nū in Ved. at the beginning of a verse and frequently in other places. (As an adverb of time in Ved.), now, still (e. g. nū-ca purā-ca, both now and heretofore; asti svin nu vīryaṃ tat -te, hast thou still that power?). (As an inferential particle in Ved. often beginning the last sentence of a hymn), now therefore, now then, therefore, then (e. g. nū no rāsva, do thou therefore give us): (as an introductory particle, or in encouraging, invoking, inviting, summoning), now, then, pray, come then (e. g. abhi nu mā cakṣamīthāḥ, pray now [Sāy. quickly] have compassion upon me). nu is often employed in questions, both in Vedic and classical Sanskṛt, to strengthen an interrogative pronoun or adverb (e. g. kadā nu, when indeed? kathaṃ nu, how indeed? kva nu, where indeed? kaṃ nu pṛcchāmi, whom can I possibly ask? kiṃ nu syāt, what can that possibly be? kiṃ nu khalu, why in the world?). nu is also used interrogatively in classical Sanskṛt, without an interrogative pronoun, in sentences of two or more clauses (e. g. svapno nu māyā nu mati-bhramo nu, was it a dream? or an illusion of magic? or a mental delusion?). nu also serves as a particle of affirmation, to express 'indeed', 'certainly', 'surely' (e. g. ahaṃ nu akārṣam, Yes, I certainly did so), and often gives emphasis to the word it follows without being itself translateable, in which way it is frequently connected in the Veda with other particles (e. g. with cid in cin nu; with id in in nu; with adha in adha nu; with gha in ghā nu, &c.); but in the Veda nu sometimes means 'never' (especially in the construction nū cit = never, nevermore; in other passages it is said to = 'from this time forward', 'for ever'). In classical Sanskṛt nu is sometimes found in connection with vā, 'or;' and in Rāmāyaṇa II. 72, 27, nu--nu may be translated 'either'--'or.' According to native commentators on the Veda nu often = kṣipram, quickly. According to native lexicographers nu is used in the following senses: pṛcchā, vikalpa, vitarka, anunaya, atīta, apa-māna, hetu, apadeśa; [cf. nū-nam, nū-tana; Zend nū, 'just now;' Gr. [greek] Lat. num, nun-c; Goth. nu-h; Old Germ. nu; Slav. nyne, 'at present.']
2. nu, us, m. a weapon; time; a boat; (probably only at the end of a comp.; cf. nau.)
3. nu, cl. 1. A. navate, &c., to go: Caus. nāvayati, &c., (probably) to move from a place, remove; (according to a Schol.) to make new.
4. nu, cl. 2, or nū, cl. 6. P. nauti, nu-vati, nunāva, naviṣyati, nuviṣyati, anā-vīt, anuvīt, navitum, nuvitum, to roar, cry, low, bray, &c.; to sound; to shout; to exult; to praise, commend (with acc.): Caus. nāvayati, anūnavat: Desid. nunūṣati: Intens. nonūyate, nonoti, to sound loudly, roar, be tumultuous.
5. nu, us, f. praise, eulogium.
1. nūta, as, ā, am, praised, eulogized, lauded, hymned.
1. nud, cl. 6. P. A. nudati, -te, nunoda, nunude, notsyati, -te, anautsīt, anutta, nottum, to push, push on, impel, incite, propel, urge on, push away, drive away, repel, banish; to move, remove; to throw, shoot, cast, send; to raise, lift up (Ved.): Caus. nodayati, -yitum, to push on, incite, excite: Intens. nonudyate, nonotti, to push or impel or drive away repeatedly; [cf. Angl. Sax. nyd-ian, 'to compel;' a-nydan, 'to repel;' niot-an: Goth. niut-an: perhaps Gr. [greek]]
2. nud, t, t, t (at the end of a comp.), driving away, removing, rejecting, repelling.
2. nūta, as, ā, am, = nutta or nunna.
1. nṛt, cl. 4. P. nṛtyati (ep. also -te), nanarta, nartsyati and nartiṣyati, anartīt, nartitum, to dance; to act on the stage; represent (as an actor), gesticulate, play: Caus. nar-tayati, -yitum, to cause to dance: Desid. ninṛt-sati and ninartiṣati: Intens. narnartti, nar-nṛtīti, narinartti, narinṛtīti, narīnartti, narī-nṛtīti, narīnṛtyate, to dance about, dance with vehement gesticulations; (P.) to cause to dance about or to and fro.
2. nṛt, t, f., Ved. dancing, gesticulation, gesture.
1. ned or net, ind. (fr. na + id, and regarded in the Pada-pāṭha as two words), Ved. not, not indeed (Sāy. = naiva); that not; (see Pāṇ. VIII. 1, 30; cf. Zend noiḍ, 'not.')
2. ned [cf. rt. 1. nid], cl. 1. P. nedati, &c., to censure, blame; to be near; to go.
1. nau, the alternative form for the acc., dat., and gen. of the 1st pers. pron., see asmad. nau is an enclitic in the Veda.
2. nau, naus, f. (fr. rt. 4. nu), Ved. speech; [cf. naviṣṭi.]
3. nau, naus, f. (probably fr. rt. snu, but said to be fr. rt. 1. nud; in Ṛg-veda 1. 97, 8, nāvayā is Vedic inst. for nāvā), a ship, a boat, a vessel; (in astrology) N. of a peculiar appearance on the moon; N. of a constellation; [cf. Gr. [greek] [greek] [greek] Lat. nāvis, nau-ta, nāvita, nāv-igare, nav-ig-iu-m; Old Germ. nacho; Angl. Sax. naca; Bavarian naue, 'a ship;' Old Iceland. nau-st, 'a ship station', Noa-tūn; Hib. naoi, noi.]
1. ny-añc, cl. 1. P. A. -acati or -añ-cati, -añcitum, Ved. to bend down, curve down.
2. ny-añc, nyaṅ, nīcī, nyak [cf. nīca, p. 512], going downwards, turned or directed downwards, bent down; lying on the face; low, vile, contemptible, base; whole, entire; slow, lazy; nīcā, inst. c. on the ground, (see p. 512, col. 1); (nyak), ind. downwards, down, humbly.
1. ny-asya, as, ā, am, to be deposited; to be appointed to any office (with loc.); to be delivered.
2. ny-asya, ind. having put down, having laid down, having deposited, having given up, &c.
1. pa, the twenty-first consonant of the Nāgarī alphabet and the first letter of the fifth or labial class, having the sound of the English p.
2. pa, as, ā, am (fr. rt. 1. pā), (at the end of a comp.), drinking; [cf. aneka-pa, ājya-pa, kṣīra-pa, &c.]
3. pa, as, ā, am (fr. rt. 3. pā), (at the end of a comp.), guarding, protecting, ruling; (ā), f. guarding, protection.
4. pa, as, m. air, wind; a leaf; an egg.
1. pac or pañc, cl. 1. P. A. pacati, -te, pañcati, -te, &c., to make clear or evident: Caus. pañcayati, &c., to explain or state fully, amplify; to spread.
2. pac, cl. 1. P. A. pacati, -te, pa-pāca (papaktha or pecitha), pece (perf. part. pecivas, f. pecuṣī), pakṣyati, -te, apākṣīt, apakta (Vedic forms pakṣat, apeciran, peciran), paktum (Ved. paktave), to cook, dress food, bake, roast, boil; to melt (metals &c.); to bake or burn (bricks); to digest; to ripen, mature, bring to maturity; (figuratively) to bring to perfection or completion; to develop anything (acc.) into another state (acc.); to cook for one's self (A.): Pass. pac-yate, to be cooked; to become ripe or mature, to ripen; to arrive at completion or perfection (Mahābh. Anuśāsana-p. 6205); to be developed; to be inflamed: Caus. pācayati, -yitum, Aor. apīpacat, to cause to be cooked, to have cooked, have dressed (as food), to cook; to cause to ripen, to bring to maturity or perfection, bring to completion, bring to an end; to cure, heal; (A. -te), to cause to cook for one's self: Pass. of Caus. pācyate, to be cooked: Desid. pipakṣati: Intens. pāpacyate, pāpacīti, to be much cooked, to cook very much, burn excessively; (figuratively) to be much afflicted: Desid. of the Intens. pāpaciṣati, -te; [cf. Zend pac, 'to cook:' Gr. [greek] [greek] for [greek] for [greek] [greek] Lat. coqu-o, coquu-s, cu-līna, co-quina = pop-īna: Slav. pek-a, 'I cook;' pesh-ti, 'a stove:' Lith. kep-ti, 'to bake.']
3. pac, k, k, k (at the end of a comp.), cooking, baking.
1. paṇ (connected with rt. pan, q. v.), cl. 1. A. and 10. P. A. paṇate, paṇāyati, -te, peṇe or paṇāyāñ-cakre, apaṇīt, apaṇiṣṭa or apaṇāyiṣṭa, to honour, praise.
2. paṇ (probably for original parṇ fr. rt. par or pṝ), cl. 1. A. (ep. also P.) paṇate, -ti, peṇe, paṇiṣyate, apaṇiṣṭa, paṇi-tum, to deal in, barter, purchase, buy; to negotiate, bargain, transact business (Ved.); to bet or stake at play (with gen. of the thing staked, e. g. śatasya paṇate, he stakes a hundred); to play for (with gen.); to stake anything or any person (acc.) on a game; to risk or hazard (a battle &c.); to win anything (inst.) from any one (acc.) at play; [cf. baṇij: Gr. [greek] Lith. pantas: Old Germ. feil; phant.]
1. pat, cl. 4. A. patyate, &c., Ved. to share in, partake of (with loc.); to be master of; to rule, control, possess, be in possession of (with acc. or inst.); to be fit for, serve for (with dat.); [cf. Lat. potior.]
2. pat, cl. 1. P. (ep. also A.) patati, -te, papāta (1st pl. petima, Ved. pap-tima; 3rd pl. petus, Ved. paptus; part. petivas, Ved. paptivas; fem. petuṣī), patitā, patiṣyati, apaptat, patitum, to fly, soar or move rapidly through the air; to go, move, move downwards, alight, sink down, throw one's self down, to throw or cast one's self at (rarely with acc. for loc., e. g. papāta caranau tasyāḥ, he threw himself at her feet); to sink or set (as the sun); to fall, fall down, fall off, fall away; come down, descend (with loc. or acc., e. g. papāta narendrāṇām madhye, he descended in the midst of the princes; pata bhūmim avāk-śirāḥ, fall headlong to the earth, Rāmāyaṇa I. 60, 17); to go down into hell (e. g. narake patanty ete juhvataḥ, such sacrificers go down into hell, Manu XI. 37); to fall (in a moral sense), lose one's caste, forfeit rank or position (e. g. para-dharmeṇa jīvan sadyaḥ patati jāti-taḥ, he who lives by the duties of another class immediately loses caste, Manu X. 97); to fall on, be directed to, light upon (e. g. prasāda-saumyāni satāṃ suhṛj-jane patanti cakṣūṃṣi, the eyes of the good soft with kindness are directed on a friendly person, Śakuntalā, verse 161); to fall upon, fall or devolve to one's lot or share; to fall in or into, be in, (see patita); to fall out, happen, occur, come to pass: Caus. P. patayati, &c., Ved. to fly or hasten away; A. patayate, &c., Ved. to put to flight, throw down; P. A. pātayati, -te, &c., to let fly, fling, hurl; to cause to fall, to fell, cause to sink down or alight, let fall, drop, throw or strike down (e. g. daṇḍaṃ daṇḍyeṣu pātayet, let him cause punishment to fall on those who deserve it, i. e. let him inflict punishment on the guilty; vāyuḥ pātayan mahā-drumān, a wind which throws down lofty trees); to overthrow, ruin; to pour out, shed; to dash out, knock out, strike out; to hew down, lay low (e. g. pātayiṣyāmi rākṣa-sam, I will lay the Rākṣasa low); to throw in, put in or into, cause to enter; to cause to fall (morally), cause to lose caste, cause to sin; (with pāvakam) to set on fire; (with cakṣus, dṛṣṭim, &c.) to cast or direct the eyes, look or glance upon; (with śāpa, a-yaśas, &c.) to lay a curse or reproach upon; (with sthānāt) to cause any one to lose his rank or position, cause to fall, bring into misfortune; (with argha-tas) to depreciate, lower the value of anything; (with or without ātmānam) to throw one's self; (in arithmetic) to subtract; to set in motion, set on foot (? see Rāja-taraṅgiṇī V. 173): Desid. pipatiṣati, pitsati, to wish or expect to fall, be about to fall (e. g. kūlam pipatiṣati, the bank is about to fall in): Intens. panīpatyate, panīpatīti, see Pāṇ. VII. 4, 84; [cf. Gr. [greek] [greek] [greek] [greek] Lat. pet-o, im-pet-u-s, pen-na, acci-pit-er: Old Germ. fedara, fedah or fetah, 'wing;' find-an = Goth. finth-an: Slav. put-i-ca, 'a bird;' pe-ro, 'a feather:' Hib. faoth, faodh, 'a fall:' Cambro-Brit. pyd-u, 'to fall.']
3. pat, t, t, t, flying, falling; [cf. akṣi-p-.]
1. pad, cl. 1. P. padati, &c., various reading for rt. bad, to stand fast or fixed.
2. pad, cl. 4. A. (ep. also P.) pad-yate, pede, patsyate, apādi, pattum, to fall (Ved.); to fall down or drop with fatigue (Ved.); to perish (Ved.); to fall out (Ved.); to go, to go to (with acc.); to attain, obtain, participate in, gain; to turn one's self towards, observe: Caus. P. A. pādayati, -te, to cause to fall (Ved.); to cause to go, &c.; padayate, to go: Desid. pitsate: Intens. panīpadyate, panīpadīti; [cf. Zend pad, 'to go;' padh-a, 'a foot:' Gr. [greek] [greek] [greek] Lat. Ped-u-m, ped-ica, com-pe(d)-s, ped-ūle, pe(d)-s, ped-e(t)-s, ped-es-ter, tri-pod-are, tri-pud-iu-m: Old Iceland. fet-ill, 'fetter:' Goth. fot-u-s, 'foot:' Old Germ. fezz-il, 'fetter;' fuoz, 'foot:' Mod. Germ. fuss: Eng. foot: Lith. pad-a-s, 'a sole;' ped-a, 'a foot-mark:' Hib. faoidh-im, 'I go;' faidh, 'departure.']
3. pad or pād, pāt, m. a foot; a step; a fourth part, quarter; [cf. pāda.]
1. papri, is, is, i (fr. rt. 1. pṛ), leading over, delivering, saving.
2. papri, is, is, i (fr. rt. 2. pṛ), Ved. giving, granting.
1. payasya, Nom. P. A. payasyati, -te, &c., to flow, be fluid.
2. payasya, as, ā, am, made of milk (curds, butter, cheese, &c.), milky; watery; (as), m. a cat; N. of one of the sons of Aṅgiras; (ā), f. coagulated milk, curds (made by mixing sour with hot sweet milk); a shrub, Asclepias Rosea; N. of various plants (= dugdhikā, kākolī, kṣīri-kākolī, svarṇa-kṣīrī, arka-puṣpikā, and kutumbinī-kṣupa); any plant yielding a milky sap, as the Euphorbia, the Asclepias, &c.
2. parā-mṛta, as, ā, am, Ved. one who has overcome death or is no longer subject todeath. (For 1. parāmṛta see p. 534, col. 3.)
1. parā-vṛj, cl. 7. 1. P. -vṛṇakti, -varjati, -varjitum, to lose; to depart, depart from life.
2. parā-vṛj, k, m., Ved. banished (from society), humbled, miserable, an outcast (?); (according to the Scholiast) N. of a person.
1. parā-vṛt, cl. 1. A. (P. in Fut., Cond., and Aor.) -vartate, -vartitum, to turn back, return, to turn round.
2. parā-vṛt, t, m., N. of a son of Rukma-kavaca.
1. pari-kal (see rt. 2. kal), cl. 10. P. -kālayati, &c., to drive about, chase, persecute.
2. pari-kal (see rt. 3. kal), cl. 10. P. -kalayati, &c., to see, observe; to consider as, regard as.
1. pari-kṛt, cl. 6. P. -kṛntati, -kartitum, to cut round, clip, cut off; to exclude from.
2. pari-kṛt, cl. 7. P. -kṛṇatti, -kartitum, to wind round.
1. pari-kṛṣ, cl. 1. P. -karṣati, -karṣṭum, -kraṣṭum, to draw or drag about, to carry about with one; to lead (an army); to ponder, reflect constantly upon; cl. 6. P. A. -kṛṣati, -te, (Ved.) to draw or make furrows, to plough: Caus. -karṣayati, -yitum, to drag to and fro, torment, harass, vex, trouble.
1. pari-krī, cl. 9. P. -krīṇāti, -kre-tum, to purchase, buy, give in exchange, acquire, gain (with inst. or dat. of the price, e. g. śatena or śatāya pari-krī, to buy for a hundred); to hire, engage for hire or for stipulated wages; A. -krīṇīte, -kretum, to recompense, reward.
2. pari-krī, Ved., N. of the second Sādyaskra.
1. pari-gṛhya, as, ā, am, to be taken or accepted, to be regarded, &c.; (ā), f. a woman.
2. pari-gṛhya, ind. having taken or seized; in company with, together with, along with, along; considering, regarding.
1. pari-ci, cl. 5. P. A. -cinoti, -nute, -cetum, to pile up, heap up, accumulate; to collect; to augment, increase; to gather in, acquire, obtain; to fill with: Pass. -cīyate, to be increased or augmented, to grow.
1. pari-caya, as, m. (for 2. see under 2. pari-ci, p. 541, col. 1), heaping up, accumulation.
1. pari-cayanīya, as, ā, am, to be collected or accumulated.
1. pari-cita, as, ā, am, heaped, accumulated, filled with.
1. pari-cetavya, as, ā, am, to be collected together or accumulated.
1. pari-ceya, as, ā, am, to be collected all round or from every side.
2. pari-ci, cl. 3. P. -ciketi, -cetum, Ved. to examine, investigate, search; to familiarize one's self with, accustom one's self to, exercise one's self in, practise; to become acquainted with: Caus. A. -cāyayate, -yitum, to search, seek for.
2. pari-caya, as, m. (for. 1. see under 1. pari-ci, p. 540, col. 3), acquaintance, familiarity, familiar intercourse, conversancy, intimacy; knowledge; recognition; meeting with a friend; trial, practice, repetition, frequent repetition.
2. pari-cayanīya, as, ā, am, to be known.
2. pari-cita, as, ā, am, known, acquainted or familiar with.
2. pari-cetavya, as, ā, am, to be known, fit or proper to be known.
2. pari-ceya, as, ā, am, to be known; to be investigated or searched.
1. pari-cchad (pari-chad), cl. 10. P. -cchādayati, -yitum, to envelop, wrap round, cover, cover up, clothe; to conceal, disguise; to surround with.
2. pari-cchad, t, f. retinue, train, attendants; paraphernalia; (at the end of a comp.) surrounded by, provided with (see senā-p-).
1. pari-jñā, cl. 9. P. A. -jānāti, -jā-nīte, -jñātum, to notice, observe, perceive, recognise; to learn, become acquainted with, ascertain, make sure of, know thoroughly, know exactly or accurately, comprehend.
2. pari-jñā, f. knowledge, accurate ascertainment.
1. pari-tyajya, as, ā, am, to be abandoned or forsaken or deserted; to be given up or resigned.
2. pari-tyajya, ind. having abandoned, &c.; leaving a space, at a distance from (with acc.); with the exception of, excepting.
1. pari-dā, cl. 3. P. A. -dadāti, -datte, -dātum, to give, give away entirely, surrender, deliver up; to intrust, deposit with (with gen., dat., or loc. of the person); to present; to lend: Caus. -dāpayati, -yitum, to cause to be delivered or given up.
2. pari-dā, f., Ved. giving one's self up to the favour or protection of another; surrender; devotion.
1. parī-tta, as, ā, am (for pari-datta), given, given up; entirely given away, delivered up. (For 2. parī-tta see pari-do, col. 2.)
3. pari-dā. See pari-do, col. 2.
2. parī-tta, as, ā, am, clipped or cut round, incomplete, limited, confined, &c.; see p. 552, col. 1. (For 1. parī-tta see under 1. pari-dā, col. 1.)
1. pari-pā, cl. 1. P. -pibati, -pātum, to drink before and after any one (Ved.); to drink up, sip up.
2. pari-pā, cl. 2. P. -pāti, -pātum, to protect or defend on every side, to guard, maintain: Caus. -pālayati, &c., to protect, guard, govern; to keep, maintain; to wait, expect.
1. pari-plāvya, as, ā, am, swimming about, floating around, running (as water).
2. pari-plāvya, ind. having flooded or inundated, having bathed.
1. pari-bādh, cl. 1. A. -bādhate, bādhitum, to ward off, keep off, to exclude, hinder, obstruct, drive away, (Ved. according to Sāy. = parito han); to protect from or defend against (with abl., Ved.); to vex, disturb, annoy, molest, harass, importune, pain: Desid. A. -bibādhiṣate, Ved. to strive to keep or ward off or keep at a distance.
2. pari-bādh, t, f., Ved. hindrance, obstruction, check; an obstructor, hinderer.
1. pari-bhuj (see rt. 1. bhuj), cl. 6. P. -bhujati, -bhoktum, Ved. to span, encompass, embrace.
2. pari-bhuj (see rt. 3. bhuj), cl. 7. P. A. -bhunakti, -bhuṅkte, -bhoktum, to eat up, eat, devour; to feed upon; to use, enjoy; to neglect to feed: Caus. -bhojayati, -yitum, Ved. to possess, enjoy, govern.
1. pari-bhū, cl. 1. P. -bhavati, -bha-vitum (Ved. inf. -bhve), to be round or about anything, encompass, surround, embrace, enclose, contain (Ved.); to circle round, go or fly round (Ved.); to accompany (Ved.); to take care of (Ved.); to guide, govern (Ved.); to be superior, surpass, overcome, subdue, conquer; to pass round, pay no attention to, treat with contempt or disrespect, despise; to disgrace; to injure; to grieve; to disappear (= parā-bhū, q. v.): Caus. -bhāvayati, -yitum, to cause to be surrounded or pervaded; to cause to be saturated or penetrated; to contain, include, comprehend; to conceive, think, reflect, meditate, know, recognise as; to make known.
2. pari-bhū, ūs, ūs, u, Ved. surrounding, embracing, comprehending, pervading; overpowering; surpassing; guiding, governing.
1. pari-mārga, as, m. (for 2. see under pari-mṛj), searching or seeking about; searching for.
1. pari-mṛj, cl. 2. P. -mārṣṭi, mārjitum, -mārṣṭum, to wipe all round, wipe away, wash, wash away, rinse (the mouth), clean, cleanse, purify; to rub, polish; to wipe off, remove by rubbing, efface, remove; to touch lightly, touch, stroke: Intens. -marmṛjyate, Ved. to sweep over; (Sāy. = tejasā chad, to cover with radiance.)
2. pari-mārga, as, m. (for 1. see under pari-mārg, col. 2), wiping off, cleaning; friction, touch.
2. pari-mṛj, ṭ, ṭ, ṭ, or pari-mṛja, as, ā, am, wiping or washing off, cleaning.
1. pari-mṛjya, as, ā, am, to be wiped, to be cleansed; to be touched.
2. pari-mṛjya, ind. having wiped away, having washed the mouth; having polished; having stroked.
1. pari-mṛṣṭa, as, ā, am, wiped away, washed, cleaned, purified; rubbed, stroked.
2. pari-mṛṣṭa, as, ā, am, rubbed, touched; embraced, clasped; invested; spread; pervaded.
1. pari-vardhita, as, ā, am (fr. rt. vardh, to cut, with pari; for 2. see under pari-vṛdh, p. 548, col. 3), cut excavated.
1. pari-vedana, am, n. (for 2. see p. 549, col. 1), complete or accurate knowledge; discussion; anguish, pain, misery; the marrying of a younger brother before the elder; marriage; laying the fire on the sacrificial fire-place; gain, acquisition; (ā), f. shrewdness, wit; foresight, prudence.
1. pari-vṛj, cl. 7. 1. P. -vṛṇakti, -varjati, -varjitum, to leave, forsake, abandon, shun, avoid, quit, cease, leave off: Caus. -varjayati, -yitum, to avoid, shun.
2. pari-vṛj, k, f., Ved. avoiding, removing, (Sāy. = paritaḥ sva-sthāna-tyāga); purification, expiation.
2. pari-vardhita, as, ā, am, increased, augmented.
2. pari-vedana, am, n. (probably a various reading for pari-devana), complaining, lamentation. (For 1. see p. 548, col. 1.)
1. pari-śṛta, as or am, m. or n. (?), ardent spirits; [cf. pari-srut, pari-srutā.]
2. pari-śrita, am, n., Ved. = pari-vṛtam, q. v.
1. pari-ṣad (pari-sad), cl. 1. 6. P. -ṣīdati, -ṣattum, Ved. to sit round.
2. pari-ṣad, t, t, t, Ved. surrounding, besetting; (t), f. an assembly, meeting, audience, congregation, council.
1. pari-ṣvajya, as, ā, am, to be embraced.
2. pari-ṣvajya, ind. having embraced.
1. pari-saṅ-khyā, cl. 2. P. -khyā-ti, -khyātum, to count over, count up, reckon up, calculate, add together; to enumerate.
2. pari-saṅkhyā, f. enumerating one by one, computation; sum; total, a number; an exhaustive enumeration, exclusive specification, limitation to that which is enumerated or expressly mentioned; recapitulation.
1. parīkṣita, as, ā, am, carefully inspected, tried, examined, tested, proved.
2. parī-kṣita, as, m. = parī-kṣit.
2. parī-tta (fr. pari-do, p. 543, col. 2, or identified by some with 1. parī-tta, p. 543, col. 1), cut round, incomplete, limited, circumscribed, not too much, little.
1. pary-añc or pary-ac, cl. 1. P. A. -añcati, -te, -añcitum, Ved. to turn round, revolve.
2. pary-añc, apparently only used in acc. sing. neut. pary-ak, ind. round about, all round, in every direction.
1. pary-ava-sthā, cl. 1. P. A. -tiṣṭhati, -te, -sthātum, to be present or exist everywhere; to rely upon: Caus. -sthāpayati, -yitum, to raise, rouse.
2. pary-avasthā, f. or pary-avasthāna, am, n. opposition, resistance, contradiction.
1. pary-aś, cl. 5. P. A. -aśnoti, -nute, aśitum, Ved. to arrive at, reach, attain (Sāy. = parito vy-āp).
2. pary-aś, cl. 9. P. -aśnāti, -aśitum, to eat.
1. pary-as, cl. 2. P. -asti, Ved. to be in the way; to surpass; to pass or spend (time); (Sāy.) = parito bhū, to be everywhere about.
2. pary-as, cl. 4. P. A. -asyati, -te, -asitum, to throw or cast round, put or place round, put on, spread round, diffuse; to surround, encircle, encompass; to enchase; to entrap, ensnare; to turn round, turn over; to turn away; to throw down, overturn, upset: Pass. -asyate, to fall down, drop, sink down: Caus. to cause to drop, to cause to roll down or shed (as tears).
1. pary-ṛṣ, cl. 1. P. -arṣati, -ar-ṣitum, Ved. to flow round, flow into.
2. pary-ṛṣ, cl. 6. P. -ṛṣati, -arṣi-tum, Ved. to embrace, clasp round, support.
1. parśu, us, m., Ved. a rib; a curved knife, pruning-hook, sickle; N. of a man; (avas), m. pl., N. of a warrior-tribe; (us), f. (according to the Nirukta IV. 6) the supporting or side wall of a well (Ṛg-veda I. 105, 8, but according to Sāy. = pār-śvāsthi); N. of a woman.
2. parśu, us, m. (fr. pṛ, substituted for rt. spṛś), = paraśu, an axe, hatchet.
2. palāśa, am, n. (for 1. see under pala, rt. pal, p. 556, col. 2), a leaf, petal, foliage; the blossom of the tree Butea Frondosa; (as), m. Butea Frondosa; Curcuma Zedoaria; a N. of ancient Behar or Magadha; (ī), f. cochineal; a species of climbing plant (= pattra-vallī, parṇa-vallī, palāśikā); (as, ā, am), green; unfeeling, unmerciful, cruel; (at the end of a comp.) see Gaṇa to Pāṇ. II. 1, 56.
2. palāśin, ī, inī, i (for 1. see under pala, rt. pal), leafy, covered with foliage, having luxuriant foliage; (ī), m. a tree; a species of plant (= kṣīra-vṛkṣa); N. of a city or a village (said to be the modern Plassey); (inī), f., N. of a river issuing from the Śukti-mat.
1. pallava, as, am, m. n. a sprout, shoot, twig, sprig, spray, (literally and as a metaphorical expression for the fingers, toes, and lips; cf. kara-p-, oṣṭha-p-); a bud, blossom; a blade of grass; the extremity of a robe, the loose end of a garment or scarf; spreading, expansion; epithet of a particular position of the hands in dancing; the red dye called a-lakta; love, affection; a bracelet, armlet; unsteadiness moral or physical (?); strength, power (?); a wood (?); (as), m. a libertine, catamite; (ās), m. pl., N. of a people.
2. pallava, Nom. P. pallavati, pallavitum, to put forth young shoots, sprout, bud.
1. paś, for original spaś substituted for rt. 1. dṛś, q. v., 'to see', in certain tenses; [cf. rt. spaś, spaśa: Zend śpaś, 'to see, guard;' śpaś, 'a spy:' Gr. [greek] by metathesis for [greek] in [greek] [greek] Lat. spec-i-o, con-spici-o, specula, speculum, specu-s, spec-to: Old Germ. speh-o-m, spāh-i: Mod. Germ. späh-en: Lith. spega-s, 'a spy:' Hib. faic-im, 'I see;' feach-aim, 'I look, view;' faoch-og, 'an eye.']
2. paś, according to some the form paḍbhis in Ṛg-veda IV. 2, 12, may be connected with a base paś derived fr. rt. 1. paś in the sense of 'sight', 'look', 'eye.'
1. paśu, ind. see! behold!
1. paśya, Ved. or paśyaka, as, ā, am, seeing, beholding, surveying, rightly understanding; [cf. a-p-, a-sūryam-paśyā.]
2. paśya (2nd sing. imperative of rt. 1. dṛś), lo! behold! see! (an exclamation of wonder or admiration.)
3. paś, cl. 10. P. pāśayati, -yitum, to bind; [cf. Zend paś, 'to bind;' Gr. [greek] [greek] Lat. pac-i-sc-or, pax, pac-i-o(n), pang-o, pig-nus, pa-lu-s, com-pe-sc-o, dis-pe-sc-o: Goth. fah-an, 'to catch;' fulla-fah-jan, 'to fulfil;' fagr-s: Old Germ. fuog-a, ga-fuogi, gafag-jan, fah: Cambro-Brit. fasgu, 'to bind or tie in a bundle;' fasgiad, 'a ligation, a tying in a bundle.']
2. paśu, us, m. (fr. rt. 3. paś, 'to bind', like Lat. bestia fr. rt. bandh; also said to be fr. rt. 1. paś; Vedic forms are du. paśvā, acc. pl. paśvas, inst. paśvā, dat. paśve, gen. paśvas), cattle (both singly and collectively), a herd, drove; any smaller animal used as a sacrificial victim, a goat; an animal in general, any domestic animal, (grāmyāḥ paśavaḥ, domestic animals, of which five kinds are enumerated, men, kine, horses, goats, and sheep, to which are sometimes added mules and asses or camels and dogs); a brute, beast, (āraṇyāḥ or vanyāḥ paśavaḥ, wild beasts, beasts of the forest; sometimes said contemptuously of a man; cf. puruṣa-p-); a mere animal in sacred things, an uninitiated person; a victim [cf. nṛ-p-]; an oblation; a subordinate deity and one of Śiva's followers; (with Māheśvaras and Pāśupatas) soul, the Supreme Spirit, the divine soul of the universe; Ficus Glomerata; (u), n., Ved. cattle; an animal, beast; [cf. Lat. pecu; Old Pruss. pecku; Goth. faih-u; Old Germ. fih-u; Mod. Germ. vieh, 'cattle;' perhaps Gr. [greek]]
1. pas, cl. 1. P. A. pasati, -te, pa-situm, a various reading for rt. spaś, q. v.; cl. 10. P. pāsayati, -yitum, a various reading for rt. 3. paś.
2. pas, the pudenda.
1. pā, cl. 1. P. (ep. also A.) pibati (in later works generally written pivati), -te (Ved. pāti), papau, pāsyati, apāt, pātum (Ved. pātave, pibadhyai), to drink, quaff (sometimes with gen. in Ved., e. g. madhvaḥ pibanti gauryaḥ, the white cows drink of the sweet Soma juice); to inhale, swallow (dust); to drink in, imbibe (metaphorically, e. g. piban yaśo mūrtam iva, drinking in as it were embodied glory); to feast on (with the eyes or ears, e. g. taṃ sā papau locanābhyām, she feasted on him with her eyes); to drink up, absorb, swallow up; to drink intoxicating liquors: Caus. pāyayati, -te, -yitum (Ved. -yitavai), to cause to drink, give to drink; to water (horses or cattle): Desid. pipāsati (Ved. pipīṣati), to wish to drink, thirst, thirst for, thirst after: Desid. of Caus. pipāyayiṣati, to wish or intend to give to drink: Intens. pepīyate, to drink greedily or with avidity, drink repeatedly; [cf. Gr. [greek] Fut. [greek] Perf. [greek] [greek] [greek] Aeol. [greek] Lat. po-tu-s, po-ti-o(n), po-tor, po-c-ulu-m, po-tare, bi-b-o, vini-bu-a for vini-bib-a, ex-bu-res, im-bu-o: Slav. pi-ti, 'to drink:' Old Pruss. pou-ton, 'to drink:' Lith. po-ta, 'tippling;' pe-na-s, 'milk;' py-va-s, 'beer:' Angl. Sax. beor: Old and Mod. Germ. bier.]
2. pā, ās, ās, am, (at the end of a comp.) drinking, quaffing; [cf. agre-pā, añjas-pā, ṛtu-pā.]
1. pātavya, as, ā, am, to be drunk, drinkable.
1. pātṛ, tā, trī, tṛ, one who drinks, a drinker.
1. pātra, am, n. a drinking-vessel, goblet, bowl, cup, plate, dish, jar, pot; a vessel in general; a utensil; any kind of sacrificial vase or vessel (comprising various forms of cups, plates, spoons, ladles, &c. so used); the channel or bed of a river; a receptacle of any kind, anything which holds or supports; (metaphorically) a receptacle, a recipient or a person in whom any quality is contained [cf. viśvāsa-p-]; a fit or competent or worthy person, a person worthy to receive gifts, worthy of, fit for (with gen. or loc. or inf., e. g. pātraṃ hy eṣām asi, for thou art worthy or these); a king's counsellor or minister; an actor, dramatis persona; a part in a play; propriety, fitness; an order, command; a leaf; (as), m. a vessel &c.; a measure of capacity = 1 Āḍhaka; (ī), f. a vessel, plate, dish; pot, barrel; a small or portable furnace; an epithet of Durgā; [cf. perhaps Lat. patera; Goth. fodr; Hib. putraice, 'a vessel, pot.']
1. pāna, am, n. (for 2. see col. 2), drinking, drinking spirituous liquors; enjoying; a drink, beverage; a drinking-vessel, cup; a canal; (as), m. a distiller, one who sells spirituous liquors, a publican, inn-keeper; [cf. Lith. pena-s, 'milk.']
1. pānīya, as, ā, am, (for 2. see col. 2), to be drunk, drinkable; (am), n. a beverage, drink; water.
3. pā, cl. 2. P. pāti, papau, pāsyati, apāsīt (Ved. forms pīpāya [Sāy. fr. pyai], pāsati), pātum, to watch, keep, preserve, protect, screen, shelter, defend against (with abl.); to rule, govern; to beware of (with abl); to observe, notice, attend to (Ved.); to oversee, take care of, tend (Ved.); to keep, observe (in this sense also A., Ved.): Caus. (or rt. pal or pāl, cl. 10; or Nom. fr. pāla) P. (ep. also A.) pālayati (-te), -yitum, to watch, keep, protect, screen, defend, be a guardian to; to cherish; to rule, govern; to maintain, keep, observe (as a promise or vow): Desid. pipāsati: Intens. pāpāyate, pāpeti, pāpāti; [cf. Gr. [greek] [greek] perhaps [greek] [greek] perhaps [greek] [greek] = nṛ-pa (?): Lat. pa in pa-vi, pa-bulum, pa-sc-or, pas-tor, Pa-le-s, pā-nis, pe-n-us, penātes, penes, pene-tro: Slav. pit-a-ti, 'to nourish:' Russ. pitayu, 'I feed:' Lith. po-nas, 'a lord;' pe-nas, 'fodder, food;' penu, 'I feed;' pe-mu, 'a shepherd;' pe-tu-s, 'midday:' Goth. fod-yan, 'to feed;' fod-ein-s, 'food:' Angl. Sax. fod-a: Mod. Germ. futter: Eng. food.]
4. pā, ās, ās, am, (at the end of a comp.) keeping, protecting, guarding, screening; [cf. apāna-pā, āprīta-pā, go-pā, tapuṣ-pā.]
1. pāt, ān, ātī or āntī, āt (for 2. see p. 563), guarding, defending, preserving; a guardian, protector.
1. pāta, as, ā, am, (for 2. pāta see under 2. pāt), watched, protected, preserved.
2. pātavya, as, ā, am, (for 1. see p. 559, col. 3), to be guarded or protected.
2. pātṛ, tā, trī, tṛ (for 1. see p. 559, col. 3), a defender, protector, defending (with gen. or acc.); (tā), m. a species of Ocymum (= gandha-pattra).
2. pātra, am, n. a preservative from sin.
2. pāna, as, ā, am, (for 1. see col. 1) Ved. observing, keeping; (am), n. protection, defence; [cf. tanū-p-.]
2. pānīya, as, ā, am, (for 1. see col. 1), to be cherished or protected, to be preserved.
1. pāka, as, ā, am (said to be fr. rt. 1. pā, to drink), Ved. very young; sincere, simple, genuine, inartificial, honest; ignorant; (as), m. the young of animals, a child, an infant; N. of a Daitya slain by Indra; an owl.
2. pāka, as, m. (fr. rt. 2. pac), cooking, baking, roasting, boiling, dressing food; burning (bricks or earthenware); digestion, assimilation of food; ripening, becoming ripe, ripeness; maturity, perfect development (e. g. dhiyas, of the intellect), development of consequences (as of an act done in a former life or of any act); completion, perfection, fulfilment, accomplishment [cf. phala-p-]; greyness of the hair, old age; inflammation, suppuration, ripeness of a boil; an abscess, ulcer; a vessel in which anything is cooked or dressed, cooking utensil (a saucepan, boiler, &c.); the domestic fire; general fear and panic resulting in national disaster or revolution; the subversion of a country; [cf. a-p-, ikṣu-p-, kṛṣṇa-p-.]
1. pāṭhana, am, n. lecturing, teaching.
2. pāṭhana, pāṭhanī, various readings for pānaṭha, pānaṭhī.
1. pāṇa, as, m. (fr. rt. 2. paṇ), a stake at play, a game; trade, traffic; a trader; praise.
2. pāṇa. See col. 3.
2. pāṇa, as, m. = pāṇi, the hand.
1. pāṇya, as, ā, am, (for 2. see p. 563), belonging to the hand (Ved.); a patronymic (= kauṇḍinya).
2. pāṇya, as, ā, am (fr. rt. 1. paṇ), praiseworthy, excellent. (For. 1. pāṇya see p. 562, col. 3.)
2. pāt, m. (fr. rt. 2. pat), falling; sin, wickedness. (For 1. see under rt. 3. pā.)
2. pāta, as, m. (for 1. see under rt. 3. pā), flying, mode of flying, flight; throwing one's self into or down, falling, fall, downfall; alighting, descending; a cast, throw, shot; a stroke (e. g. khaḍga-pāta, a sword-stroke); shedding, discharging, emitting, pouring out; destruction, dissolution; an attack, inroad, incursion; falling out, happening, coming to pass; defect, failing, fault, transgression; (in astrology) a malignant aspect; the node in a planet's orbit; an epithet of Rāhu; (ās), m. pl., N. of a school of the Yajur-veda.
1. pātya, as, ā, am (for 2. see p. 564, col. 1), to be felled, to be caused to fall, to be precipitated; to be inflicted or imposed (as a penalty).
1. and 2. pātavya. See under rts. 1. and 3. pā, pp. 559, 560.
2. pātya, am, n. dominion. (For 1. pātya see p. 563, col. 3.)
1. and 2. pātra. See under rts. 1. and 3. pā, pp. 559, 560.
1. pāna, pānīya, pānta. See p. 560, cols. 1, 2.
2. pāna, as, m. = apāna, breath, breathing out, expiration.
1. pāyu, us, m. the anus.
1. pāyya, as, ā, am, to be drunk, to be caused to drink; (am), n. water; drinking.
2. pāyu, us, m. (fr. rt. 3. pā; for 1. see above), Ved. a guard, protector; N. of a man; (avas), m. pl. protecting powers or actions.
2. pāyya (for 1. see above), protection (at the end of a comp.; cf. nṛ-p-).
3. pāyya, am, n. measure; practice, profession.
4. pāyya, as, ā, am, low, vile, reprehensible, contemptible.
1. pāraka, as, ī, am (for 2. see p. 567, col. 1), carrying over, bearing across, saving, delivering (in ugra-p-, q. v.); enabling to cross (a river or the world).
1. pāraṇa, as, ā, am, (for 2. see p. 567, col. 1), bringing over, carrying across, saving, delivering; (am), n. fulfilling, accomplishing; reading through, reading, studying; the complete text (of a book); (am, ā), n. f., also vrata-pāraṇa, concluding a fast, eating or drinking after a fast, breakfast; [cf. śoṇita-p-.]
1. pāraya, Nom. P. A. pārayati, -te, &c., to bring over, lead over; to be able; (this is also regarded as the Caus. of rt. 1. pṛ, q. v.)
2. pāraya, as, ā, am, able, adequate, fit for.
1. pārayat, an, antī, at, being able, competent.
1. pārayiṣṇu, us, us, u (for 2. see s. v.), Ved. bringing to a successful issue, causing to succeed, victorious.
2. pāraka, as, ī, am (fr. rt. pṝ; for 1. see p. 566, col. 3), satisfying, pleasing; cherishing.
2. pāraṇa, as, m. (for 1. see p. 566, col. 3), satisfying, satisfaction; a cloud.
3. pāraya, as, ā, am, (for 1. and 2. see p. 566, col. 3), satisfying, filling.
2. pārayat, an, antī, at, satisfying, filling.
2. pārayiṣṇu, us, us, u, gratifying, pleasing, satisfying.
1. pārata, as, ī, am (fr. para-tas), see Vārttikā to Pāṇ. IV. 2, 104; (Ved.) N. of a people or country.
2. pārata, as, m. quicksilver; [cf. pārada.]
1. and 2. pāraya, pārayat, pāra-yiṣṇu. See p. 566, col. 3, and col. 1. of this p.
1. pārtha, as, ī, am (fr. pṛthi), Ved. an epithet of twelve sacred texts, ascribed to Pṛthi Vainya, repeated during the ceremony of unction in the Rāja-sūya sacrifice; (as), m. a patronymic of Tānva; (am), n., N. of several Sāmans.
2. pārtha, as, m. (fr. rt. pṛth for prath and connected with pṛthu, wide), a prince, king (= pārthiva); (fr. pṛthā), a metronymic of Yudhi-ṣṭhira, Bhīma-sena, and Arjuna, especially of the last; N. of a son of Paṅgu and king of Kaśmīra; N. of a man; the plant Terminalia Arjuna; (ās), m. pl. an epithet of the five sons of Pāṇḍu.
1. pārśava, as, m. (fr. 1. parśu), a prince of the Parśus.
2. pārśava, as, m. a warrior armed with an axe.
1. pāvan, ā, arī, a (fr. rt. 1. pā), Ved. (at the end of a comp.) drinking; [cf. asṛk-p-, gharma-p-, ghṛta-p-.]
2. pāvan, ā, arī, a (fr. rt. 3. pā), Ved. (at the end of a comp.) protecting; [cf. tanū-p-.]
1. pi, cl. 6. P. piyati, petum, to go, move.
2. pi. See under api.
1. piś, cl. 6. P. A. piṃśati, -te, pipeśa, pipiśe, peśiṣyati, -te, apeśīt, peśitum, Ved. to adorn, deck, decorate, embellish; to prepare, make ready (especially meat, by cutting it up and carving it); to shape, fashion, mould, form; to be decomposed, to be reduced to constituent parts; to be organized; to light, enlighten: Caus. peśayati, Aor. apīpiśat: Desid. pipiśiṣati, pipeśiṣati; Intens. pepiśyate, pepeṣṭi, to be richly adorned.
2. piś, f. an ornament, decoration; (Sāy.) = rūpaṃ hiraṇyādi.
1. pī (probably originally Pass. of rt. 1. pā, q. v.), cl. 4. A. pīyate, pipye, peṣ-yati, apeṣṭa, petum, to drink.
2. pī, īs, īs, i (fr. rt. pyai, q. v.; at the end of a comp.) becoming fat.
1. pīta, as, ā, am (fr. rt. 1. pā), drunk, quaffed; drunk in, imbibed; soaked, steeped, saturated, filled with; (am), n. drinking.
1. pīti, is, f. (for 2. and 3. see p. 578, col. 1), drinking, a draught; a tavern, dram-shop.
1. pītin, ī, inī, i, (at the end of comps.) drinking, having drunk. (For 2. pītin see p. 578, col. 1.)
1. pītha, as, m. (for 2. and 3. see p. 578, col. 1), a drink, draught [cf. go-p-]; (am), n. water; melted butter.
2. pīta, as, ā, am (probably connected with rt. pyai, the colour of butter and oil being yellowish), of a yellow colour, yellow (the colour of the Vaiśyas, white being that of the Brāhmans, red that of the Kshatriyas, and black that of the Śūdras); (as), m. yellow colour; a yellow gem, topaz; a yellow pigment prepared from the urine of kine; N. of several plants, Alangium Hexapetalum (= aṅkoṭha); safflower, Carthamus Tinctorius; Trophis Aspera (= śākhoṭa); (ā), f., N. of various plants, turmeric (= haridrā); a medical plant, Betula, commonly called Atais; a kind of yellow pigment (= go-rocanā); a mystical designation of the letter ṣa; (am), n. gold; yellow orpiment.
2. pīti, is, f. (fr. rt. 3. pā; for 1. see p. 577, col. 2), Ved. protection; [cf. nṛ-p-.]
2. pītha, as, m. protection; [cf. go-p-.]
3. pīti, is, m. a horse.
2. pītin, ī, m. a horse. (For 1. pītin see p. 577, col. 2.)
3. pītha, as, m. the sun; fire; time. (For 1. and 2. pītha see p. 577, col. 2, and above.)
1. pīyūṣa, as, am, m. n. (said to be fr. the Sautra rt. 1. pīy), the first milk given by a cow after calving, biestings; the milk of a cow during the first seven days after calving; any thick fluid, cream, juice (Sāy. = rasa-bhūtam payaḥ, abhina-vam payaḥ); the drink of immortality produced at the churning of the ocean of milk, the food of the gods, ambrosia, nectar; milk; [cf. peyūṣa.]
2. pīyūṣa, Nom. P. pīyūṣati, pīyūṣitum, to become or turn into nectar.
1. pīy (a Sautra rt.), to gladden.
2. pīy, cl. 1. P. pīyati, &c., Ved. to blame, abuse, treat disrespectfully or with contempt; to give pleasure.
1. 2. pīyūṣa. See under pīna, col. 1.
1. puṃs (perhaps a Nom. fr. 2. puṃs below), cl. 10. P. puṃsayati, -yitum, to crush, grind; to pain, punish.
2. puṃs, pumān, m. (voc. puman, the strong cases being fr. pumāṃs, the middle fr. pum, and the weak fr. puṃs, but loc. pl. punsu not puṃsu by Pāṇ. VIII. 2, 65; said to be fr. rt. 3. pā), a male, male being, man [cf. na-p-]; a human being; a servant, attendant; the soul, spirit (= puruṣa; paraḥ pumān, the Supreme Spirit, soul of the universe, Viṣṇu); (in grammar) a word in the masculine gender; [cf. strī-puṃ-napuṃsaka; Lat. mas, mar-is for mas-is, mas-culus, the syllable pu being rejected in these words but appearing in pu-sus, pu-sa, pu-bes perhaps for pu-mes.]
1. putrīya = putriya above.
2. putrīya, Nom. P. putrīyati, &c., to wish or desire a son or children; to treat like a son; Desid. puputrīyiṣati, putitrīyiṣati, putrīyiyiṣati, puputitrīyiyiṣiṣati.
1. and 2. pun-nāman. See under 2. puṃs and put, pp. 578, 580.
1. pur (fr. rt. pṝ), only in inst. pl. pūrbhis, Ved. in abundance, abundantly; (Sāy.) = pūrvakaiḥ stavaiḥ, with former praises.
2. pur (probably an artificial rt. invented to furnish an etymology for puras and purā below), cl. 6. P. purati, puritum, to precede, go before, go at the head, lead.
1. puro-dhā, cl. 3. P. A. -dadhāti, -dhatte, -dhātum, (P.) to place or set before, place foremost or in front, regard before others, value highly, honour, esteem, pay chief attention to, apply one's self to; to weigh, ponder; (A.) to place at the head or in front, to place before, lay down before; to charge, commission, appoint, especially to appoint to priestly functions; to enjoin upon, charge with.
3. pur, ūr, f. (probably fr. rt. pṝ), a rampart, wall; a stronghold, castle, fortress, fortified city, town; the body (considered as the stronghold of the puruṣa, q. v.); intellect (= mahat); N. of a Daśa-rātra (Ved.).
1. puṣ (various reading for vyuṣ, q. v.), cl. 4. P. puṣyati, &c., to divide, distribute.
2. puṣ, cl. 1. P. poṣati, pupoṣa, poṣiṣyati, apoṣīt, poṣitum, cl. 4. P. puṣyati, &c., to be nourished, thrive, prosper, increase (intrans.); to share, divide; cl. 4. P. later also 9. P. puṣyati, puṣṇāti, &c., to nourish, nurture, cherish, foster, rear, bring up; to support, maintain, bear; to cause to thrive or prosper, cause to grow, unfold, develop; to increase (trans.), augment; to further, advance, promote, enhance, aggrandize; to magnify, exalt, extol; to increase in (with acc.), receive, get, possess, have, enjoy; to manage; to exhibit, show, display, evince, make to appear: Caus. poṣayati, -yitum, Aor. apūpuṣat, to nourish, cherish, foster, rear, bring up; to cause to thrive or pros per, take care of, provide for; to cause to be fostered or brought up; to wear, put on: Desid. pupoṣiṣati, pupuṣiṣati, pupukṣati: Intens. popuṣyate, popoṣṭi.
3. puṣ in viśva-p-, q. v.
1. pū, cl. 9. P. A., 1. A. punāti, punīte, pavate (in Bhagaved-gītā X. 31, P.), pu-pāva, pupuve, paviṣyati, -te, apāvīt, apaviṣṭa, pavitum, to make clean or pure, cleanse, purify, clarify, refine; to purge or cleanse from chaff, winnow; to expiate, atone for; to make clear or bright; to purify in passing or by pervading, to ventilate (as the wind); (metaphorically applied to mental operations), to sift, discriminate, discern, distinguish; to think out, contrive, invent, compose; = abhi-gam (according to Sāy. on Ṛg-veda VII. 28, 4, where however, according to some, it may have the sense of 'to scheme or plot'); (A.) to become clean or pure, to become clear, to flow or drop clearly (as Soma); to form a clear conception or distinct notion; cl. 4. A. (properly Pass.) pūyate, to grow or become pure, to be pure: Caus. pava-yati or pāvayati, -yitum, Aor. apīpavat, to cleanse, purify: Desid. pupūṣati, -te, pipaviṣate: Desid. of Caus. pipāvayiṣati; [cf. Gr. [greek] [greek] Lat. pū-ru-s, pu-tu-s, puta-re, poena, punio, poenitet, perhaps pi-u-s, ex-pia-re, pia-culu-m, prū-na: Umbr. pir, 'fire:' Goth. fon = Old Germ. fuir = Angl. Sax. fyr = Mod. Germ. feuer = Eng. fire: Old Germ. bar, 'pure:' Lith. pus-tas, 'desert;' pus-tau, 'I sharpen:' Bohem. pur, 'glowing ashes.']
2. pū, ūs, ūs, u, cleansing, purifying, clarifying (at the end of comps.; cf. anna-pū, uda-pū, keta-pū, ghṛta-pū).
1. pūta, as, ā, am (for 2. see rt. pūy, p. 590), made clean or pure, purified, pure, cleaned, cleansed, clean, washed; threshed, winnowed; expiated, atoned for; bright; contrived, invented, composed; guarded, defended ?; (am), n. truth, speaking truth; (as), m. a conch-shell; white Kuśa grass; the plant Flacourtia Sapida; (au), m. du. the buttocks, (in this sense a wrong reading for puta); (ā), f. an epithet of Durgā.
1. pūti, is, f. (for 2. see rt. pūy, p. 590), purity, purification.
3. pū, ūs, ūs, u (fr. rt. 1. pā), drinking (in agre-pū, q. v.).
2. pūta, as, ā, am (for 1. see rt. 1. pū, p. 589), putrid, foul-smelling, ill-smelling, fetid, stinking.
2. pūti, is, is, i (for 1. see rt. 1. pū, p. 589), putrid, foul-smelling, stinking, fetid, ill-smelling; (is), f. a stench, stink, fetor; putrefaction; (i), n. filthy water, suds; ichor, pus, matter; the substance called civet; a species of grass, = rohiṣa; (i), ind. an expression of censure or blame (after a verb, see Scholiast on Pāṇ. VIII. 1, 69).
1. pṛ, cl. 3. P. piparti, papāra, pa-riṣyati, apārṣīt (mostly Ved.), to bring over, carry over or across, ferry over; to bring out of, deliver from (with abl.); to escort; to protect, uphold, support, sustain, maintain; to bring forward, promote, advance; cl. 9. P. pṛnāti, to protect: Caus. P. (ep. also A.) pārayati (-te), -yitum, Aor. apīparat, to ferry over or across, carry over, conduct through; to bring out, deliver, extricate, rescue, save, protect; to reach the other side of anything, to accomplish, achieve, perform, bring to a conclusion; to keep one's ground, withstand, oppose; to be able or capable; to live; [cf. Zend par, 'to carry across:' Gr. [greek] [greek] [greek] [greek] [greek] Lat. por-ta, por-tu-s, ex-per-i-o-r, peritus, peri-culu-m, par-a-re (?), parere, partus, portare: Goth. far-an, 'to go;' far-j-an, 'to carry:' Old Germ. ar-far-an, 'to perceive;' furt: Angl. Sax. fyrd.]
2. pṛ [cf. rt. pṛṇ], cl. 5. P. pṛṇomi, papāra, pariṣyati, apārṣīt, partum, to please, gratify, delight; to be pleased or delighted.
3. pṛ, cl. 6. A. priyate, papre, pariṣ-yate, apṛta, partum, to be busy or active (in vy-ā-pṛ, q. v.); [cf. Gr. [greek] [greek] [greek] Lat. prec-iu-m, prec-ari; Old Germ. feil, feili = Mod. Germ. feil, 'cheap, venal.']
4. pṛ = rt. pṝ, to fill, q. v.
1. pṛc, cl. 7. P. pṛṇakti, paparca, parciṣyati, aparcīt, parcitum; cl. 2. A. pṛkte or pṛṅkte (sometimes referred to a form pṛñc), papṛce or papṛñce, parcitā or pṛñcitā, parciṣyate, aparciṣṭa, parcitum; cl. 1. A. parcati, &c. (?), to mix, mingle; to bring into contact, connect, unite, join; to be in contact, touch; to fill, satisfy, sate, satiate; to give lavishly, grant bountifully, bestow anything (acc. or gen.) richly upon any one (dat.), lavish upon (Ved.); to increase, augment, multiply; (A.) to fill one's self (?); cl. 1. 10. P. parcati, parcayati, &c., to touch; to hinder, restrain (?); [cf. Gr. [greek] [greek] perhaps [greek] Lat. plec-t-o, am-plec-t-or, plic-o, du-plex, Parca, plag-a: Umbr. tribricu, 'triplicity:' Goth. flah-t-om, 'with folds;' fal-th-a, 'I fold;' flaht, flihtu, fluhtumes: Old Germ. flihtu, flahs = Mod. Germ. Flachs = Eng. flax; flehtan: Mod. Germ. flech-t-en: Angl. Sax. folg-ian: Slav. ple-t-a, 'I plait.']
2. pṛc, k, f., Ved. refreshment; (Sāy.) = prāp-tuṃ kāmayamāna, desirous of attaining, or = bhuj, enjoying; [cf. ghṛta-p-, madhu-p-.]
1. pṛṣṭa, as, ā, am (for 2. and 3. see below), sprinkled.
2. pṛṣṭa, as, ā, am (for spṛṣṭa fr. rt. spṛś), Ved. cleaving or adhering to, in contact with (Sāy. = saṃ-spṛṣṭa, or = ni-ṣikta = ni-hita).
3. pṛṣṭa, as, ā, am (fr. rt. prach), asked, inquired, questioned, interrogated, demanded.
1. peru, us, us, u, Ved. (according to Mahī-dhara) drinking; (us), m. the sun; fire; the ocean; the golden mountain.
2. peru, us, us, u (fr. rt. 1. pṛ; for 1. peru see above), Ved. drawing through, carrying across; leading through, delivering, rescuing; (Sāy. = pūraka, as if fr. rt. pṝ.)
3. peru, us, us, u (fr. rt. pyai), Ved. swelling; causing to ferment; (Sāy. = sarvasya rakṣaka, as if fr. rt. 3. pā); (us), m. a limb, member (?).
1. pautra, as, ī, am (fr. putra), derived from a son or from children, belonging or relating to a son or to children; (as), m. a son's son, grandson; (ī), f. a granddaughter (either in the male or female line, though more usually implying a son's daughter); an epithet of Durgā.
2. pautra, am, n. (fr. potṛ, q. v.), Ved. the office of the Potṛ.
1. paura, as, m. (fr. 1. pur or fr. rt. pṝ?), Ved. 'filling, sating', an epithet of Soma (Sāy. = udara-pūraka); 'filler, increaser', an epithet of the Aśvins; an epithet of Indra (Sāy. = pūrayitṛ); N. of a Ṛṣi the author of the hymns Ṛg-veda V. 73, 74; (ās), m. pl., N. of a dynasty.
2. paura, as, ī, am (fr. pura, see 3. pur), belonging to a town or city, produced in a town or city; (as), m. a townsman, burgher, citizen (opposed to jānapada); = nāgara, a term for a prince engaged in war under certain circumstances and (in astrology) applied to a planet in a state of opposition to other planets; (ī), f. the language or conversation of the servants in a palace; (am), n. a species of fragrant grass (= rauhiṣa).
1. pra (as a preposition or prefix to verbs and their derivative nouns, expressing) before, forward, in advance, in front, onward, forth, away (e. g. pra-gam, to go forward, proceed; pra-sthā, to set out; pra-sthāna, going away, departure; pra-kram, to walk onwards, to begin, commence).
2. pra, as, ā, am (fr. rt. pṝ), filling, fulfilling (at the end of a comp., cf. ākūti-pra, kakṣya-pra, kāma-pra); like, resembling (in ikṣu-pra, kṣura-pra, q. v.).
1. pra-kaṭa, as, ā, am, evident, clear, manifest, apparent, displayed, unfolded, open; public, commonly known, undisguised; visible; prakaṭaḥ so 'stu, let him show himself; (as), m., N. of a man; (am), ind. evidently, clearly, manifestly, visibly; openly, undisguisedly, in public; a-pra-kaṭam, unobservedly; [cf. ava-kaṭa, ut-k-, ni-k-, vi-k-, saṅ-k-.]
2. prakaṭa, Nom. P. prakaṭati, prakaṭitum, to appear, become manifest.
1. and 2. pra-kara. See under pra-kṛ, p. 602, and pra-kṝ, p. 603.
1. pra-kara, as, ī, am (for 2. see under pra-kṝ, p. 603), doing much, doing well; (as), m. aid, assistance, friendship; usage, custom, continuance of a similar practice; respect; seduction, abduction; (ī), f. an episodical incident or interlude inserted in a drama to explain that which follows; theatrical dress or disguise, as wearing a woman's garb, &c.
2. pra-kara, as, m. (for 1. see under pra-kṛ, p. 602), a scattered heap, heap, multitude, quantity, plenty; a bunch of flowers, a nosegay; (ī), f. a kind of song; an open piece of ground; a place where four roads meet; the proper site of any magical operations; (am), n. aloe wood, Agallochum.
1. pra-kṣālya, as, ā, am, to be washed or purified.
2. pra-kṣālya, ind. having washed, having rinsed.
1. pra-gāṇa, am, n. (for 2. see under pra-gai, col. 3), access, approach; [cf. pṛthu-p-.]
2. pra-gāṇa, am, n. (for 1. see under pra-gā, col. 2), singing, song.
1. pra-gṛhya, as, ā, am, to be taken or accepted, to be admitted; (in grammar) to be taken or pronounced separately, not subject to the rules of Sandhi or euphony (as the final ī, ū, and e of the dual terminations whether of nouns, pronouns, or verbs, e. g. kavī etau, 'these two poets;' bandhū etau, 'these two relations').
2. pra-gṛhya, ind. having taken or grasped, carrying away with; with.
1. pra-cintya, as, ā, am, to be reflected or meditated upon.
2. pra-cintya, ind. having reflected or considered.
1. pra-cchad (pra-chad), cl. 10. P. (ep. also A.) -chādayati (-te), -yitum, to cover over, cover, envelop, wrap up; to hide, conceal, disguise, keep secret; to obscure, darken, cloud; to be in the way, be an obstacle; to cover or clothe one's self with (with inst.), put on.
2. pra-cchad, t, f., Ved. a cover, covering; (according to Mahī-dhara = anna.)
1. pra-cchādya, as, ā, am, to be covered; to be hidden or concealed.
2. pra-cchādya, ind. having covered; having obscured or darkened; having hidden or concealed.
1. pra-cchid (pra-chid), cl. 7. P. A. -chinatti, -chintte, -chettum, to cut off, rend away; to cut to pieces, cut through, pierce, split, cleave; to take away, withdraw: Caus. -cchedayati, -yitum, to cause to cut off, to order to be lopped off.
2. pra-cchid, t, t, t, Ved. cutting off, cutting to pieces.
1. pra-jajñi, is, is, i, able to beget (in a-p-, q. v.; for 2. pra-jajñi see under 1. pra-jñā, col. 3).
1. pra-jña, as, ā, am, = pra-jñu, q. v.
1. pra-jñā, cl. 9. P. A. -jānāti, -jā-nīte, -jñātum, to know, understand (especially said of knowing a way or mode of action); to distinguish, discern, discriminate; to know of, know about, be acquainted with; to become aware of, to find out, discover: Caus. -jñapayati, -jñāpayati, -yitum, to show or point out (the way); to discover, betray; to summon, invite.
2. pra-jajñi, is, is, i (for 1. see col. 2), Ved. conversant with.
2. pra-jña, as, ā, am, wise, intelligent, learned; (at the end of a comp.) knowing, conversant with; (ā), f. a clever or sensible woman; intelligence, understanding, intellect, wisdom, knowledge; discernment, discrimination, judgment; device, design, determination; Wisdom personified as the goddess of arts and eloquence, Sarasvatī; (with Buddhists) the energy of the Ādi-buddha.
1. pra-ṇaś (see rt. 1. naś), cl. 1. P. A. -ṇaśati, -te, &c., Ved. to reach, attain.
2. pra-ṇaś (see rt. 2. naś), cl. 1. 4. P. -ṇaśati, -ṇaśyati, -ṇaśitum, -naṃṣṭum, -naṣ-ṭum (the n of the rt. is not changed to ṇ when ś passes into ṣ or is otherwise changed, e. g. pra-naṣṭa, pra-naṅkṣyati), to be lost, disappear, vanish; to escape: Caus. -ṇāśayati, -yitum, to cause to disappear or perish; to allow to be lost, i. e. to leave unrewarded.
1. pra-ṇi-mā, cl. 3. A. -mimīte, mātum (fr. rt. 2. mā), see Scholiast on Pāṇ. VIII. 4, 17.
2. pra-ṇi-mā, cl. 2. P., 3. A. -māti, -mimīte, -mātum (fr. rt. 4. mā), see Scholiast on Pāṇ. VIII. 4, 17, Vopa-deva VIII. 22, IX. 16.
1. pra-ṇī, cl. 1. P. A. -ṇayati, -te, -ṇetum, to lead forwards, advance, conduct, promote; to bring forwards, show, display; to bring; to offer, present; to direct or turn (the eyes) towards; (in liturgical language) to convey the sacrificial fire or water or Soma to its place at the altar; to bring into, reduce to (e. g. vaśam pra-ṇī, to reduce to submission); to bring to pass, effect, accomplish, perform, execute, complete, finish; to apply; to manifest affection, show love or affection, love; to establish, institute, promulgate, teach; to write, compose; to cast, shoot, discharge; to do away with, remove, dispel; (with daṇḍam) to carry the rod, inflict punishment; (A.) to draw in (the breath): Desid. -ṇinīṣati, to desire to lead, wish to conduct (Ved.).
2. pra-ṇī, īs, m., Ved. a leader, conductor; (īs), f. (according to Sāy.) = praṇīyamānā stutiḥ.
1. pra-ṇud, cl. 6. P. A. -ṇudati, -te, -ṇottum, to push or thrust forward, press forward, push on; to drive away, send away, repel, dispel; to scare or frighten away; to set in motion, drive; to stir: Caus. -ṇodayati, -yitum, to push or thrust away; to move, excite; to press any one to do anything; to request any one for anything (with two acc.).
2. pra-ṇud, t, t, t, driving away, frightening or scaring away; forcing away, removing; directing, enjoining, who or what commands or enjoins.
1. prati (an indeclinable particle and prefix to verbs and their derivative nouns; sometimes pratī in composition), towards, in the direction of, to, unto, near to; against, in opposition to, counter; back, back again, again, in return; down upon, upon, on.
2. prati, is, m., N. of a son of Kuśa.
1. prati-gṛhya, as, ā, am, to be accepted, acceptable; one from whom anything may be accepted.
2. prati-gṛhya, ind. having taken or received; bringing up the rear.
1. prati-grāhya, as, ā, am, to be taken or accepted, acceptable, admissible; one from whom anything may be received.
2. prati-grāhya, ind. having caused to accept, having offered.
1. prati-jñā, cl. 9. A. (ep. also P.) -jānīte, -jānāti, -jñātum, to admit, own, acknowledge, recognise, allow, take in good part; to approve, consent; to promise (with gen., dat., or loc. of the person, and acc. or dat. of the thing); to maintain, uphold, assert, affirm, allege; to bring forward or introduce (a topic); to perceive, observe, learn, discern, become aware of; (A.) to confirm, assent, answer in the affirmative; to propose; (P. A.) to remember with regret, remember sorrowfully.
2. prati-jñā, f. admission, acknowledgment; assent; a solemn declaration, agreement, engagement, promise, vow; a statement, assertion, affirmation, declaration, allegation; (in logic) a proposition, the assertion to be proved, the first member or avayava of the five-membered Nyāya syllogism (in the usual standing example = 'this hill is fiery'); (in law) a plaint, complaint, indictment; (ayā), ind. by express rule; in the manner laid down.
1. prati-druh, cl. 4. P. -druhyati, -drohitum, -drogdhum, -droḍhum, to injure in return, retaliate an injury.
2. prati-druh, dhruk, k, k, or dhruṭ, ṭ, ṭ, seeking to injure in return, wishing to retaliate an injury.
1. prati-dhā, cl. 3. P. A. -dadhāti, -dhatte, -dhātum (mostly Ved.), to place on, place within; to put back; to replace, restore, give back to (with loc. or dat.); to fix (an arrow on the bowstring); to put to the lips (in drinking, Ṛg-veda IV. 27, 5); to set (the foot) upon; to offer, present; to use, employ; (A.) to begin, commence; to draw near, come on (said of the night).
2. prati-dhā, f., Ved. putting to the lips (in drinking); a draught.
1. prati-pad, cl. 4. A. -padyate, -pattum, to set foot on, step upon, step up to; to light upon, meet with, find; to go towards, approach, betake one's self to, resort to, take refuge with; to go into, enter; to arrive at, reach, attain; to gain, get, obtain, share, partake of; to receive back, regain, reobtain, recover; to go back, return; to walk, roam, wander, go; to perceive, observe, become aware of, become conscious of; to find out, discover; to obtain a knowledge of, become acquainted with, learn; to comprehend, understand, know; to regard as, consider, deem; to affirm, admit; to answer affirmatively, express assent, comply with, consent, agree, promise; to permit, allow; to avow, acknowledge; to begin to speak, begin to answer, commence a reply; to apply one's self to, perform, practise, observe, fulfil, accomplish; to do anything to any one (with loc. or gen.), undertake anything against, proceed against; to act towards; to take place, occur, transpire; to give, give up, restore, return; uttaram prati-pad, to give an answer: Caus. -pādayati, -yitum, to cause to go back, bring back, lead back; to convey or transport to (a place); to cause to attain, cause to share in, cause to partake of; to give to (with loc., dat., or gen.), deliver over, present, bestow; to communicate, impart, teach; to declare, represent, assert; to establish, substantiate, prove; to explain, expound, make clear; to consider, regard as, deem; to appoint to, install in (with loc.); to procure; to prepare; to effect, cause: Desid. of Caus. -pipādayiṣati, to wish or intend to explain or analyze.
2. prati-pad, t, f. access, ingress, entrance, way; beginning, commencement; an introductory verse or stanza; the first day of a lunar fortnight, the first day of the moon's increase or wane (especially of the former, cf. prati-padā); understanding, intelligence, intellect; rank, consequence; a kettle-drum.
2. prati-pūjya, as, ā, am, to be treated with respect, to be honoured.
2. prati-pūjya, ind. having done homage to, having exchanged respectful salutations.
1. prati-bhā, cl. 2. P. -bhāti, -bhā-tum, to shine upon (with acc.); to appear, seem (e. g. iti pratibhāti me manaḥ, so it seems to my mind); to come in sight, present one's self, offer one's self to (with gen. or acc.); to appear clear to the mind, flash upon the thoughts, come into the mind, occur to (e. g. nottaram pratibhāti me, no answer occurs to me); to fall to the lot of, come into the possession of (with gen. or acc.); to seem fit, appear good, please (with acc.).
2. prati-bhā, f. an image; look, appearance, manifestation; light, splendor [cf. niṣ-pratibha]; reflected light; a flashing thought, bright idea, brilliant conception; understanding, intelligence, intellect (especially as opening or expanding); genius, wit, ingenuity; audacity, boldness, impudence, confidence; pleasingness, suitableness; (as, ā, am), clear, bright; intelligent, clever (?).
1. prati-bhū, cl. 1. P. -bhavati, -bhavitum, to be equal to or on a par with (with acc.): Caus. -bhāvayati, -yitum, to observe, consider, become acquainted with: Pass. of Caus. -bhā-vyate, to be considered or regarded as.
2. prati-bhū, ūs, m. a surety, security, bail.
1. prati-mā, cl. 2. P., 3. 4. A. -māti, -mimīte, -māyate, -mātum, to imitate, copy (Ved.); to compare.
2. prati-mā, ās, m. a creator, maker, framer (Ved.); (ā), f. an image, likeness, resemblance (frequently at the end of comps. in the sense of 'like, similar, resembling, equal to', e. g. amara-p-, like an immortal), picture, figure, idol; a symbol; a reflection; measure, extent; the part of an elephant's head between the tusks; a metre consisting of twelve syllables.
1. prati-vas (see rt. 5. vas), Caus. P. -vāsayati, -yitum, to dress, clothe.
2. prati-vas (see rt. 6. vas), cl. 1. P. -vasati, -vastum, to dwell near, live at; to live, dwell.
1. prati-saṅ-khyā (-sam-khyā), cl. 2. P. -khyāti, -khyātum, Ved. to count or reckon up, count, number.
2. prati-saṅkhyā, f. consciousness.
2. praty-āyana, am, n. (for 2. see under praty-e), leading home (a wife), marrying (?); (am, ā), n. f. producing assurance, proving, demonstrating, making clear or intelligible, analyzing, explaining, expounding.
1. pratīkṣya, as, ā, am, to be looked at, to be considered or regarded, worthy of consideration; respectable, venerable; to be looked forward to or expected, to be waited for; to be upheld or maintained, to be fulfilled.
2. pratīkṣya, ind. having looked at, having considered, having expected.
1. pratīṣ (prati-iṣ; see rt. 3. iṣ), cl. 6. P. pratīcchati, praty-eṣitum, praty-eṣṭum, to strive after, seek (Ved.); to receive; to receive (a command), follow, attend to, observe, obey.
2. pratīṣ (prati-īṣ, see rt. īṣ), cl. 1. A. pratīṣate, pratīṣitum, to stretch out towards.
1. pra-tṛd, cl. 7. P. A. -tṛṇatti, tṛntte, -tarditum, Ved. to thrust through with a spit, spit, pierce.
2. pra-tṛd, t, t, t, Ved. splitting up, piercing; (t), m. an expression substituted for the name of Tṛtsu.
1. praty-abhi-jñā, cl. 9. P. A. -jānāti, -jānīte, -jñātum, to recognise again; to come to one's self, recover one's consciousness.
2. praty-abhijñā, f. recognising again, recognition; N. of a philosophical work.
1. praty-abhy-anu-jñā, cl. 9. P. A. -jānāti, -jānīte, -jñātum, to dismiss any one when taking leave.
2. praty-abhyanujñā, f., Ved. leave, permission.
1. praty-ava-sthā, cl. 1. P. A. -tiṣṭhati, -te, -sthātum, to stand alone or separately; to attain to again, reattain, recover: Caus. -sthāpayati, -yitum, to cause to stand firm; (with ātmānam) to collect one's self, recover.
2. praty-avasthā, f. = pary-avasthā, q. v.
1. praty-as (see rt. 1. as), cl. 2. P. -asti, Ved. to be equal to, to be a match for; to rival, emulate, vie with; (according to Sāy. = prati-nidhir as.)
2. praty-as (see rt. 2. as), cl. 4. P. -asyati, -asitum, to throw towards, throw down; to turn over, turn round; to throw off, put away, let go.
1. praty-āyana, am, n. leading home (a wife), marrying; setting (of the sun); (am, ā), n. f. making intelligible, analysing, explaining, explanation; proving, &c. See under pratī.
2. praty-āyana. See praty-e, p. 629.
2. praty-āyana, am, n. (for 1. see under pratī, p. 623), setting (of the sun).
1. prath, cl. 1. P. A. prathati, -te, paprātha, paprathe, prathiṣyate, a-prathiṣṭa, prathitum, (P.) to spread, extend (trans.), prolong (Ved.); (P. A.) to spread, stretch, extend (intrans.); (A.) to become larger or wider, increase; to be spread abroad (said of fame, of a name, of a speech or rumour); to become well known, become famous or celebrated; to come to light, appear, arise; to occur (to the mind): Caus. P. A. prathayati, -te, -yitum, Aor. apaprathat, to spread, stretch, extend (trans.); to increase, augment, enhance, aggrandize; to spread abroad, proclaim, celebrate; to bring to light; to unfold, disclose, reveal, display, show, manifest, evince, to shine upon, give light to (with acc., Ṛg-veda III. 14, 4); (A.) to stretch, extend, increase (intrans., Ved.).
1. prathayat, an, antī, at, spreading out, extending; bringing to light, displaying, making manifest; seeing, beholding.
2. prath or pṛth, cl. 10. P. prātha-yati or parthayati, -yitum, to throw, cast; to extend.
2. prāthayat, an, antī, at, throwing, casting.
1. pra-dāna, am, n. (for 2. pra-dāna see below), giving, offering, presenting, bestowing, granting [cf. pāṇi-p-, vara-p-]; an oblation (especially one made by fire); the words or sacred texts recited during an oblation by fire (for pradāna-mantra); imparting, communicating, teaching [cf. veda-p-, and see Manu II. 171]; giving away in marriage; applying (a clyster); a gift, present.
2. pra-dāna, am, n. (fr. rt. 3. dā with pra), a goad. (For. 1. pra-dāna see above.)
1. pra-diś, cl. 6. P. -diśati, -deṣṭum, to point out, show; to signify, announce, declare, communicate, make known; to direct; to appoint, ordain, prescribe, instruct; to urge on, incite; to assign; cl. 4. P. -diśyati, &c., to grant: Caus. -deśayati, -yitum, to urge on, incite: Intens. -dedeṣṭi, to animate (Ved.).
2. pra-diś, k, f. pointing to, pointing out; direction, order, command, instruction; a direction, quarter, region of the sky (of which from four to seven are enumerated in the Veda; pitryā pradiś, the region of the Pitṛs, i. e. the south; pradiśo gatam, gone towards all quarters of the heavens); an intermediate point of the compass or half quarter, as north-east, south-west, &c.
1. pra-duh, cl. 2. P. A. -dogdhi, -dug-dhe, -dogdhum, to milk; to yield milk or any desired object.
2. pra-duh, -dhuk, k, k, milking, milking well.
1. pra-dviṣ, cl. 2. P. A. -dveṣṭi, -dviṣṭe, -dveṣṭum, to feel dislike or repugnance for, dislike, hate; to show one's hatred.
2. pra-dviṣ, ṭ, ṭ, ṭ, feeling dislike or repugnance for, disliking, hating.
1. pra-dhāv, cl. 1. P. A. -dhāvati, -te, -dhāvitum, to run forwards, run forth, run away; to set out, start; to become diffused, spread; to pervade, permeate: Caus. P. -dhāvayati, -yitum, to drive away, drive.
2. pra-dhāv, cl. 1. P. A. -dhāvati, -te, -dhāvitum, to wash; to rub off: Caus. -dhāva-yati, -yitum, to cause to wash; to wash.
1. pra-dhmā, cl. 1. P. -dhamati, -dhmātum, to blow before or in front, blow forth, blow away, destroy; to blow into (with acc.): Pass. -dhmāyate, to be blown or tossed about, wander about: Caus. P. A. -dhmāpayati, -te, -yitum, to blow into, blow (a conch shell).
2. pra-dhmā, ās, ās, am, blowing violently.
1. pra-pad, cl. 4. A. -padyate, -pat-tum, to go forwards, set out for, betake one's self to, resort to; to attain to, arrive at, reach; to take refuge with, flee to for safety, fly to for succour; to enter upon, enter into, set foot on; to come to a particular state, arrive at a condition; to become (with adv. ending in sāt, e. g. sarpa-sāt prapad, to become a serpent); to attain, obtain, gain, partake of, share in; to perceive; to come on, draw near, approach, appear (said of periods of time); to be going on, to proceed; to take effect, prosper; to deal with, act towards, behave towards; to allow, admit, assent, agree to; to throw one's self down, fall down (at another's feet); to fall upon, attack, assault, assail (Ved.); adhvānam prapad, to set forth on the way, begin a journey; jina-śāśanam prapad, to embrace the doctrines of Jina: Caus. P. A. -pādayati, -te, -yi-tum, to cause to enter, introduce: Desid. P. A. -pitsati, -te, to wish to enter; to desire to obtain; to be going to undertake.
2. pra-pad, t, f., Ved. a way; N. of particular sacred texts; (fr. pra + 3. pad), the fore part of the foot.
1. pra-pā (see rt. 1. pā), cl. 1. P. -pibati (Ved. -pāti), -pātum, to begin to drink, drink, quaff, sip; (with cakṣuṣā) to drink in with the eyes, feast the eyes upon.
2. pra-pā, f. (according to the usual rule the nom. sing. would be pra-pās), a place for watering cattle, a shed on the road-side for accommodating travellers with water, place where water is distributed, cistern, (according to Kullūka = pānīya-dāna-gṛha); a draught; a supply of water.
1. pra-pāyin, ī, inī, i, drinking, one who drinks.
3. pra-pā (see rt. 3. pā), cl. 2. P. -pāti, -pātum, to protect, defend from (with abl.): Caus. -pālayati, -yitum, to guard, screen, defend, protect.
2. pra-pāyin, ī, inī, i, protecting (?).
1. pra-bala, as, ā, am (see bala), prevailing, predominant; strong, powerful, mighty, great; violent (as pain); important, significant; abounding with; dangerous, pernicious; (as), m., N. of an attendant of Viṣṇu; of a Daitya; a sprout, shoot (= pra-bāla); (ā), f. a kind of plant (= pra-sāriṇī); (am), ind. strongly, exceedingly, much.
2. prabala, Nom. P. prabalati, &c., to become strong or powerful.
1. pra-budh, cl. 4. A. -budhyate, -bodhitum, to wake up, wake, awaken (intrans.); to bloom, blossom; cl. 1. P. -bodhati, to wake up, wake, awake (trans.); to become sensible or aware of, perceive, observe, regard: Caus. -bodhayati, -yitum, to wake up, wake, awaken (trans.); to make sensible, cause to know, inform, admonish; to try to convince, persuade; to instruct, teach (with two acc.); to explain; to cause to expand or bloom; to stimulate (by gentle friction).
2. pra-budh, bhut, t, t, Ved. attentive, watching for; (t), f. awaking.
1. pra-bodhya, as, ā, am, to be awakened.
2. pra-bodhya, ind. having awakened; having instructed, having explained; having apologized.
1. pra-bhā, cl. 2. P. -bhāti, -bhātum, to shine forth, shine, gleam; to begin to become light, begin to dawn; to appear, seem; to illuminate, enlighten.
2. pra-bhā, f. light, splendor, radiance, effulgence [cf. acira-p-, dhūma-p-]; a ray of light; the shadow of the gnomon on a sun-dial; Light variously personified (as wife of the Sun; or as wife of Kalpa and mother of Prātar, Madhyan-dina, and Sāya, i. e. of Morning, Midday, and Evening; or as a daughter of Svar-bhānu and mother of Nahusha); a N. of Durgā; of an Apsaras; of a herdsman's wife; of the city of Kuvera; a kind of metre, four times [metrical sequence]; N. of a commentary by Vaidya-nātha on the Kāvya-pradīpa; of a commentary on the Śabda-kaustubha.
1. pra-bhid, cl. 7. P. -bhinatti, -bhettum, to split asunder, split, cleave; to pierce, bore, break open, open: Pass. -bhidyate, to be broken to pieces, crumble (intrans.); to bud forth, open, expand (as a flower); to split, divide (intrans.).
2. pra-bhid, t, t, t, splitting or tearing asunder, splitting, cleaving.
1. pra-bhuj (see rt. 1. bhuj), cl. 6. P. -bhujati, -bhoktum, to bend forwards, incline, bend.
2. pra-bhuj (see rt. 2. bhuj), cl. 7. P. A. -bhunakti, -bhuṅkte, -bhoktum, to begin to eat; to protect, govern (?).
1. pra-mad, cl. 4. P. -mādyati, -madi-tum, to enjoy one's self, be joyous, sport, play, gambol (Ved.); to be regardless of, be indifferent to (with abl.); to pay no attention to, give no heed to, neglect, be heedless about (with loc.); to neglect duty for, idle away time in (with loc.); Caus. P. A. -mādayati, -te, -yitum, to make light of, ridicule; (A.) to enjoy, indulge in (Ved.).
2. pra-mad, t, f., Ved. lust, desire.
1. pra-mā, cl. 2. P., 3. 4. A. -māti, -mimīte, -māyate, -mātum, to measure; to form, frame, make; to arrange, set in order; to form a correct notion of (anything), understand; to conjecture: Caus. -māpayati, -yitum, to cause correct knowledge, afford proof or authority, give proof.
2. pra-mā, f. basis, foundation (Ved.); a measure (Ved.); true perception, correct notion, accurate conception, true and certain knowledge, knowledge exempt from all error; consciousness, perception; a kind of metre.
1. pra-mita, as, ā, am, meted out, measured; known, understood; established by argument, demonstrated, proved; measured off, limited, few, little; (at the end of a comp.) measuring, of such and such measure or extent, of such and such size.
2. pra-mita, as, ā, am (for 1. see above), Ved. erected, built.
1. pra-mud, cl. 1. A. -modate, -mo-ditum, to become joyful, rejoice greatly, exult, be delighted: Caus. -modayati, -yitum, to make glad, delight, exhilarate.
2. pra-mud, t, t, t, pleased, happy; (t), f., Ved. gladness, delight, pleasure; sensual pleasure.
1. pra-yaj, cl. 1. P. A. -yajati, -te, -yaṣṭum, Ved. to sacrifice to, offer sacrifices, worship.
2. pra-yaj, k, f., Ved. an offering, oblation; [cf. pṛkṣa-p-.]
1. pra-yas, cl. 4. 1. P. -yasyati, -ya-sati, -yasitum, to endeavour, labour, strive after (with dat.).
2. prayas, as, n. (fr. rt. 1. prī), Ved. pleasure, enjoyment, delight; an object of enjoyment, delicate or dainty food, refreshing draught or beverage; a sacrifice; prayāṃsi nadīnām, the refreshing waters of rivers (Sāy. = nadīnām prīṇayi-trīṇi jalāni); (ās, ās, as), valuable, precious (?).
1. pra-yā, cl. 2. P. -yāti, -yātum, to go forwards, proceed onwards, advance, progress; to go forth, go away, depart: Caus. -yāpayati, -yi-tum, to cause to proceed: Desid. -yiyāsati, to wish to advance.
2. pra-yā, ās, f. (or m. ?), Ved. rushing upon, assailing, an attack, assault; (Sāy.) an attacking or assailing force.
1. pra-yuj, cl. 7. A. -yuṅkte, -yok-tum, to join to, harness, yoke; to make use of, use, employ; to apply; to bestow, grant, give, lend; to impose, inflict on (with loc. or gen. of the person); to put in front; to appoint, invest (in an office), install; to instigate, impel, direct towards; to cast, hurl, throw (a missile); to conduct; to perform, practise; to befit, become, be fitting or appropriate: Caus. -yojayati, -yitum, to use, employ; exact (interest, Manu III. 112); to perform, practise.
2. pra-yuj, k, k, k, joining, connected with (literally or figuratively, as a cause, motive, &c.); (k), f., Ved. a team of horses; impulse, motive, cause; acquiring, acquisition; prayujāṃ havīṃṣi or pra-yug-ghavīṃṣi, Ved., N. of twelve oblations, one of which is to be offered in each month.
2. pra-yoga, as, m. (for. 1. prayo-ga see under 2. prayas), joining together, combination, connection; adding, addition; application, employment; reducing to practice, use, usage, practice [cf. bhūri-p-, samyak-p-]; ceremonial form, course of proceeding; act, action, effort; (in gram.) a form commonly employed, form usually occurring, usual form; a general precept; employment of drugs; application of charms or magic, magic, magical rites; offering, presenting; employment of money, investment, lending money on usury; principal, loan bearing interest, profits of usury or trade; appointing, appointment; hurling, throwing, casting, sending (a missile); undertaking, beginning, commencement; a design, device, plan, contrivance; means, instrument; exhibition (of a dance), performance, representation (of a drama); recitation, delivery; a formula to be recited, sacred text, authority; fascinating, subduing (?); cause, motive, occasion, object; consequence, result; an example, comparison; a horse [cf. pra-yāga]; prayogais, ind. by use of means.
1. pra-yudh, Desid. A. -yuyutsate, to wish to fight.
2. pra-yudh, t, t, t, Ved. attacking, assailing (Sāy. = pra-yoddhṛ).
1. pra-ruh, cl. 1. P. -rohati, -roḍhum, to grow up, shoot forth, shoot up, grow; to heal up (as a wound).
2. pra-ruh, ṭ, ṭ, ṭ, shooting forth, growing up like a plant; (ṭ), f., Ved. a shoot, a new branch.
1. pra-vayaṇa, am, n. (fr. rt. vī = rt. aj; for 2. see under pra-ve, p. 645, col. 1), a goad; [cf. prājana.]
1. pra-vas (see rt. 5. vas), cl. 2. A. -vaste, -vasitum, to put on (clothes), to dress.
2. pra-vas (see rt. 6. vas), cl. 1. P. -vasati, -vastum, to live afar off, dwell abroad; to order to live abroad, banish to (with loc.): Caus. -vāsayati, -yitum, to cause to live afar off, order to dwell abroad, banish, exile.
1. pra-vā, cl. 2. P. -vāti, -vātum, to blow forth, blow violently, blow; to smell, yield a scent: Caus. -vāpayati, -yitum, to dry up, dry.
2. pra-vā, (ās?), f., Ved. blowing, blowing away, (pra-vā upa-vā, blowing to and fro); N. of a daughter of Daksha.
1. pra-vid, Caus. -vedayati, -yitum, to make known; to possess knowledge or wisdom, know, understand (Ved.): Intens., Ved. -vevidīti, to find often, obtain frequently.
2. pra-vid, t, f. making known, proclaiming, proclamation (Sāy. = pra-vedana).
1. pra-veśya, as, ā, am, to be entered; to be pervaded; to be played (as a musical instrument); to be led or conducted into, to be brought into; to be placed in or upon.
2. pra-veśya, ind. having caused to enter into, having sent or thrown in, having sent or thrown into.
1. pra-vṛt, cl. 1. A. (also P. in Fut., Cond., and Aor.) -vartate, -vartitum, to go or roll forwards, roll on, flow onwards, proceed, make progress, go on well; to come forth, come into being, arise, be produced; to become, exist; to happen, take place, come to pass; to begin, commence (with acc. or inf.); to engage in, enter upon, be occupied in (with loc.); to behave, conduct one's self; to hold good: Caus. -vartayati, -yitum, to cause to proceed; to cause to flow onwards; to set in motion or action, instigate, urge, excite; to throw, cast; to produce, create; to devise, invent.
2. pra-vṛt, t, f., Ved. = pra-vṛtti.
2. pra-vayaṇa, am, n. (for 1. see p. 642, col. 1), the upper part of a piece of woven cloth.
1. pra-śasya, as, ā, am, to be praised or commended, praiseworthy, laudable, commendable; excellent, eminent, distinguished; to be called happy, to be congratulated; [cf. pra-śaṃsya.]
2. pra-śasya, ind. having praised or recommended.
1. praśna, as, m. basket-work, a plaited basket.
2. praśna, as, m. (fr. rt. prach), a question, demand, inquiry, interrogation, query [cf. kuśula-p-]; judicial inquiry or examination [cf. sākṣi-p-]; a controverted question, point at issue, subject of inquiry, controversy, (praśnam pra-brū, to decide a controverted point; praśnam i, to lay a question before any one (acc.) for decision; praś-nas tava pitari, the point at issue is before thy father, i. e. it is submitted to him to decide); a problem for calculation; inquiry into the future (in astrology; cf. divya-p-, deva-p-, daiva-p-); a particular number of verses of the Veda repeated from memory by a pupil to his Guru, a task, lesson, repetition; a term applied to short sections in various works.
1. pra-saṅ-khyā, cl. 2. P. -khyāti, -khyātum, to count or reckon up, number, enumerate, calculate.
2. pra-saṅkhyā, f. total number, sum; reflection.
1. pra-sāda, as, m. clearness, brightness, pellucidness, transparentness, limpidness, purity, cleanness [cf. ambu-p-]; clearness of style, perspicuity; calmness, tranquillity, absence of excitement, repose, composure; serenity of disposition, good humour, good temper; graciousness, propitiousness, favour, kindness, kind behaviour [cf. duṣ-p-, dṛk-p-]; approbation; Kindness personified as a son of Dharma and Maitrī; a propitiatory offering or gift, food offered to a god (= prasāda-dravya, prasādānna); the remnants of food presented to an idol or left by a spiritual teacher (both of which any one may freely appropriate to his own use); free gift, gratuity; well-being, welfare; N. of a commentary on the Prakriyā-kaumudī; prasādāt, abl. c. through the kindness of, by the favour of.
2. prasāda, Nom. P. prasādati, prasāditum, to be clear or bright.
1. pra-samīkṣya, as, ā, am, to be considered or weighed or discussed.
2. pra-samīkṣya, ind. having looked at; having reflected upon, having considered.
1. pra-siti, is, f. (for 2. see p. 648, col. 2), a ligament, binding, tie, fetter.
1. 2. and 3. pra-sava. See under 1. and 2. pra-su, col. 2, and 2. pra-sū, p. 649.
1. pra-sah, cl. 1. A. -sahate, -sahi-tum, -soḍhum, to bear up against, be able to withstand, sustain, endure; to overpower, conquer, defeat; to make an effort; to be able (with inf.).
2. pra-sah or pra-sāh, -sāṭ, m. (acc. pra-sāham), overpowering; an epithet of Indra, (Sāy. = śatrūṇām abhibhavitā, the overcomer of foes); force, violence.
1. pra-sahya, as, ā, am, to be resisted, to be conquered or defeated; a-prasahya, not to be resisted, irresistible.
2. pra-sahya, ind. having withstood, having sustained; having overpowered or conquered; forcibly, violently, by violence, by force; exceedingly.
2. pra-siti, is, f. (fr. rt. so with pra; for 1. see pra-sayana, p. 647), Ved. a track, path, course (as of fire &c.); an attack, assault; a throw, cast, shot; stretch, reach, extent, compass; duration, series, succession (e. g. dīrghām anu pra-sitim, in long succession); dominion, power, authority, influence; (Sāy.) = jvālā, a flame; = bandhana, confinement.
1. pra-su, cl. 5. P. A. -sunoti, -sunute, -sotum, Ved. to press or squeeze out Soma juice, extract the juice of the Soma plant (Sāy. = somā-bhiṣavaṃ kṛ).
1. pra-sava, as, m. (for 2. see under 2. pra-su below), Ved. pressing out Soma juice.
2. pra-su (sometimes written pra-sū), cl. 1. P., 2. 4. A. -savati, -sūte, -sūyate (properly a kind of reflexive passive form), -sotum, -savitum, to procreate, beget, generate, engender; to bring forth, be delivered of, bear: Pass. -sūyate (ep. also P. -ti), to be begotten by (with abl.); to be brought forth by, be born of (with loc.).
2. pra-sava, as, m. (for 3. see under 2. pra-sū, p. 649), procreating, generating, procreation, generation; the production of young, bringing forth or bearing young, childbirth, parturition, delivery, travail, labour; conception; birthplace, source, origin; offspring, young, progeny, posterity, (antaḥ-p-, containing offspring, pregnant; kisalaya-p-, the offspring of a twig, a young shoot); a flower, blossom [cf. kanaka-p-, pīta-p-]; fruit.
1. pra-savitṛ, tā, m. (for 2. see under 2. pra-sū, p. 649), a procreator, generator, father; (trī), f. bringing forth, a mother.
1. pra-savin, ī, inī, i (for 2. see under 2. pra-sū, p. 649), bringing forth, having or bearing young, producing.
1. pra-sū, ūs, ūs, u (for 2. see p. 649), bringing forth, bearing [cf. pitṛ-p-, putrikā-p-, strī-p-]; fruitful, productive; (ūs), f. a mother; a mare; a young shoot, tender grass or herbs, sacrificial grass, (Sāy. = prasavitry oṣadhī); a spreading creeper, the plantain.
1. pra-sūti, is, f. procreating, procreation, begetting, generating; bringing forth, bearing; calving; laying eggs; birth, production, generation; coming forth, growth (of fruits, flowers, leaves; cf. phala-p-); a production, product; a procreator, begetter; one who brings forth, a mother; offspring, children, progeny; N. of a daughter of Maru and wife of Daksha.
2. pra-sū, cl. 6. P. -suvati, -savitum, Ved. to urge forwards, incite, excite, animate.
3. pra-sava, as, m. (for 1. and 2. see under 1. and 2. pra-su, p. 648), Ved. urging forwards, setting in motion, being set in motion; a current, course, stream; rousing up, excitement, animation; ordering, enjoining; furtherance, assistance, help; pursuit, acquisition; one who urges on or excites.
2. pra-savitṛ, tā, trī, tṛ (for 1. see p. 648, col. 3), Ved. urging forwards, setting in motion, exciting, animating; (Sāy. = prakarṣeṇābhijñātṛ.)
2. pra-savin, ī, inī, i (for 1. see under 2. pra-su, p. 648), urging forwards, exciting (?) .
2. pra-sūti, is, f. (for 1. see under 2. pra-su), urging forwards, impelling, commanding; permission.
1. pra-sārya, as, ā, am, to be changed into a vowel.
2. pra-sārya, ind. having stretched forth, having put forth, having held out.
1. pra-sthāpya, as, ā, am, to be sent away, to be dispatched.
2. pra-sthāpya, ind. having sent forth, having dispatched.
1. pra-han, cl. 2. P. -hanti, -hantum, to kill, slay.
2. pra-han in a-prahan, q. v.
1. pra-hā, cl. 3. P. -jahāti, -hātum, to forsake, desert, leave, quit, abandon; to depart from; to throw, cast, fling: Pass. -hīyate, to be forsaken or relinquished, to be neglected; to fail, be lost, perish, disappear, vanish; to cease.
2. pra-hā, f., Ved. a good throw at dice, gain, winnings; an advantage; (Sāy. = pra-hantṛ, a smiter, as if fr. 1. pra-han.
1. pra-hi, cl. 5. P. -hiṇoti, -hetum, to send forth, dispatch, send to (with dat. or gen. or acc. of the person and acc. of the thing); to shoot (an arrow from a bow), send, cast, throw, discharge; (Ved.) to rouse up, urge on (?); to propitiate (?).
1. pra-hita, as, ā, am (for 2. see below), sent forth, sent, dispatched; shot, discharged (as an arrow from a bow); appointed, commissioned [cf. a-p-]; gaurīviteḥ prahitaḥ, N. of a Sāman; (am), n. sauce, gravy, condiment.
2. prahi, is, m. (said to be fr. pra-hṛ), a well.
2. pra-hita, as, ā, am (fr. pra-dhā, p. 631, col. 3; for 1. see above), put forth, placed; stretched out, extended; suitable, appropriate; learned (?).
1. prā [cf. rt. pṝ], cl. 2. P. prāti, paprau, prāsyati, aprāsīt (Ved. aprās), prāyāt or preyāt, prātum, Ved. to fill: Pass. prā-yate, to be filled or full.
2. prā, ās, ās, am, Ved. filling (at the end of comps.; cf. antarikṣa-prā, kratu-prā).
1. prāṇa, as, ā, am (for 2. see under 1. prāṇ, p. 654, col. 3), filled, full, replete.
1. prāṇ or prān (pra-aṇ or pra-an), cl. 2. P. prāṇiti (according to Vopa-deva IX. 27, also prāniti), &c., to breathe in; inhale, inspire; to blow (as the wind, Ved.); to live; to smell (intrans.): Caus. P. A. prāṇayati, -te, Aor. prāṇiṇat, to cause to breathe, give life to, animate: Desid. prāṇiṇiṣati.
2. prāṇ (pra-aṇ), ṇ, ṇ, ṇ, breathing (?); see Pāṇ. VIII. 4, 20.
2. prāṇa, as, m. (for 1. see under rt. 1. prā, p. 652), breathing, breath, respiration, inspiration and expiration, breath of life, spirit, vital action or life generally, vitality; a vital organ, organ of sense, vital air, (the vital airs are variously enumerated as three, viz. prāṇa, apāna, and vy-āna; or five, viz. prāṇa, apāna, sam-āna, vy-āna, ud-āna; or with the other vital organs six or seven, or nine or ten, or thirteen; the fivefold enumeration being however the most usual; and the first of the five or prāṇa being used from its seat in the lungs to express pre-eminently life and vitality); air inhaled, wind; circulation of nutriment, digestion; the place of breathing, the mouth and nose (?); any one as dear as the breath of life, any beloved object (e. g. tvam me prāṇaḥ, thou art as dear to me as the breath of life; cf. pati-prāṇa); the spirit (as opposed to the body); the spirit or life of a poem, poetical talent, inspiration; the soul (= puruṣa); vigorous action, energy, strength, power, might [cf. yathā-prāṇām]; breathing, aspiration (in the pronunciation of letters); a breath as a measure of time, viz. the time required for the pronunciation of ten long syllables = (1/6) Vināḍikā; N. of a Kalpa, the sixth day in the light half of a month of Brahmā; myrrh; a mystical expression for the letter y; an epithet of Brahma the Supreme Spirit; N. of a son of the Vasu, Dhara; of one of the eight Vasus; of a Marut; of one of the seven sages in the second Manv-antara; of a son of Dhātṛ; of a son of Vi-dhātṛ the brother of Dhātṛ; (ās), m. pl. the five vital airs or modes of inspiration and expiration collectively (see above); life, vitality, the vital organs or organs of sense, (according to Kullūka, Manu IV. 143, prāṇāḥ = cakṣur-ādīnīndriyāṇi); (prā-ṇān muc, to resign or lay down one's life; prāṇān hā or pari-tyaj, to quit life; prāṇān rakṣ, to save life; prāṇān ni-han, to destroy life); prā-ṇais, ind. with all the soul, with all the strength, with might and main; [cf. Gr. [greek] Cambro-Brit. fion, 'the breath or respiration, a puff of breath, a sigh.']
2. prāṇāyana, as, m., Ved. the offspring of the vital airs (in Vājasaneyi-Saṃhitā XIII. 54; according to Mahī-dhara prāṇāyana = prāṇasyāpatya).
1. prāp (pra-āp), cl. 5. P. A. prāp-noti, prāpnute, prāptum, to attain to, reach, arrive at; to extend, stretch; to come upon, light upon, meet with, find; to obtain, get, gain, win; to obtain as a husband or wife; to bring upon one's self, contract, incur (e. g. daṇḍam prāp, to incur a fine); to suffer, endure (e. g. vadham prāp, to suffer capital punishment); to flee to (e. g. diśaḥ prāpan, they fled to the various quarters, i. e. they fled in all directions); to pass or be changed into (in gram.), to follow (a grammatical rule); to be present, be at hand (Ved.): Caus. prāpayati, -te, -yitum, to cause to attain to, cause to reach or arrive at, cause to occupy; to lead to, bring to; to promote or advance to, appoint to (an office); to drive to; to cause to obtain or gain, cause to possess, give anything to any one (with two acc.); to tell, announce (Rāmāyaṇa VII. 103, 10): Desid. prep-sati, to try to attain or get at, strive to reach.
2. prāp, p, p, p, (at the end of a comp.) obtaining.
1. prāpa, as, m. (for 2. see p. 658), arriving at, reaching, attaining, obtaining; [cf. duṣ-p-.]
1. prāpya, as, ā, am, to be attained, to be arrived at, attainable, obtainable, acquirable, procurable [cf. sukha-p-]; proper, fitting, suitable.
2. prāpya, ind. having attained to or arrived at; having come upon or met with; having obtained or gained; having incurred; having suffered or endured.
2. prāpa, as, ā, am (fr. pra + ap), abounding with water, watery (?).
1. prāleya, as, ī (?), am (anomalously fr. pra-laya), produced by melting; (am), n. (according to some also as, m.), hail, snow, frost, hoar-frost (so called as being easily dissolved), dew.
2. prāleya, Nom. P. prāleyati, -yitum, to resemble hail.
1. prāś (pra-aś, see rt. 1. aś), cl. 5. P. A. prāśnoti, prāśnute, prāśitum, Ved. to arrive at, reach, (Sāy. = prakarṣeṇa vy-āp); to fall to the lot or share of any one (with acc.).
2. prāś (pra-aś, see rt. 2. aś), cl. 9. P. A. prāśnāti, prāśnīte, prāśitum, to begin to eat, begin eating; to take into the mouth; taste (Manu II. 62); to eat, consume, devour; (A.) to drink; to enjoy, sport with, dally with (with inst.): Pass. prāśyate, to be fed: Caus. prāśayati, -yitum, to cause to eat or devour, give to eat, feed.
3. prāś, ṭ, f., Ved. food, provisions.
1. prāśya, as, ā, am, to be eaten, eatable, edible.
2. prāśya, ind. having eaten, having tasted or sipped.
1. and 2. prāśya. See under 2. prāś, col. 2.
1. prās (pra-as, see rt. 1. as), cl. 2. P. prāsti, &c., Ved. to be in front of, be in an especial manner or extraordinary degree; to be preeminent, excel, preponderate, (Sāy. = pra-bhū.)
2. prās (pra-as, see rt. 2. as), cl. 4. P. prāsyati, prāsitum, to throw forth, cast away, hurl forth, fling forth; to throw, cast, discharge (a missile); aṃśam prās, to cast lots.
1. prāsādīya, Nom. P. prāsādīyati, &c., to imagine one's self to be in a palace.
2. prāsādīya, as, ā, am, belonging to a palace, palatial.
1. prī, cl. 9. (and 1 ?). P. A. prīṇāti, prīṇīte, prayati (?), -te (?), piprāya, pi-priye, preṣyati, -te, apraiṣīt, apreṣṭa, pretum (Vedic forms are prīṇāhi = prīṇīhi, piprīhi, api-pres, apiprayat, piprayasva), (P.) to please, delight, gladden, cheer, regale; to act kindly to, show kindness to, show grace or favour to any one (with acc.); to take pleasure in, delight in (with gen. or loc.); to love; (A.) to be pleased or gratified, be glad or cheerful: Pass. prīyate (by some regarded as cl. 4. A.; ep. also P. prīyati), to be pleased or gratified, be glad or cheerful; to feel affection for, regard with affection, love; to be satisfied, assent: Caus. prīṇayati (according to Siddhānta-kaum. p. 150 also prāpayati, and according to Vopa-deva XVIII. 12 also prāyayati), -yitum, Aor. api-prīṇat, to give pleasure to, please, delight, gratify; to act kindly or graciously to, treat kindly: Desid. piprīṣati, -te, Ved. to wish to please or propitiate: Intens. peprīyate, peprayīti, pepreti; [cf. Zend frī, 'to love, praise;' fry-a, 'beloved, a friend:' Gr. [greek] fr. a rt. [greek] for [greek] [greek] (Ion. [greek]), [greek] perhaps Lat. pla-ceo, pla-co, pius for prius (?), loe-tus for ploe-tus (?), filius = priya (?): Goth. fri-j-on, 'to love;' frijond-s, 'a friend;' fria-thva, 'love', = priya-tva; faihu-freiks, 'money-loving, avaricious:' Old Germ. fra-o, fro, 'joyful;' friunt, 'a friend;' fri-du, fri-da, 'peace;' friu-dil, fri-del, fre-del, 'a minion, favourite:' Old Slav. pri-ja-ti, 'to provide;' pri-ja-telu = Russ. prijāteli = Lith. preteliu-s, 'a friend:' Cambro-Brit. priawd.]
2. prī, īs, īs, i, in adha-prī, kadha-prī, ghṛta-prī, &c., q. q. v. v.
1. prīṇa, as, ā, am (for 2. see s. v.), pleased, satisfied.
2. prīṇa, as, ā, am (fr. 1. pra), old, ancient, former (= praṇa, purāṇa).
1. pruṣ [cf. rt. pluṣ], cl. 5. 9. 10. P. A. pruṣṇoti, pruṣṇute, pruṣṇāti, pruṣṇīte, pruṣāyati, -te, proṣitum, Ved. to scatter or sprinkle down in drops, rain, shower, wet, moisten (in these senses probably fr. pra + ukṣ; Sāy. = sic); cl. 9. P. pruṣṇāti, to become moist or wet, become unctuous; to pour out, sprinkle, shed, discharge; to fill; cl. 1. P. proṣati, to burn (in this sense probably fr. pra + 1. uṣ); [cf. Old Germ. frus, 'to be cold;' Mod. Germ. frieren, Frost.]
2. pruṣ, ṭ, ṭ, ṭ, sprinkling, (at the end of comps.; cf. abhra-p-, ghṛta-p-.)
1. prekṣya, as, ā, am, to be looked at, to be regarded or observed [cf. duṣ-p-]; to be seen, visible, apparent, brilliantly conspicuous; to be looked at patiently, to be suffered or endured; worthy of being seen, sightly, conspicuous; N. of a Śabdālaṅkāra.
2. prekṣya, ind. having looked at, having beheld or observed.
1. preṣ, cl. 1. A. preṣate, &c., to go, move; (also read hreṣ.)
2. preṣ (pra-iṣ, see rt. 1. iṣ), cl. 4. P. A. preṣyati, -te, preṣitum, to drive forth, drive away, drive forwards, drive on; to send forth, send out, utter; to hurl, fling, cast; (P.) to call upon, invite, summon (in Vedic ritual said technically of the presiding priest at a sacrifice calling upon the assistant priests to commence a recitation or a ceremony; with acc. of the object, e. g. sāma preṣyati gāya brūhīti vā, he calls upon an assistant priest with the words 'Sing' or 'Say' to commence the recitation of a Sāman; also with gen. of the object; also with dat. of the deity to whom the recitation is addressed or the sacrifice offered, e. g. agnaye preṣya, call upon an assistant priest to commence the offering or to commence the hymn to Agni); Caus. preṣayati, -yitum, to send forth, send away, dismiss; to send into exile, banish; to send, dispatch; to send word to, send a message to; to hurl, fling, cast, throw; to turn or direct (the eyes).
3. preṣ, ṭ, f., Ved. pressing, pressure; (ṭ, ṭ, ṭ), pressing, urging on, (Sāy. = preraka.)
1. protkaṇṭha (pra-ut-), as, ā, am, stretching out or lifting up the neck.
2. protkaṇṭha, Nom. Caus. P. -kaṇṭhayati, -yi-tum, to awaken longings, excite desires in (with acc.).
1. proha in proha-karaṭā, f. (proha, 2nd sing. Impv. of proh), a various reading for prehi-kaṭā, q. v.
2. proha, as, m. (fr. rt. 2. ūh with pra), logical reasoning; an elephant's foot; the ankle of an elephant; a joint, a knot; (as, ā, am), skilful, clever; reasoning logically, a reasoner, disputant.
1. plāvya, as, ā, am, to be submerged or inundated; to be steeped or soaked in anything (with inst.); to be jumped or leaped.
2. plāvya, ind. having caused to float or swim; having immersed or flooded; having washed away.
1. psā, cl. 2. P. psāti (3rd pl. Impf. apsus or apsān), papsau, psāsyati, ap-sāsīt, psāyāt or pseyāt, psātum, Ved. to chew, masticate, eat, consume; to go; [cf. Old Germ. spīsa, 'food;' Mod. Germ. speise.]
2. psā, f. eating, food; hunger.
1. pha, the twenty-second consonant of the Nāgarī alphabet and the second letter of the fifth or labial class, being the aspirate of p, and said to be pronounced like ph in uphill, loophole.
2. pha, as, ā, am, evident, manifest; (as), m. the performance of a mystical rite by which Kuvera's attendants are propitiated; increasing, swelling, enlarging, expanding; an augmenter, increaser; fruitfulness, fertility, gain; a high wind, a gale; yawning with the mouth wide open; (am), n. blowing, panting; bursting with a popping noise (as air bubbles &c.); bubbling, boiling; angry speech; unprofitable or idle speech; [cf. phā.]
1. ba, the twenty-third consonant of the Nāgarī alphabet and the third of the labial class, often confounded with the semivowel v, with which some grammarians consider it optionally interchangeable.
2. ba, as, m. a N. of Varuṇa; water; a water-jar. According to lexicographers ba also = bhaga, gandhana, vapana, &c.
1. bata, ind. (in the later language vata), Ved. an interjection of astonishment, sorrow, or regret, generally translatable by ah! oh! O! alas! alack! wo! woe! (the word bata seems originally to have stood immediately after the idea beginning the sentence and giving rise to the interjection, e. g. bato batāsi yama, alas! thou art a weak person, O Yama.) According to native lexicographers the senses in which bata may be used are expressed by the following Sanskṛt words, kheda, anu-kampa, anu-krośa, vi-smaya, āścarya, san-toṣa, dhṛti, ā-mantraṇa, nindā, sam-bodhana.
2. bata, as, m. (probably for vata, past pass. part. of rt. van, q. v.), Ved. (according to the Nirukta) a weak or feeble person.
1. badh, to bind, for bandh, col. 2.
2. badh, used only in Desid. A. bī-bhatsate, to abhor, detest, &c. See bībhatsa (which is by some considered to belong to rt. bādh).
3. badh for vadh, to kill, &c., substituted in some tenses of rt. han. See vadh and han.
1. barhiṣṭha, as, ā, am, strongest, &c. See var-hiṣṭha. (For 2. barhi-ṣṭha see p. 675, col. 1.)
1. bal [cf. rt. val], only occurring in Intens. balbalīti, &c., Ved. to whirl round in a circle.
2. bal [cf. rt. bhal], cl. 1. P. ba-lati, babāla, &c., to breathe, live; to hoard grain; to prevent or obstruct wealth; A. balate, to speak; to hurt, to kill; to give, (in this sense a various reading for rt. bhal); to describe [cf. rt. bhal]; cl. 10. P. balayati, -yitum, to breathe, live; bālayati, -yitum, to support, nourish, foster, cherish, bring up, rear; A. bālayate (a various reading for bhālayate), to explain, describe.
1. balāya, as, m. a species of tree, Capparis Trifoliata (= bala).
2. balāya, Nom. P. balāyati, -yitum, to put forth strength.
1. balita, as, ā, am, strong ?; (am), ind. strongly; [cf. 2. balita at p. 677, col. 1.]
2. balita, as, ā, am (for 1. see p. 676, col. 1), wrinkled, having wrinkles, wizened.
1. bāhava, am, n. (fr. bahu), see Gaṇa Pṛthvādi to Pāṇ. V. 1, 122.
2. bāhava, as, am, m. n., Ved. the arm (= bāhu).
1. bāhu, us, m. (fr. rt. bah for baṃh, said to be fr. rt. bādh; by some grammarians 1. bāhu is said to be both m. and f.; for 2. bāhu see col. 3), the arm, (bāhū udyamya, raising the two arms; lakṣmaṇo rāmasya dakṣiṇo bāhuḥ, Lakṣmaṇa is Rāma's right arm; ājānu-bāhu, one whose arms reach as far as his kness; cf. ud-b-, ūrdhva-b-); the fore-arm, the arm between the elbow and the wrist, (opposed to pra-gaṇḍa, q. v.); the fore-foot of an animal, (according to the commentators especially the upper part of the forefoot, but perhaps also the lower part; cf. pṛśni-b-); the whole upper extremity of the body (in medicine, as opposed to sakthi, the lower extremity); the limb of a bow (Ved.); the bar of a chariot-pole (Ved.); a door-post [cf. dvāra-b-]; (in geometry) the base of a right-angled triangle, leg of a triangle, side of an angular figure [cf. bāhu-pratibāhu]; the shadow of the gnomon on a sun-dial; the constellation Ārdrā, (in this sense also ū, m. du.); N. of a Daitya; of a prince (enumerated among eighteen who brought ruin upon their families by their illegal actions, Mahā-bh. Udyoga-p. 2731); of a son of Vṛka; of a son of Vajra; (adjective compounds having bāhu in the sense of 'arm' at the end and applied to the names of persons make their fem. in ū); [cf. Zend bazu, 'the arm;' Gr. [greek] Lat. brachium; Old Norse bog-r = Old Germ. buoc, 'a bow, bend.']
1. bāhula, am, n. (for 2. see p. 684, col. 1), mail or armour for the arms; N. of a place in Dakṣiṇāpatha.
2. bāhu (fr. bahu, p. 677, col. 2), occurring at the beginning of compounds as follow. (For 1. bāhu see col. 1.)
2. bāhula, as, ī, am (fr. bahula; for 1. see p. 683, col. 3), manifold, see Gaṇa Saṅkalādi to Pāṇ. IV. 2, 75; (as), m. the month Kārttika (when the moon is near the Pleiades; fr. ba-hulā, the Pleiades); (as), m. fire; N. of a prince; of a son of Śākya-muni; (am), n. manifoldness, a term in grammar implying the optional applicability of different rules.
1. budh, cl. 1. P. A. bodhati, -te (Ved. Impv. 2nd sing. bodhi, but this is often referred to rt. 1. bhū), bubodha, bubudhe, bo-dhiṣyati, -te, abudhat, abodhīt, abhutsat, abud-dha, bodhitum, and more commonly cl. 4. A. (ep. also P.) budhyate (-ti), bubudhe (part. bubudhāna), bhotsyate, abodhi or abuddha (1st sing. abhutsi, 1st pl. abhutsmahi, 2nd pl. abhuddhvam), bhut-sīṣṭa, boddhum (Ved. budhi, Sāy. = bodhe sati; budhanta, abudhram, bodhiṣat, bubodhas; the original sense may have been 'to fathom a depth, penetrate to the bottom;' cf. budhna); to observe, mark, heed, regard, attend to (with acc. or gen.); to perceive, notice, become acquainted with, recognise; to know, understand, comprehend; to think, reflect; to deem, consider, regard as, esteem as (with two acc.); to recover consciousness (after a swoon or after sleep &c.), come to one's senses; to wake up, awake; to admonish: Caus. bodhayati (Ved. also -te?), -yitum, Aor. abūbudhat (Ved. part. bubu-dhāna, q. v.; Pres. part. Pass. bodhyamāna, q. v.), to cause to observe or attend, excite the attention of (with acc.); to cause to know or understand, render intelligible, make known, inform, teach; to revive, re-animate, restore to life, to bring any one to his senses, cause to listen to reason, admonish, advise; to remind any one of anything (with two acc.); to raise, cause (a perfume); to wake, wake up, rouse; to wake (metaphorically), cause (a flower) to expand: Desid. bubodhiṣati, -te, bubudhiṣati, -te, bu-bhutsate, to wish to observe, desire to become acquainted with: Intens. bobudhyate, boboddhi: [cf. Zend bud, 'to observe, to awake:' Gr. [greek] [greek] [greek] Lat. fundus: Goth. bud, 'to bid;' biuda, bauth, budum: Angl. Sax. bytne, botm, beodan, boda, bodian: Old Germ. biutan: Mod. Germ. biete, ge-biete: Slav. bud-i-ti, 'he awakens;' bud-e-ti, 'to wake:' Russ. bdju, 'I wake;' bodrüi, 'wakeful:' Lith. bund-u, Inf. bu-deti, 'to wake;' bud-ru-s, 'wakeful.']
2. budh, bhut, t, t, wise, prudent [cf. a-b-]; waking, awaking [cf. uṣar-b-].
1. bundh, cl. 1. P. bundhati, = rt. bund above; cl. 10. P. bundhayati, yitum, to bind.
1. bṛh, cl. 6. P. bṛhati, &c., to make effort, to raise, &c. See rt. 1. vṛh.
2. bṛh (in the later literature written vṛh, see rt. 2. vṛh), cl. 6. P. bṛhati, bṛṃ-hati, barhitum, Ved. to grow, increase.
3. bṛh in bṛhas-pati, col. 2.
1. brahmaṇya (fr. brahman), Nom. P. brahma-ṇyati, &c., Ved. to pray, be prayerful or devout, to be religious.
2. brahmaṇya, as, ā, am, relating or belonging to Brahma or Brahmā; devoted to sacred knowledge; fit for a Brāhman; friendly to Brāhmans; religious, pious; (as), m. an epithet of Kārttikeya; the planet Saturn; the mulberry tree, Morus Indica; the plant Saccharum Munjia; (ā), f. an epithet of Durgā; (Ved.) devotion, (in this sense fr. the Nom.; according to Sāy. n. pl. = brahmāṇi stotrāṇi havir-lakṣaṇāny annāni vā.)
1. bha, the twenty-fourth consonant of the Nāgarī alphabet and the fourth letter of the fifth or labial class, being the aspirate of b, and said to be pronounced like bh in cabhorse.
2. bha, (in Pāṇini's system) a N. given to the weakest base or base of nouns before the vowelterminations beginning with the acc. plur. (i. e. in the 'weak cases' or 'weakest cases' as they are sometimes called to distinguish them both from the aṅga or 'strong cases', sarva-nāma-sthāna, and the pada or 'middle cases'), before feminine affixes, and before Taddhitas beginning with vowels and y.
3. bha, (in prosody) a dactyl.
4. bha, as, m. (fr. rt. 1. bhā), N. of the planet Venus or of its regent, = śukra; semblance, mere semblance, delusion, error; (ā), f. light, lustre, splendor, a ray of light [cf. aṇu-bhā and 2. bhā]; likeness, resemblance, (at the end of a comp., cf. agni-bha, guḍa-bhā, tantu-bha); the shadow of a gnomon [cf. pala-bhā]; (am), n. a star, a planet, an asterism, a lunar mansion, Nakshatra; the number 27; a sign of the zodiac.
5. bha, as, m. (probably onomatopoetic), a bee.
1. bhaktvā, ind. having apportioned or divided. (For 2. see under rt. 2. bhañj, p. 696, col. 3.)
1. bhañj, cl. 10. P. bhañjayati, yitum, to speak; to shine; [cf. Hib. faighim, 'I speak, talk;' faighle, faighleadh, 'words, talk, conversation;' faigh, 'a prophet.']
2. bhañj, cl. 7. P. bhanakti, ba-bhañja, bhaṅkṣyati, abhāṅkṣīt, bhaṅktum, to break, fracture, break down, break to pieces, shatter, split; to break into, make a breach in (a fortress, with acc.); to interrupt, check, arrest, suspend, foil, frustrate; to disappoint: Pass. bhajyate, Aor. abhañji, abhāji, see Pāṇ. VI. 4, 33: Caus. bhañjayati, -yitum, Aor. ababhañjat: Desid. bibhaṅkṣati: Intens. bambhajyate, bam-bhaṅkti; [perhaps the original form was bhrañj; cf. Gr. [greek] perhaps also [greek] Lat. frang-o: Goth. brak, ga-brika, ga-brak, ga-brekum, brik-an: Angl. Sax. brak-an, brec-an: Lettish braks, 'fragile:' Hib. brisim, 'I break, dismember, disunite;' brit, 'fraction;' breadach, 'broken.']
2. bhaktvā, ind. having broken; (a less common form than bhaṅktvā, q. v. For 1. bhaktvā see p. 695, col. 3.)
1. bharaṇya (fr. bharaṇa), Nom. P. bharaṇyati, &c., = sam-bhṛ, q. v.; [cf. bhuraṇya.]
2. bharaṇya, as, ā, am (for bharaṇīya), to be maintained, to be cherished or protected; (ā), f. wages, hire; a woman; (am), n. = bharaṇa, cherishing, maintaining; wages, hire; the asterism Bharaṇī.
1. bharita, as, ā, am (fr. bhara), nourished, filled, full of; [cf. vasu-bh-.]
2. bharita, as, ā, or bhariṇī, am, = harita, green, of a green colour.
1. bhala, ind., Ved. certainly; [cf. bal, baṭ, and Marāṭhī bhalla, 'well!']
2. bhala, as, m. a term used in addressing the Sun.
1. bhavat, an, antī, at, being, becoming; present; (antī), f. time being, present time; (with some grammarians) the technical term for the present tense; [cf. bhavanti.]
2. bhavat, ān, m. (said to be fr. rt. 1. bhā, to shine, Uṇādi-s. 1. 64), the honorific or respectful pronoun, generally translatable by your honour, your highness, your worship, your lordship, you (used respectfully for the second personal pronoun, but properly with the third person of the verb, e. g. bhavān dadātu, let your highness give); bhavan, voc. sing. m. 'O sir', 'O my lord', or contracted into bhos, q. v.; bhavadbhis, by your honour; (atī), f. lady, your ladyship; bhavatyas, your ladyships; bhavati, voc. sing. f. 'O lady:' Manu II. 49 assigns a different position in the sentence to this honorific pronoun according to the person using it; a Brāhman should say, bhavati bhikṣāṃ dehi, 'good lady give alms;' a Kshatriya, bhikṣām bhavati dehi; a Vaiśya, dehi bhikṣām bhavati: this honorific pronoun bhavat is sometimes used when tvam occurs in another clause of the same sentence; sometimes the plural is employed to express greater courtesy (e. g. bhavantaḥ pramāṇam, your honour is an authority); bhavat is exceptionally found in construction with the 2nd person sing.; [cf. atra-bh-, tato-bh-, tatra-bh-.]
1. bhavatī, f. your ladyship, lady (respectfully, see under 2. bhavat, col. 2.).
2. bhavatī, f. a particular kind of poisoned arrow.
1. bhaṣat, an, antī, at, barking, howling.
2. bhaṣat (?), m. the heart; the thigh; wood.
1. bhas, cl. 3. P. babhasti (pl. bap-sati, Impv. 3rd du. babdhām, Pāṇ. VI. 4, 100), bhasitum, Ved. to chew, chew asunder; to eat, eat up, devour, consume [cf. rt. 1. psā]; to crush; (according to the Dhātu-pāṭha) to blame or abuse [cf. rt. bharts]; to shine [cf. rts. 1. bhā, bhās].
2. bhas, as, n., Ved. ashes.
1. bhā [cf. rts. 1. bhas, bhāṣ, bhās], cl. 2. P. bhāti, babhau, bhāsyati, abhāsīt, bhāyāt, bhātum, to shine, be bright or luminous, to be splendid or beautiful; to be conspicuous or eminent; to appear, seem; to show one's self, manifest any feeling; to be, exist: Pass. bhāyate: Caus. bhāpayati, -yitum, Aor. abībhapat, to cause to shine or appear: Desid. bibhāsati: Intens. bābhā-yate, bābheti, bābhāti; [cf. Zend bā-nu, 'a ray;' bā-ma, 'brightness:' Gr. [greek] [greek] [greek] (Homeric), 'he appeared;' [greek] [greek] [greek] Lat. fā-rī, fā-ma, fā-tu-m, fā-s, fā-bu-la, fa-t-eo-r, fa-c-s, fa-c-ie-s, fac-e-tu-s, fav-illa, focus, februus (fr. the Caus.): Slav. o-ba-v-a-ti, 'incantare;' ba-s-ni, 'a tale.']
2. bhā, bhās, f. [cf. 4. bha], light, brightness, splendor (Ved., cf. 2. bhās); lustre, beauty; the reflection of any object, shadow; (ās), m. the sun.
1. bhāma, as, m. (for 2. see rt. bhām, p. 706), light, brightness, splendor; the sun.
1. bhāmin, ī, inī, i (fr. 1. bhāma; for 2. see under rt. bhām), shining, glittering, beautiful, handsome; proud; (inī), f. a handsome woman; N. of the daughter of a Gandharva.
1. bhākta, as, ī, am (fr. bhakta), regularly fed by another; a dependent, retainer; fit for food.
2. bhākta, as, ī, am (fr. bhakti), inferior, secondary, (opposed to mukhya); (ās), m. pl. 'the faithful ones, the pious ones', N. of a Vaiṣṇava sect; of a Śaiva sect.
1. bhāga, as, m. (fr. rt. bhaj), a part, portion, share, lot, division, allotment, partition, distribution [cf. dāya-bh-]; portioning out; good portion, fortunate lot, good fortune, luck, destiny (Ved.); a fraction, part of any whole, a part of a whole (e. g. śata-bh-, the hundredth part); a quarter (in eka-bh-, one fourth; tri-bh-, three fourth); part of anything given as interest; the numerator of a fraction; a division of time, the thirtieth part of a Rāśi or zodiacal sign; a degree or 360th part of the circumference of a great circle; a quotient; a half rupee; place, spot, region, side, border; N. of a king, (also bhāgavata); N. of one of the branches of the river Candra-bhāgā, q. v.; (as, ā, am), taking the place of any one, representing, (at the end of adj. comps., cf. bhājana); (am), n., N. of a particular Sāman.
2. bhāga, as, ī, am, Ved. relating to Bhaga (as a hymn).
1. bhāgya, as, ā, am, (fr. bhaga), relating to Bhaga; (with yuga) the twelfth or last lustrum in Jupiter's cycle of sixty years; (am), n., scil. bha or nakṣatra, the asterism of Bhaga or = the seventeenth asterism or latter Phalgunī (see nakṣatra).
2. bhāgya, as, ā, am (fr. bhāga or fr. rt. bhaj), to be shared, to be divided, divisible (= bhajya); entitled to a share; = bhāgika, forming a part, subject to a fractional deduction (e. g. bhāgyaṃ śatam, one for a hundred, one in a hundred, one per cent); lucky, fortunate [cf. nir-bh-]; (am or āni), n. sing. or plur. good or bad fortune (resulting from merit or demerit in former existences); lot, luck, fate, destiny, fortune; happiness, welfare; sensual pleasure (?); (ena), ind. by good fortune, fortunately, happily.
2. bhāma, as, m. (for 1. see p. 704, col. 2; for 3. see below), passion, wrath, fury, anger; (ā), f. a passionate woman; = satya-bhāmā, one of the wives of Kṛṣṇa.
2. bhāmin, ī, inī, i (for 1. see p. 704, col. 2), passionate, angry; (inī), f. an angry or passionate woman, vixen, (often used as a term of endearment, in the same sense as māninī.)
3. bhāma or bhāmaka, as, m. a sister's husband.
2. bhāvana, as, ī, am (fr. the Caus.; for 1. bhā-vana see p. 704, col. 1), causing to be, causing, forming, creating, framing, manifesting; promoting or effecting any one's welfare; imagining, fancying; teaching; (as), m. a creator, producer, efficient cause; N. of Śiva (= dhyātṛ); N. of the twentysecond Kalpa; (ā, am), f. n. the act of causing to be or creating, manifesting, manifestation; promotion of any one's interests (= vardhana); the act of forming in the mind, conceiving, imagination, conception, fancy, thought, (bhāvanayā, in thought, in imagination); reflection, meditation, abstract meditation, contemplation; supposition, hypothesis, mental perception, recollection; observing, investigating; settling, fixing, determining; (in law) proof, demonstration, argument, ascertainment; (in medicine) saturating any dry powder with fluid, steeping, infusion, drying an article by day and keeping it moist at night; (in arithmetic) finding by combination or composition [cf. samāsa-bh-]; decorating with flowers and perfumes, scenting, anointing; (at the end of an adj. comp.) = nature, essence; (ā), f., N. of an Upaniṣad; a crow (= kā-rava); water, = ambu; (am), n. apprehension, perception; the fruit of the Dillenia Speciosa (= bhavya, bhaviṣya); N. of a wood, (perhaps for 1. bhā-vana, q. v.)
1. bhāṣ (connected with rt. 1. bhā as Gr. [greek] with [greek] cl. 1. A. bhāṣate (ep. also P. -ti), babhāṣe, bhāṣitum, to speak, talk, say; to speak to, address (with acc. of the person or sometimes with acc. of the person and thing); to tell or announce (anything) to (any one); to speak of or about; to reply, to call or name; to use or employ in speaking; to describe: Pass. bhāṣyate, to be spoken, to be addressed or spoken to (sometimes with acc., e. g. sa vaco mu-ninā babhāṣe, he was addressed by the Muni in a speech): Caus. bhāṣayati, -yitum, Aor. ababhā-ṣat or abībhaṣat, to cause to speak or talk; to say or speak; to cause disquietude, disturb (?): Desid. bibhāṣiṣate: Intens. bābhāṣyate, bābhāṣṭi.
2. bhāṣ (fr. rt. bhaṣ), Ved. occurring only in the comp. rakṣo-bhāṣ, barking like a Rākṣasa.
1. bhās (connected with rt. 1. bhā), cl. 1. A. (in epic poetry also P.) bhāsate (-ti), babhāse, bhāsiṣyate, abhāsiṣṭa, bhāsitum, to shine, to be bright; to appear; to appear or come into the mind, to be conceived or imagined, to become clear or evident: Caus. bhāsa-yati, -yitum, Aor. ababhāsat and abībhasat, to make shine, illuminate; to cause to appear, show, make evident: Desid. bibhāsiṣate: Intens. bābhā-syate, bābhāsti; [cf. Hib. beosach, 'bright, glittering', perhaps mais, 'sparkling;' probably Lat. fes-tra, fas-tus.]
2. bhās, f. n. (according to some fr. rt. 1. bhā, q. v.; but according to Pāṇini III. 2, 177, fr. rt. 1. bhās), light, glare, lustre, brightness; a ray or gleam of light, (bhāsāṃ nidhiḥ, receptacle of rays of light, the sun); an image, reflection, shadow; glory, splendor, power, majesty; wish, desire.
1. bhid, cl. 7. P. A. bhinatti, bhintte (Ved. also cl. 1. bhedati), Impf. abhinat (2nd sing. abhinas or abhinat, 1st sing. Ved. abhedam, 2nd sing. abhet, bhet), Impv. bhi-nattu (2nd sing. bhinddhi or bhindhi), bibheda (2nd sing. bibheditha), bibhide (Part. bibhidvas), bhetsyati, -te, Aor. abhidat and abhaitsīt, abhitta (2nd sing. abhitthās), Inf. bhettum (Ved. bhet-tavai), to break, split, cleave, slit, cut asunder, sever, rend, tear, pierce, penetrate; to break through or down, burst through (e. g. setum bhid, to break through an embankment; timiram bhid, to break through or disperse darkness); to violate (e. g. san-dhim bhid, to violate a compact or alliance); to interrupt, disturb; to tear up; to destroy; to divide, separate; to open; to make to open or blossom, expand; to divide into parts or portions, disjoin, disunite; to loose, loosen, dissolve; to unravel, extricate; to betray, disclose; to set at variance; to unsettle, perplex; to alter, change, make to differ; to distinguish, discriminate: Pass. bhidyate, to be split; to burst (e. g. śītena, with frost); to be torn asunder; to be destroyed; to be harassed or afflicted; to be divided or separated; to open, be opened, become relaxed; to expand, blossom, bloom; to become loose, be loosened; to separate one's self from, keep aloof from (with inst.); to differ or be different from (with abl.); to alter, change; to be divulged: Caus. bhedayati, -yitum, abībhidat, to cause to break or split &c., to break, split, cleave, divide, tear or dash to pieces; to destroy, overcome; to separate, dissolve, disunite, unsettle (in opinion), perplex, set at variance, cause dispersion; to seduce: Desid. of Caus. bibhedayiṣati: Desid. bibhit-sati, -te: Intens. bebhidyate, bebhidīti, bebhetti, to break or split repeatedly, to divide or cut into again and again; [cf. Lat. findo, fi-nis fr. fid-nis (?): Goth. bit, 'to bite;' beita, bait, bitum: Old Germ. biz.]
2. bhid, t, t, t, (at the end of a comp.) breaking, splitting, dividing, piercing; a breaker, &c.; breaking to pieces, destroying [cf. aśma-bh-, giri-bh-, gotra-bh-, tamo-bh-, pura-bh-]; (t), f., Ved. a breaker, destroyer, &c.; breaking, splitting, dividing; difference; different sort, kind.
1. bhiṣaj (a Vedic verb of which the 3rd sing. present bhiṣakti occurs in Ṛg-veda VIII. 79, 2, where according to Sāy. bhiṣakti = bhiṣajyati), to heal or cure; [cf. bheṣaja.]
2. bhiṣaj, k, k, k (in Uṇādi-s. I. 137 derived fr. rt. 1. bhī with vowel shortened and affix aj, ṣ being inserted), healing, sanative, curative; (k), m. a physician; medicine, a remedy (= bheṣaja); N. of a man with the patronymic Ātharvaṇa; of a son of Śata-dhanvan; (au), m. du. the Aśvins; [cf. śata-bh-.]
1. bhiṣajya, Nom. P. bhiṣajyati, &c., Ved. to heal, cure.
2. bhiṣajya, as, ā, am, Ved. sanative, healing, healthful; (ā), f. the act of healing or curing; a remedy, cure; [cf. dur-bh-.]
1. bhī, cl. 1. A. bhayate (Ved.); cl. 3. P. (Ved. and ep. also A.) bibheti (3rd du. bibhītas or bibhitas, 3rd pl. bibhyati, Part. bibh-yat, ep. 1st sing. A. bibhye), Impf. abibhet (3rd pl. abibhayus), Pot. bibhīyāt or bibhiyāt (3rd pl. bi-bhīyus or bibhiyus, bibhyeyus Mahā-bh. Śānti-p. 459), bibhāya or bibhayāñ-cakāra or bibhayām-āsa (3rd pl. bibhyus, Part. bibhīvas, bibhyuṣī, f.), bheṣyati, Aor. abhaiṣīt (2nd sing. abhaiṣīs, ep. mā bhais for mā bhaiṣīs, Ved. forms bhes, bhema), bhetum (Ved. forms bhayante, abhayanta, Part. bhayamāna, bhiyāna, Inf. bhiyase, cf. bhiyas below; according to the Dhātu-pāṭha even cl. 10. P. bhāyayati), to fear, dread, be afraid of (with abl. or gen., e. g. mṛtyor bibheti, he fears death; bibhemi -te, I fear thee; very rarely with inst. or acc.); to fear for, be anxious or solicitous about (A.): Pass. bhī-yate, Aor. abhāyi: Caus. A. bhīṣayate (ep. also P. bhīṣayati), bhāpayate, Aor. abibhīṣata, &c., to terrify, put in a fright, intimidate; bhāyayati, Aor. abībhayat, &c., to frighten or terrify any one (acc.) with anything (inst.): Desid. bibhīṣati: Intens. bebhīyate, bebhayīti, bebheti; [cf. Zend rt. bī, 'to be frightened:' Gr. [greek] [greek] Lith. bij-au, 'I am afraid;' baime, 'fear;' bai-dau, 'I terrify;' baisis, 'terrible;' perhaps belonging to the Caus. bhīṣaya; byaurus, 'deformed', see bhīru; baj-us, 'fear', = bhaya: Slav. boj-a-ti, 'to be afraid:' probably Goth. fia for bia, fiangds: Mod. Germ. feind: Eng. fiend: Old Germ. bi-be-n: Angl. Sax. bif-ian, beof-ian: Mod. Germ. beb-en = Intens. bebheti.]
2. bhī, īs, f. fear, apprehension, alarm, dread, (sometimes at the end of a comp., cf. avadya-bhī.)
1. bhīṣā, f. the act of terrifying, frightening, intimidation, terror, fright.
2. bhīṣā, ind. (perhaps contracted fr. bhiyasā, or inst. c. of bhīs = 2. bhī), Ved. from fear.
1. bhuj, cl. 6. P. bhujati, bubhoja, bhoktum, to bend, curve, turn round, make crooked: Pass. bhujyate, to be bent, to incline one's self; [cf. Gr. [greek] [greek] probably [greek] from [greek] Lat. fug-i-o, fug-a, fug-ax, fugitivu-s, fugare: Goth. biug-an: Angl. Sax. big-an, bug-an, beag, beagrian, boga, eln-boga, el-boga: Old Germ. baug, bogo, elin-bogo, buoc, būh: Mod. Germ. bieg-en: Eng. bow, elbow: Slav. beg-a, 'I flee;' beg-l-i-c-i, 'a deserter:' Lith. beg-u, 'I flee, run;' bug-ti, 'to be afraid;' baug-u-s, 'fearful, timid:' Hib. bog-aim, 'I put in motion;' bogha, 'bow;' boghaighim, 'I bend;' boghadoir, 'an archer.']
2. bhuj, k, k, k, in tri-bh-, q. v.
1. bhuji, is, f., Ved. clasping round, enfolding, fold, (at the end of a comp., e. g. daśa-bh-, tenfold; cf. śata-bh-, tri-bhuj.)
1. bhujyu, us, us, u, Ved. capable of being bent, pliant, flexible; easily turned or guided (said of a chariot; according to Sāy. = rakṣaka, see rt. 3. bhuj); (us), m., N. of a son of Tugra saved from shipwreck by the Aśvins; of Bhujyu Lāhyāyani; (perhaps) a snake or viper; (according to some bhujyu also) = bhāṇḍa, bhājana, a pot, vessel; = bhojana, food; = agni, fire.
3. bhuj [cf. rt. bhakṣ], cl. 7. P. A. bhunakti, bhuṅkte (3rd pl. bhuñjate, ep. also 3rd sing. bhuñjate, Ved. bhojate), Impf. abhunak, abhuṅkta, Pot. bhuñjyāt (ep. bhuñjīyāt and bhuñjet), bhuñjīta, Impv. bhunaktu, bhuṅk-tām, Perf. bubhoja, bubhuje (1st pl. irreg. bubhuj-mahe, 3rd pl. irreg. bubhujrire), 2nd Fut. bhokṣ-yati, -te, Aor. abhaukṣīt, abhukta (Ved. forms are bhojam, bhujema, bhukṣiṣīya), bhoktum (Ved. Inf. bhuje, bhojase), to enjoy, enjoy a meal, eat and drink, eat, consume, (generally A., especically if without an object; in Ved. with inst. of the thing eaten, but in later Sanskṛt with acc.); to possess, have, make use of; to enjoy carnally (with acc.); to rule, govern; to suffer, experience, endure; to pass (as time), live through; (in astronomy) to pass through, fulfil; to be useful to any person (P. with acc. Ved.): Pass. bhujyate, to be enjoyed, to be eaten; to be possessed; to be brought under the power of: Caus. bhojayati (also bhuñjāpayati), -te, -yitum, Aor. abūbhujat, to cause to enjoy or eat, to feed (with double acc. or with acc. of the person and inst. of the thing, e. g. tām annam or annena bhojayām-āsa, he caused her to eat food): Desid. bubhukṣati, -te, to desire to enjoy or eat, to be hungry [cf. bubhukṣu]: Intens. bobhujyate, to be eaten frequently; bobhokti, to eat frequently; [cf. Lat. fung-or, fru-or, fr. frug-or, fruges, fructus, frustum, frustra, frutex; Goth. bugjan, biuhts, biuhti, bruks, brūkjan; Angl. Sax. bycgan, brucan, bryce; Old Germ. brūchan; Old Island. brūka.]
4. bhuj, k, f. enjoyment; profit, advantage, welfare, usefulness; (k, k, k), enjoying, eating, consuming, an eater, &c., (at the end of comps., cf. anna-bh-, amṛta-bh-, kravya-bh-); possessing, ruling, (in comp. with words meaning 'earth', e. g. kāśyapī-bh-, a ruler of the earth, i. e. king; cf. kṣiti-bh-); experiencing, enduring, suffering, suffering punishment for (e. g. kilviṣa-bh-, suffering for a crime); passing (as time), fulfilling; useful to, serviceable to.
2. bhuji, is, f., Ved. enjoyment, favour, (Sāy. = bhoga, pari-bhoga); (is, is, i), one who causes enjoyment or grants favours, one who protects; (ī), m. du. an epithet of the two Aśvins, (Sāy. = havi-ṣām bhoktārau, eaters of the oblations); (is), m. fire, (see Uṇādi-s. IV. 141.)
2. bhujyu, us, m. (for 1. see col. 2), eating; = bhojana, food.
1. bhū, cl. 1. P. A. bhavati, -te, Impf. abhavat, abhavata, Pot. bhavet, bhaveta, Impv. bhavatu, bhavatām (Ved. 2nd sing. bodhi [but referred by Sāy. to rt. 1. budh], 3rd sing. bhūtu; in Ṛg-veda 1. 94, 12, bhavatāt), Perf. babhūva, babhūve (according to Vopa-deva VIII. 33, Pass. and Impers. babhūve or bubhūve, 2nd sing. babhūvitha, Ved. babhūtha, 2nd pl. babhūva, part. babhūvas, babhūvuṣī, f.; in Ṛg-veda 1. 27, 2, babhūyāt = bhavatu), 1st Fut. bhavitā, 2nd Fut. bhaviṣyati, -te (ep. 2nd pl. bhaviṣyadhvam), Aor. abhūt, abhaviṣṭa (3rd pl. abhūvan, Ved. forms bhuvas, bhuvat), Prec. bhūyāt, bhaviṣīṣṭa, Cond. abha-viṣyat, abhaviṣyata, bhavitum (Ved. bhavitos. bhuve), to become, be, (nābhijānāmi bhaved evaṃ na veti, I do not know whether it may be so or not); to be in any state or condition, (kathaṃ sa bha-viṣyati, in what state will he be?); to be born or produced; to exist, live, (abhūn nṛpaḥ, there lived a king); to remain, stay, abide (e. g. pathi bhava, remain thou or stay thou awhile on the road, Megha-dūta 30); to arise, spring up, happen, occur, befall, take place, (yadi saṃśayo bhavet, if a doubt should arise, cf. Manu XII. 108); to be possible, (according to Pāṇ. III. 3, 146, a future tense may follow bhavati in this sense, e. g. bhavati bhavān yājayiṣyati, it is possible or it may happen that you will cause a sacrifice to be performed); to turn out, lead to (with dat., e. g. tan nāśāya bha-vati, that leads to destruction; tat saṅgamāya bhavati, that leads to union); to serve for, tend or conduce to (with dat., e. g. tad dātur anarthāya bhavati, that conduces to the disadvantage of the giver); to conduct one's self, behave; to become the property of any one, belong to (with gen., = 'to have, to possess', e. g. tasya bhrātā bhavati, of him there is a brother, i. e. he has a brother); to be on the side of, assist (with gen., e. g. ye mitrāṇāṃ na bhavanti, those who do not assist their friends; or with the affix tas, e. g. devā arjuna-to 'bhavan, the gods were on the side of Arjuna); to be occupied with or engaged in (with loc., e. g. tapasi bhava, be thou engaged in, i. e. devote thyself to penance); to be of importance or consequence, become prosperous (Ved.); to turn out well, succeed (Ved.); to obtain, attain to (Ved., cf. Mahā-bh. Ādi-p. 5366). The senses of the verb may be almost infinitely extended when bhū is compounded with a preceding adjective or substantive, the final of which if a, ā, i, an, or as becomes ī; if us or u, becomes ū (e. g. fr. agni, agnī-bhū, to become fire; fr. arus, arū-bhū, to become wounded; fr. eka-mati, ekamatī-bhū, to become unanimous; fr. kaṭhora, kaṭhorī-bhū, to become sharp; fr. kṛṣṇa, kṛṣṇī-bhū, to become black; fr. 1. kṣapaṇa, kṣapaṇī-bhū, to become a Buddhist mendicant; fr. go-cara, go-carī-bhū, to become visible; fr. jarjara, jarjarī-bhū, to decay; fr. taruṇī, taruṇī-bhū, to become a marriageable girl; fr. tīvra, tīvrī-bhū, to become violent or intense; fr. parikhā, parikhī-bhū, to become a ditch or moat; fr. pary-utsuka, paryut-sukī-bhū, to become sorrowful; fr. pra-ṇidhi, pra-ṇidhī-bhū, to become a spy; fr. praty-anantara, pratyanantarī-bhū [also read pratyantarī-bhū], to be near; fr. bandhakī, bandhakī-bhū, to become a harlot; fr. bhasman, bhasmī-bhū, to become ashes; fr. rahas, rahī-bhū, to become solitary, &c.). The senses of bhū may also be variously modified when it is connected with adverbs or with the negative na (e. g. pṛthivī na bhaviṣyati, the earth will not exist, i. e. will perish or be destroyed; punar bhū, to marry again, see Manu IX. 175; cf. āvir-bhū, prādur-bhū, tiro-bhū, mithyā-bhū, vṛthā-bhū; anyathā bhū, to become otherwise, i. e. to be changed or be falsified; agre bhū, to be in front, to precede, &c.). The perfect of bhū (babhūva, &c.) is used after the syllable ām like the perfect of the rts. 1. as and 1. kṛ as an auxiliary to form the perfect of verbs of the 10th class, derivative verbs, and others mentioned in Gram. r. 385 [cf. Pāṇini III. 1, 40]: Pass. bhūyate, Aor. abhāvi (sometimes used impersonally, e. g. tair bhaviṣyate, by them it will be existed, i. e. they will exist): Caus. bhāva-yati (rarely A. -te), -yitum, Aor. abībhavat, to cause to be or become or exist; to bring into existence or being, call into life; to originate, produce, effect, cause, create; to cherish, support, protect, preserve, foster, animate, enliven, encourage; to devote one's self to, addict one's self to; to manifest, make manifest, exhibit; to change, transform; to purify; to obtain, attain to, get (P. A.); to cause to exist in the mind, present to the mind, think about, reflect upon, consider, know; to convince, convict; to prove, substantiate, establish; to mingle, mix; to soak, saturate, steep; to perfume: Pass. of Caus. bhāvyate, to be caused to be, to be preserved: Desid. of Caus. bibhāvayiṣati, to wish to cause to be, &c.: Desid. bubhūṣati, &c., to wish to become or be: Intens. bobhūyate, bobhavīti, bobhoti, &c. (Impv. 3rd sing. Ved. bobhūtu), to be or become very frequently, to be generally, to take various forms (with acc., Ved.); [cf. Zend bū, 'to be, become:' Gr. [greek] = abhūvam, abhūs, abhūt, [greek] [greek] [greek] 'the generating one', probably = bhavat: Lat. fu-a-m, fu-i, fu-turu-s, fo-re, fu-tu-o, -bam (in amabam) = abhavam, -bo, bimus = bhaviṣyāmi, bhaviṣyāmas, fe-tu-s, fe-cundu-s, fe-nus, fe-nu-m: Osc. Fu-tri-s: Old. Sax. biu-m: Angl. Sax. beo-m: Old Germ. bi-m, 'I am:' Mod. Germ. bin: Goth. bau-an, 'to dwell;' bau-ains = bhavana, 'a dwelling:' Slav. by-ti: Lith. bu-ti, 'to be;' bu-ta-s, 'a house:' Hib. fuilim, 'I am.']
2. bhū, ūs, ūs, u, (at the end of an adj. comp.) being, becoming, springing, taking rise [cf. agni-bhū, akṣi-bhū, aśleṣā-bhū, gādhi-bhū, giri-bhū, citta-bhū]; (ūs), m. an epithet of Viṣṇu; N. of an Ekāha; (ūs), f. the act of becoming, arising; the place of being or abiding, the universe; the earth (as opposed to the other two divisions of the universe, viz. atmosphere and heaven); ground, floor; land, landed property; earth (as a substance); space, site, place [cf. kūla-bhū, keśa-bhū]; a district, piece or plot of ground, (bhuvas, pl. districts); a mystical word (being the first of the three Vyāhṛtis bhūr bhuvaḥ svar, uttered by every Brāhman in commencing his daily prayers; in this sense only in the nom. sing. bhūs, which is considered indeclinable, see bhūr, bhuvas, vyāhṛti, and cf. Manu 11. 76); the base of a triangle or of any geometrical figure; object, matter, subject-matter, subject (see vivāda-saṃvāda-bhū, cf. sthāna); a sacrificial fire; a symbolical expression for the number one (derived from the earth considered as one); a term for the letter b.
2. bhūmaya (fr. bhūman; for 1. bhū-maya see P. 715, col. 3), Nom. P. bhūmanyati, &c., to augment, increase, make abundant.
1. bhūyas, ān, asī, as (for 2. bhūyas see col. 3), becoming; (as), n. the act of becoming; [cf. brahma-bh-.]
2. bhūyas, ān, asī, as (according to Pāṇini VI. 4, 158, compar. of bahu, q. v.; for 1. bhūyas see p. 718, col. 2), more, more numerous, more abundant; greater, larger, mightier; more important; much, many, numerous; very great, important; vehement, severe; abounding in, abhundantly furnished with (with inst., e. g. guṇair bhūyān, abounding in qualities); (as), ind. more, most, very much, much, exceedingly, largely, over and above, still more, more and more, further on, further, besides, moreover, even; again, anew, afresh, frequently, repeatedly; bhūyo bhūyaḥ, again and again; pūrvam--bhūyaḥ, first--next; in the first place-in the next place; (asā), ind. very much, exceedingly, beyond measure, excessively, in a high degree; mostly, generally, as a general rule; [cf. Hib. bhus, a sign of the comparative degree, always having ni before it, as ni bhus airde, 'higher.']
1. bhṛṣṭa, as, ā, am, fallen, &c.
2. bhṛṣṭa, as, ā, am (fr. rt. 1. bhrajj), fried, broiled, grilled, roasted, parched, scorched, baked; (am), n. roasted meat.
1. bhṛṣṭi, is, f. the act of frying, broiling, roasting.
2. bhṛṣṭi, is, f. (perhaps fr. rt. hṛṣ), Ved. a spike, point, top, corner, edge [cf. sahasra-bh-, kṣura-bh-, tigma-bh-, piśaṅga-bh-]; an empty or deserted cottage, a deserted garden (= śūnya-vāṭī or śūnya-vāṭikā).
1. bhoga, as, m. (fr. rt. 1. bhuj), any winding or curue, a ring, coil; winding; the expanded hood of a snake; a snake; the body; a particular array, an army in column.
1. bhogin, ī, inī, i, furnished with windings or curves, having windings or rings, curved, ringed [cf. mahā-bh-]; (ī), m. a snake [cf. kṛṣṇa-bh-].
2. bhoga, as, m. (fr. rt. 3. bhuj), enjoyment, fruition; eating; use, application; usufruct, the use of a deposit (Manu VIII. 149); utility, advantage, profitable aim or object; enjoyment (of women), sexual enjoyment; possessing, possession; ruling, governing, protecting, rule, government; cherishing, nourishing; suffering, experiencing; enduring, feeling, perception (of joy or sorrow), pleasure; suffering, passion; any object of enjoyment, that which is eaten, food; food offered to an idol; festivity, feasting, a repast, feast, banquet; income, revenue; gain, profit, produce; money, wealth; hire, the hire of dancing girls or courtezans, wages of prostitution; (in astronomy) the passing (of an asterism); the part of the ecliptic occupied by each of the 27 lunar mansions or Nakshatras, i. e. 13-20-or 800-; (in arithmetic) the numerator of a fraction (?); N. of a preceptor.
2. bhogin, ī, inī, i, enjoying, eating; using, possessing; suffering, experiencing, undergoing; an enjoyer, possessor, &c.; full of enjoyments, devoted to enjoyments, indulging in sensual pleasures; wealthy, opulent; (ī), m. a voluptuary, a king, prince; the head man of a village; a barber; a person who accumulates money for a particular expenditure; (inī), f. the concubine of a king or a wife not regularly consecrated with him; epithet of a kind of heroine.
1. bhraj in giri-bhraj, q. v.; (the word bhraj is thought to be fr. a lost rt. bhraj = Lat. frango.)
2. bhraj, f., Ved. (perhaps) stiffness; [cf. mṛta-bh-.]
1. bhrajj (in the Dhātu-pāṭha written bhrasj; cf. rt. bhṛj), cl. 6. P. A. bhṛjjati, -te (for bharjate, see rt. bhṛj), babhrajja, babharjja, babhrajje, babharjje, bhraṣṭā, bhar-ṣṭā, bhrakṣyati, -te, bharkṣyati, -te, abhrā-kṣīt, abhārkṣīt, abhraṣṭa, abharṣṭa, bhraṣ-ṭum, bharṣṭum, to fry, broil, grill, parch, scorch, roast (especially grain): Pass. bhṛjjyate: Caus. bhrajjayati, bharjjayati, -yitum, Aor. aba-bhrajjat, to fry, roast: Desid. bibhrakṣati, -te, bibharkṣati, -te, bibhrajjiṣati, -te [cf. bi-bhrakṣu, bibhrajjiṣu]; Intens. barībhṛjjyate, bābhraṣṭi or bābharṣṭi (?); [cf. Gr. [greek] [greek] Lat. frīg-0, frictus, frixus; Old Germ. briuwan = Angl. Sax. briwan = Old Iceland. brugga = Eng. brew; Hib. bruighim, 'I boil, seeth.']
2. bhrajj, bhraṭ, ṭ, ṭ (or bhṛṭ, ṭ, ṭ, if fr. bhṛjj, q. v.), frying, roasting, (at the end of a comp., e. g. dhānā-bh-, roasting or parching grain, see Pāṇ. VIII. 2, 36.)
1. bhrāj (connected with rts. rāj, bhrāś, bhlāś, bhrej, bhṛj), cl. 1. A. bhrājate (Ved. and ep. also P. bhrājati), babhrāje (babhrāja) or bhreje (3rd pl. babhrājire or bhre-jire, Pāṇ. VI. 4, 125), bhrājiṣyate, abhrājiṣṭa (Ved. abhrāṭ, abhrāji), bhrājitum, to shine, glitter, gleam, glow, flash, beam, sparkle: Caus. bhrāja-yati, -yitum, Aor. ababhrājat, abibhrajat, to make to shine, illuminate, irradiate: Desid. bibhrā-jiṣate: Intens. bābhrājyate, bābhrāṣṭi; [cf. Gr. [greek] [greek] Lat. fulg-e-o, fulg-ur, ful-vu-s, flag-ra-re, flam-ma for flag-ma, flā-men for flag-men, 'the kindler, i. e. priest:' Goth. bairh-t-s, 'manifest;' bairhtei, 'light:' Angl. Sax. bearht, beorht, probably blāc, bloec-an, blīc-an: Old Germ. beraht, blanch, blich-an, blich, blic, blig: Engl. bright: Russ. blescu: Lith. blizg-u, 'I shine:' Scot. breagh, 'shining, beautiful;' breachad, boillsg, 'splendor;' boillsgeach, 'splendid.']
2. bhrāj, bhrāṭ, f. (Pāṇ. VIII. 2, 36), Ved. light, lustre, splendor, glitter; [cf. deva-bh-, na-bh-.]
1. ma, the twenty-fifth consonant of the Nāgarī alphabet and the nasal letter of the fifth or labial class, having the sound of the English m. --1. ma-kāra, as, m. the letter or sound ma.
2. ma, as, m. (in prosody) a molossus or foot consisting of three long syllables.
3. ma, the singular base in all the cases except the nom. of the first personal pronoun and related to the verbal termination in the first person singular, (nom. aham, 1; acc. mām or mā, me; inst. mayā; dat. mahyam or me; abl. mat or mad; gen. mama or me; loc. mayi); at the beginning of a comp. the form mad is used for the base, see 1. mad; [cf. aham: Zend ma: Gr. [greek] [greek] Lat. me, me-u-s, mihi = Umbr. me-he: Goth. mi-s, 'to me;' mi-k, acc. 'me:' Slav. me, acc. 'me:' Lith. ma-n, 'to me.']
4. ma, as, m. time, season; poison, venom; a magical or mystical formula; N. of the fourth note of the scale (abbreviated for madhyama); the moon; N. of Brahmā; of Viṣṇu; of Śiva; of Yama; (ā), f. a mother; measure; light, lustre; knowledge, science; binding, fettering; death; a woman's waist; N. of Lakṣmī; (am), n. happiness, good fortune, welfare; water.
1. matka, as, m. (for 2. see p. 734, col. 1), a bug, = matkuṇa below.
1. matya, am, n. (for 2. see p. 741), a harrow, roller; a club (perhaps with teeth, Ved.); harrowing, rolling, making even or level; [cf. madi.]
1. math (or manth, q. v.), cl. 1. 9. P. (ep. also A.) mathati (Ved. mathāyati), manthati, mathnāti (-te), mamantha or less usually mamātha (2nd sing. mamanthitha, 3rd du. ma-manthatus or less usually mamathatus, 3rd pl. mamanthus or mamathus, Ved. methus, methire), manthiṣyati or mathiṣyati, amanthīt (Ved. mathīt), Inf. manthitum or mathitum, to rub together (Ved.); to stir, stir up, excite (in Ved. with agnim, to excite fire by rubbing two pieces of wood together); to stir or whirl round, shake together, shake, agitate; to churn, produce by churning (sometimes with two acc., e. g. sudhāṃ kṣīra-nidhim mathnāti, he churns nectar out of the ocean of milk); to agitate, confuse; to crush, grind, pinch; to grind down, oppress, afflict, distress, trouble; to destroy, kill, annihilate, hurt; to tear off, dislocate, disjoint: Pass. mathyate (ep. also -ti), to be stirred up or churned, &c.: Caus. manthayati or less usually māthayati, -yitum, to cause to be stirred up or churned, &c.: Deside. mimanthiṣati, mimathi-ṣati: Intens. māmathyate, māmantti, māman-thīti, Impf. 3rd sing. amāman; [cf. Gr. [greek] [greek] pra-mantha-s, q. v.; Lat. ment-ula; Slav. met-ezc, 'tumult;' Lith. met-uri-s, ment-ure, 'a churning-stick;' Hib. muidhe, meadar, 'a churn, milkpail.']
2. math. See mathin below.
1. mad [cf. mat, p. 732, col. 3], a form derived fr. mat, abl. of 3. ma, and serving for the base of the first personal pronoun in the singular number (especially at the beginning of compounds as follow).
2. matka, as, ā, am (for 1. see p. 732, col. 3), mine, my.
1. madya, Nom. P. madyati, &c., see Pāṇ. VII. 2, 98. (For 2. madya see p. 735, col. 3.)
2. mad [cf. rts. mand, mud], cl. 4. P. (rarely A. in Ved.) mādyati (-te), ma-māda, amādīt, maditum (Vedic forms are madati, mandati, -te [see rt. mand], mademahi, matsi, mamatsi, matsva, mamaddhi, mamattu by Pāṇ. VI. 1, 192, mamattana, mamadas, mamadan, matsat, matsati, amatta, amatsus, amatsata, amandata, amandīt, see rt. mand), to become drunk or inebriated, (perhaps originally madidum esse, to be moist); to be mad; to be drunk with joy, &c.; to revel, revel in, delight in (with inst., gen., loc., and rarely acc.); to be glad, rejoice, be happy; to enjoy heavenly bliss; to be cheerful or gay; (Ved.) to gladden, delight, amuse, exhilarate, intoxicate, inspire, animate: Caus. mādayati, madayati, -yi-tum (Ved. Inf. mādayadhyai), Aor. amīmadat, amamadat, to intoxicate, inebriate, delight, exhilarate, gladden, satisfy; A. (-te), to be glad, rejoice, be pleased, be happy, delight in; to enjoy heavenly bliss: Desid. mimadiṣati: Intens. māmadyate, māmatti; [cf. Gr. [greek] [greek] Lat. mad-e-o, mad-i-du-s, mad-e-sc-o, made-facio, mā-na-re from mad-na-re; probably Goth. mat-s, mat-jan; Angl. Sax. moete, moet-an; Eng. mad; Hib. misge, 'drunkenness;' Pers. [arabic] mas-t from med-t.]
2. madya, as, ā, am (for 1. see p. 734, col. 1), intoxicating, exhilarating, gladdening, lovely; (am), n. any intoxicating drink, vinous or spirituous liquor, wine.
2. madvat, ān, atī, at (for 1. mad-vat see p. 734, col. 1), Ved. containing a form or derivative of rt. 2. mad; intoxicating, gladdening.
1. 2. madya. See pp. 734, 735.
2. matya, am, n. (for 1. see p. 732, col. 3), the means of acquiring knowledge; the exercise or application of knowledge.
1. manyā, f. (for 2. see p. 747, col. 1), knowledge; respect (?).
2. manyā or manyākā, f. (for 1. manyā see p. 744, col. 3), the back of the neck, the tendon of the cervical or trapezium muscle forming the nape of the neck (musculus cucullaris or trapezius).
1. maya, as, ī, am (fr. rt. 3. mā, to form), used as an affix at the end of a comp. to express 'made of, consisting of, full of', &c. (e. g. suvarṇa-maya, made of gold, golden; cf. kāṣṭha-m-, jala-m-, krodha-m-, tejo-m-; in later Sanskṛt the fem. is sometimes, but rarely, in ā); (as), m., N. of an Asura (described sometimes as the artificer or architect of the Daityas, sometimes as versed in magic, astronomy, and military science); N. of an astronomer, (according to some [greek] N. of an author; (ā), f. medical treatment, the practice of physic, administering remedies.
2. maya, as, m. (perhaps fr. rt. 2. mā), a horse; a camel; a mule; (ī), f. a mare.
3. maya, as, m. (fr. rt. 1. mī), hurting, injuring.
1. mas, cl. 4. P. masyati, &c., to measure, weigh; mete; to change form, become decomposed (?) .
1. masta, as, ā, am (for 2. see p. 753, col. 1), measured; [cf. perhaps Gr. [greek]]
2. mas = mās, in candra-m-.
2. masta, am, n. (said to be fr. rt. 1. mas; probably connected with mastu below; for 1. masta see rt. 1. mas), the head.
1. mah (orginally perhaps magh, meaning 'to be great', cf. rts. maṃh, makh), cl. 1. P. (Ved. and ep. also A.) mahati (-te), mamāha, mahitā, mahiṣyati, mahitum (Ved. inf. mahe); cl. 10. P. A. mahayati, -te, &c. (Vedic forms māmahe, māmahasva, māma-has), to gladden, make cheerful, enliven, inspirit, excite; (Sāy.) to make great, increase, aggrandize (e. g. mā naḥ kāmam mahayantam ā dhak, disappoint not the desire that would make us great, Ṛg-veda 1. 178, 1); to value highly, esteem highly, hold in great esteem, honour, revere, do honour to, worship, adore; (A., Ved.) to rejoice in, delight in; to be honoured or glorified, (in Ṛg-veda VI. 15, 2, praśastibhir mahayase is rendered by Sāy. 'thou art honoured by excellent hymns'): Caus. māhayati, yitum: Desid. mimahiṣati: Intens. māmah-yate, to honour, protect, preserve (Ved.); [cf. Gr. [greek] [greek] Lat. magnus, mactus: Goth. mag, 'I can;' mah-t-s, 'might;' magaths, magus, 'a boy;' magan, magu, mavi: Old Germ. magan, 'great, heavy;' machon, 'to make:' Mod.; Germ. gemach: Angl. Sax. mag, magan, maeht, meaht, miht, maegn, meagn, macian: Slav. mog-a, 'I can;' po-mos-ti, 'to help:' Lith. mag-oju, 'help:' Hib. mogh, modh, 'respect, honour:' Cambro-Brit. myged, 'respect;' mygaw, 'to revere.']
2. mah (a Vedic adj. used in dat. mahe, gen. and abl. sing., and acc. pl. mahas, inst. mahā), great, powerful, mighty; abundant; (according to some) old, aged (in connection with pitṛ, mātṛ).
1. mahin, ī, inī, i, Ved. great, powerful, extensive. --1. mahi-tā, f. or mahi-tva, am, n. greatness, might, power, magnitude.
2. mahin, ī, inī, i, keeping a feast, observing a festival, festive.
1. mā, ind. (causing a following ch to be changed to cch, see Gram. 48. c), a particle of prohibition and of negation, usually translatable by 'not', or sometimes used as a conjunction and equivalent to 'that--not, lest, would that--not;' [cf. the use of Gr. [greek] Lat. ne.] mā is most commonly employed in prohibition or deprecation, when it may be joined with the imperative (e. g. mā brūhi, speak not; mā lajjasva, be not ashamed; maivaṃ vada, speak not thus); often also with the aorist, especially in later Sanskṛt, when the augment is generally dropped (e. g. mā kṛthāḥ, do not make; mā tyākṣīḥ, do not abandon; mā śucaḥ, grieve not; mā bhaiṣīḥ, fear not; mā nīnaśaḥ, destroy not; vyathām mānubhūḥ, feel not pain; or with the sense 'lest', as in Manu VIII. 15, dharmo na hantavyo mā no dharmo hato va-dhīt, justice must not be destroyed, lest justice being destroyed destroy us); often with addition of the particle sma (e. g. mā sma vādīḥ, speak not; mā sma gamaḥ, go not); sometimes with the imperfect, the augment being still cut off (e. g. mā sma bhavat, may he not become; mā sma karot, let him not do; mainam abhibhāṣathāḥ, do not speak to him, cf. Pāṇ. VI. 4, 74); occasionally, in epic poetry &c., with an aorist, without elision of the augment (e. g. mā kālas tvām aty-agāt, let not the season pass by thee; śraddhā no mā vy-agamat, may faith not depart from us); not unfrequently with the potential, in the sense of 'wishing that anything may not happen' (e. g. mā sma janayet putram īdṛśam, may she not bring forth such a son! mā yamam paśyeyam, may I not see Yama! mā kūryād akāryam, O that he may do nothing wrong!); and even with the precative (e. g. mā bhūyāt, may it not be!); more rarely with the potential, in the sene of 'prohibition' (e. g. mā smainam pratyudīkṣethāḥ, do not look at him); sometimes with the future, in the sense of 'lest, that--not' (e. g. mā tvāṃ śapsye, lest I curse thee, that I may not curse thee); even with the fut. pass. part. (maivam prārthyam, it must not be so requested); and even with the pres. part. (e. g. mā jīvan yo duḥkha-dagdho jīvati, he ought not [to be] living who lives consumed by pain); sometimes mā takes the place of the simple negative na (e. g. gaccha vā mā vā, you can go or not go; mā jetavyaḥ, he is not to be conquered; mā gan-tum arhasi, thou oughtest not to go; katham mā bhūt, how may it not be); occasionally without a verb, which must be supplied from the context (e. g. mā śabdam, i. e. with ellipsis of kuruta, do not make a noise; mā nāma rakṣiṇaḥ, may it not be the watchmen ! maivam or mā tāvat, not so, i. e. let it not be so; or with mā repeated, thus mā mā, mā maivam). In the Veda mā is sometimes followed by the particle u, blending with it into mo (e. g. Ṛg-veda V. 65, 6, mā maghonaḥ pari khyatam mo asmākam [putrān], deny us not who are rich in offerings, nor indeed our sons [according to Sāy. mo = maiva]; and Ṛg-veda 1. 38, 6, mo ṣu vadhīt [Sāy. = sarvathā vadham mā kārṣīt], let him not on any account destroy); [cf. Zend and Old Pers. mā; Gr. [greek] perhaps Lat. ne.]
2. mā, cl. 3. P. A. (in Ved. P.) mimāti, mimīte, mame, mātum, to low, bellow, roar, bleat, sound, make any sound or cry (especially said of cows, calves, goats, &c.; according to Nirukta II. 9, māyum mimāti = māyuṃ śabdaṃ karoti; cf. rt. mīm, mīmayati, 2. maya, mayu, mayūra): part. of the Intens. memyat, in Ṛg-veda 1. 162, 2, said to mean 'bleating as a goat;' (according to Sāy. = either hanyamāna, fr. rt. mī, or meme-śabdaṃ kurvat.)
1. māyu. See p. 772, col. 2.
3. mā, cl. 2. P. māti, cl. 3. A. mimīte (3rd pl. mimate, part. mimāna), Impf. amimīta (3rd pl. amimata), Pot. mimīta, Impv. mimītām (2nd sing. mimīṣva, also P. mimīhi; used according to Naigh. III. 19, yācñā-karmaṇi, in the act of praying); cl. 4. A. māyate, mamau, mame (3rd pl. mamire), māsyati, -te, amāsīt, amāsta, Prec. meyāt, māsīṣṭa, mātum, to measure, mete; to measure off, mark off, limit; to measure (by any standard), compare with, (tadīyair nayanair amimīta locane, she compared her eyes with theirs, Kumāra-s. V. 15); to measure across, measure or pass through, traverse (with adhvanaḥ, in Ṛg-veda 1. 146, 3; but according to Sāy. mimāna = sampādayitṛ, making, causing); to measure out, apportion, deal out, impart, give, grant (e. g. in Ṛg-veda IV. 44, 6, nū no rayim mimāthām is said to mean 'mete out opulence for us'); to prepare, arrange; to form, make, create, construct, build, effect (Ved.); to display, exhibit, show, display one's self (e. g. in Ṛg-veda III. 29, 11, yad amimīta mātari is said to mean 'when he has displayed himself in the maternal atmosphere or firmament', where, according to Sāy., tejas is to be understood); to correspond in measure, find measure or room in (cl. 2. with loc., e. g. te yaśo-rāśir bhuvana-tritayodare māti, thy mass of fame finds room in the interior of the three worlds); to infer, conclude: Pass. mīyate, Aor. amāyi, to be measured &c., to be inferred: Caus. māpayati, -yi-tum, Aor. amīmapat, to cause to be measured or built, to have measured out or prepared; to measure, mete off; to build, erect: Desid. P. A. mitsati, -te (Pāṇ. VII. 4, 54, 58): Intens. mamāti, māmeti, memīyate (Pāṇ. VI. 4, 66); [cf. Zend mā, 'to measure or make;' mā, f. 'measure:' Gr. [greek] [greek] Lat. me-ta-re, me-ta-ri, me-ti-or, mensa, mensura: Old Slav. me-ra: Lith. me-ra, 'measure;' ma-tu-ti, 'to measure;' meta-s, 'time, a year:' Russ. mje-ra, 'measure;' mje-ritj, 'to measure:' Hib. mead, 'a balance, a scale;' meadaighim, 'I weigh, balance, consider.']
4. mā, mās, f. measure, (in the formula mā chandaḥ, pra-mā chandaḥ, prati-mā chandaḥ); Ved. a kind of metre.
1. māta (at the end of comps. after a proper N.) = mātṛ, (according to a Vārttika used only in voc. sing. For 2. māta see p. 768, col. 1.)
2. māta, as, ī, m. f. (for 1. see p. 764, col. 3), Ved. a metronymic from Mati in Vāṅmātī.
1. mādhva, as, ī, am (fr. madhu), sweet; (ī), f. a kind of spirituous liquor; = mādhavī, Gaertnera Racemosa; = mādhura-kaṇṭaka, a kind of fish; (ī), m. du., Ved. 'possessing or loving sweetness', an epithet of the Aśvins; (Sāy.) = madhu-pūrṇa-pātra-yuktau; (in this last sense perhaps fr. a base mā-dhvi.)
2. mādhva, as, m. (for 1. see col. 2), an adherent of Madhva.
1. māna, as, m. (fr. rt. man), opinion, conception, (also am, n.); a good opinion of one's self, conceit, self-reliance, self-confidence, arrogance, pride, haughtiness; honour, respect, consideration, (also exceptionally am, n.); regard for others, demonstration of respect, paying honour; a wounded sense of honour; anger or indignation excited by jealousy (especially in women), female caprice, sulkiness, hatred; object, purpose, will (Ved.); (in astrology) an epithet of the tenth house; a blockhead (?); an agent (?); a barbarian (?); N. of the father of Agastya (Ved.); (ās), m. pl. the family or descendants of Māna (Ved.).
2. māna, as, m. (fr. rt. 3. mā), a building, edifice, house, dwelling (Ved.); a preparation, decoction, (perhaps used in this sense with reference to the Soma plant in Ṛg-veda X. 144, 5); (am), n. the act of forming or making (Ved.); form, appearance (Ved.); the act of measuring or meting, measure in general, dimension, computation of time, &c. (e. g. nṛ-m-, a man's height; antara-m-, difference of dimension; cf. tārakā-m-, śata-m-, giri-m-, chando-m-); any instrument for measuring, a measuring-rod, measure, rule, standard [cf. ūrdhva-m-, kūṭa-m-]; (Ved.) a particular measure or weight (= kṛṣṇala or raktikā, a Guñjā seed; according to the commentators 100 Mānas = 5 Palas or Paṇas, or, according to others, 1/4 or 1/8 of a Khārī); likeness, resemblance (= upa-māna); proof, demonstration, means of proof (= pra-māṇa, q. v.).
1. māyu, us, m. (fr. rt. 2. mā), Ved. the act of bleating, lowing, bellowing, roaring, yelling, braying, making any sound or cry; 'the bleater or bellower', a kind of animal or epithet of a Kimpuruṣa [cf. mayu, maya, mayūra]; sometimes at the end of comps., [cf. aja-m-, ūrdhva-m-, go-m-.]
2. māyu (probably fr. rt. 3. mā, to measure), = āditya, the sun, (according to Nirukta II. 9, XI. 42.)
3. māyu, us, u, m. n. (in Uṇādi-s. I. 1. said to be fr. rt. I. mi, to throw or scatter through the body), gall, bile, the bilious humor.
1. mārgya, as, ā, am (for 2. see under rt. mārj below), to be sought or searched for.
2. mārgya, as, ā, am (properly fr. rt. 1. mṛj; for 1. see above), to be wiped away or removed, to be scoured, to be cleansed or purified.
1. mālaya (for 2. see p. 775, col. 1), Nom. P. mā-layati (Aor. amamālat = mālām ākhyat), Schol. on Pāṇ. VII. 4, 2.
1. mālīya, Nom. P. mālīyati, &c., to wish one's self a garland, &c.
2. mālīya, as, ā, am, destined or fitted or suited for a garland, &c.
2. mālaya, as, ī, am (fr. malaya; for 1. mālaya see p. 774, col. 3), coming from the Malaya mountains; (as), m. sandal-wood; N. of a son of Garuḍa; (am), n. the unguent prepared from sandal; a caravansary.
1. mās, ās, n., Ved. = māṃs, flesh, meat.
2. mās, ās, m. (fr. rt. 3. mā; according to Pāṇini and Vopa-deva used in all cases except the nom. sing. du. pl. and acc. sing. du., according to the lexicographers and Garga also in the nom. sing.; inst. pl., Ved. mādbhis), the moon; a month; [cf. pūrṇa-m-, puṣpa-m-; cf. also Zend maoñh, 'moon, month;' maoñha, 'moon:' Gr. [greek] for [greek] Ion. [greek] Aeol. [greek] for [greek] Lat. mensis, Mena, men-struus; Goth. mena, menoth-s: Old Germ. ma-not: Angl. Sax. mona, monadh: Lith. menu, 'moon;' menesi-s, 'month:' Old Slav. mese-ci, 'moon, month.']
1. mi (in some of its senses connected with rt. 3. mā), cl. 5. P. A. minoti, minute, mamau or mimāya, mimye, māsyati, -te, amāsīt, amāsta, mātum, Ved. to fix or fasten in the earth; to found, establish; to erect, build; to measure; to judge, observe, perceive; to cast, throw, throw away or about, scatter; [cf. mayūkha.]
1. mita, as, ā, am, Ved. fixed in the earth, founded, established; erected, built; cast, thrown, thrown away, scatered.
1. miti, is, f., Ved. fixing, erecting, establishing.
2. mi, cl. 9. P. A. mināti, minīte, &c., = rt. 1. mī, q. v.
2. mita, as, ā, am (fr. rt. 3. mā; for 1. mita see above), measured, meted, measured off, measured out, containing a particular measure, measuring, (akṣarāṇi ṣaṭ-triṃśad gāyatrī mitā, the Gāyatrī measuring or consisting of thirty-six syllables); defined, limited, bounded; measured, moderate, regular, scanty, frugal, sparing, little, brief, succint, concise (e. g. mitaṃ dadāti, he gives little or sparingly; mitā ṭīkā, a concise commentary); examined, investigated, known, understood; (as), m., N. of a divine being (associated with Sammita).
2. miti, is, f. (for 1. miti see col. 1), measuring, measure, weight, value, quantity; determining; accurate knowledge [cf. māti]; proof, evidence.
1. mitra, as, m. (originally mittra, fr. rt. 2. mid, or according to some fr. rt. mith + tra; cf. medin), a companion, associate, friend, (in this sense generally neut., except in Ved.; see am, n. below); N. of an Āditya or form of the sun (as a Vedic deity commonly associated with Varuṇa, both Mitra and Varuṇa being frequently invoked together with another of the Ādityas called Aryaman; Mitra is regarded in Ṛg-veda VIII. 47, 9, as son of Aditi; elswhere he is called the deity of the constellation Anu-rādhā, and father of Ut-sarga: according to Sāy. on Ṛg-veda 1. 89, 3, Mitra presides over the day as Varuṇa over the night; hence the cloest connection subsists between these two deities, who are more frequently invoked together than Varuṇa is invoked singly; together they uphold and rule the earth and sky, together they guard the world, together they promote religious rites, avenge sin, and are the lords of truth and light; associated with Aryaman, they are represented as awful deities, haters, and dispellers of all falsehood; in only one hymn, Ṛg-veda III. 59, Mitra is celebrated alone, and is there described as calling men to activity, sustaining earth and sky, and beholding all creatures with unwinking eye; in Ṛg-veda VII. 61, 1, the sun is described as the eye of Mitra-Varuṇa); the sun; N. of a Marut; of a son of Vasiṣṭha; of the third Muhūrta; (ā), f., N. of an Apsaras, (also read citra); N. of the mother of Maitreya and Maitreyī; N. of one of the wives of Daśa-ratha, (cf. su-mitrā; according to some, in this sense mitrī); (am), n. a friend, (aurasam mitram, a friend connected by blood relationship); an ally, the next neighbour of a king; epithet of a mode of fighting, (also read bhinna); friendship (Ved.).
2. mitra, Nom. P. mitrati, &c., to be friendly, act in a friendly manner.
1. mid, cl. 1. P. A. medati, -te, &c., = rt. mith, q. v.
2. mid or mind, cl. 1. A. medate, mimide, mediṣyati, amidat, meditum; cl. 4. P. A. medyati, -te, mimeda, mimide, mediṣ-yati, amidat, meditum; cl. 10. P. mindayati, medayati, &c., to become fat; to be unctuous or greasy; to liquefy, melt; to feel affection for any one, love [cf. mitra, rt. snih]; to rejoice (Ved. ?); Caus. medayati, -yitum, to fatten, make fat (Ved.); [cf. Gr. [greek] Old Germ. minna, minni, 'love:' Lith. myliu, 'I love;' mielas, 'dear:' Russ. milyi, 'kind, affable.']
1. miṣ [cf. rt. mīl], cl. 6. P. mi-ṣati, mimeṣa, meṣiṣyati, ameṣīt, meṣitum (the simple rt. appears to be used only in the present participle), to open the eyes, have the eyes open; to look at, look at or look on unwillingly, look on angrily or with the eyes contracted, wink at (generally used in the present participle, the construction being that of a genitive absolute, e. g. miṣato bandhu-vargasya, the whole number of relatives looking helplessly on, i. e. before their very eyes or in spite of them; miṣatāṃ vaḥ, in spite of you); to rival, contend with, resist, emulate; [cf. Gr. [greek] perhaps also [greek] Lat. mico; perhaps nico, nic-to, fr. nimic-o, nimic-to = nimi-ṣāmi: Russ. migaju, mischu, 'I wink:' Lith. mirkloju, 'I wink;' megmi, 'I sleep.']
2. miṣ (connected with rt. 3. mṛṣ), cl. 1. P. meṣati, mimeṣa, meṣitum, to sprinkle, moisten, wet.
1. mih, cl. 1. P. (in poetry also A.) mehati (-te), mimeha, mekṣyati, ami-kṣat, meḍhum, to make water, void or pass urine, to rain down moisture, wet, moisten, sprinkle; to emit seed or seminal fluid (= retaḥ-sekaṃ kṛ): Caus. mehayati, -yitum, Aor. amīmihat, to cause to make water, &c.: Desid. mimikṣati, to wish to mix or stir up, to mix, unite, mix intimately [cf. mikṣ]: Intens. memehyate; [cf. Gr. [greek] [greek] [greek] Lat. mi-n-g-o, mej-o, mic-tu-s: Goth. maihstu-s, 'dung:' Angl. Sax. mig, mige, mah, migon: Mod. Germ. Mist: Iceland. mig: Lith. myz-u; mig-la, 'mist:' Slav. mig-la.]
2. mih, ṭ, f., Ved. mist, fog; falling of water; miho napāt, the demon of the mist.
1. mī, cl. 9. P. A. mīnāti, mīnīte (Ved. mināti), mimāya (3rd du. mimyatus), mimye, māsyati, -te, amāsīt, amāsta, mātum (Ved. forms meṣṭa, ameṣanta, amāyi, Ved. inf. with pra, -miyam, -miye, -metos; ind. part. -māya, cf. pra-mī; chiefly Vedic), to lessen, diminish, reduce; to injure, destroy, kill; to violate, transgress; to annul, change, alter; to be lessened, disappear, be lost or destroyed; to stray, go astray; cl. 4. A. -mī-yate, to perish, be destroyed, die: Caus. māpayati, Aor. amīmapat, to cause to perish, destroy, kill, Pāṇ. VII. 4, 93: Desid. mitsati, -te, Pāṇ. VII. 4, 54; [cf. Lat. pro-minere, e-minere, minere, pro-minare, e-minus, co-minus, minari.]
2. mī in manyu-mī, q. v.
3. mī, cl. 1. 10. P. mayati, māyayati, &c., to go, move; to understand, know; [cf. Lat. meare, movere.]
1. mīv, cl. 1. P. mīvati, mīvitum, to move.
1. mūta, as, ā, am (for 2. see rt. 1. mū), moved, in kāma-mūta, q. v.
2. mīv (connected with rt. pīv), cl. 1. P. mīvati, mīvitum, to grow fat, to be large or corpulent.
1. muc [cf. rt. muñc], cl. 1. A. mo-cate, mocitum, = rt. mac, q. v., to cheat, &c.
2. muc, cl. 6. P. A. muñcati, -te, mumoca, mumuce, mokṣyati, -te, amu-cat, amukta (Vedic forms mucanti, muñcātu, mumucre, mumoktu, mumugadhi, mā mauk = mā muñca in Vājasaneyi-s. 1. 25, amumuktam, mumocata, mumocati, mumocatam, mukṣata), moktum, to loose, loosen, let loose, free, let go, release, liberate, (kaṇṭham muñcati, he loosens his throat or voice, i. e. raises a cry; vanāya dhenum mumoca, he let the cow go into the wood; prāṇān muc, to let loose the breath of life, i. e. to deprive of life, kill); to set free, unloose, open; to let go, relinquish, abandon, forsake, leave, quit, put off, shake off, lay aside, give up, (deham muñcati, he quits the body, i. e. dies; mucyatāṃ viṣādaḥ, let despondency be shaken off); to give up, grant, bestow; to sacrifice; to set on one side, take away, set apart, except; to let go, discharge, emit, effuse, shed, send forth, send, throw, cast, fling, hurt, shoot, (vāṇamayaṃ varṣam mumoca, he discharged a shower of arrows; indro vajram mokṣyate, Indra will hurl his thunderbolt; kūṭād ātmānam mumoca, he threw himself down from a peak); to send away, dismiss; to spit out; to void; to emit sounds, utter; to put on (A.): Pass. mucyate (ep. also mucyati, 2nd Fut. mokṣyati), to be loosed, to be let loose or set free, to be released from (with abl. or sometimes with inst., e. g. mucyate pātakaiḥ, he is loosed from sins); to become loose, free or deliver one's self, escape, (yady etebhyo mucyase, if thou deliver thyself from these men; na me mokṣyati jīvan, he shall not escape from me alive); to abandon, to deviate or go astray from, (yadi dharmād na mucyate, if he go not astray from virtue): Caus. mocayati, -te, Aor. amūmucat, mocayitum, to cause to loose, cause to be liberated, cause to let go, cause to shed; to loose, unloose, set loose or free, set at large, liberate; to open (a road); to redeem from (with abl., Manu III. 37); to unyoke, unharness, (aśvān mocayati, he unyokes the horses); to let go, give away, bestow; to cause to give up or let go or discharge or shed; to gladden, delight, rejoice, yield enjoyment: Desid. of Caus. mumoca-yiṣati, Ved. to wish or intend to liberate, desire to be freed from (the bondage of existence, &c.): Desid. mumukṣati, -te, to wish or be about to set free or let go or give up; to wish or be about to hurl, wish to cast, (vajram mumukṣan, being about to hurl a thunderbolt); to wish to free one's self or get loose; to desire final liberation or beatitude [cf. rt. mokṣ, mokṣa]: Intens. momokti, momucyate; [cf. Gr. [greek] [greek] Lat. mung-o, mucu-s, mucere, mucor, mucedo: Slav. mok-na-ti, 'to be wet;' mociti, 'to wet.']
3. muc, k, k, k, (at the end of a comp.) freeing or delivering from [cf. aṃho-m-]; discharging, dropping, letting fall, emitting, throwing, shooting, sending, (śara-vṛṣṭi-muc, discharging showers of arrows; jala-lava-muc, letting fall drops of rain; cf. a-m-, jala-m-, toya-m-, payo-m-, parṇa-m-.)
1. mud, cl. 10. P. modayati, moda-yitum, to mix, mingle, blend, unite.
2. mud, cl. 1. A. modate (ep. occasionally P. modati, &c.), mumude, mo-diṣyate, amodiṣṭa, moditum, to be glad or joyous or happy, to rejoice, enjoy one's self, rejoice in, have pleasure in (with inst. or loc., e. g. putra-pautrair modasva, rejoice thou in children and children's children; tasmin na modāmahe, we do not take pleasure in that): Caus. modayati, amū-mudat, modayitum, to rejoice, delight, give pleasure or joy, exhilarate, yield enjoyment; [cf. Lith. mu-drus.]
3. mud, t, f. joy, pleasure, delight, joyfulness, joyousness, gladness, happiness, rejoicing; Joy personified as the daughter of Tuṣṭi (Contentment); intoxication; a species of medicinal plant (= vṛd-dhi); a wife, woman (?).
1. mur, ūr, Ved. (fr. rt. mṛ), a mortal, (Sāy. = maraṇa-svabhāva, maraṇa-śīla.)
2. mur, ūr, f. (fr. rt. murch), fainting; see Scholiast on Pāṇ. VI. 4, 21.
3. mur, ūr (fr. rt. murv), binding, tying.
4. mur, cl. 6. P. murati, &c., to encompass, surround, encircle, entwine, bind together; [cf. perhaps Lat. murus.]
5. mur, ūr, Ved. a wall (?).
1. muṣ, cl. 1. P. moṣati, moṣi-tum, = rt. maṣ, to kill, q. v.
2. muṣ [cf. rt. 1. mūṣ], cl. 9. P. muṣṇāti (rarely cl. 6. P. muṣati), mu-moṣa, moṣiṣyati, amoṣīt (Ved. forms mo-ṣati, moṣatha, muṣāyate), moṣitum, to steal, filch, pilfer, rob, plunder, seize, carry off; to steal, away, tear away, ravish; to captivate, enrapture; to surpass, excel; cl. 4. P. muṣyati, moṣitum, = rt. mus, to break, destroy, (according to the commentator on Bhaṭṭi-kāvya XV. 16, where amuṣaḥ is explained by khaṇḍitavān asi): Pass. muṣyate: Caus. moṣayati, Aor. amūmuṣat: Desid. mu-muṣiṣati, -ṣitum, see Pāṇ. I. 2, 8: Intens. momuṣyate, momoṣṭi.
3. muṣ, ṭ, f. stealing, theft; (ṭ, ṭ, ṭ), robbing, stealing, taking away (at the end of comps.); dispelling (darkness, &c.); surpassing, excelling.
1. muh, cl. 4. P. muhyati, mumoha, mohiṣyati or mokṣyati, amuhat, mo-hitum or mogdhum or moḍhum, to become stupefied or unconscious, to be faint, lose consciousness, to be perplexed or embarrassed; to be disturbed in mind; to err or be mistaken; to be foolish or stupid or infatuated; to fail: Caus. mohayati, -yi-tum, Aor. amūmuhat, to stupefy, bewilder, perplex, infatuate, deprive of consciousness; to throw into disorder; to cause to err; to mistake (A., e. g. adhvānam mohayante, they mistake the way): Intens. momuhyate, momogdhi, momoḍhi, to be in great perplexity or greatly embarrassed.
2. muh, k, k, k, or ṭ, ṭ, ṭ, perplexing, embarrassing, infatuating; [cf. mano-muh.]
1. mū (connected with rts. mav, mavy), cl. 1. A. mavate (sometimes P. -ti), to bind, tie, make fast: Caus. Aor. amīmavat: Desid. of Caus. mimāvayiṣati, see Scholist on Pāṇ. VII. 4, 80.
2. mū, ūs, f. binding, tying.
2. mūta, as, ā, am (for 1. see rt. 1. mīv), bound, tied; woven; (as, am), m. n., Ved. a woven basket; a woven band of cloth or fillet.
1. and 2. mūta. See under rt. 1. mīv and rt. 1. mū.
1. mūra, as, ā, am, Ved. = mūḍha, stupefied, bewildered, stupid, dull, foolish; [cf. a-m-, a-pram-.]
2. mūra, as, ā, am (perhaps fr. a form mū = rt. 1. mīv), Ved. rushing, impetuous; (according to Sāy.) destroying killing (= māraka, fr. rt. mṛ).
3. mūra, am, n., Ved. = mūla, a root.
1. mūṣ (= rt. 2. muṣ), cl. 1. P. mūṣati, mūṣitum, to steal, rob, plunder. 2. mūṣ, ṭ, Ved. a mouse.
1. mṛj [cf. rts. mārj, mṛś], cl. 2. P. mārṣṭi (ep. also A. mārṣṭe, 3rd pl. mṛjanti or mārjanti; Ved. 3rd sing. mṛjati, -te), Impf. amārṭ (3rd pl. amṛjan or amārjan), Impv. mārṣṭu (2nd sing. mṛḍḍhi), mamārja (3rd pl. mamṛjus or mamārjus), mārjiṣyati or mārkṣ-yati (Ved. mrakṣyate), amārjīt or amārkṣīt (Ved. amṛkṣat), mārjitum or mārṣṭum, to wipe, rub, cleanse, clean, purify, wash off, clear away; to rub, stroke; to make smooth or glossy, curry (as a horse); to deck, adorn, make ready; (A.) to wipe off (impurity from one's self) upon some one else (loc. c.); to go (Ved.); cl. 1. P. marjati, mṛñjati, &c., to sound, (in this sense connected with rts. muj, muñj, cf. rt. mārj); cl. 10. P. A. or Caus. mārjayati, -te (Ved. marjayati, -te), -yitum, to wipe off; to wash or cleanse one's self (in this sense only A.), purify one's self, become purified; to adorn; to move about, (according to Sāy. on Ṛg-veda VII. 39, 3. marjayanta = paricaryante): Pass. mṛjyate, Aor. amārji, to be wiped or washed, &c.: Caus. mārja-yati, -yitum, Aor. amamārjat or amīmṛjat, to cause to wipe or cleanse, &c.: Desid. mimārjiṣati or mimṛkṣati: Intens. marīmṛjyate (Ved. mar-mṛjyate), marīmārṣṭi, marimārṣṭi, marmār-ṣṭi, to rub or wipe off repeatedly, to keep rubbing or wiping off; (A.) to be continually cleansing one's self; [cf. Zend marez, 'to wipe:' Gr. [greek] [greek] [greek] (for [greek] (for [greek]): Lat. mulg-e-o, mulc-tu-s, mulctra, mulctru-m, merg-a, merg-e(t)s, mulier, lac (for mlac): Old Germ. milch-u, 'I milk:' Goth. miluks, 'milk:' Angl. Sax. meoluc, meolc, melcan, mearc, mearcian, ge-mearc: Slav. mlz-a: Lith. melz-u: perhaps Hib. breugaim, 'I soothe;' bleaghaim, 'I milk.']
2. mṛj, ṭ, ṭ, ṭ, (at the end of a comp.) wiping, rubbing; wiping off or away.
1. mṛṣṭa, as, ā, am (for 2. see p. 793, col. 1), washed, cleansed, clean, pure; smeared, besmeared; prepared, dressed, savoury, (mṛṣṭam annam, delicate food, dainties; cf. miṣṭa); (am), n. pepper.
1. mṛṣṭi, is, f. (for 2. see p. 793, col. 1), cleansing, cleaning, preparation, dressing (of food, Manu III. 255); a savoury repast, (according to Kullūka = annādeḥ saṃskāra-viśeṣa.)
1. mṛd [cf. rts. mrad, mṛḍ], cl. 9. P. mṛdnāti (ep. also A. mṛdnīte), cl. 1. P. mardati (ep. also A. -te), mamarda (3rd pl. mamṛ-dus or mamardus), mamṛde, mardiṣyati, amar-dīt, marditum, to press, squeeze; to grind, pound, bruise, reduce to powder, pulverize; to crush, dash to pieces, trample upon, treat harshly, lay waste; to overcome, surpass; to rub, stroke, wipe, (hastena mamṛde lalāṭam, he wiped his forehead with his hand); to rub against, touch, graze, pass through (as a constellation, in astronomy); to rub away, wipe away, destroy; (according to Naigh. II. 14) to go, (in this sense cl. 1. P.): Pass. mṛdyate, to be pressed or ground, &c.: Caus. mardayati, -yitum, Aor. amamardat or amīmṛdat, to press or squeeze hard, to crush, break, trample upon, tread under foot, oppress, treat harshly, wear out, torment, plague, destroy, kill; to rub; to cause to be trampled upon, &c.: Desid. mimardiṣati, to desire to crush, wish to pound; to be about to crush, &c.: Intens. marī-mṛdyate, marīmartti, &c.; [cf. Gr. [greek] [greek] Lat. mord-e-o, mand-o, mol-o, mol-a, malleus (for mar-deus): Goth. malvja, 'I pound;' mala, 'I grind;' malo, 'a moth:' Angl. Sax. s-melte, 'to melt;' malt, meltan, miltan, smeortan: Old Germ. smilzu; smylt, 'serene, calm;' malz, smerzan: Lith. malu, 'I grind;' mald-inu, mal-inu, 'I cause to be ground;' molj, 'a moth:' Hib. meilim, 'I grind;' millim, 'I spoil, ruin.']
2. mṛd, t, f. earth, soil, clay, loam; a piece of earth, lump of clay; a mound of earth; a kind of fragrant earth; [cf. pāṇḍu-m-.]
1. mṛdh, cl. 1. P. A. mardhati, -te, mardhitum, (Ved.) to kill, injure, hurt; to contemn, neglect, forget, disregard, be disgusted with (with acc.); to be moist; to moisten; [cf. probably Gr. [greek] Goth. maurthr; Angl. Sax. mordher, mordhor; Old Germ. multjan.]
2. mṛdh, t, f., Ved. (according to Sāy.) combat, fight, battle; one who contemns or injures; an adversary, foe, enemy.
1. mṛś (often confounded with rt. 1. mṛṣ), cl. 6. P. mṛśati (sometimes also A. mṛśate), mamarśa, markṣyati or mrakṣyati, amṛkṣat or amārkṣīt or amrā-kṣīt, marṣṭum or mraṣṭum, to touch, stroke, handle; to rub, rub off; to touch (mentally), consider, reflect, deliberate; [cf. Lat. mulc-e-o, (probably also) mulc-o: perhaps Hib. mear, 'a finger, toe;' mearacht, 'fingering or touching a musical instrument.']
2. mṛś, k, k, k, (at the end of comps.) one who strokes or touches, a stroker, (see Gram. 181.)
2. mṛṣṭa, as, ā, am (for 1. and 3. see under rts. 1. mṛj and 3. mṛṣ), touched, stroked, rubbed, handled; considered, reflected upon, deliberated.
2. mṛṣṭi, is, f. (for 1. and 3. see p. 792, col. 1, and this page, col. 2), touching, stroking, contact.
1. mṛṣ (often confounded with rt. 1. mṛś), cl. 4. P. A. mṛṣyati, -te (rarely cl. 1. P. A. marṣati, -te), mamarṣa, ma-mṛṣe, marṣiṣyati, -te, amarṣīt (ep. amṛ-ṣat), amarṣiṣṭa, marṣitum, to bear, endure, suffer; to permit, let, allow; to bear patiently, (mu-hūrtam mṛṣyatām, have patience for a moment); to forget, let slip (from the mind), neglect; to pardon, forgive, excuse; cl. 10. P. A. or Caus. marṣa-yati, -te (according to Vopa-deva also mṛṣayati, -te), -yitum, Aor. amīmṛṣat or amamarṣat, amīmṛṣata or amamarṣata, to bear, suffer; endure, tolerate, allow, put up with; to forgive, excuse, pardon; [cf. Goth. marzjan; Old Germ. marrjan; Angl. Sax. myrran.]
2. mṛṣ, ṭ, ṭ, ṭ, (at the end of comps.) one who bears or endures, bearing, (see Gram. 181.)
3. mṛṣ (connected with rt. 2. miṣ), cl. 1. P. marṣati, mamarṣa, marṣitum, to sprinkle, pour out.
3. mṛṣṭa, as, ā, am, sprinkled.
3. mṛṣṭi, is, f. (for 1. and 2. see under rts. 1. mṛj and 1. mṛś), sprinkling.
1. maurva, as, ī, am, made from the iron called muru.
2. maurva, as, ī, am (fr. mūrvā), made of the Sanseviera Roxburghiana, coming from or relating to mūrvā or bow-string hemp; (ī), f. a string or girdle made of mūrvā, the string of investiture for a Kshatriya (Manu II. 42); a bow-string; (in geometry) the chord of an arc.
1. ya, the twenty-sixth consonant of the Nāgarī alphabet, being the semivowel of the vowels i, ī, and allied to the soft palatal consonant j, and having the sound of the English y, (in Bengal it is usually pronounced j.)
2. ya, (in prosody) a baccahic or foot consisting of a short syllable followed by two long ones.
3. ya, the actual base of the relative pronoun in declension, though yad, q. v., is used as the base in comps. and in the derivative yadīya, (the declension follows that of the demonstrative pronoun tad, q. v., y being substituted for the initial letter of that pronoun throughout.)
4. ya, as, m. (in some senses fr. rt. 1. yā), one who goes or moves, a goer, mover; air, wind; a carriage; union, joining; restraining; fame, celebrity; barley; light, lustre; abandoning; N. of Yama; (ā), f. going, proceeding; a car, carriage; restraining, checking; religious meditation; getting, obtaining; N. of Lakṣmī; pudendum muliebre.
1. yaj, cl. 1. P. A. yajati, -te, Impv. yajatu, yajatām (2nd sing. P., Ved. yakṣi, A. yakṣva, 2nd pl. yajadhva for yajadhvam), Perf. iyāja (2nd sing. iyajitha or iyaṣṭha or yejitha, 3rd du. ījatus, 3rd pl. ījus), īje (3rd pl. ījire, part. ījāna, cf. Manu XI. 87), 1st Fut. yaṣṭā, 2nd Fut. yakṣyati, -te, Aor. ayākṣīt (1st du. ayākṣva, 1st pl. ayākṣma, 3rd sing., Ved. ayāṭ, 2nd sing. ayās; other Vedic forms yakṣat, yakṣatas, yakṣatām), ayaṣṭa (1st sing. ayakṣi, 1st du. ayakṣvahi, 1st pl. ayakṣmahi, 3rd pl. ayakṣata), Prec. ijyāt (3rd du. ijyāstām, 3rd pl. ijyāsus), yakṣīṣṭa (2nd pl. yakṣīdhvam), Cond. ayakṣyat, ayakṣ-yata, Indec. part. iṣṭvā (iṣṭvīnam, Pāṇ. VII. 1, 48), Inf. yaṣṭum (ep. ījitum, Ved. yaṣṭave, yajadhyai), to worship with sacrifices or oblations, make an offering or oblation, sacrifice, (in Ved. generally A. if the sacrificer makes the offering on his own account, in the later language properly P. when used with reference to the sacrificing priest, and A. when referring to the person who provides the sacrifice, see Scholiast on Pāṇ. I. 3, 72, and Vopa-deva XXIII. 58); to sacrifice or make an oblation to a particular deity (with acc. of the deity to whom the sacrifice or offering is made, and inst. of the means by which the sacrifice or oblation is performed, e. g. haviṣā yakṣi devān, worship the gods with an oblation; and dat. of the thing for which the offering is made, e. g. yakṣvā sauma-nasāya rudram, worship Rudra for a sound understanding; also with dat. or even loc. of the person to whom the offering is made, or with prati after the acc.; rarely with acc. of the thing for which the offering is made, e. g. yajante asya sakhyam, they sacrifice for his friendship); to worship, adore, honour, venerate, revere, respect; to consecrate, dedicate, inaugurate; to invite to a sacrifice (Ved.); to honour with one's presence, come to, (according to Sāy. on Ṛg-veda 1. 75, 5. yakṣi = saṅgaccha-sva): Pass. ijyate, Impf. aijyata (Pres. part. Pass. ijyamāna, ep. ijyat), to be sacrificed, to be worshipped, &c.: Caus. yājayati, -yate, -yitum, Aor. ayīyajat, to cause to sacrifice or worship, &c.; to assist at a sacrifice; to perform the office of the sacrificing priest: Desid. yiyakṣati, -te, to desire to sacrifice or worship, wish to make an offering: Intens. yāyajyate, yāyajīti, yāyaṣṭi; [cf. Zend yaz, 'to honour, worship;' Gr. [greek] [greek].]
2. yaj, ṭ, ṭ, ṭ [cf. Pāṇ. VIII. 2, 36], sacrificing, worshipping, a sacrificer, (at the end of a comp., cf. divi-y-, deva-y-.)
1. yaṣṭi, is, f. (for 2. yaṣṭi see s.v.), sacrificing, (perhaps incorrect for 3. iṣṭi.)
1. yat, yan, yatī, yat (fr. rt. 5. i), going, passing, moving.
2. yat (connected with rt. yam), cl. 1. A. (Ved. and ep. also P.) yatate (-ti), yete (3rd pl. yetire), yatiṣyate, ayatiṣṭa, yati-tum, to join, connect, unite (Ved. P.); to excite, arouse (Ved. P., according to Sāy. on Ṛg-veda VII. 36, 2. yatati = yātayati, pravartayati, he arouses, animates to exertion); to join or attach one's self to, unite one's self with, associate with (Ved. A.); to come together or be arranged in order (Ved. A.); to proceed, go (Ved.); to try to join one's self with (with loc.); to endeavour to reach (Ved. A.); to strive or endeavour after, struggle after, be eager or anxious for (with loc. or dat. or even acc., or with one of the following prepositional words, arthe, arthāya, artham, hetos, prati, or with the inf.); to exert one's self, endeavour, take pains, make effort, persevere, observe caution, be watchful; to strive against, be engaged in mutual contest, contend together (Ved.): Caus. yātayati, -yate, -yitum, Aor. ayīyatat, to join, connect, associate, unite (Ved. P.); to join or attach one's self to (Ved. A.); to join or unite to (Ved. P.); to requite, recompense, repay, restore, return, give up; to cause to be repaid or requited or restored; to receive in requital (A.); to cause to strive or make effort, animate, encourage, instigate; to cause to contend (Ved.); to pain, harass, distress, torture, vex, annoy; to reprehend, despise: Desid. yiyatiṣate: Intens. yāyatyate, yāyatti; [cf. according to some Gr. [greek]]
1. yatta, as, ā, am (for 2. see under rt. yam), endeavoured, making effort or exertion, taking care, watchful; prepared, ready; ready for (e. g. raṇe yattaḥ, ready for battle, or with an inf.); resolved; cared for, attended to (as a chariot, &c.).
1. yati (fr. the pronom. base 3. ya; correlative of tati, q. v.; declined in plur. only, all the cases except the nom. voc. acc. taking terminations, e. g. inst. yatibhis, dat. and abl. yatibhyas, gen. yatīnām, loc. yatiṣu, see Gram. 227. a), as many (= Lat. quot); as often; how many; how often. (For 2. yati see p. 809, col. 1.)
2. yati, is, f. (for 1. see p. 805, col. 1), restraint, control, check; guidance; stopping, ceasing, rest, term; a pause (in music); caesura (in prosody); a widow, (in this sense also yatī; cf. yatinī); (is), m. an ascetic, devotee, one who has restrained his passions and abandoned the world; N. of a mythical race of ascetics (connected with the Bhṛgus and, according to one legend, said to have taken part in the creation of the world); N. of a son of Brahmā; of a son of Nahusha; of a son of Viśvāmitra; (with Jainas) N. of a class of ascetics; N. of Śiva; = nikāra.
2. yatta, as, ā, am (for 1. see p. 804, col. 3), = yata, col. 1, (occurring rarely in ep. poetry, and only when required by the exigency of metre.)
1. yamya, as, ā, am, restrainable, to be curbed or controlled.
2. yamya, as, ā, am (fr. yama), Ved. being a twin, (Sāy. = yama-rūpa, mithuna-bhūta); twinlike, belonging to twins; (ā), f. night, (according to Naighaṇṭuka 1. 7.)
1. yava, as, m. Ved. the first half of a month, (generally in the pl.; according to the commentators = pūrva-pakṣāḥ; also written yāva.)
1. yavya, as, m. (for 2. see col. 3), a month (as containing a yava, see above).
2. yava, as, ā, am (fr. rt. 1. yu), Ved. warding off, keeping off, averting, preventing, removing.
3. yava, as, m. (perhaps connected with rt. 2. yu), barley, (in the earliest times probably any grain or corn yielding flour or meal); a barely-corn; (as a measure of length) a barley-corn = (1/6) or (according to others) (1/8) of an aṅgula; (as a weight) a barley-corn = 6 grains of white mustard seed or (according to others) = 12 mustard seeds = (1/2) guñja; (in palmistry) a figure or mark on the hand resembling a barley-corn, a natural line across the thumb at the second joint compared to a grain of barley and supposed to indicate good fortune; N. of a particular astronomical Yoga, (viz. when the favourable planets are situated in the fourth and tenth mansions and the unfavourable ones in the first and seventh); speed, velocity (?); a double convex lens (?); [cf. Zend yava; Gr. [greek] Lith. jawa-s.]
2. yavya, as, ā, am (for 1. yavya see col. 2), suitable or fit for barley; sown with or consisting of barley; (as), m., Ved. a stock of barley or fruit; (ās), m. pl., N. of a family of Ṛṣis; (am), n. a field of barley; (Ved.) epithet of certain Homamantras; (ā), f., Ved. a river, stream (in Ṛg-veda VIII. 98, 8).
1.2. yavya. See p. 811, cols. 2,3.
2. yaṣṭi, is, f. (rarely m.), or yaṣṭī, f. (probably fr. rt. yam; for 1. yaṣṭi see p. 804, col. 2), a staff, stick, wand; a staff armed with iron, mace, club; a pole, column, pillar; a perch; a stem, support; a palisade; a flag-staff [cf. dhvaja-y-]; a stalk, stem, blade; a reed; a branch; the arm (= bhuja-daṇḍa); anything thin or slender (e. g. aṅga-yaṣṭi, a slender or delicate form; asi-yaṣṭi, a sword-blade; cf. gātra-y-, śarīra-y-, bhuja-y-); a string, thread (= tantu), string of pearls, necklace [cf. hāra-y-]; a particular kind of pearl necklace; liquorice (= yaṣṭī-madhuka, madhukā); sugarcane (= madhu-yaṣṭi); Clerodendrum Siphonanthus (= bhārgī); any creeping plant.
1. yā, cl. 2. P. (ep. also A.) yāti (-te), Impf. ayāt (3rd pl. ayān or ayus), Pot. yāyāt, Impv. yātu (2nd sing. yāhi), yayau (2nd sing. yayātha or yayitha, 1st pl. yayima, Part. yayivas), yāsyati, ayāsīt (Vedic forms ayāsus, yāsat, yāsiṣṭham, yāsīṣṭa), yātum (Ved. yātave, yātavai), to go, proceed, move, set out, march, travel, journey; to go away, withdraw, retire; to pass away, pass by, elapse (said of time); to extend, last (said of time, e. g. māsaṃ yāti, it lasts for a month); to take place, come to pass, prosper, succeed; to proceed, behave, act; to go or come to, travel or journey towards, approach, arrive at, reach (with acc. or even dat. or loc. or with prati after an acc.); to go or march against; to go to any state or condition, to become, be (with acc. and especially acc. of an abstract noun, e. g. vināśaṃ yāti, he goes to destruction, i. e. he is destroyed; kāṭhinyaṃ yāti, it goes to hardness, i. e. becomes hard); to undertake, obtain, get (with acc.); to go in to, have carnal intercourse with (with acc.); to go to for any object, request, implore, solicit (with double acc., e. g. yāmi vo draviṇam, I go to you for money, I solicit wealth of you; tvāṃ śaraṇaṃ yāmi, I go to thee for help); to find out, discover, perceive. The meanings of yā may be variously extended by combining it with other words and phrases, e. g. pa-lāyya yā, to run away; bahir yā, to go out; adho yā, to go down, sink; kṣemeṇa yā, to escape safely; khaṇḍaśo yā, to fall to pieces; śata-dhā yā, to fall into a hundred pieces; yātrāṃ yā, to undertake a journey; mṛgayāṃ yā, to go out hunting; śirasā mahīṃ yā, to bow down to the ground with the head; agocaraṃ nayanayor yā, to become invisible; dveṣyatāṃ yā, to become hated; vilayaṃ yā, to be dissolved; karṇau yā, to come to the ears, be heard; kare yā, to come to hand, be obtained; vaśaṃ yā, to be subject to (with gen.); prakṛtiṃ yā, to return to one's natural state; nidrāṃ yā, to fall asleep; nidhanaṃ yā, to die; darśanaṃ yā, to become visible, be seen; udayaṃ yā, to rise (said of stars, &c.): Pass. yāyate, to be gone, &c.: Caus. yāpayati, -yitum, Aor. ayīyapat, to make or cause to go or proceed, cause to set off or march, command to go away, drive away, remove, cure (a disease); to cause to pass by or elapse, pass or spend (as time, night, &c.); to cause to subsist, support; to cause to arrive at or obtain (with a double acc., e. g. taṃ śriyaṃ yā-payati, he causes him to obtain fortune); to induce: Desid. yiyāsati, to wish or intend to go, to desire to proceed, &c.: Intens. yāyāyate, yāyeti, yāyāti, to go frequently, &c.; [cf. Gr. [greek] (= Caus. yā-payāmi), [greek] (= yāsyāmi), perhaps also some forms like [greek] Lat. jacio; Janus, janua.]
2. yā, ās, ās, am [cf. 4. ya, p. 801, col. 1], going, proceeding, moving, &c. (at the end of a comp., see eva-yā, tura-yā, deva-yā).
1. yāt, yān, yātī or yāntī, yāt (for 2. yāt see s.v.), going, proceeding, moving; that which moves (e. g. Ṛg-veda I. 32, 15, indro yāto 'vasitasya rājā, Indra the sovereign of all that is movable and immovable).
1. yātavya, as, ā, am, to be gone or set out, to be marched; to be gone against, to be assailed or attacked, (the neuter is used impersonally.)
2. yātavya, as, ā, am (fr. 2. yātu below), serviceable against witchcraft, keeping off Rākṣasas.
1. yātu, 3rd sing. Impv. of rt. 1. yā above (often used as an interjection), let it go, let it pass, be it so, no matter.
2. yātu, us, us, u, a goer, one who goes or moves; (us), m. a traveller, wayfarer; wind; time; (perhaps) sorcery, witchcraft, (but according to Sāy. yātu means either karmaṇāṃ hiṃsā, injury of rites, or pīḍā, pain, torture); a kind of evil spirit, Rākṣasa, demon; (u), n. a weapon, (according to Sāy. as inflicting yātanā, pain); a Rākṣasa, evil spirit, demon.
1. yātṛ, tā, trī, tṛ (for 2. see p. 815, col. 2), going, proceeding, &c., being on a journey or march; (tā), m. a goer, traveller; a driver, charioteer, coachman; a destroyer, slayer, (according to Sāy. on Ṛgveda I. 32, 14 = hantṛ; according to modern scholars the meaning may be 'an avenger', as if fr. rt. 2. yat; cf. 3. yāt, ṛṇa-yā.)
1. yāma, as, m. (for 2. yāma see p. 816, col. 1), motion, course, going, proceeding, coming; a road, way, path (Ved.); progress (Ved.); a carriage, chariot (Ved.); a night-watch, period or watch of three hours, the eighth part of a day; a wandering star, planet (?); yāmasya arkaḥ, N. of a Sāman; (ās), m. pl., N. of a class of gods; (ī), f., N. of a daughter of Daksha (wife of Dharma or Manu; sometimes written Yāmi); N. of an Apsaras; night.
1. yāman, a, n. (for 2. see p. 816, col. 1), Ved. going, motion, course; flight, flying; coming, arrival; a march, expedition; the act of approaching or addressing (with prayers, entreaties, &c.), invocation, supplication; offering, oblation, sacrifice, (yāman is used in some passages as a Ved. loc. without termination); punar-yāman, ā, ā, a, coming into use again; [cf. yāta-yāman.]
1. yāmi = yāmī under 1. yāma. (For 2. yāmi see p. 816, col. 2.)
1. yāmeya, as, m. (fr. 1. yāmi), a metronymic.
1. yāvan, ā, m. (for 2. see p. 817, col. 1), Ved. a rider, horseman, horse-soldier; an invader, aggressor, enemy, (Sāy. = abhigantṛ); going, driving, riding (at the end of a comp.; cf. agra-y-, pūrva-y-).
3. yā, fem. of the relative pronoun yad. See p. 807, col. 3.
2. yāt, ind. (properly obsolete abl. fr. the pronom. base 3. ya, cf. tāt; for 1. yāt see p. 813, col. 2, for 3. yāt see below), inasmuch as, so far as, so long as, since, (but according to Sāy. on Ṛg-veda 1. 80, 15, yāt = yāntam, pervading; VII. 88, 4, yāt = yātaḥ = gacchataḥ, passing; VI. 21, 6, yāt = yāni [karmāṇi], which [actions]; according to some yāt is an interjection of pleasure; of alarm; of restlessness.)
3. yāt (fr. rt. 2. yat), in ṛṇa-yāt, Ved. the avenger of guilt or debt.
2. yātṛ, tā, f. (acc. yātaram, nom. acc. du. yātarau, nom. pl. yātaras; said in Uṇādi-s. II. 98. to be fr. rt. 2. yat), a husband's brother's wife. (For 1. yātṛ see p. 813, col. 3.)
2. yāma, as, m. (fr. rt. yam; for 1. yāma see p. 814, col. 1), restraint, forbearance, &c., = yāma; (as, ī, am), relating to Yama, (in this sense fr. yama); coming or derived from Yama, done or ordered by Yama; (am), n., N. of several Sāmans.
2. yāman = yāmin in antar-yāman. (For 1. see p. 814, col. 1.)
2. yāmi, is, or yāmī, f. (for 1. yāmi see p. 814, col. 2), = jāmi, svasṛ, a sister, female relation; a daughter-in-law; a woman of rank or respectability (= kula-strī).
2. yāmeya, as, m. (for 1. see p. 814, col. 2), a sister's son, nephew.
1. yāva = 1. yava, q. v.
2. yāva, as, ī, am (fr. 3. yava), relating to barley, consisting of barley, made or prepared from barely, = yāvaka; (as), m. a kind of food prepared from barley; lac or the red dye prepared from the cochineal insect.
2. yāvan = 1. yava. (For 1. yāvan see p. 814, col. 2.)
3. yāvan (fr. rt. 1. yu) in ṛṇa-yāvan, q. v.; [cf. 2. yava.]
1. yāvana, as, ī, am (fr. yavana; for 2. see col. 2, for 3. see col. 3), born or produced in the land of the Yavanas; (as), m. incense (as coming from the country of the Yavanas).
1. yu (said in Dhātu-pāṭha XXIV. 23. to be a-miśraṇe, i. e. the opposite in meaning to rt. 2. yu below, which is miśraṇe, but rt. 1. yu is entirely Vedic), cl. 3. P. yuyoti, (yuyudhi according to Pāṇ. III. 4, 88); Impv. 2nd sing. yuyodhi; the other forms are Vedic, e. g. yuyota, yuyavat, yu-vanta, ayāvi, yāvīs, yūṣam, yoṣat, yoṣati, yauṣus, yauṣṭam, yaus, Inf. yotave, yotavai, yotos, Ved. to separate, remove, exclude, ward off; to protect from (with abl.); to keep off (with acc.); to drive away, scatter, (Sāy. = pṛthak-kṛ); to keep apart, to be or remain separate, (Sāy. = pṛthag-bhū); cl. 10. A. yāvayate, &c., to despise (?): Caus. yavayati, yāvayati, -yitum, to cause to separate or remove or keep off, &c.: Intens. yoyū-yate, yoyavīti, to be violently separated or rent asunder, (Sāy. = atyartham pṛthag-bhū.)
2. yāvana, am, n. (fr. the Caus.; for 1. yāvana see col. 1, for 3. see col. 3), the act of removing or keeping off.
1. yut, t, t, t (for rt. 2. yut see s.v.), keeping off, preventing.
1. yuta, as, ā, am (for 2. see col. 3), separated, separate.
2. yu (allied to rt. 1. yuj), cl. 2. P., cl. 9. P.A. yauti (3rd pl. yuvanti), yunāti, yunīte, yuyāva (2nd sing. yuyavitha, 3rd pl. yu-yuvus), yuyuve, yaviṣyati, -te, ayāvīt, aya-viṣṭa, yavitum, (these forms are rarely found in classical Sanskṛt, but the following are found in the older language, yaumi, yuvate, yuvāse, yuvasva, ayuvata, yute, yuvate, yutām, (ni) yuyotam, yu-yavat, yuyuve, yuvitā, (ni)yūya), to attach, harness, bind, fasten; to join, unite, connect; to mix, combine; to gain possession of (Ved.); to bestow, confer (Ved.); to worship, honour (according to Naigh. III. 14): Pass. yūyate, 1st Fut. yāvitā, 2nd Fut. yāviṣyate, Aor. ayāvi, Prec. yāviṣīṣṭa, to be joined or mixed: Caus. yāvayati, -yitum, Aor. ayīyavat: Desid. of Caus. yiyāvayiṣati: Desid. yiyaviṣati, yuyūṣati, to wish to unite or join; to yoke: Intens. yoyūyate, yoyavīti, yoyoti, to unite very closely; [cf. Gr. [greek] (perhaps for [greek] Lat. juvare, jus, juro, jubere.]
3. yāvana, am, n. (fr. the Caus.; for 1. see col. 1, for 2. see col. 2), the act of uniting or joining, mixing, mingling, blending.
2. yuta, as, ā, am (often at the end of comps.), fastened to or on, attached to [cf. vaḍiśa-y-]; added, joined, united; connected or joined with, accompanied, attended by, furnished with, endowed with, possessed of, filled with, covered with; (am), n. a particular measure of length = 4 Hastas.
3. yu, us, us, u (fr. rt. 1. yā), Ved. going, moving, (Sāy. = gacchat); coming to misfortune, incurring evil, (Sāy. on Ṛg-veda VIII. 18, 13 = yātṛ, apagamana-śīla or duḥkhaṃ gacchat.)
4. yu, the actual base of the dual and plural numbers of the second personal pronoun, (see yuṣmad.)
1. yuj (connected with rt. 2. yu), cl. 7. P. A. yunakti, yuṅkte (said to be also cl. 1. P. yojati), yuyoja, yuyuje (Ved. 3rd pl. yuyujre), yokṣyati, -te, ayujat or ayaukṣīt, ayukta (epic forms (anu)yuñjase, 3rd sing. yuñjate, ayuñjam, yuñjata; Vedic forms yuje, yunajate, yoja, yojam, yojate, yuyojate, ayuji, ayujran, yujanta, ayukṣata), yoktum (Ved. Inf. yuje), to yoke, join, attach, join together, unite, fasten, connect, add; to harness, put to (horses, &c.); to join one's self to, come into union or conjunction with (e. g. rohiṇīṃ śaśī yunakti, the moon unites with Rohiṇī); to adhere, cleave to (A.); to apply, fit, fix; to use, employ, make use of; to make ready, prepare, fit out, arrange; to appoint, institute; to enjoin, charge; to put on, place on, fix on, fasten on (as an arrow on a bow-string); to put in, infix, insert, inject; to fix the mind (manas, cittam, &c.) on anything (loc.); to direct, turn, bend the thoughts (cintām, &c.) towards any object (loc.); to concentrate or fix the mind (in order to obtain union with the Universal Spirit); to be absorbed or deeply engaged in meditation, meditate, think upon; to join or connect with (with inst.), bring into the possession of, furnish or endow with (with inst.), bestow anything (acc.) upon any one (loc. or gen.), grant, confer: Pass. yujyate (ep. also yujyati), Aor. ayoji, to be yoked or joined; to be fastened or united; to be harnessed; to be put to; to join or connect one's self with, be in conjunction with, to adhere, cleave to; to be applied; to be fit or proper, to be adapted or suitable, to be right; to be made ready or prepared; to be placed or fixed on, to be directed towards; to be absorbed or immersed in; to meditate; to be joined or endowed with or possessed of (with inst.); to participate in, attain to, possess, obtain (with inst.): Caus. yojayati, -yate, -yitum, Aor. ayūyujat, to cause to join or unite; to cause union or conjunction; to yoke, harness, put to; to join, unite, fasten, connect, add; to apply, fix, fit, place, lay; to use, make use of; to prepare, arrange, equip, undertake, execute; to appoint, employ, commission, appoint to (with loc.); to fix on, place on or in; to fix the mind (manas or ātmānam) on, direct the thoughts &c. to (with loc.); to concentrate the attention on, be immersed or engrossed in (with loc.); to furnish or endow with (with inst.); to make to possess or partake of (with inst.), cause to share in, present with, bestow upon; to urge or incite any one (acc.) to anything (dat.), to excite, instigate; to surround; to think little of, esteem lightly, despise (A.): Desid. yuyukṣati, -te, to wish to join or unite, to desire to appoint, to desire to place in any employment or occupation; to wish to fix or place; to be about to place or put on; to intend to fix (the mind) on; to wish to be absorbed in: Intens. yoyujyate, yoyujīti, yoyokti; [cf. Gr. [greek] [greek] Lat. ju-n-g-o, ju-men-tu-m, con-jux, jug-u-m, jugeru-m, juxta; Goth. juk, ga-juk; Old Germ. joh, joch; Angl. Sax. geo-can, geoce; Slav. ig-o; Lith. junga-s, jung-iu.]
2. yuj, k, k, k (often at the end of comps.; when uncompounded the strong cases ought to have a nasal inserted, e. g. yuṅ, yuñjau, yuñjas, yuñjam, yuñjau), yoked, joined, connected, joined to, harnessed, drawn by, (catur-yuj, drawn by four horses; aśva-sahasra-yuj, drawn by a thousand horses; hayottama-yuj, drawn by the best horses); yoked or joined together, any one who is joined or yoked, a yoke-fellow, yoke-mate, companion; furnished or provided with, filled with, affected by, possessed of, possessing (e. g. prīti-yuj, possessing pleasure, pleased; kāma-yuj, possessing, i. e. granting desires, cf. dharma-yuj); exciting, an exciter, (yuṅ bhiyaḥ, exciter of fear); in couples or pairs, even, not odd, not single, not separate [cf. a-yuj]; (k or ṅ), m. a pair, couple, the number two; a joiner, one who joins or unites; one who devotes his time to abstract contemplation, a sage; a measure of 300 poles (?); yujau, m. du. the sign of the zodiac Gemini; the two Aśvins; [cf. Lat. con-jux, con-jug-is.]
2. yut (allied to rts. jut, jyut, dyut; for 1. yut see p. 817, col. 2), cl. 1. A. yotate, &c., to shine; [cf. Hib. iudh, 'a day;' an-iudh, 'to-day;' iodhna, 'brightness, purity;' 'clean, pure.']
1. yudh, cl. 4. A. P. (in Post-Vedic literature usually A. except where the metre requires P.) yudhyate (-ti), yuyudhe (3rd pl. P. yuyudhuḥ), yotsyate (yotsyati), ayuddha (ayo-dhīt), yoddhum (Ved. Inf. yudhaye), to fight, combat, oppose in battle (with acc.); to overcome in battle, conquer, vanquish (with acc.); to fight or contend with (with inst. or inst. with saha, e. g. śatrubhiḥ or śatrubhiḥ saha yudhyate, he fights with enemies); to fight for or about (with loc., Ved.); to wage war, fight, engage in battle or war; (according to Naigh. II. 14) to go (P.): Pass. yu-dhyate, to be fought: Caus. P. yodhayati (rarely A. -te), -yitum, Aor. ayūyudhat, to cause to fight, make to fight with (with inst.); to order to fight; to make war upon, attack, fight against, oppose; to overcome in battle, vanquish, conquer; to defend: Pass. of Caus. yodhyate, to be made to fight, &c.: Desid. yuyutsati, -te (in ep. often P. on account of the metre), to be desirous or anxious to fight; to wish to conquer; to prepare to fight: Caus. of Desid. yuyutsayati, to make desirous of fighting, make eager for battle: Intens. yoyudhyate, yoyod-dhi; [cf. Zend yud: Gr. [greek] Hib. iodhna, 'spears, arms' (= ā-yudha); iodnach, 'valiant;' iodhlan, 'a hero:' (perhaps also) Angl. Sax. gudh: (perhaps) Old Germ. gund, 'battle.']
2. yudh, t, t, t, warring, fighting; a fighter, warrior, soldier, hero, champion; (t), f. war, fight, battle, combat, conflict, struggle, contest.
1. yuvat (for 2. yuvat see col. 3), Ved. abl. du. of the 2nd personal pronoun, (according to Sāy. on Ṛg-veda I. 109, 1. yuvat = yuvābhyām.)
2. yuvat, Ved. = yuvan, youthful, Ṛg-veda X. 39, 8. (For 1. yuvat see col. 2.)
1. yauna, as, ī, am (fr. yoni), relating to the womb or place of birth, uterine; concerning or relating to marriage or to affinity; resulting through marriage; connected by the mother's side, connubial; (am), n. matrimonial connection, conjugal alliance, marriage, relationship by marriage; (at the end of an adj. comp.) proceeding from, arising from (e. g. agni-yauna, proceeding from fire).
2. yauna, ās, m. pl., N. of a people, (probably contracted for Yavana.)
1. ra, the twenty-seventh consonant of the Nāgarī alphabet, being the semivowel of the vowels ṛ, ṝ, and having the sound of the English r in real.
2. ra, as, m. fire; heat, warmth; burning, scorching; love, desire; speed; (ā), f. = vi-bhrama; giving, = dāna; gold, = kāñcana; (ī), f. going, motion, = gati; (am), n. = tejas, brightness, splendor.
3. ra, (in prosody) a cretic or a short between two long syllables.
1. rakṣ (thought by some to be connected with rt. rañj as a kind of Desid. form of that rt.), cl. 1. P. rakṣati (Ved. and ep. also A. rakṣate), rarakṣa, rakṣiṣyati, arakṣīt (an earlier form arākṣīt is also given, Ved. Leṭ. rak-ṣiṣat), rakṣitum, to guard, watch, take care of, protect, preserve, save, keep, (rahasyaṃ rakṣ, to keep a secret), hold, maintain, tend, (paśūn rakṣ, to tend cattle); to govern, rule over, (kṣi-tim or vasudhāṃ rakṣ, to govern the earth); to spare, save; to protect or save from (with abl.); to take care, beware of, be on one's guard against; to take refuge or shelter (A.): Caus. rakṣayati, yitum, Aor. ararakṣat, to guard, watch, protect: Desid. rirakṣiṣati, to wish to guard, intend to protect from (with abl.): Intens. rārakṣyate, rārāṣṭi, to protect very carefully; [cf. probably Gr. [greek] [greek] Lat. arc-e-o, arx; Goth. ga-rehsns.]
2. rakṣ, ṭ, ṭ, ṭ, guarding, watching, protecting, tending, &c. (at the end of a comp., cf. go-rakṣ).
1. rakṣas, ās, ās, as (for 2. see col. 2), protecting (at the end of a comp., e. g. pathi-r-, q. v.)
3. rakṣ (probably a form of rt. ṛkṣ = rts. riś, 1. riṣ, q. q. v. v.), Ved. to hurt, injure, destroy, damage.
2. rakṣas, as, n. hurt, injury, damage (Ved., but according to Sāy. on Ṛg-veda VII. 104, 23. rakṣas = rākṣasa-jāti, 'the race of Rākṣasas', and in I. 36, 20. rakṣas = balam, 'strength'); 'the injurer', (according to some a kind of euphemism fr. rt. 1. rakṣ, like [greek]); an evil being or demon, an ogre, malignant spirit, a Rākṣasa, (these beings play an important part in the Hindū religious and mythological system; see their description under rākṣasa); (ās), m., Ved. an evil and malignant being, a nocturnal fiend or Rākṣasa, (see rākṣasa.)
1. rajasya, Nom. P. rajasyati, &c., to become dust, to be scattered as dust.
2. rajasya, as, ā, am, Ved. having the quality rajas; dusty.
1. ran = rt. raṇ, q. v.
1. ranti, is, m., Ved. (according to some) a fighter, warrior, (but according to Sāy. ranti = ra-mamāṇa, ramaṇa-śīla, delighting, taking pleasure, as if fr. rt. ram, see 2. ranti at p. 833, col. 3.)
2. ran in Ṛg-veda I. 120, 7, according to Sāy. = rātārau = dātārau, 'givers', as if pres. part. of rt. 1. rā, the sing. being substituted for the dual.
1. rambha, as, m. (for 2. see p. 834, col. 1), a prop, support, staff, stick; a bamboo; N. of the fifth Kalpa; of a son of Āyu; of a son of Viviṃśati; of a king of Vajra-rātra; of the father of the Asura Mahisha and brother of Karambha; of an ape (in Rāmāyaṇa IV. 39, 20, &c.); (ā), f. the plantain, Musa Sapientum; a sort of rice; a kind of metre, four times [metrical sequence]; N. of Gaurī or of Dākṣāyaṇī in the Malaya mountains; N. of a celebrated Apsaras (wife of Nala-kūbara and carried off by Rāvaṇa; Rambhā is best known as a beautiful nymph of Indra's paradise; she is sometimes regarded as a form of Lakṣmī, when she sprang with thirteen other precious things from the froth of the churned ocean; she takes her place in Hindū mythology as a kind of popular Venus or type of female beauty); a harlot.
2. ranti, is, f. (for 1. see p. 832, col. 2), amusement, pleasure, delight (? Ved., if ranti has this sense, it may equally be referred to rt. 1. ran; it is said also to be used as a term of endearment for a cow); (is), m., N. of a lexicographer (= ranti-deva).
1. ramaṇīya, as, ā, am, to be enjoyed, pleasant, agreeable, delightful, beautiful, lovely, charming, handsome.
2. ramaṇīya (fr. ramaṇī), Nom. A. ramaṇī-yate, &c., to represent or take the place of a wife, to be the mistress of any one (gen.).
2. rambha, as, ā, am (for 1. see p. 833, col. 1), sounding, roaring, lowing, &c.; (ā), f. a sounding, roaring; the lowing (of cattle).
1. ras [cf. rt. 1. rās], cl. 1. P. (sometimes also A.) rasati (-te), rarāsa, ra-siṣyati, arāsīt or arasīt, rasitum, to roar, howl, bellow, neigh, yell, cry, scream, cry out, sound, make any sound or noise; to sing; to resound, reverberate; (according to Naigh. III. 14) to praise: Caus. rāsa-yati, -yitum, Aor. arīrasat: Desid. rirasiṣati: Intens. rārasyate, rārasti, to cry out loudly, scream aloud; [cf. Goth. razda; Old Germ. rartjan, rerjan; Angl. Sax. reordian, rarian.]
1. rasana, am, n. the act of roaring or screaming, crying, tinkling, sounding, &c., the shaking or rumbling (of the earth), croaking (of frogs); sound, noise.
1. rasita, as, ā, am, sounded, uttering inarticulate sounds; (am), n. a roar, scream, cry, noise, sound; the rattling of thunder.
1. rasitṛ, tā, trī, tṛ, one who roars or bellows.
2. ras (perhaps to be regarded as a Nominal fr. rasa below), cl. 1. 4. 10. P. rasati, rasyati, rasayati (also rasāpayati; in Ved. occasionally A. rasayate), to taste, relish; to feel, perceive, be sensible of; to love: Pass. rasyate: Desid. rirasayiṣati, to desire to taste.
2. rasana, as, m. (for 1. rasana see p. 835, col. 1), phlegm (regarded as the cause of taste to the tongue); (ā), f. the tongue; N. of two plants, = rāsnā; = gandha-bhadrā; (incorrectly) = raśanā; (am), n. tasting, taste, flavour, savour; the organ of taste; the being sensible of (anything), perception, apprehension, sense.
2. rasita, as, ā, am (for 1. see p. 835, col. 1), tasted; having taste or flavour or sentiment; covered or overlaid with gold, gilded, plated, (in this sense fr. rasa, gold, + ita); (am), n. vinous liquor, wine.
2. rasitṛ, tā, trī, tṛ, = rasayitṛ, a taster.
1. rahas, as, n. (for 2. see p. 837, col. 1), loneliness, solitariness, solitude, privacy, secrecy, retirement, (ra-hasi, in secret, secretly, privily; rahassu, privately, in private, secretly); a lonely or deserted place, private or solitary abode, hiding-place; a secret, mystery, mystical truth; sexual intercourse, copulation; a privity; (as), ind. in a solitary place, in secret, secretly, clandestinely, privately, privily, (opposed to pra-kāśam.)
2. rahas, as, n. = raṃhas, swiftness, rapidity. (For 1. rahas see p. 836, col. 3.)
1. rā, cl. 2. P. (Ved. also A.) rāti (-te), rarau, &c. (Vedic forms rāsate, arāsata, rāsan, rāsat [see 2. rās], rāsva, rarate, rarā-thām, rarāsva, rarīdhvam, rirīhi, rare, rarāthe, rarima, rarivas, rāsīya, Inf. rātave), to grant, give, bestow, impart, give up, surrender.
2. rā, ās, ās, am, (at the end of a comp.) granting, bestowing, giving; (for rā, fem. of 2. ra, see p. 824, col. 3.)
1. rāgh [cf. rt. lāgh], cl. 1. A. rā-ghate, rarāghe, rāghitum, to be able or competent: Caus. rāghayati, -yitum, Aor. ara-rāghat.
2. rāgh, rāk, m. an able or efficient person.
1. rāj (perhaps connected with rt. ṛj, originally raj), cl. 1. P. A. (in Ved. only P.) rājati, -te (Ved. also cl. 2. rāṣṭi, arāḍ), rarāja (2nd sing. rarājitha or rejitha, 3rd pl. rarājuḥ or rejuḥ), rarāje or reje, rājitum (Ved. rājase), to reign, rule, exercise sovereignty, to be a king or sovereign, to be the first or chief (of anything); to rule over (with gen.); to govern, direct (with acc.); to be illustrious or eminent; to shine, glitter, glisten, be radiant or splendid; to appear as: Caus. rājayati, -yitum, Aor. ararājat, to reign, rule; to illuminate, make radiant: Desid. rirāji-ṣati, -te: Intens. rārājyate, rāraṣṭi; [cf. Lat. rego, di-rigo, rex; Goth. ragino, reikja (= rājya), reik-s, 'a chief;' Old Germ. richi.]
2. rāj, ṭ, ṭ, ṭ, shining, radiant (at the end of comps.); (ṭ), m. = rājan, a king, sovereign, chief; any principal object or anything the best of its kind [cf. śaṅkha-rāj]; N. of an Ekāha; a metre of four times twenty-two syllables; (ṭ), f., Ved., N. of a goddess; (according to Mahī-dhara) = rājya, a kingdom; [cf. Lat. rex; Goth. reiks.]
1. rājīva, as, ā, am (for 2. see p. 841, col. 2), living at a king's expense (= rājopajīvin).
2. rājīva, as, ā, am (fr. rājī; for 1. see p. 840, col. 3), streaked, striped; (as), m. a species of fish (its spawn is said to be poisonous); a kind of deer; the Indian crane; an elephant; N. of the pupil of Viśva-nātha; (am), n. a blue lotus-flower.
1. rās (connected with rt. 1. ras), cl. 1. A. rāsate, rarāse, rāsitum, to scream, cry, yell, howl (said of animals); to sound, make any cry or noise: Intens. rārāsyate.
2. rās, a form of rt. 1. rā, to give, (to which forms like rāsate, arāsata, rāsan, rāsat are sometimes referred; see Naigh. III. 20.)
1. ri (connected with rts. 1. rī, 4. ṛ), cl. 6. P. riyati, rirāya, reṣyati, araiṣīt, retum, to go, move; cl. 5. P. riṇoti, &c., to hurt [cf. rt. 4. ṛ]; cl. 9. P. A. riṇāti, riṇīte, &c., to go, move; to draw out, drive out, set free, expel; to separate, (according to Sāy. on Ṛg-veda III. 60, 2. ariṇīta = yojanāt prāpitavantaḥ); to emit; to bestow, grant; to hurt, injure, kill; to be injured (A.); to howl, &c. [cf. rt. 1. rī]: Caus. rāyayati, yitum, Aor. arīrayat: Desid. rirīṣati: Intens. rerīyate, rerayīti, rereti.
2. ri, at the end of adj. comps.; [cf. ati-ri, bṛhad-ri.]
3. ri (a contraction of ṛṣabha), the second note of the Hindū gamut.
1. rip (the old form of rt. lip, q. v.; in Ṛg-veda V. 85,8. the form riripuḥ = lepayanti = pāpam āropayanti), Ved. to smear, smear or cover over; to defile, spoil; to deceive, cheat.
2. rip, p, f., Ved. injury, fraud, deceit, trick, guile, (Sāy. = hiṃsā, māyā); the earth, (Sāy. = bhūmi); (p, p, p), injuring, an injurer, enemy, deceiver, cheat, (Sāy. = ripu.)
1. riṣṭa, as, ā, am (for 2. riṣṭa see below), Ved. torn, torn off, broken, injured; wearied.
1. riṣ (closely connected with rt. riś, from which, in some forms and meanings, it is not distinguishable; cf. also rts. ruś, 1. ruṣ), cl. 1. 4. P. reṣati, riṣyati (in ep. and later authors also A. riṣyate), rireṣa, reṣiṣyati, areṣīt or ariṣat (Vedic forms riṣat, riṣāma, riṣāthana, reṣat, rīṣata), reṣitum or reṣṭum (Ved. inf. riṣe), to injure, hurt, harm; to kill, destroy, ruin; to give offence; to be injured or destroyed, suffer wrong, perish (cl.4); to fail, miscarry, meet with misfortune or disaster (cl. 4): Caus. reṣayati, -yate, -yitum, Aor. arīriṣat, arīri-ṣata, to cause to be injured, injure, hurt, harm; to cause to miscarry, make to fail; to fail, miscarry, meet with misfortune or disaster (A.): Desid. riri-ṣiṣati, rireṣiṣati, (according to some also ri-rikṣati): Intens. reriṣyate, rereṣṭi; [cf. probably Gr. [greek] Lat. loedo.]
2. riṣ, ṭ, f. injury; (ṭ, ṭ, ṭ), injuring, an injurer.
2. riṣṭa, as, ā, am (for 1. see above), injured, hurt, wounded; unlucky; (according to some also) lucky; (am), n. mischief, harm; misfortune, bad luck (= ariṣṭa); destruction, loss; sin; (according to some also) good luck, prosperity; (as), m. a sword; the soap plant, Sapindus Detergens; N. of a king; of a Daitya or demon (destroyed by Viṣṇu); of a son of a Manu; (ā), f., N. of the mother of the Apsarases.
1. rī (connected with rt. 1. ri), cl. 9. P. A. riṇāti, riṇīte, rirāya (3rd du. riryatus), rirye, reṣyati, reṣyate, araiṣīt, areṣṭa, retum, to go, move; to hurt, injure, kill, (see rt. 1. ri); to howl [cf. rt. 1. ru]; cl. 4. A. rīyate, &c., to melt, become fluid, distil, drip, trickle, ooze, drop, flow [cf. rt. 1. lī]: Caus. repa-yati, -yitum, Aor. arīripat: Desid. rirīṣati, -te: Intens. rerīyate, rerayīti; [cf. Goth. and Angl. Sax. rinnan.]
2. rī = rai in ṛdhad-rī, (for rī, fem. of 2. ra, see under 2. ra, p. 824.)
1. ru, cl. 2. P. rauti, ravīti (Ved. also ruvati, and in some forms also A.), Impf. araut or aravīt (1st du. aruva or aruvīva, 3rd pl. aruvan), rurāva (1st du. ruruviva, 3rd pl. A. ruruvire), ravitā or (according to Vopa-deva IX. 53) rotā, raviṣyati, arāvīt (A. arāviṣṭa, 3rd pl. arāviṣus, Ved. aravanta), ravitum, and (according to Vopa-deva) rotum, to cry or make any particular sound or noise, bellow, roar, howl, yelp, yell, bray, shout, shriek; to hum (as bees); to sound in general; to cry aloud, to fill with noise or cries; to praise (according to Naigh. III. 14): Pass. rū-yate: Caus. rāvayati, -yitum, Aor. arīravat (anomalous form 3rd pl. arūruvan), to cause to bellow or roar, &c., to cause an uproar; to fill with shrieks, clamour, &c.: Desid. of Caus. rirāvayi-ṣati: Desid. rurūṣati: Intens. rorūyate, -ti, roravīti, roroti, to cry out loudly, bellow or roar loudly, yelp loudly, scream aloud, to vociferate; [cf. Gr. [greek] Lat. ru-mor, rum-i-to, ravi-s, rau-cu-s; Angl. Sax. ryn; Slav. rev-a, rju-ti, 'to roar.']
2. ru, us, m. sound, noise; fear, alarm; war, battle.
1. ruta, as, ā, am (for 2. see col. 3), sounded, filled with the cry (of animals), made to resound, rendered vocal; (am), n. any cry or noise, yell, roar, humming (of bees), the note of birds; song.
3. ru, cl. 1. A. ravate, ruruve, &c., Ved. to break to pieces, dash to pieces; to kill, hurt (?); to be angry (?); to go; to speak: Caus. rāvayati, &c.
4. ru, us, m. cutting, dividing.
2. ruta, as, ā, am (for 1. see col. 2), broken to pieces, divided, &c.
1. rukṣa, as, ā, am, (for 2. see p. 848, col. 1), rough, harsh, &c. = rūkṣa, q. v.; [cf. Angl. Sax. rug, ruh, ruw; Eng. rough, rugged.]
1. ruc (connected with rt. loc, q. v.), cl. 1. A. (sometimes P. on account of the metre), rocate (-ti), ruruce, rociṣyate, arucat, arociṣṭa, rocitum (Ved. Inf. ruce), to shine, be bright or resplendent (said of the sun, fire, stars, &c.); to make bright or resplendent (Ved. P.); to shine beautifully, appear beautiful, appear good; to please, be agreeable; to please any one (dat. or gen.); to be pleased, find pleasure in, approve, desire (sometimes with acc. or dat.); Pass. rucyate, Aor. aroci, to be bright or radiant: Caus. rocayati, -yate, -yitum, Aor. arūrucat, to cause to shine; to enlighten, illuminate, irradiate, make bright; to make pleasant or agreeable; to please (A.), be pleasant to any one (dat.); to cause to like; to cause any one (acc.) to long for anything (dat.); to cause to appear beautiful or good, to find pleasure in, like, approve, choose (A.); to resolve: Pass. of Caus. rocyate, to be agreeable: Desid. ruruciṣate, rurociṣate; [cf. Gr. [greek] [greek]]; Lat. luc-eo, lux, lu-men, lucidu-s, lu-na, Leucesius, di-luc-ulu-m: Goth. liuh-ath, 'light;' lauhmoni, 'lightning;' liuhtjan: Old Germ. lichan, luchjan, lochon: Angl. Sax. leoht, lioht, gelihtan, locian: Slav. luca, 'a ray;' luna, 'the moon:' Lith. lauka-s, lauki-s.]
2. rukṣa, as, ā, am (for 1. see p. 847, col. 3), Ved. shining, brilliant, radiant, glittering, (Sāy. = dīpta.)
2. ruc, k, f. light, lustre, brightness; lightning; splendor, beauty, loveliness; colour; appearance, (sometimes at the end of a comp., e. g. janāḥ, sura-rucaḥ, god-like men); pleasure, delight, liking, wish, desire; [cf. Lat. lux.]
1. ruj, cl. 6. P. rujati (rarely A. -te), ruroja, rokṣyati, araukṣīt (in Vājasaneyi-s. XVI. 47. mā rok = bhaṅgam mā kārṣīḥ), roktum, to break, break open, break to pieces, break down, destroy; to bend; to pain, cause pain, afflict with disease, disorder, injure: Pass. rujyate, to be broken, &c.: Caus. rojayati, -yitum, Aor. arūru-jat, to cause to break, to injure, hurt, kill: Desid. rurukṣati: Intens. rorujyate, rorokti; [cf. Gr. [greek] perhaps [greek] Lat. lug-e-o, lug-u-bri-s, luc-tu-s, lu-e-s; Lith. luz-ti, 'to break.']
2. ruj, k, k, k, breaking, breaking or dashing to pieces; (k), f. fracture; pain, sickness, illness, disease, (akṣi-ruj, a disease of the eye); toil, fatigue, weariness, effort, trouble.
1. rud [cf. rt. 1. ru], cl. 2. P. roditi (Ved. also cl. 6. rudati, ep. also A. rudate), Impf. arodīt or arodat (Pāṇ. VII. 3, 98, 99; 1st sing. arodam, 3rd pl. arudan), Impv. roditu (2nd sing. rudihi), Perf. ruroda (ep. rurude), 2nd Fut. rodiṣyati (Ved. rotsyati), Aor. arodīt (3rd pl. arodiṣus) or arudat, roditum, to weep, cry, shed tears, wail, lament; to bewail, deplore; to roar, howl: Pass. rudyate, Aor. arodi: Caus. rodayati, -yi-tum, Aor. arūrudat, to cause to weep or lament: Desid. rurudiṣati: Intens. rorudyate, rorotti, to weep very much; [cf. perhaps Gr. [greek] Lat. rud-o; Old Germ. riuzan; Angl. Sax. reotan; Lith. raudoju; Slav. rudajun.]
2. rud, t, t, t, weeping, crying, lamenting [cf. agha-r-]; (t), f. cry, wail, lamentation; sound, noise; grief; pain, affliction; disease.
1. rudh (= rt. 1. ruh), cl. 1. P. ro-dhati, &c., Ved. to sprout, shoot, grow, germinate; [cf. nyag-rodha, 2. ava-rodha.]
1. rodha, as, m. sprouting, growing, &c.; [cf. 2. ava-r-, nyag-r-.]
2. rudh, cl. 7. P. A. ruṇaddhi, runddhe (ep. also rundhati, rundhate, rodhati, Impf. arundhat), rurodha, rurudhe, rotsyati, -te, arudhat or arautsīt, aruddha (Ved. forms araut, rudhmas, arautsi), roddhum (ep. also rodhitum), to stop, check, arrest, restrain, hinder, impede, prevent, obstruct, suppress, oppose; to hold, withhold, retain, keep; to avert, keep off, keep back; to shut, close, lock, shut up, lock up, block up, close up, stop up, fill up; to besiege, blockade, lay siege to, invest; to shut in, enclose, surround, confine (with loc. of the place of confinement or with double acc. according to Vopa-deva V. 6); to bind; to cover, cover up, cover over, obscure; to oppress, torment, harass: Pass. rudhyate, Aor. arodhi: Caus. rodhayati, -te (ep. also rundha-yati), -yitum, Aor. arūrudhat, to cause to stop; to restrain, impede, obstruct; to cause to be confined; cause to be besieged; to fetter, enchain; to oppress, torment, harass: Desid. rurutsati, -te: Intens. rorudhyate, roroddhi; [cf. perhaps Hib. rundha, 'secret, mysterious;' rundhachd, 'secrecy;' ruindiamhar, 'a mystery;' ruine, 'secrecy:' Goth. runa, 'a mystery:' Old Germ. runen, runazjan, which may be related to rt. 1. ru.]
3. rudh, t, t, t, stopping, restraining, impeding, holding; [cf. kara-r-.]
2. rodha, as, m. (for 1. rodha see col. 1), the act of stopping, checking, arresting, restraining, hindering, impeding, preventing, &c.; restraint, stoppage, obstruction, suppression, prevention, prohibition; shutting up, confining; closing, blocking up; siege, blockade (of a town); attacking, making war upon; a dam, bank, shore [cf. rodhas below]; a proper N.; N. of a hell.
1. rup (an older form of rt. 1. lup), cl. 4. P. rupyati, ruropa, arupat, &c., to suffer violent or racking pain (Ved.); to violate, confound, disturb: Caus. ropayati, -yitum, Aor. arūrupat, to cause acute pain; to break off; [cf. Lat. rumpo, rupi, &c.]
1. ropa, 1. ropita, &c. See p. 855, col. 1.
2. rup (connected with rt. 1. ruh), Ved. the earth.
1. ruśat, an, atī or antī, at, hurting, injuring, vexing, displeasing; cursing, imprecating.
2. ruśat, an, atī or antī, at (probably to be regarded as a participle connected with rt. 1. ruc), Ved. brilliant, bright, light-coloured, white; [cf. Gr. [greek]]
1. ruṣ (connected with and in some forms and meanings identified with rt. ruś; allied also to rukṣ in 1. rukṣa), cl. 1. P. roṣati, ruroṣa, roṣiṣyati, aroṣīt or aruṣat, roṣitum or roṣṭum, to hurt, injure, kill; to vex, annoy, displease, make angry, disgust; to take ill, be offended (Ved.); cl. 4. ruṣyati, to be vexed or annoyed; to be offended; to be cross or angry; to injure, &c.: cl. 10. or Caus. roṣayati, -yi-tum, Aor. arūruṣat, to vex, annoy, displease, irritate; to enrage, exasperate: Desid. ruruṣiṣati, ruroṣi-ṣati: Intens. roruṣyate, roroṣṭi; [cf. probably Gr. [greek] (perhaps also) [greek] [greek] Goth. in-rauht-jan.]
2. ruṣ, ṭ, f. anger, wrath, rage, fury, passion.
1. ruṣya, ruṣya-mat, see Gaṇa Madhvādi to Pāṇ. IV. 2, 86.
2. ruṣya, ind. having irritated or enraged, &c. (Rāmāyaṇa II. 98, 12).
1. ruh (originally written rudh; cf. rt. 1. rudh), cl. 1. P. rohati (ep. also A. rohate), ruroha, rokṣyati, arukṣat (Ved. and ep. aruhat), roḍhum (ep. rohitum, Ved. rohiṣyai, Pāṇ. III. 4, 10), to rise, mount upwards, ascend, climb; to spring up, shoot forth, sprout, germinate, to be produced or born; to grow, grow up, be developed or formed, grow larger, increase, increase in size; to grow together, grow over, cicatrize, heal; to reach to, attain: Caus. rohayati or (in the later language) ropayati, -yitum, Aor. arūruhat or arūrupat, to cause to ascend, raise up, elevate; to place in or on, fix, fasten; to deliver over, commit, entrust; to plant, sow, put in the ground; to cause to grow, cause to grow over or heal: Desid. rurukṣati: Intens. roruhyate, roroḍhi; [cf. perhaps Gr. [greek] perhaps Lat. rus, rur-is: Goth. liugan, jugga-lauths; liudith, 'it grows;' lauths, 'a man' (gen. laudi-s): Old Germ. liut, 'a people;' liuti (= Mod. Germ. Leute), sumarlota, 'a twig;' ruota, 'a set, twig:' Old Sax. ruoda: Angl. Sax. rod: Slav. rod-i-ti, 'to bring forth;' na-rodu, 'a people:' Lith. liu-dinu, 'to produce;' rudu, 'autumn:' Celt. rho-dara, 'a kind of plant;' rod-ra, 'a tree:' Scot. ros, 'seed;' rosach, 'full of seed:' Hib. rosan, 'a shrub;' rud, 'a wood, forest;' ruadh, 'strength, value; strong;' romho, 'very much, great;' rom-hoide, 'greatness;' ruidh, 'running, a race;' roid, 'a race;' ruaidhneach, 'hair;' laidir, 'strong, stout;' laidireacht, laidireas, 'strength.']
2. ruh, ṭ, f. rising, ascending, ascent, sprouting, germinating, growth; (at the end of a comp.) shooting up, germinating, growing, increasing; [cf. am-bho-r-, kṣiti-ra-, bhūmī-ra-.]
1. reka, as, m. suspicion, doubt, fear, care, anxiety, concern; a man of a low caste, outcast; a frog; [cf. bheka.]
2. reka, as, m. (fr. rt. ric), emptying, loosening, looseness, purging.
1. rej [cf. rt. 1. rāj], cl. 1. A. rejate (Ved. also P. rejati), &c., to shine; to shake, tremble, quiver, flicker (Ved.); to cause to tremble or shake (Ved. P.); (according to Naigh. II. 14) to go (P.): Caus. rejayati, &c., to cause to tremble or quake, to shake.
2. rej, ṭ, ṭ, ṭ, shining; shaking, a shaker; (ṭ), m., N. of Agni or fire.
1. reṣ, cl. 1. A. reṣate, rireṣe, re-ṣitum, to howl, roar, yell (as wolves); to neigh, whinny (as a horse; cf. rt. hreṣ); to utter any inarticulate sound.
2. reṣ, ṭ, ṭ, ṭ, one who howls or neighs, howling, neighing.
1. reṣaṇa, am, n. the howl of a wolf, howling, yelling, roaring.
3. reṣ, ṭ (fr. rt. 1. riṣ), in Vājasaneyi-s. VI. 18. according to Mahī-dhara = riṣṭā or hiṃsitā, (perhaps referrible to rt. riś, to injure.)
2. reṣaṇa, as, ī, am, Ved. injuring, hurting; (am), n. the act of injuring, injury, hurt, damage; failure.
1. rai, cl. 1. P. rāyati, rarau, rātum, to bark, bark at (with acc.); to sound; [cf. Lat. latrare.]
2. rai, ās (?) , m. barking, sound, noise.
3. rai, rās, m. rarely f. (connected with rayi, q. v., fr. rt. 1. rā; acc. rāyam, Ved. rām = Lat. rem; for other cases see Gram. 132), property, possessions, goods, wealth, gold; costliness; (rai), ind., see Gaṇa Cādi to Pāṇ. I. 4. 57; [cf. Lat. res.]
1. rodha. See p. 850, col. 1.
2. rodha, rodhas, rodhin, &c. See p. 850, col. 2.
1. ropa, as, m. (fr. rt. 1. rup = rt. 1. lup), confusing, disturbing; (am), n. a fissure, chasm, hole, cavity, (in this sense possibly connected with rt. 1. ruh, cf. ruhaka.)
1. ropaṇa, as, ī, am, Ved. causing bodily pain, causing racking or griping pain; (am), n. according to the commentator on Taittirīya-Brāhmaṇa III. 476, 9 = vimohana or upadrava.
1. ropita, as, ā, am, bewildered, perplexed.
2. ropa, as, m. (fr. the Caus. of rt. 1. ruh), the act of raising or setting up, &c. (= 2. ropaṇa); the planting (of trees); an arrow.
2. ropaṇa, as, ī, am, causing to grow, causing to grow over or cicatrize, healing; putting or placing on, (am), n. the act of setting up or erecting, raising; the act of planting, setting, &c.; healing, cicatrizing; a healing application (used for sores).
2. ropita, as, ā, am, made to grow; raised, erected, elevated; set, planted, placed in or upon.
1. and 2. roma, 1. and 2. romaka, &c. See col. 3.
1. roma = roman (at the end of an adj. comp., e. g. a-roma, having no hair, hairless; cf. sa-r-); (as), m. a hole, cavity [cf. 1. ropa]; (am), n. water.
1. romaka = roman (at the end of an adj. comp.).
2. roma, the city Rome.
2. romaka, as, m. Rome; 'the Roman' as epithet of a particular astronomer; (ās), m. pl., N. of a people (mentioned in Mahā-bh. Sabhā-p. 1837; cf. romāṇas under roman); the people of the Roman empire, the Romans; (am), n. a kind of saline earth and the salt extracted from it; a kind of magnet.
1. and 2. romāñca. See col. 2.
1. la, the twenty-eighth consonant of the Nāgarī alphabet, being the semivowel of the vowels ḷ, ḹ, and having the sound of the English l.
2. la, Pāṇini's general or technical term for all the tenses and moods or verbal terminations.
3. la, as, m., N. of Indra; cutting (?).
4. la (for laghu), a short syllable.
1. lagna, as, ā, am, (for 2. see p. 860, col. 2), attached, adhered, stuck, held fast; attached to, joined to, connected with; coming in contact, meeting, intersecting, cutting (said of lines); adhering or clinging to, sticking to or upon, remaining on, impressed upon, fastened in, sticking in; fastened on, directed towards; followed or following closely, immediately ensuing; intent on, closely occupied about; auspicious; (as), m. a bard or minstrel (who awakes the king in the morning); a furious elephant or one in rut; (am), n. the point of contact or intersection (of two lines), the point where the horizon and the ecliptic or path of the planets meet; the point or arc of the equator which corresponds to a given point or arc of the ecliptic; the division of the equator which rises in succession with each sign in an oblique sphere; the point of the ecliptic which at a given time is upon the meridian or at the horizon, (kṣi-tije lagnam, horizon Lagna; madhya-lagna, meridian Lagna); the moment of the sun's entrance into a zodiacal sign; the rising of the sun or of the planets; (in astrology) a scheme or figure of the twelve houses or zodiacal signs (used as a horoscope); the whole of the first astrological house; an auspicious moment, a particular time fixed upon as lucky for the performance of anything, (rarely as, m.); the decisive moment, time for action, decisive measure, (also as, m.)
1. laṅga, as, ā, am, lame, limping; (as), m. limping, lameness.
2. laṅga, as, m. (probably connected with rt. lag), union, association, connection; a lover, paramour.
1. laj (= rt. lajj, q. v.), cl. 6. A. lajate, leje, lajitum, to be ashamed: Caus. lājayati: Desid. lilajiṣate: Intens. lālaj-yate, lālakti.
2. laj (= rt. 1. lañj), cl. 1. P. la-jati, &c., to fry, roast; to calumniate, blame.
3. laj (= rt. 2. lañj), cl. 10. P. lajayati, &c., to appear, seem, shine; to cover, (in this sense another reading for rt. jal.)
2. lagna, as, ā, am (for 1. see p. 858, col. 3), ashamed; (this part. is also referrible to rt. 1. laj.)
1. lañj (= rt. 2. laj), cl. 1. P. lañ-jati, &c., to fry, roast; to calumniate, blame.
2. lañj (also read luñj), cl. 10. P. lañjayati, &c., to be strong; to strike, injure; to dwell; to give; to speak; to shine; to be manifest.
1. laṭ, cl. 1. P. laṭati, &c., to be a child, act or talk like a child, be childish; to cry; [cf. rt. raṭ.]
2. laṭ, a technical term or symbol in grammar for the terminations of the Present or for that tense itself.
1. lap, cl. 1. P. lapati (sometimes also A. lapate when required by the metre), lalāpa, lapitum, to chatter, prate, speak, talk; to whisper; to wail, lament, weep: Caus. lā-payati, -yitum, Aor. alīlapat or alalāpat, to cause to talk: Desid. lilapiṣati: Intens. lālap-yate, lālapti, to talk incessantly or excessively, chatter senselessly, prattle; to bewail, lament; [cf. Gr. [greek] [greek] (probably also) [greek] according to some also [greek] (through reduplication, the final letter of rt. lap being rejected): Lat. loqu-o-r, loquax, loquela, Ajus Locu-ti-us, la-mentum; labium, labrum, lambo: Slav. reka: Lith. su-rik-ti, rek-iu: Hib. labhraim, 'I speak;' labh-radh, 'speech, discourse.']
2. lap, speaking, talking. See abhīlāpa-lap.
1. las, cl. 1. P. lasati, lalāsa (3rd du. lesatuḥ), alāsīt or alasīt, lasitum, to shine, flash, glitter, coruscate, glance; to appear, come to light, arise; to sound, resound, (connected with rt. 1: ras); to embrace; to play, sport, move about rapidly, dance, jump, skip about [cf. rāsa]; cl. 10. P. lāsayati, &c., to exercise an art, do anything scientifically or skilfully, (in this sense = rts. laś, laṣ): Pass. lasyate, Aor. alāsi, &c.: Caus. lāsa-yati, -yitum, Aor. alīlasat, to cause to sport or play, to cause to dance, teach to dance; to dance: Intens. lālasyate, (this form does not seem to occur, but cf. lālasa); [cf. probably Lat. ludo, (according to some) lascivus, lascivire.]
2. las, as, as, as, shining, glittering; [cf. a-las.]
1. lā, cl. 2. P. lāti, lalau (3rd pl. laluḥ), &c., to take, receive, obtain.
2. lā, ās, f. the act of taking, receiving; the giving.
1. lekhya, Nom. P. lekhyati, &c., = lekhāya above.
2. lekhya, as, ā, am, to be scratched or scraped, to be scarified; to be written or transcribed, proper to be written; to be drawn or painted; portrayed, painted; to be written down or numbered among (loc.); (am), n. writing, the art of writing; copying, transcribing; delineation, drawing, painting; a writing, document, letter, manuscript; a written accusation or defence; an inscription; a painted figure.
1. lipta, as, ā, am (for 2. lipta see p. 868, col. 1), smeared, besmeared, anointed; stained, soiled, defiled; smeared with poison, poisoned, envenomed; eaten.
2. lipta, as, ā, am (according to Uṇādi-s. V. 55. fr. rt. 1. lī; for 1. lipta see p. 867, col. 3), united, joined, connected, embraced.
1. liś (according to some a later form of rt. 1. riś), cl. 6. P. liśati (according to some also A. liśate), to tear off, hurt, injure, (in this sense only if identified with rt. 1. riś); to go, move; cl. 4. P. liśyati (also A. liśyate), lileśa, liliśe, lekṣyati, -te, alikṣat, alikṣata, leṣṭum, to be small, lessen, become small [cf. rts. kṛś, kliś]: Caus. leśayati, alīliśat: Desid. li-likṣate: Intens. leliśyate, leleṣṭi; [cf. Gr. [greek] [greek] perhaps also [greek] Lith. lesas.]
2. liś, ṭ, ṭ, ṭ, (probably) one who tears off or injures, &c.
1. lih (a later form of rt. rih), cl. 2. P. A. leḍhi, līḍhe (2nd sing. P. le-kṣi, 2nd and 3rd du. līḍhas), Impf. P. aleṭ or aleḍ (2nd sing. aleṭ, 2nd du. alīḍham), Impv. P. leḍhu (2nd sing. līḍhi), lileha, lilihe, lekṣyati, -te, alikṣat, alikṣata or alīḍha, leḍhum, to lick; to lick up; to taste, sip, lap, take any food by licking or lapping: Pass. lihyate, Aor. alehi, to be licked, &c.: Caus. lehayati, -yitum, Aor. alīlihat, to cause to lick: Desid. lilikṣati, -te: Intens. lelihyate, leleḍhi, to lick frequently, be constantly licking, play with the tongue, dart out the tongue; [cf. Gr. [greek] [greek] Lat. li-n-g-o, lig-uri-o, pol-lex; Goth. bi-laigo-n; Old Germ. lecchon; Angl. Sax. liccian; Slav. liz-a-ti; Lith. lez-iu, liz-u-s; Hib. lighim, im-lighim, 'I lick.']
2. lih, ṭ, ṭ, ṭ, licking, licking up, tasting.
1. lī, cl. 9. P. lināti (this form not usually found), to adhere; to obtain (?); cl. 1. P. layati (not usually found), to melt, liquefy, dissolve; cl. 4. A. līyate (this is the usual form), lilye, leṣyati or lāsyati, leṣyate or lāsyate, aleṣṭa or alāsta, letum, lātum, to cling or press closely, join or adhere firmly, adhere or stick together, cling to, embrace; to lie, recline, lie or rest upon, sit upon, dwell in, stay in, haunt, lurk in, hide in, cower down in; to be viscous or sticky; to be solvable, to be dissolved; to be absorbed in; to be devoted to; to disappear, vanish: Pass. līyate, Aor. alāyi: Caus. (generally with prep. vi), -lāpayati or -lāyayati or -līnayati or -lālayati, to melt, liquefy, dissolve, &c., (see vi-lī; according to Pāṇ. I. 3, 70, the form lāpayate in Ātmane-pada is used in the sense of 'to obtain honour', 'cause to be honoured'): Desid. lilīṣati, -te: Intens. lelīyate, lelayīti, leleti (for lelāyati, which some consider an intensive form of a rt. lī, see lelāya); [cf. Gr. [greek] Lat. līmus, po-lire, linere; according to some, liqueo, liquo: Old Germ. lim, leim: Angl. Sax. lime, lam.]
2. lī, īs, f. clinging to, adhering, embracing, &c.; liquefying, melting; = capala; [cf. lelāya.]
1. luk, an artificial root probably meaning 'to meet together', and apparently only invented to explain lukeśvara; the forms lukiṣyasi and lukitasya being also given.
2. luk (probably fr. Pass. of rt. luñc; cf. luc below; the loc. c. however is luki, not luci), a technical term or symbol in grammar to express 'the dropping out' or 'disappearance' of Pratyayas or affixes; (it is properly regarded as a substitute for an affix, preventing the appearance of any other affix in its place, and neutralizing the effect which this affix would have had on the base; the symbols luk, lup, and ślu are distinguished from lopa, q. v., and are called lu-mat, as containing the syllable lu.)
1. luṭ [cf. rts. ruṭ, 1. luṭh], cl. 1. A. loṭate, &c., to repel, resist, oppose; to suffer pain, be affected with grief; to shine; cl. 10. P. loṭayati, to speak; to shine.
2. luṭ [cf. rt. 2. luṭh], cl. 1. 4. P. loṭati, luṭyati, luloṭa, aloṭīt or aluṭat, loṭitum, to roll, roll about, roll on the ground, wallow; to be connected or in contact with (?); cl. 1. A. loṭate, &c., to go (according to Naigh. II. 14): Caus. loṭayati, -yitum, Aor. alūluṭat or aluloṭat.
3. luṭ, a technical term or symbol in grammar for the terminations of the First Future or for that Tense itself.
1. luṭh, cl. 1. P. loṭhati, luloṭha, aluṭhat, loṭhitum, to strike, knock down; cl. 1. A. loṭhate, luluṭhe, aloṭhiṣṭa, to resist, oppose, repel; to suffer pain; to go (according to Naigh. II. 14); cl. 10. P. loṭhayati [cf. rt. luṇṭh], to rob, plunder, steal, pillage, sack.
2. luṭh, cl. 6. P. luṭhati, luloṭha, aluṭhat, &c., luṭhitum, to roll, roll about, move about, move to and fro, roll on the ground, wallow, welter; to roll down; to agitate, move, stir, (in this sense = rt. luḍ): Caus. loṭha-yati, -yitum, Aor. alūluṭhat or aluloṭhat, to cause to roll, make to move to and fro: Desid. luluṭhi-ṣate, to wish to roll, intend to roll, to be on the point of rolling; [cf. Hib. liuth, 'I move, hasten.']
1. lup (a later form of rt. 1. rup), cl. 6. P. A. lumpati, -te, lulopa, lulupe, lopsyati, -te, alupat, alupta, loptum, to break, fracture, violate, break in pieces, cut, cut off, mutilate, destroy, injure, spoil; to seize, pounce upon; to rob, plunder, take away, deprive of; to suppress, elide, erase, cause to disappear; cl. 4. P. lupyati, lulopa, lopiṣ-yati, lopitum, to be suppressed or destroyed [cf. lup-yate below]; to disturb, bewilder, perplex, confound [cf. rt. lubh, with which lup appears to be connected; see lolupa]: Pass. lupyate, Aor. alopi, to be broken or violated; to be suppressed or lost, be elided, suffer elision, disappear (in grammar): Caus. lopayati, -yitum, Aor. alūlupat or alulopat, to cause to break or violate; to break, infringe, violate, offend against, thwart, injure; to omit, neglect, miss; to cause to swerve from (with abl.): Desid. lulup-sati, -te, lulopiṣati, &c.: Intens. lolupyate, lo-lopti, to confound, disturb, bewilder, perplex; [cf. Gr. [greek] perhaps also [greek] Lat. rump-o: Old Germ. raubon: (probably) Goth. raupjan, 'to pull out:' Angl. Sax. reaf, reafian: Old Norse ryf: Lith. rup-e-ti, rup-u-s: Slav. lom-i-ti: Hib. reubaim, 'I tear, lacerate;' reuban, 'plundering, robbery;' lomaim, 'I sheer, shave, make bare.']
2. lup, falling or dropping out, suppression, elision, cutting off, rejection, (lup is one of the three technical terms for grammatical elision classed with luk, q. v.; it is especially applicable to a Taddhita affix, implying its disappearance and preventing the appearance of any other affix in its place.)
1. lū, cl. 9. P. A. lunāti (Ved. also cl. 5. lunoti), lunīte, lulāva (2nd sing. lu-lavitha, 3rd du. luluvatus), luluve (2nd pl. lulu-vidhve or luluviḍhve), laviṣyati, -te, alāvīt, alaviṣṭa (2nd pl. alavidhvam or alaviḍhvam), lavitum, to cut, sever, divide, clip, reap, pluck, gather; to cut off, cut up, cut to pieces, destroy: Pass. lūyate, Aor. alāvi: Caus. lāvayati, -yitum, Aor. alīlavat, alīlavata, to cause to cut: Desid. of Caus. lilāvayiṣati: Desid. lulūṣati, -te: Intens. lolūyate, loloti, to cut completely off: Desid. of Intens. lolūyiṣate; [cf. Gr. [greek] [greek] Lat. re-lu-o, so-lv-o (for se-lu-o), so-lu-tu-s, lu-o, lucrum; Goth. lau-s-j-a, laus, us-laus-ein-s, fra-lius-an; Angl. Sax. leosan, lysan, leas, los; Lith. lauju; Slav. ru-a-ti, runo, rus-i-ti.]
2. lū, ūs, ūs, u, cutting, dividing, cutting off, plucking.
1. loṭ (= rt. loḍ), cl. 1. P. loṭati, &c., to be mad or foolish.
2. loṭ, a technical term or symbol in grammar for the terminations of the Imperative or for that Mood itself.
1. lohita, as, ā or lohinī, am (a later form of rohita, q. v.), red, red-coloured, reddish; made of copper, copper, metal; (as), m. red (the colour), any red colour; a particular disease attacking the eyelids; a kind of precious stone; a species of rice; a sort of bean or lentil; Dioscorea Purpurea; a kind of fish, Cyprinus Rohita; a sort of deer; a snake, serpent; the planet Mars; N. of a Nāga or serpentdemon; of a river (the Brahma-putra); of a sea; of a lake; of a country; (ās), m. pl., N. of a class of gods under the twelfth Manu; the descendants of Lohita; (ā), f., N. of one of the seven tongues of fire; of two plants (= varāha-krāntā, rakta-punarnavā); = lohinī below; (inī), f. a woman with a red-coloured skin or red with anger; (am), n. copper, metal; blood, (in this sense also as, m.); battle; saffron; red sanders; a kind of sandal-wood (= go-śīrṣa); a kind of Agallochum; an imperfect form of rainbow.
2. lohita, Nom. P. lohitati, &c., to be or become red, redden.
1. va, the twenty-ninth consonant of the Devanāgarī alphabet, being the semivowel of the vowels u, ū, and having the sound of the English v, except when forming the last member of a conjunct consonant, in which case it is pronounced like w; it is often confounded with the labial consonant b, with which it may frequently be interchanged.
2. va, as, m. (fr. rt. 2. vā), air, wind; the arm; N. of Varuṇa; addressing; conciliation; auspiciousness; reverence; a dwelling; the residence of Varuṇa; the ocean, water; a tiger; cloth; the esculent root of the water-lily; (ā), f. going; hurting, injury; an arrow; weaving; (am), n. a sort of incantation or Mantra (of which the object is the deity Varuṇa); = pra-cetas; (as, ā, am), strong, powerful.
3. va, ind. = iva, like, as.
1. vacasa, as, ā, am (for 2. see p. 880), talkative, eloquent, wise; (at end of comp.) = vacas above.
1. vacasya (fr. vacas), Nom. A. vacasyate, &c., Ved. to babble, rattle (said of the sound of the running Soma); to be praised or glorified, (Sāy. = stūyate.)
2. vacasya, as, ā, am, Ved. (perhaps) worthy of mention, praiseworthy, celebrated; (or perhaps for 1. vacasyu, q. v.)
1. vacasyu, us, us, u (for 2. see p. 880, col. 1), Ved. eloquent; desirous of praise, (Sāy. = stuti-kā-ma.)
1. vacyamāna, as, ā, am, Ved. being spoken or uttered, (Sāy. = ucyamāna.)
1. and 2. vacyamāna. See above and p. 880, col. 1.
2. vacasa, as, ā, am (for 1. see p. 878, col. 2), Ved. oscillating, moving about, rolling (said of carriages).
2. vacasyu, us, us, u (for 1. see p. 878, col. 2), Ved. shaking, tossing, tottering.
2. vacyamāna, as, ā, am, Ved. being urged on or incited, being inspired, (according to Sāy. vacya-māna = both ucyamāna and preryamāṇa.)
1. vaṭ (probably connected with rt. 1. vṛt), cl. 1. P. vaṭati, vavāṭa, vaṭitum, to surround, encompass; cl. 10. P. vaṭayati, &c., to tie, string, connect; to divide, partition: Caus. vaṭayati, -yitum, to speak.
2. vaṭ, ind., Ved. an interjection or exclamation used in sacrificial ceremonies.
1. vat, ind. an affix (technically termed vati) added to words to imply likeness or resemblance, and generally translatable by 'as', 'like' (e. g. brāhmaṇa-vat, like a Brāhman).
2. vat, a Vedic rt. usually connected with api, (probably) cl. 1. vatati, &c., to understand, comprehend, apprehend, (according to Sāy. on Ṛg-veda VII. 3, 10. vatema = sambha-jemahi, 'may we share in or possess or obtain', where vat is said to stand for rt. 1. van): Caus. vātayati, -yitum, Aor. avīvatat, to cause to understand, make intelligible; to excite, awaken, (Sāy. = prāpayati, āgamayati, prerayati.)
1. vata, ind. in the earlier language generally written bata, q. v.; for 2. vata see p. 883, col. 1), a particle expressing sorrow, compassion, pleasure, surprise, &c., and generally translatable by 'ah!' 'alas!' 'oh!' also used as a vocative particle; (in later Sanskṛt vata is often found in the middle of a sentence.)
2. vadhatra, am, n. (for 1. vadha-tra see col. 2), 'an instrument of death', deadly weapon, dart.
1. van, cl. 1. P. vanati, &c., to sound; to serve, honour, worship, help, aid; cl. 8. P. A. vanoti, vanute, vavāna, vavane, &c. (Vedic forms vanāti, vanās, vavanma, vavne, vaṃsāma, vaṃsīmahi, vanuyāma, vanavat [ = vanuyāt = hiṃsyāt], vaniṣat, vanuṣanta, vani-ṣanta, vanta [as if cl. 2], vaṃsva, vāvanas, vā-vandhi), Inf. vanitum (Ved. [pra]vantave), to ask, request, beg, seek; (the following senses are mostly peculiar to Ved.), to like, love; to wish, desire; to obtain, acquire, procure, furnish, offer, give; to gain or obtain by conquest, become master of, conquer, possess; to make ready, prepare for, aim at; to hurt, injure: Caus. vanayati (when combined with preps.), vānayati, -yitum, to cause to sound, &c.; to act, transact business; to hurt, kill; (the rt. van in cl. 10. 1. vānayati, vanati, &c. also means 'to confide', 'believe in', but in this sense is a various reading for rt. 2. tan, q. v.); [cf. perhaps Gr. [greek] Lat. Ven-us, ve-nustas, veneror; Goth. vens; Old Germ. wini, winia, wunna; Angl. Sax. wyn, ge-wenian, to-wenan; (according to some also) Gr. [greek] [greek] Lat. funus; Hib. bana, 'death.']
2. vata, as, ā, am (for 1. see p. 881, col. 2), sounded, spoken, uttered; asked, begged; killed, hurt.
2. van (only used in the loc. and gen. pl. vaṃsu, vanām), Ved. = 1. vana, a wooden vessel, (according to Sāy. vaṃsu = udakeṣu); = araṇi, the wood used for kindling fire by attrition, (according to Sāy. garbho vanām = the offspring of the pieces of wood so used); love, worship (according to some).
1. vana, am, n. (for 2. vana see p. 885, col. 1), a wood, forest, grove, thicket, a quantity of lotuses or other plants growing in a thick bed or cluster (e. g. kumuda-v-, a bed or cluster of water-lilies); wood, timber; a wooden vessel or barrel (for the Soma juice); 'the vessel in the sky', i. e. a cloud (Ved.); water (Ved.); a fountain, spring; a place of abode, residence; dwelling in a forest, residence abroad; (according to Naigh. I. 4) = raśmi, a ray of light; (according to Sāy. on Ṛg-veda I. 24, 7) light (= tejas); the body of a carriage (so suggested by modern scholars as an interpretation in Ṛg-veda VIII. 34, 18); worshipping; (perhaps) longing, earnest desire; Cyperus Rotundus; (ā), f. = araṇi, wood used to produce fire by attrition; (in Ṛg-veda III. 1, 13) Wood for so kindling fire personified; (ī), f. a wood, forest; (as), m., N. of a son of Uśīnara; of one of the ten orders of mendicants founded by a pupil of Śaṅkarācārya, the members of which order affix vana to their names; [cf. rāmendra-vana.]
2. vana, ind. (for 1. vana see p. 883, col. 2), see Gaṇa Cādi to Pāṇ. I. 4, 57.
1. vandi, is, m. (for 2. vandi see col. 3), a praiser, panegyrist, &c. (= vandin).
2. vandi, is, or vandī, f. (more properly written bandi, bandī; probably connected with rt. bandh, cf. the Persian [arabic] for 1. vandi see col. 2), a captive or prisoner in general (male or female); a woman in captivity, female captive or slave; an animal confined in a cage; a ladder or stairs; plunder, booty, spoil.
1. vapuṣya, Nom. P. vapuṣyati, &c., Ved. to cause beauty or lustre of form, (Sāy. vapur-dīptiṃ kṛ); to desire form or beauty of form, (Sāy. = vapur iṣ); to wonder, be astonished, (this latter sense is thought probable by modern scholars.)
2. vapuṣya, as, ā, am, Ved. having form or beauty of form, handsome; conducive to bodily welfare, (Sāy. = vapuṣi hita); wonderfully beautiful, wonderful.
1. vayuna, as, ā, am, Ved. (perhaps) having vital power, endowed with life (in Śata-patha-Brāhmaṇa VIII. 2, 2, 8).
2. vayuna, am, n. (according to Uṇādi-s. III. 61. fr. rt. vī, substituted for rt. aj), a mark, token, sign, characteristic (Ved.); a rule, ordinance, sacred rite, appointment, order; manner, custom, mode of acting, actions; distinctness, clearness, (in the preceding senses generally Ved. and frequently āni, n. pl.); the faculty of perceiving, consciousness, knowledge, wisdom, information, instruction, (Sāy. = prajñā, prajñāna, jñāna-sā-dhana, jñāna); a temple; (as), m., N. of a son of Kṛśāśva and Dhiṣaṇā; (ā), f. knowledge; N. of a daughter of Svadhā.
1. vartu in dur-vartu, q. v. (For 2. vartu see p. 892, col. 2.)
1. varṇya, as, ā, am, to be delineated or described, to be pictured, describable.
2. varṇya, as, ā, am, relating to colour, useful for colour, giving colour; (am), n. = varṇa, saffron.
2. vartu in tri-vartu, q. v. (For 1. vartu see p. 889, col. 3.)
1. vartsyat, an, atī or antī, at (for 2. see below), about to be or take place.
2. vartsyat, an, atī or antī, at (fut. part. of rt. vṛdh; for 1. see above), intending or going to augment.
1. vardha, as, m. (for 2. vardha see col. 3), cutting, dividing.
1. vardhaka, as, ikā, am, cutting, dividing, cutting off, shearing [cf. māṣa-v-, śmaśru-v-]; (as), m. a carpenter.
1. vardhana, am, n. the act of cutting or cutting off; [cf. nābhi-v-.]
1. vardhita, as, ā, am, cut, off, divided; filled, full, (in this sense probably rather to be placed under 2. vardhita below.)
2. vardha, as, ā, am (fr. rt. vṛdh; for 1. vardha see col. 2), incresing, augmenting, strengthening; exhilarating, animating, &c.; (as), m. the act of increasing, giving increase or prosperity, making happy; increase, augmentation; the plant Clerodendrum Siphonanthus; (am), n. lead, red lead.
2. vardhaka, as, ikā, am, increasing, strengthening, &c.; (as), m. the plant Clerodendrum Siphonanthus.
2. vardhana, as, ī, am, increasing, augmenting, growing, thriving; enlarging, causing to increase, magnifying, strengthening; exhilarating, making joyful, animating; bestowing prosperity; (as), m. a granter of increase, bestower of prosperity; N. of Śiva; a tooth growing over another tooth; N. of one of Skanda's attendants; of a son of Kṛṣṇa and Mitra-vindā; (ī), f. a broom, brush; a water-jar of a particular shape; (am), n. the act of increasing, growing, thriving; increase, growth, prosperity, success; the act of making larger, enlargement, making great, magnifying; elevation; a means of strengthening, restorative; animation, exhilaration; rearing, educating.
2. vardhita, as, ā, am, increased, grown, expanded; [cf. 1. vardhita above.]
1. vas, a root assumed by some to explain Ṛg-veda VI. 38, 2. dūrāc cid ā vasato asya karṇā, his ears hear even from a great distance, but according to Sāy. fr. rt. 6. vas.
2. vas (sometimes written bas), cl. 4. P. vasyati, vavāsa, vasitum, to be straight or unbending, to be fixed or erect; to make firm, fix.
3. vas (a Vedic rt. which probably afterwards passed into uṣ, cf. 2. uṣ, vi-vasvat, uṣas), cl. 6. P. ucchati, uvāsa, Leṭ ucchāt, Inf. vastave, Ved. to shine: Caus. vāsa-yati, &c., to cause to shine; [cf. Goth. uhtvo.]
4. vas, cl. 10. P. vāsayati, -yitum, Aor. avīvasat, to love; to cut, cut off, divide; to accept, take; to offer; to kill.
5. vas, cl. 2. A. vaste, vavase, va-siṣyate, avasiṣṭa, vasitum, to wear (as clothes), to put on (clothes &c.), cover with dress, dress: Pass. vasyate: Caus. vāsayati, -te: Desid. vivasiṣate: Intens. vāvasyate, vāvasti; [cf. Zend vanh, vas-tra; Gr. [greek] (for [greek] [greek] (= Ved. vasman), [greek] [greek] Lat. ves-ti-s, vesti-o; Goth. ga-vas-jan, vas-ti; Angl. Sax. werian.]
1. vasat, an, atī, at, wearing, putting on (clothes).
1. vasana, am, n. cloth, clothes, dress, attire; covering, clothing; an ornament worn by women round the loins, (in this sense also ā, f.)
1. vasi, is, m. f. (?) , clothes. (For 2. see col. 2.)
1. vasita, as, ā, am, worn, put on.
1. vasti, is, m. f. (?) , cloth. (only the pl. vastayas seems to be used, and is said to mean 'the ends or skirt of a cloth.)
1. vasna, am, n. (for 2. see p. 897, col. 2), cloth, a cloth, clothes; skin.
1. vasman, a, n., Ved. a garment.
6. vas, cl. 1. P. vasati (ep. also A. vasate), uvāsa, vatsyati (ep. vasiṣyati), avātsīt (ep. avosīt), vastum, to dwell, live, to inhabit, dwell in, abide in (with loc. or even acc., e. g. vaneṣu vas, to dwell in woods; nadīr vas, to live in rivers); to dwell with, live near (with loc. or with saha governing an inst.); to spend (time), pass (a night); cl. 10. P. vasayati, &c., to dwell: Pass. uṣyate (Part. uṣita, see 2. uṣita, s. v.), to be dwelt: Caus. vāsayati, -yitum, Aor. avīvasat, to cause to dwell, to lodge; to people; to receive hospitably or as a guest; to let abide; to dwell, inhabit: Desid. vivatsati, to wish to dwell: Intens. vāvasyate, vāvasti, to remain, be in, be engaged in; [cf. Gr. [greek] [greek] (probably also) [greek] Lat. Vesta, vesti-bulum, verna, (perhaps also) vās, vāsum: Goth. visan, vas = Eng. was: Old Germ. wisu, was, 'I was; he was;' warumes, 'we were;' weren, wonen: Mod. Germ. war, gewesen, Wesen, an-wesend: Angl. Sax. wesan, ed-wist, werig, wunian: Hib. fosaim, 'I stay, lodge;' fosra, 'a dwelling, abode;' arasaim, 'I dwell;' aras, 'a dwelling-house.']
2. vasat, an, antī, at, dwelling, inhabiting, lodging.
2. vasana, am, n. a dwelling, residence, house.
2. vasi, is, m. (for 1. see col. 1), dwelling, abode; a dwelling.
2. vasita, as, ā, am, dwelling, inhabiting [cf. 2. uṣita]; stored (said of grain); (am), n. abiding, abode, residence; (ā), f. incorrect for vaśi-tā.
2. vasti, is, m. f. (for 1. see p. 896, col. 1), abiding, dwelling, staying; the lower belly, abdomen, the hypogastric or pubic region; the pelvis; the bladder; a clyster, syringe, bag made of bladder or gut with a wooden or metallic nozzle.
2. vasna, as, m. (according to Uṇādi-s. III. 6. fr. rt. 6. vas; for 1. see p. 896, col. 2), hire, wages, price; (am), n. abiding, dwelling; wealth, substance, thing; wages, hire; death; [cf. Gr. [greek] (for [greek]); [greek] Lat. venu-m, ven-eo, ven-do; Slav. ven-i-ti, ven-o.]
2. vasman, a, n., Ved. abode, habitation.
vasu See p. 896, col. 3.
1. vah (connected with rt. 1. ūh, q. v.; cf. 1. ūḍha), cl. 1. P. A. vahati, -te, uvāha (2nd sing. uvahitha or uvoḍha), ūhe, vakṣyati (ep. also vahiṣyati), -te, avākṣīt (3rd du. avoḍhām, 3rd pl. avākṣus), avoḍha (1st sing. avakṣi, 3rd du. avakṣātām, 3rd pl. avakṣata), Prec. uhyāt, vakṣīṣṭa (Ved. forms vakṣi, vak-ṣati, vakṣva), voḍhum (Ved. Inf. vahadhyai, voḷhave, voḍhave, see yajña-v-), to bear, carry, convey, transport; to draw, lead; to convey in a carriage, &c.; to carry away, carry off; to bring or carry near; to take in marriage, marry a wife; to be carried or borne along, proceed, move; to feel, experience, have; to flow; to breathe; to spit out, vomit (probably for rt. vam): Pass. uhyate, Aor. avāhi, to be borne or carried; to ride, (Pres. part. uhyat, an, antī, at, or uhyamāna, as, ā, am, being carried or borne): Caus. vāhayati, -te, -yitum, Aor. avī-vahat, to cause to bear or carry, cause to convey or draw; to cause to be conveyed (A.); to ship or place in a boat; to cause to be brought or led; to cause to take in marriage; to cause to proceed or move, guide, drive, impel, direct; to travel (A.), proceed, go; to go to, visit; to carry out, perform, finish: Pass. of Caus. vāhyate, to be caused to bear or carry, to be made to convey: Desid. vivakṣati, -te: Intens. vāvahyate, vāvoḍhi; [cf. Gr. [greek] [greek] [greek] Lat. veho, vehi-culu-m, vehe-s, vectura, via, vexo, velu-m (for veh-lu-m), uxor, probably bajulus; Goth. ga-vig-an, ga-vag-ja, veg-s, vig-s; Old Germ. wag-an, waga; Angl. Sax. wegan, weg, woegan, weddian; Slav. vez-a, vozu, vez-lo; Lith. vez-u, vez-ima-s, veze; Hib. feon, 'a carriage.']
2. vah in vajra-vah, q. v.
1. vā, ind. (excluded, like the Lat. ve, from the first place in a sentence, and generally coming immediately after the word to which it refers), as, like, so (not commonly used in this sense); either, or, whether; either--or not, i. e. optionally, (in grammar the word vā is placed after a rule to denote its being optional); else; or if, but if; but; only, no other; indeed, truly, even, very (in asseveration or confirmation); and (as a conjunction); vā is also sometimes used as an expletive; it is also somewhat pleonastically or perhaps emphatically added to an interrogative pronoun especially when followed by the negative na (e. g. ko vā na, ke vā na, which may be translated by 'very on', 'all'); vā--vā, either--or; on the one side--on the other; atha vā, or else; or, or if, or rather, but, certainly, see atha; na vā, or not; yadi vā, or if, or whether, whether, whether or no, see under yadi, p. 808; yad vā, or, or else; kiṃ vā, whether? kiṃ vā--na vā, is it--or not? see under kim; [cf. Gr. [greek] Lat. ve.]
2. vā (according to some originally av + ā, cf. [greek]), cl. 2. P. vāti, vavau, vāsyati, avāsīt, vātum, to blow (as the wind); to move, go; to pierce, strike, hurt, injure; cl. 4. P. vāyati, &c., to be dried up (by the wind), become dry or languid, to dry, (in this sense, according to some, the form of the rt. is vai); to be extinguished; (according to some authorities also cl. 10. P. in the senses, to be happy; to go, move; to worship): Caus. vāpayati, -yitum, to cause to blow, cause to move, excite; to cut, shave, (in this sense confounded with Caus. of rt. vap): Desid. vivāsati, Ved. to wish to blow, wish to fan; to favour, honour, worship (Naigh. III. 5); to be favourable or kind towards; to bestow, grant; [cf. Zend vā: Gr. [greek] [greek] [greek] (probably also) [greek] (= ātman), [greek] Lat. ven-tu-s, a-er, probably also vanus, vapor (fr. the Caus.): Goth. vaian, vind-s: Old Germ. wa-dal, 'a fan;' wat, wait, waiet, wahet, 'to blow:' Slav. ve-j-a: Lith. ve-je-s, 'wind;' o-ra-s: Hib. bad, 'wind:' Pers. bād.]
1. vāt, ān, ātī or āntī, āt (for rt. 2. vāt see p. 902, col. 2), blowing; going, moving.
1. vāta, as, ā, am, (for 2. vāta see p. 902, col. 2), blown; (as), m. wind, air, breeze; the god of the wind (usually called Vāyu, q. v., but addressed under the name Vāta in Ṛg-veda X. 168. and X. 186); wind or air as one of the humors of the body; morbid affection of the windy humor, rheumatism, gout, inflammation of the joints; [cf. Gr. [greek] Lat. ventus; Goth. vinds; Angl. Sax. wind, weder; Old Germ. weder.]
1. vāna, as, ā, am, blown (as the wind), blown upon so as to be dried, dry, dried; (as, ā, am), m. f. n. dry or dried fruit.
2. vāna, am, n. (for 3. see p. 903, col. 1), blowing; living; going, moving, rolling; the rolling of water or of the tide; the high wave in Indian rivers (commonly called 'the Bore'); a perfume, fragrance.
1. vāka, as, ī, am (fr. vaka; for 2. vāka see col. 3), belonging or relating to a crane; (am), n. a flight of cranes.
2. vāka, as, ā, am, sounding, speaking (at the end of some comps., cf. cakra-v-, cīrī-v-).
1. vāṇa, as, ā, am (often written bāṇa, q. v.; fr. rt. vaṇ, 'to sound'), sounding (Kirāt. XV. 10), making a sound; (as), m. a reed, reed-shaft, shaft, arrow, (in this and some other senses said to be also am, n.); a symbolical expression for the number five (from the five arrows of Kāma-deva, cf. pañca-vāṇa); a particular kind of reed or cane; a pipe, flute, lute, (in Ṛg-veda I. 85, 10. the Maruts are described as vāṇam dhamantaḥ, 'blowing on their pipe' or 'playing on their lute', vāṇa being explained by Sāy. as 'a kind of lute with a hundred strings'); a sound, voice; a word spoken, agreement (Ved., Sāy. = vacana); a mark for arrows, aim; the udder of a cow; alone, solitary (= kevala); N. of an Asura (a son of Bali, an enemy of Viṣṇu, and favourite of Śiva); of one of Skanda's attendants; of a king; of a poet (the author of the Kādambarī, of the Harsha-carita, and perhaps also of the Ratnāvalī); of a person (mentioned in Rāja-taraṅginī VI. 318); fire (?), lightning (?); (as, ā), m. f. a blueflowering Barleria; the hind part or feathered end of an arrow; (ī), f. sound, speech, (kaṭhorā vāṇī, a harsh speech); voice; praise, laudation; a literary production; N. of Sarasvatī (the goddess of speech and eloquence); (am), n. the flower of Barleria; the body.
2. vāṇa (fr. rt. ve) for 2. vāna, q. v.
2. vāt (probably to be regarded as a Nom. fr. 1. vāta, cf. rt. 2. vat, vātaya; for 1. vāt see p. 899, col. 1), cl. 10. P. vātayati, &c., to blow, blow gently; to fan, ventilate; to blow favourably; to serve, make happy, act favourably (towards one setting out on a journey); to go.
2. vāta, as, ā, am (fr. rt. 1. van; for 1. vāta see p. 899, col. 1), = vanita, solicited, wished for, &c.
3. vāna, am, n. (fr. rt. ve), the act of weaving, sewing; a mat of straw; a hole in the wall of a house.
4. vāna, as, ī, am (fr. 1. vana), belonging or relating to a wood or forest; relating to a dwelling in a wood or to a house, &c.; (am), n. a multitude of woods, collection of groves or thickets.
1. vāma, as, m. (for 2. see below), the act of vomiting.
1. vāmaka, as, &c. (for 2. see col. 3), one who vomits.
2. vāma, as, ā or ī, am (according to Uṇādi-s. 1. 139. fr. rt. 2. vā; according to others fr. rt. 1. van, 'to hurt or to like'), reverse, adverse, opposite, contrary, inverted; left, not right; crooked; bad, vile, base, wicked; short; beautiful, handsome, pleasing; (as), m., N. of Śiva; of Kāma (god of love); a breast, udder; a pot-herb, Chenopodium Album; an animal, sentient being; a snake; (am), n. anything desirable or pleasing, wealth, possessions; (ā), f. a woman; N. of Gaurī; of Lakṣmī; of Sarasvatī; (ī), f. a mare; a she-ass; a young female elephant; the female of the jackal; [cf. Old Germ. winistar; Angl. Sax. wynstre.]
2. vāmaka, as, ā, am, left, not right; (am), n. a kind of gesture.
1. vāra, as, m. (for 2. see p. 905, col. 1), anything which covers or surrounds, a cover; a multitude, quantity, heap; a flock, herd, troop; time; a day of the week [cf. ravi-v-, soma-v-, maṅgala-v-, budha-v-, guru-v-, śukra-v-, śani-v-]; a moment, occasion, opportunity; turn, time (used adverbially like the English 'times', or like the French 'fois', e. g. vāreṇa or bahu-vāram or vāraṃ vāram, many times, repeatedly, often); N. of Śiva; anything which causes an obstruction, a gate, door, door-way; the plant Achyranthes Aspera (= kubja); the opposite bank of a river or of the sea, (for pāra); (am), n. a vessel for holding spirituous liquor; [cf. Gr. [greek] Hib. vair, 'an hour, time;' air uairibh, 'sometimes;' Cambro-Brit. aur; Old Island. var in tvis-var, 'twice;' thris-var, 'thrice:' Old Germ. or, o, in zuir-or, zuir-o, twice:' Pers. [arabic] bār, 'time;' [arabic] bāre, 'once;' ber in September, October, &c.]
2. vāra, as, m., Ved. for vāla = bāla, a tail; the tail (of sheep &c.) used to filter Soma juice, (also am, n.); (ās), m. pl. the hairs of a tail.
1. vāvaśāna, as, ā, am (fr. the Intens. of rt. vaś; for 2. see below), Ved. eagerly desiring or longing for, ardently loving.
2. vāvaśāna, as, ā, am (anom. intens. part.), Ved. roaring aloud, sounding, crackling, (according to Sāy. on Ṛg-veda IV. 26, 2 = śabdāyamāna.)
1. vāsa, as, m. perfuming, perfume; (as, ā), m. f. the plant Justicia Ganderussa.
1. vāsaka, as, ā or ikā, am, perfuming, fumigating, filling with perfume; (as, ā or ikā), m. f. 'giving perfume', the plant Justicia Ganderussa.
1. vāsana, am, n. the act of perfuming, fumigating with fragrant vapours or incense, infusing, steeping.
1. vāsita, as, ā, am, infused, steeped, perfumed, scented, made fragrant, filled with fragrance; spiced, seasoned (as sauces &c.); (am), n. the cry of birds, sound, (for vāśita, q. v.)
2. vāsa, as, m. (fr. rt. 6. vas), dwelling, resting, living; a dwelling-place, house, habitation; site, situation, abode, place of staying or abiding, [cf. Hib. fos, 'staying, resting.']
2. vāsaka, as, ā or ikā, am, causing to inhabit, making to dwell or abide, populating.
2. vāsana, as, ā, am, belonging to an abode, fit for a dwelling; (am), n. causing to abide; abiding, abode; a particular posture (conceived to be peculiarly proper for ascetics during abstract meditation; also said to be practised by princes, when it is described as sitting with the knees bent and the feet turned backwards); any receptacle or vessel, a waterjar, box, basket; knowledge; (ā), f. knowledge derived from memory, the present consciousness of past perceptions or an impression remaining unconsciously in the mind from past good or evil actions and hence producing pleasure or pain (= saṃskāra); fancy, imagination, idea, inclination [cf. dur-v-]; false fancy, ignorance; expectation, desire, trust, confidence.
2. vāsita, as, ā, am, peopled, populous (as a country); flourishing, famous, celebrated; possessed of, possessing, having; (am), n. the act of rendering populous or causing to be inhabited; knowledge (especially derived from memory, see vāsanā).
1. vāsin, ī, inī, i, abiding, staying, inhabiting; (ī), m. an inhabitant (at the end of a comp.); (inī), f. a sort of white Jhiṇṭī or Barleria (= śukla-jhiṇṭī).
3. vāsa, as, m. (fr. rt. 5. vas), dressing, dress, cloth, clothes.
3. vāsaka, as, m. clothing, clothes.
3. vāsana, as, ā, am, enveloping, covering, clothing; (am), n. cloth, clothes; an envelope.
3. vāsita, as, ā, am, clothed, dressed; (ā), f. a woman; a female elephant; the female of cattle.
2. vāsin, ī, inī, i, having or wearing clothes, dressed, arrayed, clothed, (pīta-kauśeya-vāsinī, a woman wearing a yellow silk garment.)
1. and 2. vāsin. See col. 2.
1. vāh (also written bāh; connected with rt. 1. vah), cl. 1. A. vāhate (ep. also P. vāhati), vavāhe, vāhitum, to endeavour, make effort, strive, exert one's self, try: Caus. vāhayati, -yitum, to cause to labour or work, use, employ, occupy.
1. vāhana, am, n. the act of making effort, endeavouring, exertion.
1. vāhita, as, ā, am, exerted, endeavoured; mystified.
2. vāh, ṭ, -hī, ṭ (fr. rt. 1. vah), bearing, carrying, &c. (at the end of comps.; cf. bhāra-v-, vajra-v-, Gram. 182. c).
2. vāhana, am, n. the act of carrying, bearing, conveying, conducting; the act of driving or governing (horses); a vehicle, chariot, carriage, a conveyance of any kind; any animal used in riding or draught, a horse, an elephant; (as), m., N. of a Muni; [cf. Old Germ. wagana, 'a chariot;' Hib. feun, 'a chariot.']
2. vāhita, as, ā, am, caused to be borne or conveyed; (am), n. a heavy burden.
1. vāhīka, as, ā, am, carrying, bearing burdens; (as), m. an ox; N. of a priest.
1. vāhya, as, ā, am, to be carried or borne; (am), n. a carriage, vehicle; (as), m. any beast of burden, an ox, horse, &c.
2. vāhīka, as, ā, am (fr. vahis), outer, external; (ās), m. pl., N. of a country (said to be part of the Pañjāb).
2. vāhya, as, ā, am (fr. vahis, q. v.; in the Veda usually written bāhya, q. v.), being outside, situated without (a city &c.), outer, external, exterior (often at the end of a comp.; cf. dharma-v-, nagara-v-, veda-v-); not belonging to the family or the country, strange, foreign; expelled from caste or from society, an outcast, one of a low tribe; (as), m. a foreigner; a proper N.; (ās), m. pl., N. of the descendants of Vāhya; of a people; (ā), f., scil. tvac, the outer bark of a tree; (am, ena, e), ind. outside, on the outside of, without; (āt), ind. from without.
1. vi, ind. (thought by some to be for an original dvi, meaning 'in two parts;' as a preposition or prefix to verbs it is opposed to sam, q. v., and expresses) apart, apart from, asunder, in different directions, to and fro, about, away, away from, off, &c. (e. g. vi-yuj, to disjoin, separate; vi-dṝ, to tear asunder; vi-kṝ, to scatter in different directions; vi-cal, to move to and fro; vi-cchid, to cut away, cut off); when prefixed to some roots, vi gives a meaning opposite to the idea contained in the simple rt. (e. g. krī, to buy; vi-krī, to sell; smṛ, to remember; vi-smṛ, to forget); in other cases it appears either not to affect or simply to intensify that idea [cf. naś, vi-naś, hiṃs, vi-hiṃs]. vi may also be used with verbs or nouns, and other parts of speech derived from verbs, to express 'division' [cf. vi-bhid, vi-bheda, vi-bhaj, vi-bhāga]; 'distinction' [cf. vi-śiṣ, vi-śeṣa, vi-vic, vi-veka]; 'discrimination' [cf. vy-avacchid, vy-avaccheda]; 'distribution', 'arrangement', 'order' [cf. vi-dhā, vi-dhāna]; 'opposition' [cf. vi-rudh, vi-rodha]; 'discussion', 'deliberation' [cf. vi-car, vi-cāra]; 'privation' [cf. vi-nī, vi-nayana]. vi may also be used with nouns, adjective or substantive, not immediately connected with verbs, to express 'difference' [cf. vi-lakṣaṇa]; 'variety' [cf. vi-citra]; 'distinction' [cf. vi-śeṣa]; 'intensity', 'greatness', 'largeness' [cf. vi-karāla]; 'change' [cf. vi-kāra]; 'manifoldness' [cf. vi-vidha]; 'contrariety' [cf. vi-loma]; 'impropriety', 'deviation from right' [cf. vi-janman, vi-karmika]; 'negation' or 'privation' (e. g. vi-jana, devoid of men; in this sense vi is used like nis, q. v., and like 3. a, q. v.); in this latter signification the use of vi often corresponds to that of the Latin dis, se, and the English prefixes a, ex, de, dis, in, un, &c.; [cf. Old Germ. wi-dar, 'against;' Pers. [arabic] bī, 'without;' perhaps Lat. ve, in words like ve-cors, ve-sanus, vi in di-vi-dere; Lith. be, 'without;' Slav. [slavic] (perhaps = vahis).]
2. vi, is, m. f. (according to Uṇādi-s. IV. 133. fr. rt. vā, the final of the rt. being rejected; a form vī is also given, and according to some the word vi may be fr. rt. 1. vī), Ved. a goer; a bird [cf. vīka]; a horse (from its fleetness); a rein (according to Sāy.); epithet of the Soma; of a sacrificer; the eye (?); heaven (?); the region of the wind (?); [cf. Zend vi; Gr. [greek] [greek] Lat. avis, ovum; Old Germ. ei; Angl. Sax. oeg.] --1. vi-gata, am, n. (for 2. see under vi-gam), the flight of birds.
1. vi-kaca, as, ā, am, blown, opened, expanded (as a flower &c.), spread; (as), m. a Buddhist mendicant; epithet of Ketu or the personified descending node.
2. vi-kaca, as, ā, am, having no hair, hairless, bald.
1. vi-kaṭa, as, ā, am (see kaṭa), large, great; formidable, hideous, ugly, uncouth, horrible, frightful; large-toothed; knitted (said of the brows), frowning; changed in form or appearance; beautiful; obscure, obsolete; (as), m. a proper N.; (am), n. a boil, tumour; (ā), f. a kind of female divinity peculiar to Buddhists.
2. vi-kaṭa, as, ā, am, having no mat, without a mat.
1. vi-karṇa, as, ī, am, having large ears; (as), m., N. of one of the Kuru princes (on the side of Duryodhana in the war against the Pāṇḍavas).
2. vi-karṇa, as, ā, am, earless, having no ears.
1. vi-kāśa, as, m. appearance, becoming visible, display, manifestation, exhibition; open or splendid appearance; expanse, sky, heaven, ether; an open or direct course (= prasāra, Kirāt. XV. 52); an oblique course (= viṣama-gati, Kirāt. XV. 52); opening; budding, blowing (as a flower, but in these senses better vi-kāsa); pleasure, joy, enjoyment. --1. vikāśa-tā, f. or 1. vikāśa-tva, am, n. appearance, display; expansion, diffusion.
2. vi-kāśa, as, m. absence of manifestation or display, solitude, loneliness, privacy.
1. vi-karman, a, n. various business or duty; prohibited or unlawful act, fraud; retiring from business; (ā, ā, a), acting variously; acting wrongly.
2. vi-karman, ā, ā, a, not acting, free from action.
1. vi-keśa, as, ī, am, having loose or dishevelled hair; (ī), f. a woman with loose hair; a small braid or tress of hair first tied up separately and then collected into the Veṇī or larger braid.
2. vi-keśa, as, ī, am, hairless, without hair, bald; (as), m., N. of a Muni; (ī), f. a woman without hair; N. of the wife of Śiva manifested in the form of Mahī or the Earth (one of his eight Tanus or visible forms).
2. vi-gata, as, ā, am (for 1. vi-gata see under 2. vi), gone away, departed, disappeared, ceased, gone; dead; parted, severed, separated; freed or exempt from, devoid of; lost; destitute of light, obscured, gloomy, dark.
1. vi-garhya, as, ā, am, reprehensible, blamable.
2. vi-garhya, ind. having blamed or reviled.
1. vi-grāhya, as, ā, am, to be warred upon or contended with.
2. vi-grāhya, ind. having caused to wage war or fight with.
1. vi-ghana, as, ā, am, cloudless, destitute of clouds.
2. vi-ghana, as, m. (fr. vi-han), an implement for striking, a mallet, hammer; one who destroys or overpowers.
1. vi-cārya, as, ā, am, to be deliberated, to be weighed or discussed, &c.; questionable, doubtful.
2. vi-cārya, ind. having deliberated, having considered, &c.
1. vi-ci (see rt. 1. ci), cl. 5. P. A. -cinoti, -cinute, -cetum, to segregate, separate or sever from (a mass), divide, select, pick out; to take away, remove, efface, destroy (Ved.); to clear, prepare (a way or road; in this sense the form vici-yantu is used in Ṛg-veda I. 90, 4); to gather together, collect, bring together; to distribute (Ved.); to pile or heap up in a wrong way, disarrange.
2. vi-ci, is, m. f. a wave (= vīcī, q. v.).
1. vi-cinvat, an, atī, at, selecting, picking out; gathering together, collecting (as winnings &c.).
3. vi-ci (see rt. 2. ci; cf. vi-cit), cl. 5. P. A. (Ved. also cl. 3. P.) -cinoti, -cinute, -ci-keti, -cetum, to discern, distinguish, make anything discernible or clear, cause to appear; to search through, investigate, inspect, examine; to search for, look for, long for.
2. vi-cinvat, an, atī, at, searching for, searching, seeking, considering, investigating, discriminating.
1. vi-cintya, as, ā, am, to be thought about or imagined.
2. vi-cintya, ind. having thought or reflected upon.
1. vi-cchad (see rt. 1. chad), cl. 10. P. -cchādayati, -yitum, to uncover, unclothe, undress.
2. vi-cchad (see rt. 3. chad), cl. 10. P. A. or Caus. -chandayati, -te, -yitum, to render or return homage (?).
2. vi-cchāya, as, ā, am (for 1. see p. 909, col. 1), destitute of shadow, shadowless; (as), m. a jewel, gem.
1. vij, cl. 7. P. vinakti, viveja, vi-jiṣyati, avijīt, cl. 6. A. (usually with prep. ud) vijate, vivije, vijiṣyate, avijiṣṭa, vi-jitum, to shake, tremble; to be agitated; to tremble with fear; to fear, be afraid; to be distressed or afflicted; cl. 3. P. A. (= rt. vic, with which, as a verb of the 3rd class in the sense 'to separate, discriminate', it may be identified, see rt. vic) vevekti, ve-vikte, &c., to separate, divide; to separate by the reason, distinguish, discriminate, judge; to be separate, &c.: Pass. vijyate, Aor. aveji: Caus. veja-yati, -yitum, Aor. avīvijat, to terrify, frighten: Desid. vivijiṣati: Intens. vevijyate, vevekti, to shake or tremble violently; [cf. probably Gr. [greek] Angl. Sax. wicelian, wince.]
2. vij, m., Ved., according to Sāy. on Ṛg-veda 1. 92, 10. vijaḥ = pakṣiṇaḥ, 'birds', but according to modern scholars the meaning is rather 'dice.'
2. viṭapa, as, am, m. n. (according to Uṇādi-s. III. 145. fr. rt. viṭ in the sense 'to sound'), the young branch of a tree or creeper; a new shoot or sprout, branch (in general); a bush; a clump, cluster, thicket, tuft; spreading, expansion; the septum of the scrotum.
1. viḍ (= rt. viṭ, q. v.), cl. 1. P. ve-ḍati, veḍitum, to call out, cry out against, curse, swear at, revile; to break (?).
2. viḍ, ṭ, f. a fragment, bit (?).
1. vi-tarkya, ind. having deliberated or considered, &c.
2. vi-tarkya, as, ā, am, to be conjectured or supposed or imagined, questionable, doubtful.
1. vid, cl. 2. P. vetti (ep. also A. vitte, 3rd pl. A. vidate or vidrate; a form of the Perf., viz. veda contracted from viveda, is often substituted for the Pres. vetti; 3rd pl. vidus, contracted from vividus, being also much used for vidanti, vettha for vetsi, &c.), Impf. avet (Ist sing. avedam, 2nd sing. avet or aves, 3rd pl. avi-dus and according to Vopa-deva also avidan; 3rd pl. A. avidata or avidrata), Pot. vidyāt, Impv. vettu or vidāṃ-karotu (3rd pl. A. vidatām or vi-dratām), viveda (according to Vopa-deva also vi-dām-babhūva), vediṣyati (sometimes vetsyati), avedīt, veditum (originally 'to see', = Lat. video); to perceive, understand, know, learn, ascertain, find out, experience, feel; to consider, regard, look upon, value, take for, name, call (especially in the 3rd pl. viduḥ of veda above, used with a present signification, e. g. taṃ sthaviraṃ viduḥ, they consider or call him aged; rājarṣir iti māṃ viduḥ, they consider me a Rājarṣi); to notice, take notice of (with gen.; Ved.); to convey, bestow, grant (Ved.); cl. 6. P. A. vindati, -te (in Ṛg-veda I. 7, 7. vin-dhe = 1st sing. A. vinde, 3rd pl. ep. vindate), Pot. vindet (ep. vindyāt, Ved. 1st sing. P. videyam, A. videya), viveda (3rd sing. Ved. vividat = lab-dha-vān in Ṛg-veda VII. 21, 6), vivide (2nd sing. vividiṣe, Ved. vivitse; 3rd pl. Ved. vidre = lab-dha-vantaḥ, Ṛg-veda I. 87, 6), vediṣyati, -te (or according to others vetsyati, -te), avidat, avidata, veditum (or vettum), to find, discover, meet with; to obtain, gain, get, acquire, possess; to take in marriage, choose a husband or wife, marry, (in this sense generally A.); to convey, cause to obtain, grant (Ved., in Ṛg-veda I. 86, 8. vidā = vida, which according to Sāy. is for 2nd pl. Impv. = lambhayata); cl. 7. A. (ep. also P.) vintte (vinatti), vivide, vetsyate, avitta, vettum, to perceive, understand, know; to consider, regard, value, take for; to find, meet with, obtain; to reason, reflect: Pass. or cl. 4. A. vidyate, vivide, vetsyate, Aor. avedi, to be known; to be found or obtained; to happen; to be or exist: Caus. vedayati, -yate, -yitum, Aor. avīvidat, to cause to know, make known, announce, report, inform of, apprise, tell, narrate, teach (sometimes with loc. of person); to cause to find or discover; to know; to perceive, feel; to be perceived or felt (A., Manu XII. 13); to dwell, inhabit (?): Desid. vivi-diṣati, -te, vivitsati, -te, to desire to know, strive to know; to wish to find or discover: Intens. vevid-yate, vevetti; [cf. Gr. [greek] (i. e. [greek]), [greek] (= veda), [greek] [greek] [greek] [greek] Lat. vid-eo, visu-s (Umbr. virs-e-to), vis-o, vi-tru-m: Goth. vait, un-vit-i, 'ignorance;' vit-an, far-veit-l, vitoth, in-veitan, veit-vods: Old Germ. wizan, gi-wizo, wizago, wiza-gon: Angl. Sax. witan, wita, ge-wit, ge-wittig, wisian, ge-wis, wite, 'punishment;' witnian, 'to punish:' Slav. vid-e-ti, 'to see;' ved-e-ti, 'to know:' Lith. veid-a-s, vyzd-i-s, veizd-mi: Hib. feth, 'science, instruction;' (perhaps) feidhim, 'I manifest, relate;' feidir, 'power;' (perhaps also) aithnim, aithnighim, 'I know;' aithne, 'known;' 'knowledge;' fios, 'knowledge;' fiosach, 'knowing.']
2. vid, t, t, t, who or what knows, a knower, knowing; obtaining [cf. varivo-vid]; (t), f. knowing, knowledge.
1. vi-dala, as, ā, am, rent asunder, split; opened, expanded, blown (as a flower &c.); (as), m. rending, dividing, separating; a cake; mountain ebony, Bauhinia Variegata; (ā), f. a plant, = trivṛt; (am), n. a shallow basket made of split bamboos or any vessel of wicker-work; split peas; pomegranate bark; the cuttings or chips of any substance, anything pared or split; a twig.
2. vi-dala, as, ā, am, having no leaves, leafless.
1. vi-dagdha, as, ā, am, burnt, inflamed; consumed by fire or internal heat; cooked; digested; destroyed, decomposed, corrupt, spoiled, turned sour; clever, shrewd, well-bred, knowing, witty, sharp; subtle, cunning, crafty, sly, artful, intriguing; (as), m. a learned or clever man, a scholar, Paṇḍit; a libertine, intriguer; N. of a teacher of the school of the Vājasaneyins or White Yajur-veda; (ā), f. a sharp or knowing woman.
2. vi-dagdha, as, ā, am, unburnt, uncooked, undigested, ill-concocted.
1. vi-dā (see rt. 1. dā), cl. 3. P. -da-dāti, -dātum, to give out, distribute, grant.
2. vi-dā (= vi-do, see rt. 3. dā), cl. 2. 4. P. -dāti, -dyati, -dātum, to cut up, cut in pieces, bruise, pound; to destroy; to be destroyed, perish (Ved.).
3. vi-dā (see rt. 4. dā), cl. 4. P. -dyati, dātum, to unbind, untie; to release; deliver from (with abl.).
1. vi-dyut, cl. 1. A. -dyotate (ep. also P. -dyotati; Perf. -didyute), -dyotitum, to shine forth, radiate, flash, be brilliant or radiant, sparkle; to light, lighten; to illuminate: Caus. -dyotayati, -yitum, to illuminate, irradiate, enlighten, make brilliant.
2. vi-dyut, t, f. lightning; a thunderbolt (a weapon of the Maruts); a species of the Atijagatī metre; (t), m., N. of an Asura.
3. vi-dyut, t, t, t, devoid of splendor, lustreless.
1. vi-dviṣ, cl. 2. P. A. -dveṣṭi, -dviṣṭe, -dveṣṭum, to dislike, hate, be hostile to; (A.) to hate each other mutually, dislike one another: Caus. -dveṣayati, -yitum, to cause to dislike or hate, make hostile, render an enemy, make hostile towards one another.
2. vi-dviṣ, ṭ, ṭ, ṭ, hostile, inimical; an enemy, foe.
1. vidh (= rt. vith), cl. 1. A. ve-dhate, vedhitum, to ask, beg.
2. vidh (thought by some to have been developed out of vi-dhā and rt. vyadh), cl. 6. P. vidhati, vivedha, vedhiṣyati, avedhīt, vedhitum, to dispose (Ved.); to perform (Ved.); to administer, govern, rule, command; to worship, honour, sacrifice; to pierce, (in this sense for rt. vyadh): Caus. vedhayati, -yitum, Aor. avīvidhat: Desid. vividhiṣati and vivedhiṣati: Intens. ve-vidhyate, vevidhīti, veveddhi.
1. vidha, as, ā, m. f. (more properly fr. rt. vyadh), piercing, penetrating, penetration. (For 2. vi-dha see under vi-dhā, col. 2.)
2. vi-dha, as, m. form, manner, measure, kind, sort (often at the end of comps., see evaṃ-v-, tathā-v-, dvi-v-, bahu-v-, &c.); fold (at the end of comps., especially after numerals, see aṣṭa-v-, sapta-v-); the food of elephants; prosperity; (ā), f. form, formula, rule; manner, kind, sort; act, action; doing well, prosperity, affluence; wages, hire; fodder, the food of elephants, horses, &c.; [cf. Old Pruss. wida-s, wid-s, sta-wida-s, sta-wids, 'of such sort;' ka-wid-s (fem. ka-wida), 'of which kind;' kitta-widin, kitte-widei, 'in any way.']
1. vi-dhāv, cl. 1. P. A. -dhāvati, -te, -dhāvitum, to run or flow through, flow off (as water), to percolate or trickle through, flow away; to run or flee away (in disorder), be dispersed; to run through; to rush upon.
2. vi-dhāv, cl. 1. P. A. -dhāvati, -te, -dhāvitum, to wash off, wash away, cleanse off.
1. vidhu, us, m. (according to Uṇādi-s. I. 24. fr. rt. vyadh, 'to pierce', because the moon pierces the absent with sorrowful feelings; more probably connected with rt. 2. vidh or with vi-dhā), one who arranges or disposes or rules or maintains (Ved.); the moon; N. of Brahmā; of Viṣṇu; a Rākṣasa, fiend; an expiatory oblation; camphor.
2. vi-dhu = vi-dhū below.
1. vi-nīya, ind. having taken away or removed; having conducted; having guided or trained; having inclined; having passed (as time &c.).
2. vi-nīya, as, m. sediment, dregs; sin.
1. vip [cf. rts. vap, vyap], cl. 10. P. vepayati (Ved. also vipayati), -yi-tum, to throw, cast; to strew, scatter, (Ṛg-veda VII. 21, 2. vipayanti barhiḥ, they strew the sacred grass; Sāy. = stṛṇanti.)
2. vip, p, p, p, Ved. (perhaps connected with rt. 1. vip, in the sense 'pouring out', 'uttering'), uttering hymns of praise, praising; (p), m. a singer of hymns, praiser; = vipra; = medhāvin, a wise man; (p), f. praise, a hymn; a finger.
1. vi-pad, cl. 4. A. -padyate, -pat-tum, to go apart, go badly or wrongly, fail, miscarry; to fall into a bad state, fall into misfortune; to be disabled or incapacitated; to perish, die; to hinder, obstruct: Caus. -pādayati, -yitum, to cause to go wrong, cause to perish, destroy, kill.
1. vi-patti, is, f. going wrongly, adversity, calamity, misfortune, disaster, mishap, (opposed to sam-patti); pain, agony; death, dying.
2. vi-patti, is, m. a distinguished or excellent foot-soldier (= viśiṣṭaḥ padātiḥ, Kirāt. XV. 16).
2. vi-pad, t, f. going wrongly, calamity, adversity, distress, misfortune; death.
1. vi-pūya, as, m. the Muñja grass, Saccharum Munja (so called from being cleaned before being made into ropes).
2. vi-pūya, ind., Ved. having purified, &c.
1. vi-buddha, as, ā, am, wide awake, awakened, aroused, awake, expanded, blossomed; clever, experienced, knowing, skilful (e. g. karmasu vibud-dhaḥ, skilful in business).
2. vi-buddha, as, ā, am, without consciousness, unconscious.
1. vi-bodha, as, m. awaking; perceiving, observing, discovering; intelligence; (in the drama) the unfolding of the faculties, becoming conscious, awaking, (one of the Vyabhicāra-bhāvas.)
2. vi-bodha, as, m. want of consciousness, inattention, absence of mind.
1. vi-bhā, cl. 2. P. -bhāti, -bhātum, to shine or gleam forth; to shine brightly, glitter; to appear as, appear to be, seem; to come to light, be visible, appear; to lighten up, illuminate, brighten.
2. vi-bhā, f. light, lustre; a ray of light; beauty.
1. vi-bhī, cl. 3. P. -bibheti, &c., to be afraid of, fear: Caus. -bhīṣayati, &c., to frighten, terrify, intimidate.
2. vi-bhī, īs, īs, i, free from fear.
1. vi-bhū, cl. 1. P. A. -bhavati, -te, -bhavitum, to arise, be produced, become developed, be manifested, expand, appear; to pervade; to be equal to, suffice for; to prevail, have power, be capable of, be able to (with inf.): Caus. -bhāvayati, -yitum, to cause to arise, cause to be developed or expand, make manifest, develop, cause to appear clearly, manifest, reveal, show forth, display; to cause to be apart, separate; to perceive distinctly, find out, trace out, discover, ascertain, detect, observe, know, feel; to recognise; to suppose, fancy, imagine; to suppose anything (acc.) of or about any one (loc.); to think about, reflect upon; to make clear, establish, prove, decide; to convict, convince: Pass. of Caus. -bhāvyate, to be considered or regarded as, to appear, seem.
2. vi-bhū, ūs, &c., Ved. expanding, pervading, epithet of a particular Prāṇa.
1. vi-bhrāj, cl. 1. A. -bhrājate, -bhrā-jitum (Ved. inf. vibhrājam), to shine forth, shine, glitter, gleam, be bright or radiant; to shine through: Caus. -bhrājayati, -yitum, to cause to radiate or beam or shine.
2. vi-bhrāj, ṭ, ṭ, ṭ, shining, splendid, luminous; elegant, richly dressed or decorated; (ṭ), m., N. of the author of the hymn Ṛg-veda X. 170 (having the patronymic Saurya).
1. vi-māna, as, am, m. n. (for 2. see under 2. vi-mā), disrespect, dishonour.
1. vi-mā, cl. 3. A. -mimīte, &c. (see rt. 2. mā), Ved. to bellow, roar, cry (?).
2. vi-mā (see rt. 3. mā), cl. 2. P., 3. 4. A. -māti, -mimīte, -māyate, -mātum, (Ved.) to measure out, to traverse, pass over (a course); (Ved.) to set in order, set right, prepare; to count, count over; to measure; to pervade; to make in various ways.
2. vi-māna, as, am, m. n. (for 1. vi-māna see under vi-man), a measure; a car or chariot of the gods (sometimes serving as a seat or throne, sometimes self-moving and carrying its occupant through the skies; other descriptions make the Vimāna more like a house or palace, and one kind is said to be seven stories high; that of Rāvaṇa was called puṣpaka, q. v.); any car or vehicle; a horse; a palace, the palace of an emperor or supreme monarch.
1. vi-muc, cl. 6. P. A. -muñcati, -te, -moktum, to unloose, loosen, unharness, unfasten, untie, release, set free, liberate; to take off (clothes), undress; to free from (with abl.); to leave off, stop, cease; to become loose (A.); to yield, relinquish, quit, give up, lose; to emit, pour forth, shed, send forth; to assume, take: Pass. -mucyate, to be loosened, become detached; to be freed from (with abl. or inst.); to escape; to be deprived of (with inst.): Caus. -mocayati, -yitum, to loosen, set free, unfasten, liberate: Desid. -mumukṣati, -te, to wish to set free, &c.
2. vi-muc, k, k, k, one who lets loose or sends forth, a creator; a deliverer; (k), m., N. of Prajāpati; a cloud, (Sāy. = jala-vimocaka megha.)
2. vi-mucya, ind. having let go; having quitted, quitting, releasing.
1. vi-mūḍha, as, ā, am, confounded, bewildered, discomposed; beguiled, led astray, seduced, tempted; foolish.
2. vi-mūḍha, as, ā, am, not foolish or infatuated, wise; (as), m. a kind of divine being.
1. vi-mṛṣṭa, as, ā, am, rubbed off, purified, cleansed, wiped.
1. vi-mṛśya, as, ā, am, to be deliberated about or investigated, to be discussed or reflected upon.
2. vi-mṛśya, ind. having considered, after due deliberation or reflection, (a-vimṛśya, without due deliberation.)
2. vi-mṛṣṭa, as, ā, am, reflected on, considered, weighed.
1. vi-mlāna, as, ā, am, faded or withered away; refreshed, fresh, pure.
2. vi-mlāna, as, ā, am, unfaded, free from decay; unsoiled.
1. vi-mlāpana, am, n. the act of causing to wither or fade away, causing to languish.
2. vi-mlāpana, am, n. the act of removing decay or fatigue; refreshing, reviving; cleaning, wiping.
1. vi-yat, cl. 1. A. -yatate, -yatitum, to dispose in various rows (?): Caus. -yātayati, -yi-tum, to place in rows, arrange, dispose of; to do penance; to pain, torment, harass, disturb; to punish.
2. vi-yat, t, n. (probably connected with vi-yam below; but according to some, pres. part. of rt. 5. i with 2. vi; according to others fr. rt. 1. vī), sky, heaven, ether, atmosphere.
1. vi-rāj, cl. 1. P. A. -rājati (in Ved. only P.), -te, -rājitum, to reign over, rule, govern (Ved. P.); to be illustrious or eminent, be conspicuous, appear to advantage, shine forth, shine out, shine, glitter; to appear as: Caus. -rājayati, -yitum, to cause to shine forth, make to glitter, fill with brightness, give radiance or lustre, brighten, illuminate.
2. vi-rāj, ṭ, ṭ, ṭ, shining, radiant; (ṭ), m. splendor, beauty; a man of the regal or military class; the first progeny of Brahmā, (according to Manu I. 32, &c., Brahmā having divided his own substance into male and female, produced from the female the male power Virāj, who then produced the first Manu or Manu Svāyambhuva, who then created the ten Prajāpatis; the Bhāgavata-Purāṇa states that the male half of Brahmā was Manu, and the other half Śatarūpā, and does not allude to the intervention of Virāj; other Purāṇas describe the union of Śata-rūpā with Virāj or Puruṣa in the first instance, and with Manu in the second; as a sort of secondary creator, Virāj is sometimes called Prajā-pati, while in Ṛg-veda X. 90, 5. he is represented as born from Puruṣa, and Puruṣa from him; in the Atharva-veda VIII. 10, 24, XI. 8, 30, Virāj is spoken of as a female, and regarded as a cow, being elsewhere, however, identified with Prāṇa); 'ruler of the various forms of bodies', N. of Intellect located in and ruling over the collective aggregate of bodies, the consciousness which perceives collections or aggregates (in the Vedānta phil.); the body; N. of a son of Rādhā; of a district; (ṭ), f. a particular Vedic metre consisting of four Pādas of ten syllables each, (in Ṛg-veda X. 130, 5. this metre is represented as attaching itself to Mitra and Varuṇa, and in Aitareya-Br. I. 4. Virāj is mystically regarded as 'food', and invocations are directed to be made in this metre when food is the especial object of prayer.)
1. vi-rudh (= vi-ruh), cl. 1. P. -ro-dhati, &c., Ved. to grow or sprout out, shoot forth.
2. vi-rudh, cl. 7. P. A. -ruṇaddhi, -runddhe, -roddhum, to hinder, obstruct; to encounter opposition (A., Ved.): Pass. -rudhyate (ep. also P. -ti), to be impeded or checked or kept back or withheld; to be opposed to, contend with, combat (with inst., or with inst. and saha, or with gen., or with loc., or with acc. and prati); to be at variance, disagree, be inconsistent; to fail: Caus. -rodhayati, -yitum, to cause to hinder or obstruct, to render hostile, set at variance; to oppose, encounter, fight against, contend with: Pass. of Caus. -rodhyate, to be impeded or kept back; to be rendered hostile or set at variance: Desid. -rurutsati, to wish to oppose, intend commencing hostility.
1. vi-rodhya, ind. having opposed, having contended with.
2. vi-rodhya, as, ā, am, to be opposed or contended against.
1. vi-lakṣaṇa, am, n. the act of distinguishing, perceiving, seeing, observing.
2. vi-lakṣaṇa, as, ā, am, having no distinguishing marks; having different or opposite marks or characteristics, having distinguishing qualities or features, other, different, strange, extraordinary; (am), n. any state or condition which is without distinguishing mark or for which no cause can be assigned, vain or causeless state.
1. vi-lakṣita, as, ā, am, distinguished, marked, recognised, discerned, perceived, seen, observed, noticed, discernible by; perplexed, dismayed, disconcerted, affected without cause, embarrassed, puzzled, vexed, annoyed, disappointed.
2. vi-lakṣita, as, ā, am, undistinguished, undiscriminated, unmarked.
1. vi-vardhana, am, n. (for 2. see vi-vṛdh), the act of cutting off, cutting, dividing.
1. vi-vardhita, as, ā, am (for 2. see vi-vṛdh), cut off, cut, divided.
1. vi-vas (see rts. 3. vas, 2. uṣ, 2. vy-uṣ), cl. 6. P. -ucchati, &c., Ved. to shine forth, shine, dawn: Caus. -vāsayati, -yitum, to cause to shine.
1. vi-vāsana, am, n. manifestation, (Sāy. = pra-kāśana.)
2. vi-vas, cl. 2. A. -vaste, -vasitum, to exchange clothes; to wear, put on (a garment), clothe: Caus. -vāsayati, -yitum, to clothe, put on, cover: Pass. of Caus. -vāsyate, to be clothed or clad in.
3. vi-vas, cl. 1. P. -vasati, -vastum, to change an abode, to depart, go off, retire, withdraw; to dwell, abide; to pass, spend (time &c.); to pass away: Caus. -vāsayati, -yitum, to cause to dwell apart, banish, expel, drive into exile, transport, dismiss.
1. vi-vāsa, as, m. banishment, expulsion.
2. vi-vāsana, am, n. the act of banishing, banishment, exile.
2. vi-vāsa, as, ā, am, or vi-vāsas, ās, ās, as, without clothes, naked.
2. vi-vardhana, am, n. (for 1. see vi-vardh), the act of increasing, augmenting, increase, growth, augmentation, amplification, aggrandizement; (as, ā or ī, am), growing, increasing, advancing, furthering.
2. vi-vardhita, as, ā, am (for 1. see vi-vardh), increased, augmented, enlarged; advanced, furthered; gratified, delighted.
1. viś (some of the forms and meanings of this rt. are identical with those of rt. 2. viṣ), cl. 6. P. viśati (ep. also A. -te), viveśa, vekṣyati, avikṣat, veṣṭum (Ved. Impv. 2nd sing. viviḍḍhi = praviśa, according to Sāy. on Ṛg-veda I. 27, 10, but cf. rt. 2. viṣ), to enter, enter in (with acc.); to pierce, penetrate; to pervade; to sit or settle down on (with acc.); to come to, come into the possession of, fall to the lot of; to undertake, begin, (in Naigh. II. 14. veśiṣṭi is enumerated among the gati-karmāṇaḥ): Caus. veśayati, -yitum, avīviśat, to cause to enter, &c.: Desid. vivikṣati: Intens. veviśyate, veveṣṭi; [cf. Zend vīś, 'to come;' Gr. [greek] [greek]].
2. viś, ṭ, m. (Ved. loc. pl. vikṣu, Ṛg-veda IV. 37, 1), a man who settles down on or occupies the soil, an agriculturist, merchant, a man of the third or agricultural caste (= vaiśya, q. v.); a man in general; people; N. of any class of gods designated by troops (Ved.); (ṭ), f. entrance; a family, house, tribe, host, race (Ved.); a daughter; [cf. Zend vīś, 'a house, hamlet;' Goth. vaihts; Angl. Sax. wiht; Old Germ. ni-wiht, eo-wiht, neo-wiht.]
1. viṣṭa, as, ā, am (for 2. see p. 946, col. 3), entered, penetrated, pervaded.
1. viṣṭi, is, f. (for 2. see p. 946, col. 3), N. of particular astronomical Karaṇas; N. of a daughter of Sūrya and Chāyā.
1. vi-śasta, as, ā, am, cut up, dissected; bold, fierce, ill-mannered, rude.
2. vi-śasta, as, ā, am (fr. rt. śaṃs with vi), praised, celebrated.
1. vi-śri, is, m. death (according to Śabda-k.).
2. vi-śri, cl. 1. P. A. -śrayati, -śra-yate, -śrayitum, Ved. to be opened, be set open (A.); to be diffused, diffuse, spread out, expand (A.); to devote one's self to, serve, enjoy (A.); to open, spread out, spread over (P.); to have recourse to, approach.
1. vi-śru, Pass. -śrūyate, to be heard in various places; to be heard of far and wide, to be celebrated: Caus. -śrāvayati, -yitum, to cause to be heard everywhere, cause to be heard, narrate; to cause to resound; to call out.
1. vi-śrāva, as, m. great fame or celebrity.
1. vi-śrāvaṇa, am, n. causing to hear, narrating, apprising.
1. vi-śruta, as, ā, am, heard of far and wide, noted, renowned, celebrated, famous, notorious, well known; pleased, delighted, happy.
1. vi-śruti, is, f. celebrity, fame, notoriety.
2. vi-śru = vi-sru, q. v.
2. vi-śrāva, as, m. flowing forth or away, dropping.
2. vi-śrāvaṇa, am, n. causing to flow forth; bleeding, (see vi-srāvaṇa.)
2. vi-śruta, as, ā, am, flowed away, flowing forth.
2. vi-śruti, is, f. flowing, oozing.
1. vi-śvāsya, as, ā, am, to be trusted or confided in, trustworthy; to be believed; to be made to trust or inspired with confidence; to be encouraged.
2. vi-śvāsya, ind. having made to trust, having inspired with confidence or hope; having encouraged.
1. viṣ, cl. 1. P. veṣati, viveṣa, vekṣyati, avikṣat, veṣṭum or (according to Vopa-deva) veṣitum, to sprinkle, pour out; cl. 9. P. viṣṇāti, &c., to separate, disjoin.
2. viṣ, cl. 3. P. A. (some of the forms of this rt. are liable to be confounded with those of rt. 1. viś), veveṣṭi, veviṣṭe (Impv. 2nd sing. viviḍḍhi = kuru according to Nirukta X. 8; = praviśa, see under rt. 1. viś), viveṣa, viviṣe, vekṣyati, -te, avikṣat or aviṣat (?), avikṣata, veṣṭum, (in Naigh. II. 6. veṣṭi is enumerated among the kānti-karmāṇaḥ; in Naigh. II. 14. veṣiṣṭi and viṣiṣṭi are mentioned among the gati-karmāṇaḥ), to pervade, spread through, extend through, go through, penetrate, invest; to spread, extend; to embrace; to go to, go against, meet (in a hostile manner); to cause to obtain, convey, (Sāy. = prāpayati); to accomplish, perform; to eat, consume (according to Naigh. II. 8).
3. viṣ, ṭ, f. spreading, diffusion; feces, ordure, excrement; (ṭ, ṭ, ṭ), spreading, diffusing, all-pervading (Ved.); (ṭ), m. one who pervades, a pervading deity (Ved.).
1. viṣita, as, ā, am, Ved. extended, spread, cast, (perhaps for 2. vi-ṣita, see under vi-ṣi.)
2. viṣṭa, as, ā, am (for 1. see p. 941, col. 2), pervaded; (ā), f. the feces, excrement.
2. viṣṭi, is, is, i (for 1. see p. 941, col. 2), performing, labouring; (is), f. pervading, penetrating; occupation, act, action; hire, wages; unpaid labour; sending, dispatching; consigning to hell.
1. vi-ṣahya, as, ā, am, to be borne or endured; possible to be determined, (sīmāyām aviṣahyā-yām, when a boundary is not possible to be settled, Manu VIII. 265); possible.
2. vi-ṣahya, ind. having endured, having borne, &c.
2. vi-ṣita, as, ā, am (for 1. see p. 946, col. 3; for 3. see under vi-ṣo), unfastened, loosened, let loose, unarrested, discharged, (Sāy. = vi-mukta, vi-ṣyūta.)
3. vi-ṣita, as, ā, am (for 1. see p. 946, col. 3; for 2. see col. 1), opened, &c.
1. vi-ṣṭhā (-sthā), cl. 1. A. -tiṣṭhate (ep. also P. -ti), Aor. vy-aṣṭhāt, -ṣṭhātum, to stand apart; to stand firmly, remain stationary or fixed, stay, abide, remain, dwell, stop; to be diffused or spread abroad; to spread everywhere, be present in; to go out; to attack, invade.
2. vi-ṣṭhā, f., Ved. intermediate space, interval.
3. viṣṭhā, f. (probably connected with viṣṭā, see under 2. viṣṭa), feces, excrement.
1. vi-sṛjya, as, ā, am, to be let go, to be abandoned, &c.
2. vi-sṛjya, ind. having let go, having sent away or dismissed, having discharged, having got rid of, &c.
1. vi-hā, cl. 3. A. -jihīte, &c., Ved. to go apart, (Sāy. vi-jihīṣva = vi-gaccha, Ṛgveda V. 78, 5), become expanded, open, gape open (Lat. dehisco, Gr. [greek]).
2. vi-hā, ind. (according to Uṇādi-s. IV. 36. fr. 1. vi-hā), heaven, paradise, sky.
3. vi-hā, cl. 3. P. -jahāti (2nd sing. Impv. vi-jahīhi, Kirāt. XI. 31), -hātum, to relinquish, quit, abandon, leave, give up or lay aside entirely, lose: Caus. -hāpayati, -yitum, to cause to quit or abandon.
1. vi-hita, as, ā, am (fr. vi-dhā), distributed, apportioned, bestowed; put in order, arranged, appointed, determined, fixed, settled, prescribed, enjoined, enacted, decreed, ordained, ordered; proper to be done; deposited, placed; done, performed, undertaken, acted, made; framed, constructed, formed; furnished with, possessed of.
2. vi-hita, as, ā, am (fr. vi privative + hita), improper, unfit, unsuitable, not good.
1. vī, cl. 2. P. veti (2nd sing. Impv. vīhi, 3rd pl. vyantu), vivāya, veṣyati, avaiṣīt, vetum, to go, move; to go towards, approach, (in Ṛg-veda I. 77, 2. veḥ 2nd sing. Impf. = veti = gacchati); to pervade; to bring, convey, offer; to attain, obtain, accept; to conceive, become pregnant, engender, bring forth; to desire, love, wish for, (according to Nirukta IX. 42, 43. vītām = pi-batām or kāmayetām); to eat, enjoy, consume, partake of (with gen. or acc.); to send, throw, hurl, cast; to drive (in this sense regarded as a substitute for rt. aj): Pass. or cl. 4. A. vīyate, to be gone, &c.: Caus. vāyayati, -yitum, Aor. avīvayat, to cause to go or approach; to cause to obtain or accept; to cause to eat or partake of; to cause to desire or love; to cause to conceive (in this sense also vāpayati): Desid. vivīṣati: Intens. vevīyate, vevayīti, veveti, (see also vevī); [cf. Gr. [greek] [greek] Lat. in-vītus, in-vitare.]
2. vī, īs, īs, i, Ved. going, moving, (according to Sāy. veḥ = gantryāḥ, Ṛg-veda III. 5, 5); pervading, extensive, (Sāy. = vyāpta, Ṛg-veda IV. 5, 8); (īs), f. the act of going, motion; covering. (For vī, 'a bird', see under 2. vi, p. 908.)
1. vīta, as, ā, am, gone, approached; led round the sacrificial fire (said of a horse, Ṛg-veda 1. 162, 15); accepted, acceptable, approved, liked, loved; desired, wished for, beautiful (Ved.); tranquil, quiet, tame, unfit for war; (as), m. a horse or elephant untrained or unfit for war; (am), n. the goading of an elephant.
3. vī (vi-i), cl. 2. P. vy-eti (3rd pl. vi-yanti), Impf. vy-ait, Perf. vīyāya, vy-etum (for vyayati, vyayayati, see vyay), to go apart or in different directions; to go or extend in every direction, to be diffused or scattered, become distributed or divided; to go away, disappear, vanish, be lost; to go through, traverse: cl. 4. A. vīyate, to go apart or away, &c., (Sāy. vīyase = gacchasi, Ṛgveda IX. 86, 37; according to some vīyase is an Intens. form.)
2. vīta, as, ā, am (for 3. vīta see under rt. vye), gone away, departed, disappeared; set free, loosed, let go, exempt, freed from, devoid of.
1. vī-kāśa, as, m. (for 1. vi-kāśa), manifestation, display; ether, heaven.
2. vī-kāśa, as, m. (for 2. vi-kāśa), absence of manifestation; solitude, privacy.
1. vīkṣya, as, ā, am, visible, perceptible; to be gazed at, astonishing, wonderful; (am), n. any visible object, anything to be gazed at; wonder, surprise; (as), m. a dancer, actor; a horse.
2. vīkṣya, ind. having seen or viewed, having considered.
1. vījita, as, ā, am, fanned, cooled by fanning.
2. vījita, as, ā, am, sown with seed, sown with, having for seed.
1. vīr (vi-īr), Caus. vīrayati (Impf. -airayat, Aor. Ved. -airat), -yitum, Ved. to scatter or drive in various directions; to split into pieces, break, divide asunder, break open, (Sāy. vy-airat = udghā-ṭita-vat, Ṛg-veda II. 15, 8.)
2. vīr, cl. 10. P. (perhaps to be regarded as a Nom. fr. vīra below), vīra-yati, -yitum, to be powerful or valiant; to make heroic effort, display heroism, act like a hero.
1. vīṣ (vi-īṣ), cl. 1. P. A. vīṣati, -te, vīṣitum, Ved. to go in various directions, spread, be extended.
2. vīṣ (vi-iṣ, see rt. 3. iṣ), cl. 1. P. vīcchati, &c., Ved. to seek for.
1. vṛtya, as, ā, am, (for 2. see p. 958, col. 1), to be surrounded or encompassed, &c.; to be chosen, eligible, preferable, excellent.
1. vṛj, cl. 1. P. varjati, cl. 7. P. (Ved. also A.) vṛṇakti, vṛṅkte (in this class the rt. is sometimes written vṛc), cl. 2. A. vṛkte (in this cl. the rt. is sometimes written vṛñj, to which the 3rd sing. Pres. vṛṅkte may be referred), va-varja, vavṛje, (according to some also) vavarca, vavṛñje, varjiṣyati, -te (Ved. varkṣyati, -te), avarjīt, avarjiṣṭa (Vedic forms avṛk, vark, varktam; Perf. part. fem. vavarjuṣī), varjitum, (according to some also) vṛñjitum (Ved. Inf. vṛ-jadhyai, vṛñjase), to bend, turn (Ved.); to turn away, avert, divert, alienate (Ved. A.); to apply to one's own use, choose for one's self (A.); to exclude, ward or keep off, remove, set aside; to abandon, lose; to bestow (Ved.); to efface, atone for, purify, purge, (in the above senses generally A.); to clear; to pull up, dig up, or (according to Sāy.) cut or strew (the sacred grass); to cut off, cut to pieces, (Sāy. on Ṛg-veda VI. 26, 3. vark = cheditavān asi); to injure, kill, (Ṛg-veda VI. 18, 8): Pass. vṛjyate, to be bent, &c.; to be cut or injured, &c., (Sāy. on Ṛg-veda 1. 84, 6. vṛjyate = chidyate): Caus. or cl. 10. P. varjayati (sometimes also A. varjayate), -yitum, Aor. avavarjat, to cause to bend or turn or turn away; to exclude, remove, set aside, take away, deprive; to abandon, avoid, shun, abstain from, renounce, give up, leave off, omit, disclaim; to leave out, except, exempt, spare; to dismiss; to discharge, give out: Pass. of Caus. var-jyate, &c., to be excluded from or deprived of anything (inst.), lose (see varjita): Desid. vivarji-ṣati, -te: Intens. varīvṛjyate, varvarkti, &c., to turn aside, divert: Caus. of Intens. varīvarja-yati, Ved. to turn or move in different directions; [cf. Gr. [greek] [greek] Goth. vrik-a, vruggo: Old Germ. reccheo; wurgjan: Angl. Sax. vring-an; wealc-an, 'to roll;' (probably also) wrenc, 'deceit:' Lith. verz-iu: Slav. vrag-u.]
2. vṛj, in Naigh. II. 9. vṛk is enumerated among the bala-nāmāni. (See vṛjana below.)
1. vṛt (for rt. 3. vṛt see p. 958, col. 1), cl. 1. A. (in 2nd Fut., Aor., and Cond. also P.; in Ved. and ep. P. also in other forms) vartate (ep. vartati), Perf. vavṛte (Ved. vāvṛte, P. vavarta), 2nd Fut. vartiṣyate and vartsyati, Aor. avartiṣṭa and avṛtat, Cond. avartiṣyata and avartsyat (Vedic forms [anu]-vartti, [ā] varta, avart, [sam-ā] vavartti), var-titum, to turn, turn one's self, turn round, revolve, roll, move, go; to move on, pass on, go on in regular course, proceed, run a course, follow on; to be or be situated in any particular manner or circumstances, to be, exist, live, subsist, remain, dwell, be fixed, abide, stay, (manasi or hṛdaye or hṛdi vṛt, to dwell or be turned over or thought over in the mind, &c.); to be present; to take place, happen, come to pass; to conduce, tend to (with dat.); to depend upon (with loc.); to occupy one's self, employ one's self, be occupied or engaged in (with loc., upakāre vṛt, to give assistance); to behave, demean one's self, act, practice, do, act towards (with loc.), occupy one's self with (with inst.), act in any particular manner (with inst., e. g. dharmeṇa vṛt, to act justly; amāyayā vṛt, to act guilelessly; vyājena vṛt, to act deceitfully); to enter upon a particular course of conduct, act a part, (sometimes with acc. vṛttim added, e. g. vartase vṛttim akṣudrām, thou art acting no mean part; yāṃ vṛttiṃ vartāmi pāṇḍaveṣu, whatever course I enter upon towards the Pāṇḍavas): Pass. vṛtyate, Aor. avarti, &c., to be turned, &c.: Caus. varta-yati, -te, Aor. avīvṛtat, avavartat, to cause to turn or revolve, cause to roll, cause to move or move round, turn, move; to brandish (as a weapon); to cause to move away, remove (Ved.); to shed (as tears &c.); to cause to proceed, cause to be or exist, make; to cause to take place, cause to pass (as time), spend, pass, lead a life, live, (sometimes with acc. vṛttim added, or sometimes with inst. vṛttyā or vṛttena, or sometimes with inst. of other words, e. g. bhaikṣeṇa vartayati, he lives by begging); to perform, practice, do, exhibit; to maintain one's self, subsist (A.); to relate, recount, declare; to perceive, comprehend; to care for (with dat.); to read, study [cf. vṛtta]; (according to some) to speak; to shine: Desid. vivartiṣate and vivṛt-sati, to wish to remain, desire to stay, &c.: Intens. varīvṛtyate, varīvṛtīti, varvṛtīti, varivṛtīti, varvartti, varivartti, varīvartti; [cf. Lat. vert-o, versus; Goth. vairthan, ana-vairths, vaurs-tva; Mod. Germ. werde, ward; Angl. Sax. weordhan, ward, weard, wyrd; Lith. wartau, werciu, war-toju, wirs-tu; Slav. vrat-i-ti.]
2. vṛt, t, t, t, turning, turning round, moving, existing; (t), f., Ved. a turn, action, act, deed; (t), ind. 'finished', a grammatical term signifying that a series of roots acted on by a grammatical rule ends with the word preceding vṛt.
1. vṛtta, as, ā, am, turned; round, rounded, circular; been, existed, lived; happened, (kiṃ-vṛtta, as, ā, am, 'one who says to himself, What has happened?' one who allows himself to be taken by surprise, incautious); occurred, past, gone, finished; dead, deceased; done, performed, acted, engaged in, undertaken; proceeded, proceeding from, derived from; read through, studied; fixed, firm; unimpaired; famous; (as), m. a tortoise; (ā), f. a kind of tree or shrub (= jhiñjhiriṣṭā); (am), n. a circle, circumference; (in astronomy) the epicycle (= paridhi); event, occurrence, news; procedure; practice, profession, occupation, mode of life, means of subsistence; act, action, behaviour, manner, demeanour, (ujjhita-dhairya-vṛttam, without regard to dignity of manner); conduct; observance of any enjoined practice, established rule or usage, actual practice, law; 'the turn of a line', final rhythm, rhythm; verse, metre.
2. vṛtya, as, ā, am (for 1. see p. 956, col. 1), to be abided or stayed or remained, &c.
3. vṛt, cl. 4. A. vṛtyate (according to others also cl. 1. vartate), to choose, like, &c., generally used in an old Intens. form vā-vṛtyate, (see vāvṛt, which is classed by native grammarians among simple roots.)
2. vṛtta, as, ā, am (perhaps incorrect for vṛta), chosen, selected, appointed, &c.
1. vṛddhi, is, f. (fr. a form vṛdh for rt. vardh; for 2. vṛddhi see under rt. 1. vṛdh), cutting off, abscission; (in law) forfeiture, deduction.
1. vṛdh (perhaps developed out of vi-ṛdh), cl. 1. A. (in Fut., Aor., and Cond. also P.; in Ved. and ep. P. also in other forms; sometimes confounded in occasional forms with rt. 1. vṛt), vardhate (Ved. P. vardhati, vṛ-dhati), Perf. vavṛdhe (Ved. P. vavardha), 2nd Fut. vardhiṣyate and vartsyati (identical with 2nd Fut. of rt. 1. vṛt), Aor. avardhiṣṭa and avṛ-dhat, Cond. avardhiṣyata and avartsyat (identical with Cond. of rt. 1. vṛt), vardhitum (Ved. Inf. vṛdhe, vṛdhase, vāvṛdhadhyai), to increase, augment, cause to grow, make larger or stronger, raise, prosper, make to prosper, (in these active senses generally Ved. and always P.); to exhilarate, make joyful, inspirit, animate (Ved. P.); to increase, grow, become larger or stronger, prosper, be or become prosperous, (in these neuter senses generally A. except in the Vedic forms vṛdhati, vavardha, &c., and except in Fut., Aor., and Cond., which may be also P. in the classical language); to continue, last; to rise, ascend; to become joyful, have cause for congratulation: Caus. vardhayati, -te (also var-dhāpayati), -yitum, Aor. avīvṛdhat, avavar-dhat, to cause to increase or grow, increase, augment, amplify, enhance, make larger or stronger, cause to prosper, make powerful, raise, exalt, to make joyful, gladden; (according to some) to speak; to shine: Desid. vivardhiṣate, vivṛtsati: Intens. varī-vṛdhyate, varīvṛdhīti; [cf. Zend vared, vareda: Gr. [greek] [greek] (perhaps) Lat. grandis: Goth. valdan, vaur-ts, 'a root:' Old Germ. uurza: Angl. Sax. waldan, vridian, weald: Slav. vladun, vlas, 'hair:' Hib. folt, 'hair;' fridh, 'a forest;' (perhaps) for-bairt, 'increase, profit.']
2. vṛddhi, is, f. (for 1. vṛddhi see p. 958, col. 2), increase, increment, augmentation, growth, rise, rising, ascending; excess; a heap, quantity, assemblage, multitude; increase in wealth or dignity; increase of the digits of the sun or moon; progression of any kind, prosperity, success, advancement, happiness, pleasure; wealth, property; extension of power or revenue (as one of the three conditions or objects of regal power); profit, gain; paying back money lent with increase or interest, returning the principal with a proportionate increment; money-lending, usury, interest; enlargement of the scrotum (either from swelled testicle or hydrocele or other morbid affections); (in grammar) a peculiar increase or lengthening to which vowels are subject under certain conditions (e. g. ā is the Vṛddhi of a, ai of i, ī, and e, au of u, ū, and o; kṛta-vṛddhi, a word of which the first vowel has been subjected to the above change); one of the eight principal drugs or medicinal roots (described as mild, cooling, &c., and as a remedy for phlegm, leprosy, and worms); a particular period or division of time, the eleventh of the astronomical Yogas (or the Yoga star of the eleventh lunar mansion); (is), m., N. of a poet.
2. vṛdh, f. (only found in dat. vṛdhe used as a Ved. infinitive), increase, prosperity; blessing.
2. vṛṣad-aṃśa (for 1. vṛṣa-daṃśa see under vṛṣa). See vārṣadaṃśa.
1. vṛh (also written bṛh), cl. 6. P. vṛhati, vavarha, varhiṣyati or varkṣ-yati, avarhīt or avṛkṣat (in Ṛg-veda IV. 16, 12. [pra] vṛhatāt = prakarṣeṇa chinnavān asi), varhitum or varḍhum, to pull up, tear up, eradicate, root up; to make effort, raise, lift up, erect: Caus. varhayati, -yitum, Aor. avavarhat or avīvṛhat: Desid. vivarhiṣati, vivṛkṣati: Intens. varīvṛh-yate, varīvarḍhi.
2. vṛh (also written bṛh, cf. rts. 2. bṛh, vṛṃh, 1. vṛdh), cl. 1. P. var-hati, cl. 6. P. vṛhati (usually referred to rt. 2. bṛh), vavarha, varhitum, to grow, increase, expand; to roar, bellow (= rt. vṛṃh).
3. vṛh, f. increase &c. in vṛhas-pati, p. 962.
1. vettṛ, tā, trī, tṛ (fr. rt. 1. vid), one who knows, knowing, understanding, acquainted with; a knower, &c.; one who obtains or acquires, obtaining; (tā), m. a sage, one who knows the nature of the soul and god; one who obtains in marriage, an espouser, husband.
1. vedaya, as, ā, am, who or what knows, knowing; who or what obtains.
1. vedya, as, ā, am, to be known or ascertained; to be made known; to be explained or taught; to be espoused or married; bringing or causing wealth (Ved., Sāy. = dhana-hita, lābha-hetu).
2. vedya, as, ā, am, relating or agreeable to the Vedas.
1. vel (rather to be regarded as a Nom. fr. velā below), cl. 10. P. vela-yati, -yitum, to count or declare the time.
2. vel or vell (also written vehl), cl. 1. P. velati or vellati, &c., to go, move; to shake about, tremble, move about, move round; to be wanton; [cf. perhaps Gr. [greek] Lat. volvo; Old Germ. wuoljan; Goth. valvjan; Angl. Sax. willian, woeltan.]
1. ves, cl. 1. P. vesati, vesitum, to go, move; to desire, love, (Naigh. II. 6; another reading has veśati.)
2. ves, Ved. in the phrase ver na, 'like a bird;' [cf. 2. vi.]
1. vai (= rt. 2. vā, cl. 4), cl. 1. P. vāyati, vātum, to dry, to become dried or withered; to be languid, be weary or faint, be exhausted, sink down, be extinguished, (Sāy. = śuṣ-yati, śrāmyate, śāmyati); to go, (according to Sāy. on Ṛg-veda VIII. 31, 6. vāyataḥ = gacchataḥ.)
3. vāta, as, ā, am (often identified with 1. vāta, p. 899, col. 1), dried, withered.
5. vāna, as, ā, am, dried, &c. See 1. and 2. vāna, p. 900, col. 1.
2. vai, ind. a particle of affirmation, generally translatable by 'indeed', 'truly', 'certainly', 'verily', 'in sooth;' it may also mean 'so', 'just', 'although', 'granted', 'if', (tu vai, 'but just;' na vai, 'perhaps not'); it is also said to be a vocative particle, and is often merely an expletive used for filling out a verse.
1. vaidheya, as, ī, am (fr. vi-dheya), foolish, silly, weak, ignorant; (as), m. an idiot, fool.
2. vaidheya, as, ī, am (fr. vidhi), relating to rule or precept, prescribed, preceptive; (as), m., N. of a teacher of the White Yajur-veda.
1. vaiśastra, am, n. (fr. vi-śastṛ), government, sway, rule.
2. vaiśastra, am, n. (fr. vi-śastra), the state of being unarmed, defencelessness.
1. vya, as, m. (fr. rt. vye), a coverer.
2. vya (contracted fr. avyaya), a technical symbol for indeclinables such as ni, cit, svar, &c.
1. vyac (probably connected with 2. vy-ac), cl. 6. P. vicati, vivyāca, vya-ciṣyati, avyacīt or avyācīt, vyacitum, to cheat, trick, defraud, deceive; to encompass, embrace, surround (Ved.); to pervade, contain (Ved.): Caus. vyā-cayati, -yitum, Aor. avivyacat: Desid. vivyaci-ṣati: Intens. vevicyate, vāvyacīti or vāvyakti.
2. vy-ac or vy-añc (vi-ac), cl. 1. P. A. -acati, -añcati, -te, -añcitum, Ved. to force or bend asunder, sunder, separate; to make wide, extend.
1. vy-atikara, as, ā, am, acting reciprocally, acting on or with one another, reciprocal; pervading, spreading through or over; contiguous to, in contact with; (as), m. reciprocal action, reciprocity, mutual relation, exchange, interchange; contact, contiguity, union; alternation; action (in general); obstruction, hindrance, reverse, misfortune, calamity; opportunity.
2. vy-atikara, as, m. a scattering in different directions, mixing or blending together, mixture.
1. vy-atī (vi-ati-i), cl. 2. P. vyaty-eti, -etum, to pass away or over, pass by, elapse; to go away, depart from, deviate or swerve from, leave (with abl.), take an irregular course; to go beyond, transgress, to pass a person or place (with acc.); to pass or spend (a fixed time, &c.); to surpass, excel, overcome, conquer; to disregard, neglect, omit.
2. vyatī (perhaps connected with rt. 1. vī or with vy-atī), Ved., according to Sāy. on Ṛg-veda IV. 32, 17. vyatīnām = gamanavatām aśvānām, of swift-going horses; on Ṛg-veda I. 155, 6. vyatīn = vividhān eva sva-bhāvān, various states or revolutions.
1. vy-aty-as (vi-ati-as), cl. 2. A. vy-ati-ste (1st sing. -ati-he, 2nd sing. -ati-se, Pāṇ. VII. 4, 50, 52), to be above, excel, surpass.
2. vy-aty-as (vi-ati-as), cl. 4. P. -asyati, -asitum, to throw or place in an inverted position, invert, place across.
1. vyādhin, ī, inī, i, possessing hunters, frequented by hunters.
2. vyādhin, ī, inī, i, piercing, wounding.
1. vy-arṇa, as, ā, am (for 2. see below), without water, rainless, dry.
2. vy-arṇa or vy-arṇṇa, as, ā, am (see Pāṇ. VII. 2, 24), gone away, gone; oppressed, pained, distressed; asked.
1. vy-ava-dhā (vi-ava-), cl. 3. P. A. -dadhāti, -dhatte, -dhātum, to place apart or asunder; to put or place between, interpose; to separate, divide, interrupt, obstruct, cover, screen, conceal; to lay aside, leave out, omit, pass over; to put down here and there: Pass. -dhīyate, to be separated or separated from.
2. vy-avadhā, f. anything which intervenes or conceals from sight; a screen, partition, covering, the state of being covered, concealment, disappearance.
1. vy-ava-sthā, cl. 1. A. -tiṣṭhate, -sthātum, to be placed or situated asunder; to be arranged in due order, to be adjusted or settled; Caus. -sthāpayati, -yitum, to place or set asunder; to cause to be properly arranged or settled, decide, establish; to lay down a law; to perform.
2. vy-avasthā, f. arrangement, settlement, placing apart, separating; placing in suitable order, adjusting, arranging, arrangement; relative position or state; placing or setting in or on, fixing on a firm basis, settlement, decision, decree, statute, rule, law, written declaration of the law, legal opinion (applied to the written extracts from the codes of law or proper adjustment of contradictory passages in different codes made by decisions of officers attached to the courts of justice), a decision (in general); engagement, agreement, contract; course, state, condition, system or order of things (in general).
1. vy-avasthāpya, as, ā, am, to be established or declared or settled, to be fixed, &c.; (am), n. the state of being established, &c.
2. vy-avasthāpya, ind. having set or placed in proper order, having fixed or settled or determined.
1. vy-aś (vi-aś, see rt. 1. aś), cl. 5. A. -aśnute (Ved. also frequently P. -aśnoti), Perf. vy-ānaśe (Vedic forms vy-ānaṭ = vyāpnotu, Ṛgveda VII. 28, 2; vy-aśyuḥ = vyāpnuvantu, Ṛgveda I. 73, 5), -aśitum, -aṣṭum, to reach, attain to, extend to; to obtain, take possession of, possess; to pervade, interpenetrate, fill, occupy; to fall to one's share.
2. vy-aś (vi-aś, see rt. 2. aś), cl. 9. P. (Ved. also A.) -aśnāti (-aśnīte), -aśitum, to eat up, consume by eating.
1. vy-ā-khyā (vi-ā-), cl. 2. P. -khyāti, -khyātum, to explain in detail, expound, interpret, illustrate; to speak at length, tell in full; to relate, narrate, tell (a story); to communicate, inform; to name, call: Pass. -khyāyate, to be explained: Desid. -cikhyāsati, to intend or wish to explain, be about to expound.
2. vy-ākhyā, f. explanation, exposition, interpretation, gloss, comment, paraphrase.
3. vyādhin, ī, inī, i, diseased, sick, ill.
1. vy-āpya, ind. having pervaded, having penetrated, &c.
2. vy-āpya, as, ā, am, permeable, penetrable; capable of being attended by any inherent characteristic or constantly pervaded or accompanied by it; (am), n. that which may be the site or locality of universal pervasion or of an invariably concomitant cause or characteristic (e. g. smoke is invariably pervaded by fire); the sign or middle term of an inference, the proof, reason, cause (= sādhana, hetu); a particular medicinal plant, Costus Speciosus (= kuṣṭha).
1. vy-ā-pad (vi-ā-), cl. 4. A. -pad-yate, -pattum, to fall away, fall down, fall into misfortune, perish; to disappear, be inaudible (as a sound): Caus. -pādayati, -yitum, to cause to perish, destroy, kill; to make worse, injure, hurt, spoil.
2. vy-āpad, t, f. death, decease; ruin, disease, calamity; derangement.
1. vy-āmarṣa, as, m. (fr. rt. 1. mṛṣ with ā and vi), impatience.
2. vy-āmarṣa, as, m. (fr. rt. 1. mṛś with ā and vi), rubbing out, erasure.
1. vy-āmṛṣṭa, as, ā, am, rubbed out, effaced, rubbed.
2. vy-āmṛṣṭa, rubbed off.
1. vy-āvṛtya, ind. having covered over; having obstructed or stopped.
2. vy-āvṛtya, ind. having separated from, having parted with (with inst.), having turned or rolled away, having turned back.
1. vyuṣ (also read pyuṣ), cl. 4. P. vyuṣyati, &c., to burn, (in this sense perhaps for rt. 1. uṣ with vi); to divide, distribute, (in this sense also written pyus, puṣ, byus, bus); cl. 10. P. vyoṣayati, -yitum, to reject, discharge, emit, (in this sense also written pus.)
1. vyuṣṭa, as, ā, am, burnt, (perhaps to be written vy-uṣṭa, see above.)
2. vy-uṣ (for 1. vi-vas, q. v., cf. 2. uṣ), cl. 6. P. -ucchati, &c., Ved. to shine forth, shine, dawn, arise.
3. vy-uṣ, f., Ved. shining forth, dawning, (according to Sāy. vyuṣi = vyucchane sati, Ṛg-veda V. 45, 8, = vivāsane or prakāśane sati, Ṛg-veda VII. 81, 2.)
1. vy-uṣita, as, ā, am, Ved. = 2. vy-uṣṭa below.
2. vy-uṣṭa, as, ā, am, dawned, become day-light or dawn; become bright or clear; (am), n. dawn, day-break (personified as a son of Kalpa, in which case to be regarded as masc.), day; fruit, result, consequence.
2. vy-uṣita, as, ā, am (fr. 3. vi-vas), lived away, dwelling abroad; dwelt, lodged, passed (e. g. vy-uṣito rātrim, he lodged for a night, i. e. he passed or spent a night).
3. vy-uṣṭa, as, ā, am, dwelt, lodged; passed; one who has passed a night or lodged for a night.
1. vy-ūḍha, as, ā, am (fr. vi-vah), married. (For 2. vy-ūḍha see under vy-ūh.)
2. vy-ūḍha, as, ā, am, placed or moved apart, widely separated, expanded, developed, wide, broad; large, great, firm, compact; placed in order or array, arrayed, marshalled, arranged; placed out of order, disarranged, transposed, altered.
1. vy-ṛṣ (vi-ṛṣ), cl. 1. P. -arṣati, -arṣitum, Ved. to flow through.
2. vy-ṛṣ (vi-ṛṣ), cl. 6. P. -ṛṣati, -arṣitum, to pierce, penetrate.
3. vīta, as, ā, am (for 1. and 2. vīta see p. 953, col. 2), covered, clothed, put on, worn.
1. vraṇ (also written braṇ), cl. 1. P. vraṇati, vavrāṇa, vraṇitum, to sound.
2. vraṇ (perhaps rather to be regarded as a Nom. fr. vraṇa below), cl. 10. P. vraṇayati, -yitum, to wound.
1. śa, the thirtieth consonant of the Nāgarī alphabet and first of the three sibilants; it belongs to the palatal class, and in sound often corresponds to ṣ, though in some words pronounced more like s.
2. śa, as, m. (fr. rt. śo), a cutter, destroyer (Kirāt. XV. 45); a weapon; N. of Śiva, (in this sense probably connected with 2. śam); (am), n. or ind. happiness, &c., see 2. śam, p. 993.
1. śasta, as, ā, am (for 2. śasta see under rt. 1. śas), recited, repeated; praised, eulogized; best, excellent; auspicious, happy, well, right; (am), n. happiness, excellence; the body.
1. śastra, am, n. (for 2. śastra see under rt. 1. śas), Ved. a hymn (recited either audibly or inaudibly, as opposed to stoma, which is sung), a recitative, recitation; a hymn of praise (generally).
1. śasya, as, ā, am (for 2. śasya see under rt. 1. śas), = śaṃsya, to be praised, praiseworthy; to be wished, desirable, excellent, best; (am), n. a good quality, merit.
1. śak, cl. 5. P. śaknoti, cl. 4. P. A. śakyati, -te (in the A. not to be distinguished from the Pass., see below; Ved. forms, Impv. śagdhi, Pot. śakeyam, śakema), śaśāka, śeke, śakṣyati, -te, aśakat (or if used in cl. 4. the following are said by some to be substituted, 2nd Fut. śakiṣyati, -te, Aor. aśakīt or asākīt, aśa-kiṣṭa), śaktum (śakitum, Ved. śaktave), to be able, to be able to effect, to be competent for (with inf., e. g. vīkṣituṃ na śaknoti, he is not able to look; martuṃ na śakyāmi, I am not able to die; or even with part., e. g. pūrayan na śak-noti, he is not able to fill); to be powerful; to bear, endure; to give, present (Ved.); to aid (Ved.); to know (Ved.): Pass. śakyate, Aor. aśāki, to be able, be capable, be possible, be practicable (giving a passive sense to a following inf., e. g. tac chettuṃ śakyate, that is able to be cut, that can be cut; tat kartuṃ śakyate, that can be done; na śak-yante tyaktum, they cannot be abandoned; sometimes used with a participle, e. g. na śakyate vār-yamāṇaḥ, he cannot be restrained; or used impersonally, e. g. yadi tvayā śakyate, if it can be done by thee): Caus. śākayati, -yitum, Aor. aśīśakat: Intens. śāśakyate, śāśakīti or śāśakti: Desid. śikṣati, -te [cf. śikṣ, s. v.], to wish to be able or to be able to effect; to learn; to give, bestow, enrich (Ved.); to aid, assist (Ved.); to instruct (Ved.): Caus. of Desid. śikṣayati, -yitum, to teach, instruct (with two acc., e. g. taṃ raṇa-śikṣām aśi-kṣayat, he instructed him in the art of war); [cf. Lat. queo (for quec-jo), ne-queo, conari: Old Norse hagr, 'the right hand;' hagna, 'to be of service.']
2. śak, k, k, k, able, powerful (at the end of a comp., e. g. sarva-śak, q. v.).
1. śaṭh [cf. rts. śaṭ, śal], cl. 10. A. śāṭhayate, -yitum, to praise.
2. śaṭh (= rt. 1. śvaṭh), cl. 10. P. śaṭhayati, -yitum, to speak ill; (according to some) to speak correctly or well or elegantly; to be true.
3. śaṭh (= rts. 2. śvaṭh, saṭh, svaṭh), cl. 10. P. śāṭhayati, -yitum, to accomplish, finish, adorn; to leave unfinished or unornamented; to go, move.
4. śaṭh, cl. 1. P. śaṭhati, śaṭhitum, to cheat, defraud, deceive; to hurt, kill; to suffer pain; cl. 10. P. śāṭhayati, -yitum, to be idle or lazy.
1. śap, a technical term, used by Pāṇini for the Vi-karaṇa a, inserted between the root and terminations of the conjugational tenses in the 1st class, &c. See vi-karaṇa.
2. śap, ind. a particle and prefix implying assent or acceptance, as in śap-karoti, he admits or accepts.
3. śap, cl. 1. 4. P. A. śapati, -te, śapyati, -te, śaśāpa, śepe, śapsyati, -te, aśāpsīt, aśapta, śaptum (according to some perhaps originally 'to cry aloud'), to curse, imprecate evil, execrate; to revile, scold, blame (with dat.); to take an oath, swear, promise or asseverate by oath: Caus. śāpayati, -yitum, Aor. aśīśapat, to cause or order to swear (with inst. of object by which one is sworn); to conjure: Desid. śiśapsati, -te: Intens. śāśapyate (according to Vopa-deva XX. 8. also śaṃśapyate), śāśapti; [cf. perhaps Gr. [greek]]
1. śam, cl. 4. P. śāmyati, śaśāma, śamiṣyati, aśamat, (the form śaśa-mate = śāmyati or stauti, Ṛg-veda VI. 2, 4), śamitum (originally 'to become tired'), to be appeased, grow calm, become pacified, be satisfied, become quiet or tranquil, be undisturbed or quiescent; to cease, stop, leave off, desist; to pacify, cause to cease, put an end to, destroy, kill, sacrifice, (in these transitive senses also cl. 9. P. śamnāti, according to Naigh. II. 19, and probably in some cases the forms used are referrible to Caus.); cl. 10. A. śāmayate, -yitum, to look at, inspect; to show, display: Pass. śāmyate, śamyate (referrible also to Caus.), Aor. aśami or aśāmi, to be appeased or quieted, &c.: Caus. śamayati or śāmayati, -yi-tum, Aor. asīśamat, to appease, allay, pacify, calm, tranquillize, soothe, settle; to console; to cause to cease, stop, suppress, extinguish, destroy; to remove, avert; to tame, subdue, defeat, conquer; to leave off, desist, (śamayām-babhūvuḥ, they desisted): Desid. śiśamiṣati: Intens. śaṃśamyate, śaṃśanti, to be entirely appeased, become tranquil; to cease; [cf. Gr. [greek] Old Germ. chamo.]
1. śami, is, f. a legume, pod; the Śamī tree [cf. śamī].
2. śam, ind. (perhaps to be connected with rt. 1. śam, but also referrible to 2. śa), happiness, welfare, prosperity, blessing, beatitude, health, hail, (according to Pāṇ. II. 3, 73. with dat. or gen., e. g. śaṃ devadattāya or śaṃ devadattasya, hail to Devadatta); happy, auspicious, pleasant, sweet, kind, agreeable; happily, auspiciously, well; (used in the Veda as a subst., adj., and adv.; frequently found in the phrase śaṃ yos or śaṃ ca yoś ca, 'prosperity and succour', or 'blessing and protection', Ṛg-veda I. 114, 2, II. 33, 13, &c., cf. yos; sometimes joined with the verbs bhū, as, kṛ, yā, &c., and sometimes occurring without any verb, e. g. śaṃ no bhavatv aryamā, may Aryaman be kind or propitious to us; somaḥ śam astu te hṛde, may the Soma be agreeable to thy heart; śaṃ naḥ karato aśvinā, may the two Aśvins do us good; śaṃ yāti, he attains happiness or becomes prosperous; śaṃ tad asmai, that is pleasant to him.)
1. śaraṇa, am, n. injuring, killing, slaying; who or what slays or injures.
1. śaraṇi, is, f. injury, offence, crime (Ved.).
1. śaraṇya, am, n. injury, hurt.
2. śaraṇa, as, ā or ī, am (said to be fr. rt. śṝ, but evidently connected with rt. śri), protecting, preserving (Ved., Sāy. = rakṣaka, Ṛg-veda VI. 47, 8); one who protects or preserves, a protector, preserver, defender; (ā), f. a particular plant, = pra-sāraṇī; (ī), f. a road, path, (see 2. śaraṇi, col. 3); the plant Celtis Orientalis; another plant, = prasā-raṇī; = jayantī; (am), n. protection, preservation, help, defence; a refuge, place of refuge, sanctuary, asylum, (sometimes applied to a person); a private apartment, closet; a house, habitation, abode; lair, resting-place (of an animal).
2. śaraṇi, is, f. a road, path, way, (probably for saraṇi); a row, line [cf. śreṇi]; the earth (according to some).
2. śaraṇya, as, ā, am, fit or good for refuge, to be protected or aided, needing protection, poor, miserable, helpless; yielding protection, helping; (am), n. a place of refuge, asylum, house, refuge; protection, defence; a protection, a protector, who or what affords refuge and defence; (as), m. epithet of Śiva; (ā), f., N. of Durgā.
1. śaśamāna, as, ā, am (perhaps to be connected with rt. 1. śam, see 2. śaśamāna), Ved. praising, celebrating, offering praise.
2. śaśamāna, as, ā, am (fr. rt. 1. śam; for 1. śaśamāna see col. 1), Ved. one who has pacified, &c.; being pacified, &c.
1. śas (said to be connected with rt. 1. śam, cf. rt. śaṣ), cl. 1. P. śasati, śaśāsa (3rd pl. śaśasuḥ), śasitum, to cut, wound, hurt, injure, strike, kill, destroy; [cf. Lat. hostia; Goth. hunsl; Angl. Sax. husel.]
2. śasta, as, ā, am (for 1. śasta see p. 985, col. 2), wounded, injured; struck, killed, (pra-śasta, destroyed.)
2. śastra, am, n. (for 1. śastra see p. 985, col. 2), an instrument for cutting or wounding, a cutting weapon, a weapon or arms (in general); an instrument or tool; iron; steel; (as), m. a sword, scymitar; (ī), f. a knife.
2. śasya, as, ā, am (for 1. śasya see under rt. śaṃs, p. 985), to be cut, to be wounded or injured; (am), n. corn or grain (in general); the fruit or produce of any plant or tree.
2. śas, cl. 2. P. śasti, &c., to sleep, = sas, q. v.
3. śas, the technical case-termination of the accusative plural; the Taddhita affix śas (forming adverbs from nouns, especially from numerals and words expressive of quantity, see śata-śas, bahu-śas, &c.).
1. and 2. śasya. See under rts. śaṃs and 1. śas.
1. śāṇa, as, ī, m. f. (fr. rt. śo), a whetstone, grindstone; touchstone [cf. śāna]; a saw; [cf. Gr. [greek] Lat. cuneu-s; Engl. hone; Old Norse hein; Angl. Sax. hoenan.]
2. śāṇa, as, ī, am (fr. śaṇa), made of hemp or Bengal flax, hempen, flaxen; (as, ī), m. f. a weight of four Māṣas; (am), n. cloth made of hemp, coarse cloth, sack-cloth, canvas; a hempen garment; (ī), f. a hempen cloth or garment; a new unseamed and single breadth of cloth (given to a student at his investiture for his upper garment), ragged or torn raiment; coarse or tattered clothes given to a Jaina ascetic at his initiation; a small tent or screen (especially one used as a retiring-room for actors, tumblers, &c.); gesture, gesticulation, making signs with the hands or eyes.
1. śātana, am, n. the act of sharpening, whetting; sharpness, thinness.
1. śātana. See under śāta above.
2. śātana, am, n. causing to fall or perish, causing to wither or decay; cutting off, withering, decaying; becoming thin or small, (in this sense perhaps connected with rt. śo, see śāta.)
1. śāyaka, as, ikā, am, lying, sleeping, reposing; (ikā), f. sleeping, repose, sleep.
2. śāyaka, as, m. (fr. rt. śo), an arrow; a sword; [cf. sāyaka.]
1. śās (connected with rt. śaṃs), cl. 2. P. śāsti (Ved. and ep. also A. śāste; ep. also cl. 1. P. śāsati; in some forms śās is changed to śis and this again to śiṣ, e. g. Pres. P. 1st du. śiṣvas, 2nd du. śiṣṭhas, 3rd pl. śāsati, Impf. 2nd and 3rd sing. aśāt, Impv. 2nd sing. śādhi, Ved. śiśādhi), śaśāsa, śāsiṣyati, aśiṣat, (Ved. form śāstana, Ṛg-veda X. 52, 1), śāsitum, to rule, govern, command, order, direct, control; to enact, decree; to train, instruct, inform, teach (with two acc.); to report, proclaim [cf. rt. śaṃs]; to correct, punish, chide; (Ved. A.) to implore, wish, desire [cf. ā-śās, ā-śaṃs]; Pass. śiṣyate, to be taught; to learn [cf. śiṣyate under rt. 2. śiṣ]: Caus. śāsayati, -yitum, Aor. aśaśāsat, to correct, punish: Desid. śiśāsiṣati: Intens. śeśiṣyate, śāśāsti.
2. śās, ās, m. (connected with rt. śaṃs), Ved. one who recites, a reciter, repeater [cf. uktha-śās]; a worshipper.
1. śi (closely connected with rt. śo), cl. 5. P. A. śinoti, śinute (Ved. also cl. 3. A. śiśīte), śiśāya, śiśye, śeṣyati, -te, aśaiṣīt, aśeṣṭa, śetum, to sharpen, whet; to make sharp or thin, attenuate; to excite; to be sharp; to be attentive: Caus. śāyayati, -yitum, Aor. aśīśayat: Desid. śiśīṣati, -te: Intens. śeśīyate, śeśayīti, śeśeti; [cf. Gr. [greek] Lat. ci-o, ci-e-o, ci-tu-s, excito, incito; Lith. koja.]
2. śi, is, m. an epithet of Śiva; auspiciousness, good fortune; peace, composure, calm.
3. śi, (in grammar) a technical term for the case-ending i, substituted for jas and śas in neuters.
2. śit, t, t, t, (in grammar) having ś as an indicatory letter.
1. śiṣ, cl. 1. P. śeṣati, śiśeṣa, śekṣyati, aśikṣat, śeṣṭum, to hurt, injure, kill.
2. śiṣ, cl. 7. P. śinaṣṭi, śiśeṣa, śekṣyati, aśiṣat, śeṣṭum, to leave, leave remaining; to distinguish from others, individualize; (according to some also) cl. 1. P. śeṣati, &c., to leave a residue, allow to remain, spare: Pass. śiṣyate, (for śiṣyate, Pass. of rt. 1. śās, see p. 1003), to be left remaining, remain; Caus. (or cl. 10) śeṣayati, -yitum, Aor. aśīśiṣat, to cause to remain, leave, allow to remain, spare: Desid. śi-kṣati: Intens. śeśiṣyate, śeśeṣṭi; [cf. Lat. quoeso, quoero, quoestor, perhaps cura; Goth. qvis-teins, qvistjan, fra-qvisteins, fra-qvistjan, fra-qvistnan, us-qvistjan (based on a noun qvist = śiṣṭi, in the sense of 'leaving, abandoning'), us-haista.]
1. śiṣṭa, as, ā, am, left, remaining, residual, anything that remains or is left.
2. śiṣṭa, as, ā, am (fr. rt. 1. śās), ordered, commanded; disciplined, well regulated, educated, trained; tamed, obedient, docile; orderly, correct, learned, wise, good; select, (perhaps referrible to 1. śiṣṭa); eminent, excellent, superior, principal, chief; (as), m. a chief; a courtier, counsellor. --2. śiṣṭa-tā, f. or śiṣṭa-tva, am, n. docility; good behaviour, urbanity, civility.
1. śī (perhaps connected with rt. śad), cl. 2. A. śete (1st du. śevahe, 3rd du. śayāte, 1st pl. śemahe, 3rd pl. śerate, Ved. cl. 1. śayate, but śaye = śete, Ṛg-veda III. 55, 4, cf. Pāṇ. VII. 1, 41; Ved. and ep. also P. in some tenses), Impf. aśeta (P. aśayat, Ved. 2nd du. P. aśāyatam, 3rd du. A. aśayātām, 3rd pl. aśerata), Pot. śa-yīta (ep. śayet), Impv. śetām (2nd sing. śeṣva, 1st du. śayāvahai, 3rd pl. śeratām), śiśye, śa-yiṣyate (ep. śeṣyati), aśayiṣṭa, śayitum (Ved. Inf. śayadhyai), to lie, lie down, lie on the ground, recline; to rest, repose; to sleep: Pass. śayyate, Aor. aśāyi: Caus. śāyayati, -yitum, to cause to lie down, put down, throw down; to throw, put; to allow to rest: Desid. śiśayiṣate: Intens. śā-śayyate, śeśayīti, śeśeti; [cf. Gr. [greek] ([greek] = śeṣe, [greek] = śete); [greek] [greek] Lat. qui-e-s, qui-e-sc-o, civi-s: Goth. hai-m-s, he-thyo, haithi, heiwa, 'house', in comp. heiva-franja: Old Island. hei-mr, 'house:' Old Germ. haim, heim, hī-wī, hi-wo, 'husband;' hiwa, 'wife;' hijan, hiwjan, 'to marry;' hīrāt: Mod. Germ. Heirath: Angl. Sax. ham, hoeman: Lith. szetra, 'a tent;' kiema, 'a village.']
2. śī, īs, f. sleep, repose; tranquillity, devotion, complete absorption in religious worship.
1. śīra, as, m. (according to Uṇādi-s. II. 13. fr. rt. 1. śī), a large snake, the boa constrictor.
2. śīra, as, ā, am (according to some fr. rt. 1. śi or fr. rt. 2. śrī, 'to cook'), Ved. piercing, burning; an epithet of Agni, (according to Nirukta IV. 14. fr. rt. 1. śī, and explained by anuśayin or vāsin, which Sāy. interprets to mean 'sleeping or lying in the sacrifices.')
1. śu, a form assumed by rt. śvi, cf. rt. śav.
2. śu, ind. (perhaps connected with su or with āśu), well, right, brilliantly, elegantly; quickly (= kṣipram, Sāy. on Ṛg-veda III. 33, 1).
1. śuc, cl. 1. P. śocati (ep. also A. -te), śuśoca, śociṣyati, aśocīt, śocitum (or śoktum, Vopa-deva VIII. 79, 80), to be grieved or sorrowful, be afflicted; to bewail, grieve for (with acc.); to regret, repent; to be absorbed in deep meditation: Caus. śocayati, -yitum, Aor. aśūśu-cat, to afflict, grieve, make sorrowful; to be sorrowful; to bewail: Desid. śuśuciṣati, śuśoci-ṣati: Intens. śośucyate, śośokti; [cf. Goth. hiufan; Angl. Sax. heaf, heofian; Old Germ. huvo.]
2. śuc, k, f. sorrow, grief, distress, regret; calamity, affliction.
1. śucita, as, ā, am, grieved, sad, lamenting.
1. śocayat, an, antī, at, causing grief or sorrow, distressing, afflicting, grieving.
1. śocya, as, ā, am (for 2. śocya see col. 2), to be lamented or bewailed, to be mourned.
3. śuc, cl. 4. P. A. śucyati, -te (Ved. also cl. 1. śocati, -te, and in some forms apparently cl. 6. śucati), śuśoca, śuśuce, śociṣyati, -te, aśucat or aśocīt, aśociṣṭa, śocitum (Ved. Inf. śucadhyai, other Vedic forms śocā = śocasva, śu-śugdhi = prakāśaya, śuśucita = dīpyatām, Ṛgveda II. 2, 10), to shine, be bright or radiant; to brighten, illuminate; to burn, consume; to become clean or pure, be pure; to yield moisture, be wet; to decay, become fetid, stink: Caus. śocayati, -yitum, to brighten, illuminate; to make pure, purify: Desid. śuśuciṣati, -te, or śuśociṣati, -te: Intens. śośuc-yate, śośokti.
4. śuc, k, f., Ved. brightness, lustre, radiance, (śucā-śucā, with reiterated lustre, Ṛg-veda III. 4, 1.)
2. śucita, as, ā, am, cleansed, purified, pure, clean.
2. śocayat, an, antī, at, causing to shine, brightening, illuminating.
2. śocya, as, ā, am (for 1. śocya see col. 1), to be cleansed; requiring purification, wicked.
1. śunya, am, n. (for 2. śunya see below), a number of dogs or female dogs.
2. śunya, as, ā, am (more usually written śūnya, q. v.; for 1. śunya see p. 1014, col. 3), empty, void; (am), n. a cypher.
1. śubh (perhaps for an original śvabh, cf. rts. śudh, śumbh), cl. 1. A. śobhate (rarely cl. 6. P. śubhati or cl. 1. P. śo-bhati, but this latter is referred to rt. 3. śubh), śu-śobha, śuśubhe, śobhiṣyati, -te, aśubhat, aśo-bhiṣṭa, śobhitum (Ved. Inf. śobhase, śubham, śubhe, see 2. śubh), to shine, be splendid; to be beautiful, look beautiful or handsome, appear to advantage; to be gay or happy; to be victorious, triumph over: Caus. śobhayati, -te (Ved. also śu-bhayati), -yitum, Aor. aśūśubhat, to cause to shine, ornament, decorate: to adorn one's self (A.); to shine (?): Desid. śuśobhiṣate, -ti, or śuśubhi-ṣate, -ti: Intens. śośubhyate, śośobdhi, to shine intensely; [cf. Gr. [greek] Old Germ. sūbar, 'pure;' Mod. Germ. sauber; Lith. zibbu.]
2. śubh, p, f., Ved. splendor, beauty, brilliancy, glory; happiness; victory, triumph, (śubhe, for victory or conquest); an ornament; an auspicious offering; a brilliant place of sacrifice, (Sāy. = śo-bhana deva-yajana, Ṛg-veda I. 23, 11); water or a brilliant chariot (= udaka or ratha, Ṛg-veda I. 167, 6, &c.).
3. śubh (sometimes written śunbh or śumbh = rts. subh, sunbh, sumbh), cl. 1. P. śobhati, śunbhati, &c., to shine [cf. rt. 1. śubh]; to speak; to strike, injure, kill.
1. śauktika, as, ī, am, acid, acetic.
2. śauktika, as, ī, am (fr. śukti), relating to a pearl.
1. ścut or 1. ścyut (perhaps fr. a noun formed fr. an original rt. ścyu; cf. rts. 1. cyu, 2. cyut), cl. 1. P. ścotati or ścyotati, cuścota or cuścyota, aścutat, aścotīt, &c., ścotitum or ścyotitum, to ooze, trickle, flow, exude, drop, distil; to sprinkle, scatter, diffuse, shed, pour out; Pass. ścutyate, Aor. aścoti, &c.: Caus. ścotayati, &c.; [cf. Goth. skevjan, skura; Angl. Sax. scur.]
2. ścut or 2. ścyut, t, t, t, distilling, sprinkling, shedding, (at the end of comps., e. g. jala-ś-, shedding or sprinkling water.)
1. śrita, as, ā, am (for 2. see col. 3), gone to, approached, had recourse to, fled for refuge, approached for protection, entered, clung to, rested on, founded on, placed on; resting or sitting on, attached or contiguous to, connected with, joined with; subservient, subordinate, auxiliary; protected; served, honoured, cherished, worshipped, sustained, covered with, overspread; contained; obtained, having, possessing, assembled, collected.
1. śriṣ (= rt. 1. śliṣ), cl. 1. P. śre-ṣati, śiśreṣa, śreṣitum, to burn.
2. śriṣ (probably an older form of rt. 2. śliṣ), cl. 1. P. śreṣati, &c., to join, fix, infix, impress, (Sāy. śreṣāma = śleṣa-yema or śrāyayema, 'may we infix', Ṛg-veda IV. 43, 1; mā śreṣat = āśliṣṭam mā bhūt, 'let it not be left on the ground', I. 162, 11.)
1. śrī (connected with rt. śrā), cl. 9. P. A. śrīṇāti, śrīṇīte, śiśrāya, śiśriye, śreṣyati, -te, aśraiṣīt, aśreṣṭa, śretum, to cook, dress, mature, prepare, (Sāy. śrīṇīṣe = śrayasi or pa-casi, Ṛg-veda V. 6, 9; cf. rt. śri); to mix, mingle: Caus. śrāyayati, -yitum, Aor. aśiśrayat: Desid. śi-śrīṣati, -te: Intens. śeśrīyate, śeśrayīti, śeśreti; [cf. probably Gr. [greek] Lat. pin-cerna.]
2. śrita, as, ā, am (for 1. see col. 2), Ved. = śrīta below or śrāṇa under rt. śrā; [cf. śṛta.]
2. śrī, īs, f. (thought to be either fr. rt. śri or to be connected with rts. 1. śrī, śrai, śrā, 'to mature', cf. Lat. Ceres), prosperity, well-being, wealth, happiness, good fortune, success, thriving or flourishing condition, riches, plenty; high rank, dignity, elevation, sacredness, majesty, royalty, glory, fame, renown; state, the insignia of royalty; beauty, grace, loveliness, splendor, light, lustre; the twelfth digit of the moon; Prosperity or Fortune or Beauty personified; N. of Lakṣmī as goddess of prosperity or beauty (wife of Viṣṇu, see lakṣmī); N. of Sarasvatī, goddess of speech and learning (wife of Brahmā, cf. śrī-pañcamī); any virtue or excellence; decoration, ornament, dress; intellect, understanding; superhuman power; the three objects of life collectively, (viz. virtue, pleasure, and wealth, cf. tri-varga); N. of the mother of the Arhat Kunthu (according to the Jainas); the Sarala tree, Pinus Longifolia; the Vilva tree; a lotus; cloves, = la-vaṅga; a kind of drug, = vṛddhi; (īs), m., N. of one of the six Rāgas or musical modes (according to some the fifth, according to others the third or first in order). The word Śrī is frequently used as an honorific prefix to the names of deities [e. g. Śrī-Durgā, Śrī-Rāma], and may be repeated twice, thrice, or even four and five times to express excessive veneration [e. g. Śrī-śrī-śrī-Durgā]; it is also used as a respectful prefix to the names of eminent persons [e. g. Śrī-Jayadeva] as well as of celebrated works [e. g. Śrī-Bhāgavata] and sacred objects, and is often placed at the beginning or back of letters, manuscripts, important documents, &c.
1. śru (regarded by native grammarians as an irregular rt. of cl. 1), cl. 5. P. śṛṇoti (ep. also A. śṛṇute, 1st du. P. śṛṇuvas or śṛṇvas), Impv. śriṇotu (2nd sing. śṛṇu Ved., śṛṇuhi, śṛṇudhī, Pāṇ. VI. 4, 102, and śrudhi, as if cl. 2), śuśrāva (2nd sing. śuśrotha, 1st du. śuśruva, 1st pl. śuśruma), aśrauṣīt, (Ved. forms śroṣan = śṛṇvanti, śroṣantu = śṛṇvantu, śṛṇviṣe, śṛṇotu, śṛṇavat, śravat, śuśravat), śrotum, to hear, listen to (with acc.), give ear to (with acc. or gen.); to be attentive, be obedient, obey; to go (according to Vopa-deva): Pass. śrū-yate (śṛṇve = śrūyate, Ṛg-veda I. 74, 7; śṛṇ-vire = śrūyante, Ṛg-veda I. 15, 8), Aor. aśrāvi, to be heard; to be celebrated or renowned (Ved.); to be called (Ved.): Caus. śrāvayati, -te, -yitum, Aor. aśiśravat, -ta, or aśuśravat, -ta, to cause any one to hear anything (with two acc.), tell, narrate, relate: Pass. of Caus. śrāvyate: Desid. of Caus. śiśrāvayiṣati, -te, or (according to some) śuśrāvayiṣati, -te: Desid. śuśrūṣate, to desire to hear or listen to; to attend to, obey, be obedient to (with acc.); to wait upon, tend, serve: Intens. śośrūyate, śośravīti, śośroti; [cf. Gr. [greek] [greek] (= śrudhi), [greek] (= śruta), [greek] [greek] [greek] (perhaps also) [greek] for [greek] Lat. clu-o, clu-e-o, cli-ens, in-clu-tu-s, clamo, (probably also) aus-cul-to, laudo for claus-do: Goth. hliu-ma, hrotheigs, (perhaps) hausja for hlausja: Old Germ. hlū-t (= śruta = Mod. Germ. Laut); hlūti, 'a sound;' hlūtian, 'to sound;' hliu-munt (= Mod. Germ. Leumund), hlio-tar; hlo-s-en, hloson, hlosian, losen, 'to hear;' horin; hlamon: Old Sax. hlus-t; hlāmon, 'to sound:' Angl. Sax. hlud, hlyd, hlowan, hlyn, hlyrian (?), hliosa, hlyst, hlystan: Eng. listen: Slav. slu-ti, slov-o, 'a word;' slava, 'fame:' Lith. szlove, 'honour;' klau-s-au, 'I hear;' slowiju, 'I praise, celebrate;' perhaps klabu, 'to speak:' Russ. slusaju, 'I listen;' slav-i-tj, 'to celebrate;' slovo, 'a word, speech:' Hib. cluinim, 'I hear;' cluas, 'ear;' clos, 'hearing, report;' cloisim, cluisim, 'I hear.']
1. śrava, as, m. (for 2. śrava see p. 1028, col. 2), the ear; the hypothenuse of a triangle.
1. śravaṇa, am, n. the act of hearing; that which is heard, i. e. Śruti or the Veda, (iti śravaṇāt, since it is so said in the Veda, because of or according to such a Vedic text); studying; (according to the Vedānta-sāra) the determining by means of the six Liṅgas the import of the whole Vedānta in regard to the Real and only existing Being; fame, glory; wealth; (as, am), m. n. the ear; the hypothenuse of a triangle; (as, ā), m. f., N. of one of the lunar asterisms (placed either twenty-second or twenty-third in the common list, and presided over by Viṣṇu, whence it is represented by three footsteps containing three stars, a, [greek] and [greek] Aquilae; cf. tri-vikrama); (as), m. a sort of disease, = śroṇa; (ā), f. a species of plant, = muṇḍīrikā; (as, ā, am), produced in or under Śravaṇā.
1. śravasya, as, ā, am, Ved. worthy of praise, praiseworthy, to be celebrated, (Sāy. = śravaṇīya); (am), n. anything praiseworthy, fame, glory, renown.
2. śravasya, Nom. P. śravasyati, &c., to desire fame or glory; to desire a sacrifice or oblation.
1. śrāva, as, m. hearing, listening.
1. śrotas, as, n. the ear; an organ of sense; the trunk of an elephant (as his special organ).
2. śru (a less correct reading for rt. sru, q. v.), cl. 1. P. śravati, &c., to flow, go, &c.
2. śrava, as, m. (for srava, q. v.), flowing, oozing, dripping.
2. śravaṇa, am, n. (for sravaṇa, q. v.), the act of flowing, dripping, oozing.
2. śrāva, as, m. (for srāva, q. v.), flowing, oozing, dropping.
2. śrotas, as, n. (for srotas, q. v.), the current of a stream.
1. śliṣ (= rt. 1. śriṣ), cl. 1. P. śleṣati, śiśleṣa, śleṣitum, to burn, consume by fire.
1. śleṣa, as, m. burning.
2. śliṣ, cl. 4. P. śliṣyati (ep. also A. -te), śiśleṣa, ślekṣyati, aślikṣat (in the sense of 'to embrace'), aśli-ṣat (and according to some also aślaikṣīt in other senses), śleṣṭum, to adhere, cling to, be united or connected with; to embrace; to unite, tie, join, connect: Pass. śliṣyate, Aor. aśleṣi, to be joined or connected; to be implied or intimated; cl. 10. P. or Caus. śleṣayati, -yitum, Aor. aśi-śliṣat, to cause to embrace; to embrace, connect: Desid. śiślikṣati: Intens. śeśliṣyate, śeśleṣṭi; [cf. Gr. [greek] Lat. clāvi-s, clau-d-o: Old Germ. sliuz-u: Slav. klju-ci, 'a key;' kljucati se, 'to agree:' Hib. crios, 'a belt, girdle.']
2. śleṣa, as, m. adhering or clinging to; embracing, an embrace; union, junction, contact, proximity; association, society, presence; a figure of rhetoric, connection of words so as to admit of a double meaning, verbal equivocation, paronomasia, pun, irony, implied meaning.
1. śvaṭh (= rt. 2. śaṭh), cl. 10. P. śvaṭhayati, -yitum, to speak ill; (according to some) to speak well or correctly; to be accurate or true.
2. śvaṭh or śvaṇṭh (= rts. 3. śaṭh, svaṭh, saṭh), cl. 10. P. śvāṭhayati, śvaṇ-ṭhayati, &c., -yitum, to finish, accomplish, adorn; to leave unfinished or unornamented; to go, move.
1. śvas, cl. 2. P. śvasiti, (also apparently cl. 1. P. A. śvasati, -te, in certain forms and according to a various reading in Naigh. II. 19), Impf. aśvasīt or aśvasat (Pāṇ. VII. 3, 98, 99, cf. rt. 1. rud), Pot. śvaset (cl. 1), Impv. śva-situ (or śvasatu, 2nd pl. A. śvasadhvam), śa-śvāsa, śvasiṣyati, aśvasīt, śvasitum, to breathe, respire, draw breath, live, pant, puff, sigh; to hiss, snort; to strike, kill, (enumerated among the vadha-karmāṇaḥ in Naigh. II. 19): Caus. śvāsayati, yitum, Aor. aśiśvasat, to cause to breathe easily, to refresh: Desid. śiśvasiṣati: Intens. śāśvasyate, śāśvasti, to breathe frequently, pant; [cf. Lat. queri, ques-tus; Angl. Sax. hweosan, perhaps hysian, hyst, gist.]
2. śvas, ind. (according to some connected with a lost rt. śvi in śvit, 'to be white', and originally denoting 'the morrow's dawn'), tomorrow; future, (at the beginning of a comp.); future happiness or fortune, (apparently used in this sense at the beginning of certain comps.); a particle implying auspiciousness; [cf. Lat. cras.]
1. śvātra, as, ā, am (probably fr. rt. śvi; cf. śavas, śiva), Ved. increasing, powerful, strong, flourishing, blooming (according to some); quick, swift, (Sāy. = kṣipra-dharmaka, Ṛg-veda X. 46, 7); (am), ind. quickly, (Sāy. = kṣipram); (am), n. prosperity, riches, wealth.
2. śvātra, Nom. P. śvātrati, &c., Ved. to go, hasten, (enumerated among the gati-karmāṇaḥ in Naigh. II. 14.)
1. ṣa, the thirty-first consonant of the Nāgarī alphabet and second of the three sibilants; it belongs to the cerebral class, and in sound corresponds to sh in the English word shun. (Many roots which begin with the dental s are written in native grammars and in the Dhātu-pāṭha with ṣ, to show that the dental s is liable to be cerebralized after certain prepositions.)
2. ṣa, as, ā, am, best, excellent; wise, learned; (as), m. loss, destruction; loss of knowledge; end, term; rest, remainder; eternal happiness, final emancipation, (in some of the preceding senses said to be fr. rt. so); heaven, paradise; sleep; a learned man, teacher; a nipple; (according to Śabda-k.) = kaca; = mānava; = sarva; = garbha-vimocana [cf. ṣū]; (am), n. the embryo; patience, endurance (according to some).
3. ṣa at the end of a comp. = ṣaṣ (e. g. pañca-ṣa, q. v.).
1. ṣu = rt. 4. su.
2. ṣu, us, m. child-bearing, parturition, delivery.
1. sa, the thirty-second consonant of the Nāgarī alphabet and last of the three sibilants; it belongs to the dental class and in sound corresponds to s in sin.
2. sa, (in prosody) an anapest or foot consisting of two short syllables followed by a long one.
3. sa, as, m. a snake; air, wind; a bird; an abbreviated term for the musical note ṣaḍ-ja; Śiva; Viṣṇu; (ā), f. the goddess Lakṣmī; (am), n. knowledge; meditation; a carriage road; a fence.
4. sa, the actual base for the nom. case masc. of the third personal pronoun tad, q. v., (Ved. loc. sasmin.)
5. sa, ind. a prefix substituted for saha or sam or sama, and when combined with nouns to form compound adjectives and adverbs yielding the senses 'with', 'together with', 'along with', 'having', 'accompanied by', 'possessing', 'same', 'similar', or translateable by the English adverbial affix 'ly' (e. g. sa-kopa, having anger, angry; sa-kopam, with anger, angrily; sa-bhārya, accompanied by a wife; sāgni, along with fire; sopadhi, fraudulently; sa-dharman, having similar duties); [cf. Lith. sa in sa-darbininkas, 'a fellow-worker;' sa-karawis, 'a fellow-soldier:' Gr. [greek] in [greek] (cf. [greek]); [greek] in some compounds, as in [greek] [greek] (= sodara).]
1. saṃ-yat, cl. 1. A. (Ved. also P.) -yatate (-ti), to unite, join (P. Ved., but according to Sāy. on Ṛg-veda VI. 67, 3. saṃyatathas = saṃyacchathas); to form or be formed in rows; to unite, meet together, agree, coincide, coalesce, join with; to encounter, quarrel, dispute, contend (e. g. devāsurāḥ samayatanta, the gods and Asuras contended).
2. saṃ-yat, t, t, t (also to be connected with rt. 2. yat), Ved. making efforts, zealous, eager; strong, plentiful, abundant; (t), m. f. contest, conflict, war, battle (= saṅgrāma, Naigh. II. 17).
1. saṃ-yuj, cl. 7. P. A. -yunakti, -yuṅkte, &c., -yoktum, to join or attach together, connect, combine, unite; to endow with; to form an alliance, league together; to place in, fix in or on, set in (with loc.), direct towards: Pass. -yuj-yate, to be joined together, be united, &c.: Caus. -yojayati, -te, -yitum, to cause to join together; to bring together, unite, connect, mix together; to yoke, harness; to prepare, equip (an army); to fasten or fix on, put on (with loc.), direct towards; to shoot, discharge (a missile &c.); to use, employ; to place in, appoint to (an office); to prepare, equip (an army &c.); to furnish or supply with, endow with, provide with, present with; to give over to, entrust with (with acc. and gen.); to bring about, perform, accomplish; to be absorbed, meditate (A.).
2. saṃ-yuj, k, k, k, joined together, united, connected, associated with; possessed of or endowed with good qualities.
1. saṃ-rakṣya, as, ā, am, = saṃ-rakṣitavya above.
2. saṃ-rakṣya, ind. having guarded or protected, &c.
1. saṃ-rāj, cl. 1. P. A. -rājati, -te, rājitum, to reign universally, reign as a paramount sovereign, reign over.
2. śaṃ-rāj, ṭ, m. (properly written with m by Pāṇ. VIII. 3, 25). See sam-rāj s. v.
1. saṃ-lakṣya, as, ā, am, to be marked, distinguishable, to be observed.
2. saṃ-lakṣya, ind. having observed or perceived, having heard.
1. sam-udita, as, ā, am, (for 2. see under sam-ud-i), spoken with, conversed; spoken to, addressed, accosted; agreed upon, (yathā-samuditam, according to agreement); consented, settled, customary.
1. saṃ-vas (see rt. 5. vas), cl. 2. A. -vaste, -vasitum, to wear (clothes), be clad in, be dressed with.
2. saṃ-vas (see rt. 6. vas), cl. 1. P. A. -vasati, -te, -vastum, to dwell together, live with, to have intercourse or dealings with (sometimes with acc. of person); to cohabit with (with acc.); to stay, abide, dwell; to spend, pass (time): Caus. -vāsayati, -yitum, to cause to dwell together, bring together; to furnish with lodging, lodge.
1. sam-ūḍha, as, ā, am (for 2. see under sam-ūh), borne or conveyed together, carried or borne along, borne away; led, conducted; married.
1. saṃ-vid, cl. 2. P. A. (see Vārtt. to Pāṇ. I. 3, 29), -vetti, -vitte (3rd pl. -vidate or -vidrate), &c., to know together, know thoroughly, know, recognise; to investigate, explore, examine; to perceive, feel, taste; to come to an understanding, agree together; to admonish, advise, teach; to meditate; cl. 6. P. A. -vindati, -te, &c., to find, meet with, obtain, acquire, gain; to meet together (with inst.): Pass. -vidyate, to be found or obtained; to be, exist: Caus. -vedayati, -yitum, to cause to know or perceive, &c.; to make known, inform, announce, instruct; to know, perceive, observe, recognise: Pass. of Caus. -vedyate, to be informed, &c.; to be perceived.
2. saṃ-vid, t, f. knowledge, intellect, understanding; = mahat (in philosophy); a mutual understanding, agreement, contract, covenant, engagement; consent, assent, promise; prescribed custom, established usage; an alliance, marriage (Ved.); a watchword, war-cry; war, battle; a name, appellation; a sign, signal; participation, sympathy; pleasing, delighting (= toṣaṇa); meditation (= samādhi); hemp.
1. saṃ-vi-dhā, cl. 3. P. A. -dadhāti, -dhatte, -dhātum, to dispose, arrange, fix, settle; to direct, order; to carry on, perform, accomplish, conduct, manage, do, act, render, make, attend to, mind; to use, employ; to set, lay, place, put, (mā-nasaṃ saṃ-vidhā, to keep the mind fixed or composed): Pass. -dhīyate, to be arranged or fixed; to be performed, &c.
2. saṃ-vidhā, f. arrangement, plan, preparation; mode of life.
1. saṃ-viṣṭa, as, ā, am, entered together; entered; lying down, resting on, reposing; seated together.
2. saṃ-viṣṭa, as, ā, am, clothed, dressed.
1. saṃ-vārya, as, ā, am, to be covered or concealed; to be secured, &c.
2. saṃ-vārya, ind. having kept off, having warded off or averted, having repelled.
1. saṃ-vṛj, cl. 7. P. A. -vṛṇakti, vṛṅkte, -varjitum, Ved. to bend or attract or appropriate to one's self, carry off, despoil; to devour, consume, (Sāy. = khādati): Desid. -vivṛkṣate, to wish to appropriate.
2. saṃ-vṛj, k, k, k, Ved. one who carries off, a spoiler; one who consumes or destroys.
1. saṃ-śita, as, ā, am, (for 2. see under saṃ-śo), sharpened up, aroused, excited; [cf. yajña-s-.]
1. saṃ-śodhya, as, ā, am, to be purified, to be cleared or acquitted; to be paid off; to be corrected or rectified.
2. saṃ-śodhya, ind. having cleansed; having cleared (a road).
2. saṃ-śita, as, ā, am, thoroughly finished or completed, finished off, effected, accomplished; established, decided, determined, certified, certain, well-ascertained; completing, effecting, diligent in accomplishing.
1. saṃ-sad, cl. 1. 6. P. -sīdati (Ved. and ep. also A. -te), -sattum, to sit down together, sit along with, sit down; to sink down, be afflicted, be in distress; to pine away.
2. saṃ-sad, t, t, t, one who sits together, one who sits at or takes part in a sacrifice; (t), f. an assembly, meeting, congress, session; a court of justice.
1. saṃ-sic, cl. 6. P. A. -siñcati, -te, -sektum, to sprinkle over, sprinkle thoroughly, water.
2. saṃ-sic, k, k, k, Ved. one who sprinkles, sprinkling.
1. saṃ-sṛj, cl. 6. P. -sṛjati, -sraṣ-ṭum, to let loose together; to mix together, commingle, conjoin, connect, unite; to endow with, bestow upon; to cover with, anoint with (Ved.); to create: Pass. -sṛjyate, to be commingled or mixed, come together; to meet with (with inst.); to converse with.
2. saṃ-sṛj, Ved. commingling, collision.
1. saṃ-spṛś, cl. 6. P. -spṛśati, -sparṣṭum, -spraṣṭum, to come into close contact, to touch, lay hold of; to reach; to perceive; to sprinkle (with water &c.): Caus. -sparśayati, -yitum, to cause to touch; to sprinkle over.
2. saṃ-spṛś, k, k, k, touching, coming into contact.
1. saṃ-harṣa, as, m. (for saṅ-ghar-ṣa, q. v.; for 2. see under saṃ-hṛṣ), rubbing, grinding, trituration; envy, emulation; air, wind.
2. saṃ-harṣa, as, m. bristling or erection of the hair of the body (either from rapture or terror), thrill of delight, joy, pleasure; ardour, emulation, (perhaps for saṅ-gharṣa); air, wind; trituration, rubbing together, (for saṅ-gharṣa.)
1. sa-kara, as, ā, am (see 1. kara), having hands; possessing a trunk (as an elephant).
2. sa-kara, as, ā, am (see 2. kara), having rays, full of rays; having or bearing tax, bringing in toll, liable to pay taxes.
1. sa-kala, as, ā, am (fr. sa and kalā), together with parts or portions; all, whole, entire; (am), n. everything; the whole; [cf. Lith. cziela-s; Russ. zielyi; Slav. ziel; Pol. saly, salki; perhaps Goth. hail-s; Old Norse heil; Angl. Sax. hal.]
2. sa-kala, as, ā, am, having a soft or low sound.
2. sa-kalahaṃsa-gaṇa, as, ā, am, having flocks of Kala-haṃsas.
1. sa-kṛt, ind. (connected with rt. 1. kṛ), once, on one occasion only [cf. a-s-]; at one time; at once, together; together with, with; always; [with the former part of this word cf. Lat. se, si, sim, of the words se-mel, si-mul, sim-plex, and Gr. [greek] of [greek] with the latter part cf. Lith. kartas.]
2. sakṛt, t, m. (more usually written śakṛt, q. v.), excrement, feces, ordure.
1. saṅ-kal (sam-kal, see rt. 2. kal), cl. 10. P. -kālayati, -yitum, to drive together, drive to; to drive away, put to flight.
2. saṅ-kal (sam-kal, see rt. 3. kal), cl. 10. P. -kalayati, -yitum, to heap together, pile up, accumulate; to grasp, lay hold of; to consider, deem, regard as.
1. saṅ-ga, as, m. (for 2. saṅga see under rt. 1. sañj), coming together, concurrence, meeting, encountering, conflict, war, battle, (in Naigh. II. 17. saṅge is enumerated among the saṅgrāma-nāmā-ni); uniting, union, association, contact, touch, coherence; intercourse, keeping company, intimacy, friendship, love; the confluence of rivers.
1. saṅgin, ī, inī, i, going with or to, uniting with, meeting.
1. saṅ-gṝ (sam-gṝ, see rt. 1. gṝ), cl. 9. P. A., 6. A. -gṛṇāti, -gṛṇīte, -girate, &c., to speak about or praise together; to agree together, agree with (with inst.), assent, promise; to recognise, acknowledge; to agree in calling or naming (A.).
1. saṅ-gara, as, m. agreeing together, agreement, assent; promise; a bargain, transaction of sale; knowledge.
2. saṅ-gṝ, (sam-gṝ, see rt. 2. gṝ), cl. 6. 9. P. -girati, -gṛṇāti, &c., to swallow up, devour.
2. saṅ-gara, as, m. swallowing up, devouring, misfortune, calamity; conflict, war, battle; poison; (am), n. the fruit of the Śamī tree.
1. sajj (also written sañc, sañj), cl. 1. P. A. sajjati, -te, &c., to go, move.
2. sajj or saj, cl. 1. P. sajjati, sa-jati, &c. = rt. 2. sañj, to cling, adhere; to fasten.
1. sajjana, as, ā, am, fastening on clothes, dressing, preparing, putting on armour, arming; (am), n. the act of preparing or making ready; a guard, sentry, picket; a ferry, Ghāt; (ā), f. the act of dressing; dress, decoration, equipment, accoutrement, caparisoning an elephant, arming.
2. saj-jana. See under sat, p. 1052.
1. sañ-cakṣ (sam-c-; cf. rt. khyā), cl. 2. A. -caṣṭe, -caṣṭum, to look at, observe, notice, consider, contemplate, survey, examine, reflect upon; to enumerate; to report or relate fully; to avoid, shun.
2. sañ-cakṣ, f., Ved. appearance, sight, (Sāy. sañ-cakṣi = sandarśane sati, Ṛg-veda VI. 14, 4.)
1. sañ-ci (sam-ci; see rt. 1. ci), cl. 5. P. A. -cinoti, -cinute, -cetum, to pile together, pile up, heap up, accumulate, collect, gather together, assemble; to arrange in order.
2. sañ-ci (sam-ci). See rt. 2. ci.
1. sañ-chad (sam-ch-; see rt. 1. chad), cl. 10. P. -chādayati, -yitum, to cover over, envelop, conceal, hide, obscure; to put on (as a garment).
2. sañ-chad or sañ-chand (sam-ch-; see rt. 3. chad), Caus. -chadayati, -chandayati, -yi-tum, to gratify with anything (inst.), present, offer.
1. sañj (= rts. sañc, 1. sajj), cl. 1. P. sañjati, &c., to go, move.
2. sañj (sometimes written sajj, which appears to be a form of the rt. developed out of sajjate, ep. for Pass. sajyate), cl. 1. P. sajati (ep. also sajjati), sasañja (ep. also sasajja), saṅkṣyati, asāṅkṣīt, saṅktum, to cling or adhere to, stick; to fasten: Pass. sajyate (ep. also sajjate), to be attached, become attached or connected, adhere, cling, stick: Caus. sañjayati, yitum, Aor. asasañjat, to cause to stick or cling to; to cause to be connected or have intercourse with: Desid. sisaṅkṣati: Intens. sāsajyate, sā-saṅkti; [cf. Gr. [greek] [greek] (probably) [greek]]
2. saṅga, as, m. (for 1. saṅ-ga see under saṅ-gam), clinging to, adhering to, attachment, addiction or devotion to, fondness, propensity for, worldly or selfish attachment, affection, desire, wish, cupidity.
2. saṅgin, ī, inī, i (for 1. see under saṅ-gam), full of attachment or devotion, attached, devoted, addicted to, fond of, intent on, connected with; full of affection or desire, desirous; libidinous, lustful; continuous, uninterrupted, (Kirāt. XIV. 59.)
1. sañ-jña, as, ā, um (see 1. jña; cf. 1. pra-jña), knock-kneed.
2. sañ-jña, as, ā, am, named, called, designated (fr. the fem. sañ-jñā below, used at the end of adj. comps., cf. samāsa-s-); being conscious; (ā), f. sense, consciousness, becoming aware of anything, knowledge, understanding, intellect, thought, mind, right mind; sign, token, symbol, gesture, gesticulation; name, appellation, title, designation, term; (in grammar) the name of anything thought of as standing by itself, any name or noun having a special meaning, (the expression sañjñāyām therefore denotes the use of a word in some peculiar sense rather than in its strictly etymological meaning; for example, as a proper name; and a derived or compounded word can only be called Sañjñā when the idea it expresses is not clearly rendered by analysis); the technical name of any affix, &c. (e. g. the technical expressions gha, ghu); N. of the Gāyatrī or most sacred verse of the Veda, (see gāyatrī); N. of a daughter of Viśva-karman and wife of the Sun; (am), n. a yellow fragrant wood, yellow sanders (= pīta-kāṣṭha).
1. sati, is, f. (fr. rt. so; for 2. sati see under rt. san), end, destruction.
1. sad [cf. rt. śad], cl. 1. P. (or according to some cl. 6. P.) sīdati (ep. also A. -te), sasāda (2nd sing. seditha or sasattha, 3rd pl. sedus), satsyati, asadat (Vedic forms, cl. 2. satsi, cl. 1. sadatu, sadatām), sattum (Ved. Inf. sade), to sink down, lie down, lie, recline; to sit, sit down, settle down, rest, settle; to be seated, reside, remain, live, be; to sink into despondency, be dejected or low-spirited; to become wearied, faint away, pine away; to sink into distress; to waste away, perish, decay, be destroyed; to be impeded; to go: Pass. sadyate, Aor. asādi: Caus. sādayati, yitum, Aor. asīṣadat, to cause to sink or sit down, throw down, cast down, place down, place, put; to weary out, wear out, exhaust, harass, afflict; to cause to perish, destroy: Desid. siṣatsati: Intens. sā-sadyate, sāsatti, to sit or lie down in an indecent posture; [cf. Gr. [greek] [greek] Lat. solum, sedeo, sido, probably also de-sidero, sella (for sed-la): Goth. sat, 'to sit;' satja, 'to place;' sinths, sitan, sitls: Old Germ. saz, 'to sit;' sezin, 'to place;' senal, satul: Angl. Sax. in-sidhian, on-settan, sittan, sadl, sadel: Lith. sed-mi, 'to place;' sodiun, 'to plant:' Slav. sjadū, sad-i-ti: Hib. suidhim, suidhinghaim, 'I set, I plant;' saidhe, saidhiste, 'a seat.']
2. sad, t, t, t, one who sits or settles down, sitting, dwelling, residing (often at the end of comps., see nāka-s-).
1. sa-dāna, as, ā, am, having gifts, with gifts.
2. sa-dāna, as, ā, am, having ichor (exuding from the temples), being in rut (as an elephant).
1. sadhri, is, m., N. of the author of the hymn Ṛg-veda X. 114 (having the patronymic Vairūpa).
2. sadhri [cf. sa-trā], a form substituted for 2. saha, with, together with, (Pāṇ. VI. 3, 95.)
1. san, cl. 1. P., 8. P. A. sanati, sanoti, sanute (Ved. saniṣṇata = sam-bhajante, Ṛg-veda 1. 131, 5), sasāna, sanitum, to love, like, worship, honour; to obtain through love or worship, obtain, acquire, gain; to receive graciously; to honour with gifts, give, bestow, dispense, distribute: Pass. sanyate or sāyate (Pāṇ. VI. 4, 43), to be loved, &c.: Caus. sānayati, -yitum, Aor. asīṣaṇat: Desid. sisaniṣati, siṣāsati, to be eager to worship or honour; to wish to obtain, desire, strive for; to wish to bestow or give: Intens. saṃsanyate, sāsāyate, saṃsanti.
5. sa, as, ā, am, giving, bestowing, &c. (at the end of comps., cf. sadā-sa).
2. sati, is, f. (for 1. sati see s. v.), giving, a gift.
1. sana, as, m. the flapping of an elephant's ears; the plant Ghaṇṭā-pāṭali; the tree Pentaptera Tomentosa; (am), n., Ved. food, (Sāy. sanāni = an-nāni, Ṛg-veda I. 95, 10.)
1. sanat, an, antī, at, Ved. bestowing, granting.
1. sanas, as, n. (doubtful), excrement, ordure; Śiva's trident (?); crystal (?).
1. santi, is, f. (for 2. santi see s. v.), giving, a gift.
2. san, (in grammar) a technical term for the syllable sa or sign of the desiderative.
2. sana, a Vedic word meaning 'old', 'ancient', occurring in the form sanā, neut. pl. = sanāni = sanātanāni, sadātanāni, Ṛg-veda III. 1, 20, 1. 174, 8; see also sanā, sanāt, &c.; (as), m., N. of one of the seven sons of Brahmā; [cf. Lat. senex; Goth. sins, sineigs.]
2. sanat, t, m. (according to some properly neut. of 2. sana above), N. of Brahmā; (t), ind. always, ever, perpetually.
2. sanas = 2. sana, p. 1056.
2. santi, is, f. (probably connected with rt. so; for 1. santi see under rt. 1. san), end, destruction; [cf. 1. sati, 2. sāti.]
1. san-dā (sam-dā, see rt. 1. dā), cl. 3. P. A. -dadāti, -datte, -dātum, to give together, present; to hold or keep together; (according to some) to meet together, (Sāy. san-dade = sam-badhnāti, Ṛg-veda IV. 44, 5.)
2. san-dā (sam-dā, see rt. 3. dā), cl. 2. 4. P. -dāti, -dyati, -dātum, to cut together; to cut, divide, clip, cut off, pare; to reap, gather together.
1. san-dāna, am, n. the act of cutting or dividing; (as), m. that part of an elephant's temples whence the fluid called Mada issues; [cf. 2. dāna.]
1. san-dita, as, ā, am, cut off, cut; tired, weary, (Sāy. = samyak khaṇḍita, dūra-gamanena śrān-ta, Ṛg-veda 1. 25, 3.)
3. san-dā (sam-dā, see rt. 4. dā), cl. 4. P. -dyati, -dātum, Ved. to bind together, fasten together, tie.
2. san-dāna, am, n. a rope, cord (especially for tying cattle); a head-rope, halter, (Sāy. = śiro-ban-dhana, Ṛg-veda 1. 162, 16.)
2. san-dita, as, ā, am, bound or fastened together, bound, tied; detained, caught.
1. and 2. san-dita. See above.
1. san-dih (sam-dih), cl. 2. P. A. -deg-dhi, -digdhe, -degdhum, to smear over, besmear, anoint, plaster over, cover over, obliterate; to heap together: Pass. -dihyate, to be plastered or smeared over; to become indistinct or doubtful; to be uncertain or dubious: Caus. -dehayati, -te, -yitum, to make indistinct or uncertain, confuse, perplex; to be doubtful or uncertain (A.).
2. san-dih, dhik, f., Ved. smearing over, covering over; a heap, accumulation.
1. san-dī (sam-dī, see rt. 2. dī), cl. 3. P. (Ved. Impv. 2nd sing. -dīdihi or -didīhi), to shine together; to make very bright or manifest, (Sāy. = samyak prakāśayati.)
2. san-dī f. (perhaps connected with 3. san-dā), a small bedstead or cot (= khaṭṭā).
1. san-dṛś (sam-d-), cl. 1. P. sampaś-yati (ep. also A. -te), sandraṣṭum, to see together or at the same time; to look at steadfastly, see well, gaze at, see, behold, view, perceive, become aware of, recognise; to review; to regard, consider, reflect upon; to calculate, enumerate; to overlook, wink at, allow to happen; to look about (A. if without an object, Pāṇ. 1. 3, 29, Vārtt. 2): Pass. -dṛśyate, to be seen at the same time, appear together; to look like, resemble, be similar, be equal; to be observed, become visible, appear: Caus. -darśayati, -yitum, to cause to see well, make manifest, show, display; to represent; to show one's self to any one (acc.).
2. san-dṛś, k, k, k, Ved. one who sees well or thoroughly, (Sāy. samyak paśyati yaḥ); (k), f. sight, vision; a glance, look.
1. san-dhāna, am, n. the act of placing or holding together, joining, junction, uniting, tying or binding together, intimate union, combining, combination, repairing, restoration; composing, compounding, mixing, preparation; drawing together, contraction (as of the skin by astringents &c.); bringing together, alliance, league, association, companionship, peace; the act of fixing an arrow on a bow-string; directing, taking aim; direction; advertence, attention; sustaining, supporting, reception, receiving; spirituous liquor; a preparation of pickles &c. (made from the Vilva and other fruits); mixed or bellmetal (= saurāṣṭra); a kind of relish eaten to excite thirst; sour rice-gruel; (am, ī), n. f. distillation, distilling; the manufacture of fermented or spirituous liquors; (ī), f. a braziery, foundery, place where metals are wrought or stored.
2. san-dhāna, as, ā, am (ep. for san-dadhāna), placing together, &c.
1. sandhyā, f. (for 2. see under san-dhyai), holding or joining together, union, conjunction, connection; joint, division; boundary, limit; twilight (a period consisting of two Daṇḍas connecting day and night), morning or evening twilight, evening, dusk; early morning, day-break; Twilight personified as daughter of Brahmā and wife of Śiva; the period which precedes a Yuga or age of the world (see yuga); any one of the three divisions of the day, (forenoon, noon, and afternoon); morning or evening or midday prayer (or any religious exercise, such as abstraction, meditation, repetition of Mantras, sipping water, &c., performed at the three divisions of the day); promise, agreement, assent; a kind of jasmine (according to some); N. of a river.
1. san-dhāv (sam-dh-), cl. 1. P. A. -dhāvati, -te, -dhāvitum, to run together; to run up to violently, assail, attack; to run to.
2. san-dhāv (sam-dh-), cl. 1. A. -dhāvate, -dhāvitum, Ved. to rub one's self, wash one's self.
2. san-dhyā, f. (for 1. see col. 1), reflection, meditation.
1. san-naś (sam-naś, see rt. 1. naś), cl. 1. P. A. -naśati, -te, &c. (according to some Ved. Inf. san-naśe), Ved. to reach, attain, (Sāy. na san-naśe = na samyag-āpanīyaḥ, i. e. parair a-pradhṛṣyaḥ, not to be overcome by others, Ṛg-veda VIII. 3, 10.)
2. san-naś (sam-naś), cl. 4. P. -naś-yati, -naśitum, -naṃṣṭum, to disappear entirely, perish.
1. san-ni-vas (sam-, see rt. 5. vas), cl. 2. A. -vaste, &c., to clothe with, put on (clothes &c.).
2. san-ni-vas (sam-, see rt. 6. vas), cl. 1. P. -vasati, &c., to dwell together, live with; to live in, inhabit.
1. sam (= rt. stam), cl. 1. P. sa-mati, sasāma, samitum, to be confused or agitated or disturbed; (according to some) to be undisturbed, not to be agitated [cf. rt. 1. śam]; cl. 10. P. samayati, -yitum, to be agitated or disturbed.
2. sam [cf. 5. sa, sama; by some connected with 4. sa], ind. (as a preposition or prefix to verbs and verbal derivatives opposed to 1. vi, q. v., and like Gr. [greek] Lat. con, expressing) with, together with, along with, together (e. g. saṃ-yuj, to join together; sañ-ci, to gather together; san-dhā, to place together; san-dhi, placing together); when prefixed to some roots and verbal derivatives sam intensifies the idea contained in the simple rt., and may often be translated by 'much', 'greatly', 'thoroughly', 'quite', 'very', 'well', (see san-tap, san-tuṣ, &c.); it may also express 'completeness', 'perfection', 'beauty', &c., (see sam-uccheda, san-tamas, &c.); it is not unfrequently prefixed to nouns in the sense of sama, 'same', 'like', 'similar', (see sama, cf. sam-artha); in the Veda it may be used as a separable preposition with inst. (e. g. asṛ-jad madhunā sam madhūni, Ṛg-veda X. 54, 6); [cf. according to some, Gr. [greek] perhaps Lat. cum; Old Russ. sen; Slav. sū, su.]
1. sama, as, ā, am (probably connected with 5. sa and 2. sam; declined like the pronominal sarva except in meanings like 'even', 'equal', &c., e. g. samasmai, to all, to every one, Ṛg-veda VI. 51, 6), even, level, flat, plain; same, equal, (samaṃ kṛ, to make equal, balance; to pay); like, similar, like to (with inst., e. g. mayā sama, like to me); a match for, acting in the same way or with equal justice towards every one; indifferent, impartial, fair; free from emotion, unaffected by passion, unmoved; straight; upright, honest, just, temperate, good, virtuous; fit, convenient, suitable; not eminent, ordinary, common, low, mean, equally distant from extremes; all, every one (= sarva and so declined, see above); full, complete; whole, entire; (as), m., N. of certain zodiacal signs (especially Vṛṣa, Karkaṭa, Kanyā, Vṛścika, Makara, Mīna); a mode of measuring time in music (described as a simultaneous movement of the hands or feet of a singer with the time of the music); a kind of straight line placed over a numerical figure to mark the process of extracting the square root; (ā), f. a year; see p. 1067, col. 1; (am), n. anything even or level, a level plain; (in rhetoric) a particular figure, sameness of objects compared to one another; (in geometry) a mean proportional segment (described as a fourth proportional to the two perpendiculars and the link or segment, and used for solving certain problems in a trapezium); (am), ind. equally; similarly; like; ceteris paribus; on a level with, in the same way; conformably to; entirely; with, along with, together with (used as a preposition governing the inst.); sometimes used for the preposition sam, cf. sama-codita, sama-rañjita, and sama-gacchatu under saṅ-gam); [cf. Zend hama: Gr. [greek] [greek] Lat. sim-ia (?), si-mili-s, simul, simul-tas, simul-ā-re, semel, sem-per, singuli: Old Lat. simītu: Goth. sama, sama-frathjis, sam-ana, samath, sums, sum: Old Germ. sama, saman, zi-samane (= Mod. Germ. zusammen), samet: Angl. Sax. same (sam in comp.), somne, samne, sum: Slav. samu: Hib. samhuil, 'like;' samhladh, 'resemblance;' sam-hlain, 'I compare, resemble.']
1. samā, f. (sometimes ās, pl.; for 2. samā see s. v.), a year; a day (according to some).
1. samīya, Nom. A. samīyate, &c., to be treated equally or in the same manner as (with inst.).
2. samīya, as, ā, am, similar, like, of like origin.
1. samīyamāna, as, ā, am, being treated in the same manner as. (For 2. see under 1. sam-i.)
2. sa-ma, as, ā, am (i. e. sa + mā), 'together with Lakṣmī', happy, prosperous.
1. sam-ad, cl. 2. P. -atti, -attum, to eat completely up, entirely devour.
2. samad, t, f. (in the Pada sa-mad; according to Yāska either fr. 1. sam-ad above or sam-mad), Ved. a battle, contest, fight, (in Naigh. II. 17. samatsu is enumerated among the saṅ-grāma-nāmāni.)
1. sam-āna (for 2. samāna see s. v.), one of the five vital airs (that which circulates about the navel and is considered essential to digestion).
1. samam, ind. with, together with. (See under sama.)
2. sam-am, cl. 1. A. -amate, &c., Ved. to go earnestly towards, solicit eagerly; to go together, ally or connect one's self; to fix or settle firmly.
1. sam-ava-sthā, cl. 1. P. A. -tiṣṭhati, -te, -sthātum, to stand firmly, stand still, stand ready: Caus. -sthāpayati, -yitum, to cause to stand firm or still, stop; to establish, found.
2. sam-avasthā, f. firm or fixed state or condition; similar condition or state; state or condition (in general).
1. sam-aś (see rt. 1. aś), cl. 5. P. A. -aśnoti, -aśnute, &c., to pervade or penetrate thoroughly, extend through; to obtain, gain, attain; to meet.
2. sam-aś, cl. 9. P. -aśnāti, -aśitum, to eat together, consume; to taste, enjoy.
1. sam-as, cl. 2. P. -asti, to be, exist.
2. sam-as, cl. 4. P. -asyati, -asitum (Ved. Inf. sam-āsam), to throw or bring together, join together, combine, compound, mix, mingle, connect: Pass. -asyate, to be thrown together or combined, to be compounded; (in grammar) to be compounded, form a compound.
1. sam-asya, as, ā, am, to be thrown or brought together, to be collected together, to be compounded or combined; to be made entire or complete; (ā), f. part of a stanza given to another person to be completed; the giving this to any one and requiring him (as a proof of his skill) to complete it.
2. sam-asya, ind. having thrown or put together, having duly collected or arranged.
1. sam-āsa, as, m. (for 2. see under 2. sam-ās), throwing or bringing together, aggregation, collection, conjunction, combination, connection, union, compounding, composition; composition of words, a compound word (of which there are six kinds, according to native grammarians, viz. Dvandva, Bahu-vrīhi, Karma-dhāraya, Tat-puruṣa, Dvigu, and Avyaya or Avyayī-bhava, an improper compound is called asthāna-samāsa); euphonic combination (= sandhi); composition of differences, uniting enemies, reconciliation; an aggregate, collection, assemblage; a collection of parts, whole, totality, summary; contraction, abbreviation, condensation, abridgement; succinctness, conciseness; (ena), ind. summarily, with conciseness, succinctly.
2. samā (for 1. see p. 1067, col. 1), ind. (apparently an old inst. and connected with 2. sam, see sami; cf. amā, p. 74, sacā, p. 1049), with, together with.
1. sam-ā-khyā, cl. 2. P. -khyāti, -khyātum, to reckon up, count up, calculate, enumerate; to sum up, add together; to relate fully, report, communicate, tell; to declare, proclaim.
2. sam-ākhyā, f. report, fame, reputation, celebrity; name, appellation.
2. sam-ācāra, as, m. (for 1. samācāra see p. 1067, col. 1), proceeding, going; performance, practice, conduct, behaviour, usage, way; proper practice or behaviour; doings, news, report, information, intelligence, tradition.
1. sam-ā-jñā, cl. 9. P. A. -jānāti, jānīte, -jñātum, to know or understand thoroughly, become acquainted with, learn, ascertain, perceive, observe; to acknowledge, recognise: Caus. -jñāpa-yati, -te, -yitum, to order, command, direct.
2. sam-ājñā, f. reputation, fame.
1. sam-ā-dhā, cl. 3. P. A. -dadhāti, -dhatte, -dhātum, to place or put or hold together, fix together, compose, collect, unite, join, reconcile, compose differences; to adjust, set right, make right, settle, solve a difficulty, reply to an objection (e. g. samādhatte, he settles a question, he answers an objection, he clears up a doubt or difficulty); to dispose, put in order, arrange, repair, redress; to put or place to, put or place on (e. g. idhmaṃ samā-dhatte, he puts on fuel; vāsaḥ samādhatte, he puts on a garment); to lay or place upon, apply, impose; to deliver over, intrust, commit to, appoint to; to impose a burden, load; to compose or collect the thoughts, pay great attention, apply or fix intently (e. g. dṛṣṭiṃ samādhā, to fix the sight; cittam or cetaḥ or manaḥ or matiṃ samādhā, to fix the mind upon, with loc.); to devote one's self to, give one's self up to (generally A.); to assume, take to one's self, take upon one's self; to conceive (in the womb); to produce, effect, cause, make, accomplish, complete; to put down as settled (A.), establish, declare: Pass. -dhīyate, to be placed together or adjusted or arranged; to be reconciled, &c.: Desid. -dhitsati, to wish to put together, desire to collect or compose.
2. sam-ādhā, ās, m. putting together, adjusting, settling, reconciling, clearing up difficulties, &c.; completion, accomplishment.
2. samāna, as, ā (Ved. also ī), am (according to some fr. sa + māna, as if the original meaning were 'having the same measure', according to others connected with 1. sama; in Ṛg-veda V. 87, 4. samānasmāt, abl. c. = samasmāt = sar-veṣām sādhāraṇāt, see 1. sama; for 1. sam-āna see under sam-an), same, alike, similar, equal (with inst., e. g. tena samāna, equal to him), uniform, one; common to all, common, general; good, virtuous; honoured; (am), ind. equally with (with inst.); (as), m. an equal, friend; any letter which corresponds to another (e. g. a long to its short vowel, a hard guttural to its soft), a letter having the same place or organ of utternace; (ī), f. a kind of metre.
1. samānayat, an, antī, at (for 2. see col. 3), equalising, making equal or like.
2. sam-ānayat, an, antī, at, bringing together, leading towards, bringing near, &c.
1. sam-āpya, as, ā, am, = sam-āpanīya above.
2. sam-āpya, ind. having obtained completely, having completed, &c.
1. sam-āvedya, as, ā, am, to be told or communicated fully.
2. sam-āvedya, ind. having announced or reported fully.
1. samās, m. (doubtful, except as nom. pl. of 1. samā, q. v.), a year.
2. sam-ās, cl. 2. A. -āste, &c. (see rt. 4. ās), to sit together; to sit along with, assemble or meet around (with acc. or with inst.); to sit together in council, hold a council; to be a match for, cope with (with acc.); to sit down, be seated; to join in adhering to or following; to adhere to, observe.
2. sam-āsa, as, m. (in the Nyāya phil.) proper abiding or connection. (For 1. see under 2. sam-as.)
1. sam-āsādya, as, ā, am, attainable, obtainable, procurable, to be effected.
2. sam-āsādya, ind. having encountered; having met with or obtained.
1. sam-i (see rt. 5. i), cl. 2. P. -eti, -etum, to go or come together, meet together, assemble; to meet or be united with (with acc. or inst. or dat.); to meet any one (inst.) in hostile encounter; to come together or be united sexually; to be joined or united together (generally); to go or come to, arrive at, approach, visit, enter, reach, attain; to enter upon, commence; to lead to; to agree with, harmonize with (with inst.): Pass. -īyate, to be united; to be resorted to or frequented by; to be agreed upon: Intens., Ved. -īyate, to go repeatedly, traverse frequently; to present one's self, be manifested.
1. sam-iti, is, f. coming together, meeting, assembling, union, association; Association or Society (personified as a daughter of Prajā-pati); an assembly, company; encounter, hostile meeting, war, battle, (enumerated among the saṅgrāma-nāmāni in Naigh. II. 17); sameness, likeness, equality, (in this and the following sense probably to be connected with 1. sama); moderation, (eṣaṇa-sa-miti, moderation in desires); one of the five Jaina rules of life, irreproachable conduct as an ascetic [cf. bhāṣā-s-].
2. sam-īyamāna, as, ā, am, being come together, being united with; being treated equally, (in this sense probably for 1. samīyamāna, see p. 1067.
2. sami, apparently an old loc. connected with 2. sam. See samy-añc.
2. sam-iti, ind. a sacred verse beginning with sam.
1. sam-idhya, ind. having kindled.
2. samidhya, Nom. P. samidhyati, &c., to wish for fuel.
1. sam-īkṣya, as, ā, am, to be looked at or considered; to be investigated (in phil.).
2. sam-īkṣya, ind. having well looked at or considered, having relfected.
1. sam-ukṣ (see rt. 1. ukṣ), cl. 6. P. -ukṣati, -ukṣitum, to sprinkle well or thoroughly, wet; to besprinkle, strew, scatter or pour over, pour out; to confer, endow.
1. sam-ukṣita, as, ā, am, besprinkled, scattered, strewed, covered; poured out, effused.
2. sam-ukṣ. See rt. 2. ukṣ.
1. sam-ukṣita, as, ā, am, Ved. strengthened, augmented, exalted, (Sāy. = vardhita.)
2. sam-udya, ind. (for 1. see p. 1037, col. 1), having sprinkled all over, having moistened.
1. sam-udra, as, m. [cf. udra, an-udra], the waters above the firmament, the aerial ocean or sky (Ved.; in Naigh. 1. 3. enumerated among the an-tarikṣa-nāmāni); a collection of water, sea, ocean, (seven seas are enumerated in Viṣṇu-Purāṇa II. 4, viz. the sea of Lavaṇa, 'salt-water;' Ikshu, 'sugarcane juice or syrup;' Surā, 'wine;' Ghṛta, 'clarified butter;' Dadhi, 'curds;' Dugdha, 'milk;' Jala, 'fresh water'); a symbolical expression for the number four (the number of oceans being only four, according to one reckoning); the Ocean (personified and represented as the king of rivers); epithet of Śiva; a kind of metre; N. of a place; of a work; (as, ā, am), Ved. having a collection of water, watery, flowing; (ā), f. the plant called zedoary (= saṭī); the Śamī tree.
2. sam-udita, as, ā, am (for 1. see under saṃ-vad), gone up, risen, ascended, rising upwards, lofty, elevated; arisen, produced, occasioned, excited; come together, collected, gathered together, aggregated, united, assembled; possessed of, furnished with, endowed.
1. sa-mudga, as, ā, am, having a cover or lid; having beans, filled with beans; (as), m. a covered box or casket.
1. sa-mudgaka, as, m. a covered box, casket.
2. sam-udga, as, ā, am, going up or rising together, rising, ascending; entirely pervading; (as), m. a kind of artificial stanza, (see below.)
2. samudgaka, as, m. a kind of artificial stanza (each half of which corresponds exactly in sound, though the meanings of the words are different, those of one half being respectively adjectives to those of the other; an example occurs in Kirātārjunīya XV. 16).
1. samudra, as, m. the ocean, &c. See under sam-ud, p. 1079, col. 1.
2. sa-mudra, as, ā, am, having a stamp or seal, stamped, sealed; having marks.
1. sam-upoḍha, as, ā, am (for 2. see under sam-upoh), borne or carried along; borne upwards, gone upwards, risen.
1. sam-upa-sthā, cl. 1. P. A. -tiṣṭhati, -te, -sthātum, to stand together in close proximity, come near, go to or towards, approach, attack (with acc.); to occur, arise, befall.
2. sam-upasthā, f. standing near, approximation, proximity; happening, befalling.
2. sam-upoḍha, as, ā, am (equally referrible to sam-upa-vah), brought near, presented, close at hand; suppressed, restrained; begun.
2. sam-ūḍha. See col. 3.
2. sam-ūḍha, as, ā, am, (in some senses equally referrible to saṃ-vah, see 1. sam-ūḍha, p. 1037, col. 3), brought together, collected; heaped up, accumulated, assembled; associated, accompanying; enveloped; produced quickly; crooked, bent; tamed, tranquillised; purified, cleansed.
1. sam-ūhya, as, ā, am, to be brought together or assembled or collected; (as), m., scil. agni, a kind of sacrificial fire (to be brought or carried by the priest); a place prepared for the reception of a sacrificial fire.
2. sam-ūhya, ind. having brought together or collected or assembled.
1. samarya, as, am, m. n. [cf. sam-ara; the Pada text, however, divides into sa-marya], Ved. conflict, battle, war, (in Naigh. II. 17. enumerated among the saṅgrāma-nāmāni); sacrifice, (Sāy. = yajña, Ṛg-veda VII. 23, 1.)
2. samarya, Nom. P. samaryati, &c., to desire battle.
1. sam-ṛdh, cl. 4. 5. P. -ṛdhyati, -ṛdhnoti, &c., to succeed well, be very successful, prosper, flourish, increase or grow greatly: Pass. -ṛdhyate, to be completely successful, be fulfilled or accomplished, succeed, prosper; to share in abundantly, be fully furnished with (with inst.): Caus. -ardhayati, -yitum, to cause to succeed or prosper; to cause to be fulfilled; to cause to be abundantly furnished with.
2. sam-ṛdh, t, t, t, Ved. very prosperous, (Sāy. = sam-ṛddha, Ṛg-veda VI. 2, 10.)
1. sam-pad, cl. 4. A. -padyate, -pat-tum, to fall or happen well, turn out well, succeed, be prosperous, be accomplished; be completed or fulfilled, to become full or complete (as a number), amount to; to become (e. g. svedodbhedo vibhūṣā sampede, the bursting out of drops of perspiration became an ornament, Kirāt. VII. 5), be produced, be born, be brought forth, arise; to fall together, come together, meet with, unite with (with inst.); to fall into any one's possession; to attain to, obtain, acquire; to enter into, be absorbed in (with loc. or acc.): Caus. -pādayati, -yitum, to cause to succeed, cause to arise, cause to become, bring about, produce, effect, accomplish complete, cause to procure, obtain, make ready, prepare; to turn or transform into; to furnish or provide with, endow with; to cause to be occupied with; to attain, obtain; to be agreed, agree upon (Ved.).
2. sam-pad, t, f. success, prosperity, good fortune; luck, fate; increase of wealth or happiness, advancement of any kind, advantage, benefit, blessing; a treasure; a necklace of pearls; decoration, adornment; accomplishment, perfection, completion; excellence; correctness, right method; excess, abundance.
1. sam-pūjya, as, ā, am, to be honoured, &c.
2. sam-pūjya, ind. having honoured, honouring, worshipping, paying respect to.
1. sam-prati, ind. now, at this time, at present.
2. sam-prati, is, m., N. of a particular Arhat of the past Utsarpiṇī.
1. sam-pradāya, ind. having given up to; having handed down, having transmitted (to posterity).
2. sam-pradāya, as, m. tradition, established doctrine transmitted from one teacher to another, traditional belief or usage; any peculiar or schismatical system of religious teaching, schism; custom, usage.
1. sam-pra-yat (for 2. sam-prayat see under sam-pre), cl. 1. A. -yatate, &c., to strive eagerly for, exert one's self about, be intent upon (with dat.).
1. sam-prāpya, as, ā, am, to be fully attained to, attainable, obtainable.
2. sam-prāpya, ind. having attained to or obtained.
2. sam-prayat, an, atī, at (for 1. sam-pra-yat see p. 1087, col. 1), flowing together.
1. sambhāṣya, as, ā, am, to be conversed with, fit to be talked in, (asambhāṣye deśe, in a place unfit for conversation, Manu VIII. 55.)
2. sam-bhāṣya, ind. having addressed in suitable language; addressing, accosting; having recited.
1. sam-bhuj. See rt. 1. bhuj.
2. sam-bhuj, cl. 7. P. A. -bhunakti, -bhuṅkte, -bhoktum, to enjoy together, eat together; to enjoy thoroughly, eat; to enjoy carnally; to serve, be of service to (Ved.): Pass. -bhujyate, to be enjoyed together, to be enjoyed: Caus. -bhojayati, -yitum, to cause to enjoy, cause to eat; to feed with (with acc. and instr.).
1. sam-bhāvya, as, ā, am, to be adapted, to be made fit; suitable, capable; to be supposed capable, to be supposed, supposable, imaginable, probable; to be honoured, &c.; (am), n. adquacy, competency, fitness.
2. sam-bhāvya, ind. having honoured or done honour to, having adorned.
1. sam-bhṛtya, as, ā, am, to be maintained or nourished.
2. sam-bhṛtya, ind. having brought together, having nourished.
1. sam-māna, as, m. (according to some also am, n.), honour, respect, homage.
1. sam-mā (see rt. 3. mā), cl. 2. P., 3. 4. A. -māti, -mimīte (2nd sing. Impv. P., Ved. -mimīhi), -māyate, -mātum, to measure out, measure; to make of the same measure, make equal, make to correspond, equalize (in size, number, quantity, &c.); to compare; to mete out, apportion, distribute, grant, bestow (Ved.); to be of the same capacity with, be contained in (with loc.): Pass. -mīyate, to be of the same measure; to be contained in.
2. sam-mā, f. a kind of Vedic metre.
2. sam-māna, am, n. the act of measuring out, equalizing, comparing; measure.
1. and 2. sam-māna. See above and p. 1090, col. 3.
1. sarat, an, antī, at, going, flowing, proceeding.
2. sarat, t, m. a thread; [cf. sarit.]
1. sarasa, am, n. (for 2. see col. 2), a tank, pond, lake, (also a substitute for saras at the end of a comp.); alchemy; (ā), f. a sort of white convolvulus (= śveta-trivṛtā).
2. sa-rasa, as, ā, am (for 1. see col. 1), tasty, juicy, succulent, sapid; fresh, new; beautiful, charming, excellent; agreeable; expressive of poetical sentiment, (see rasa); impassioned, enraptured; (am), ind. with rapture.
1. sava, as, m. (fr. rt. 3. su), pressing out or extracting the Soma juice; a libation, oblation, sacrifice; N. of the fifth book of the Śatapatha-Brāhmaṇa; (am), n. sprinkling or pouring out the juice of the Soma plant; making libations; water; the juice or honey of flowers.
1. savana, am, n. the act of extracting or pouring out the juice of the Soma plant; a libation; a sacrifice or oblation (in general); drinking the Soma juice; bathing (as a religious exercise or as preparatory to a sacrifice; generally performed three times a day, viz. morning, mid-day, and evening; cf. tri-ṣavaṇa); any purificatory ablution; (as), m., N. of a son of Vasiṣṭha.
2. sava, as, m. (fr. rt. 4. su), a generator; the sun; the moon; offspring, progeny.
2. savana, am, n. the act of bearing children, bringing forth young, generation.
1. sa-vāsa, as, ā, am (see 1. vāsa), scented, perfumed.
2. sa-vāsa, as, ā, am (see 2. vāsa), having a dwelling.
1. sasya, am, n. (for 1. śasya, q. v.; in Uṇādi-s. IV. 109. said to be fr. rt. sas), a good quality, excellence, merit.
1. sasyaka, as, ā, am, possessed of good qualities; (as), m. a sort of precious stone (coloured like the inner fruit of a cocoa-nut; perhaps an opal).
2. sasya, am, n. (for 2. śasya, q. v.; said to be fr. rt. sas), corn, grain; fruit; a weapon; [cf. perhaps Gr. [greek]]
2. sasyaka, as, m. a weapon, sword.
1. sah (perhaps for sa-vah, cf. soḍha for sa-ūḍha), cl. 1. A. sahate (sometimes also P. -ti), sehe, sasāha, sahiṣyate, asahiṣṭa, sahitum or soḍhum (Ved. sāhyāma for sahyāma, Atharva-veda IV. 32, 1; sāsahaḥ = sasahaḥ = abhi-bhavasi, Vājasaneyi-s. XV. 40), to bear, bear patiently, suffer, endure, be patient; to allow; to be strong or able to bear up against or resist, overpower, overcome, conquer, defeat; to stop, keep back, suppress; to be able (with inf.); cl. 10. or Caus. sāhayati, yitum, to cause to bear, make bearable, Aor. asī-sahat: Desid. of Caus. sisāhayiṣati (Pāṇ. VIII. 3, 62): Desid. sisahiṣate, to wish to bear: Intens. sāsahyate, sāsoḍhi, to resist, defeat; [cf. Gr. [greek] [greek] [greek] [greek] (probably for [greek]), [greek] according to some also Lat. sag-ax, sagus, sagio.]
2. sah, sāṭ, ṭ, ṭ, bearing, enduring, &c. (frequently at the end of comps., cf. vane-ṣah, satrā-sah).
1. saha, as, ā, am, patient, enduring, suffering, bearing; able; (as), m. the month Mārga-śīrṣa, (see sahas); epithet of Śiva; (as, am), m. n. strength, power; (ā), f. the earth; N. of a division of the world (according to the Buddhists); the aloe plant or flower; a sort of bean (= mudga-parṇī); the perfume or drug Nakha; the plant Daṇḍotpala; a sort of white Barleria; the ichneumon plant (= rāsnā); a kind of medicinal moon-plant; other plants, = sarpa-kaṅkālī; = taraṇī; (am), n. the salt called Pāṃśava.
1. sahamāna, as, ā, am (for 2. saha-māna see p. 1100, col. 2), bearing, enduring; overpowering, conquering, victorious.
1. sahita, as, ā, am, borne, endured, supported.
3. sah (connected with rt. suh), cl. 4. P. sahyati, sasāha, &c., to satisfy, delight; to be pleased; to bear, endure; [cf. rt. 1. sah.]
2. saha, ind. (perhaps fr. 4. sa or 5. sa + dhā, which in Ved. may become dha, see sa-dha), with, along with, together, together with (often used as a preposition governing the inst. case, but generally placed after the governed word; frequently also as a prefix in comp.; according to native lexicographers the following words express the senses which 2. saha may convey, sākalyam, vid-yamānam, sādṛśyam, yaugapadyam, samṛd-dhiḥ, sambandhaḥ, sāmarthyam); [cf. probably Lat. soda-lis.] --1. saha-kāra, as, m. (for 2. sa-hakāra see p. 1101), acting with, co-operation; a sort of fragrant Mango tree.
2. sahita, as, ā, am, (for 3. see col. 3), accompanied or attended by, associated or connected with, in company with, with (with inst. or at the end of comps.), possessed of; (am), ind. with, along with, together with.
2. sa-hakāra, as, ā, am, (for 1. saha-kāra see under 2. saha), having the sound ha, i. e. the sound used in calling.
3. sahita, as, ā, am, (for 1. see p. 1099, col. 3; for 2. see col. 1), = saṃ-hita under san-dhā.
2. sa-hoḍha, as, m. (for 1. sahoḍha see p. 1100, col. 3), 'having stolen goods', a thief caught with stolen property upon him.
1. sā, f. (nom. fem. of the pronoun tad, see 4. sa), she; N. of Lakṣmī; of Gaurī.
2. sā, ās, ās, am, (fr. rt. 1. san), Ved. giving, bestowing, granting (at the end of a comp., e. g. sahasra-sā, q. v.).
1. sāta, as, ā, am, given, bestowed; (am), n., Ved. a gift, present, wealth, riches, (Sāy. sātāni = dhanāni, Ṛg-veda II. 24, 10.)
1. sāti, is, f. gaining, obtaining, acquisition, (Sāy. sātaye = lābhāya); gift, giving, dispensing; honouring, helping, help; wealth [cf. 2. sati, 1. santi]; (is), m. a proper N.
3. sā = rt. so, q. v.
2. sāta, as, ā, am, (regarded as an irregular part. fr. rt. so), destroyed. (For 3. sāta see p. 1104, col. 2.)
2. sāti, is, f. end, conclusion; cessation; destruction; sharp pain.
1. sākṣa (sa-ak-), as, ā, am, (see 2. akṣa) , having the seeds of which rosaries are made, having a rosary.
2. sākṣa (sa-ak-), having eyes, (see 4. akṣa.)
1. sāt, a Taddhita affix which when put after a word denotes a total change of anything into the thing expressed by that word, (see bhasma-sāt.)
2. sāt, a Sautra rt. meaning 'to give pleasure.'
3. sāt, t, n. (according to some), N. of Brahma.
3. sāta, am, n. pleasure, delight.
1. and 2. sāta, &c. See p. 1102, col. 1.
1. and 2. sāti. See p. 1102, col. 1.
2. sānuja (sa-an-), as, ā, am, (for 1. sānu-ja see under sānu), accompanied by a younger brother, along with a younger brother.
1. sāmaka, am, n. (fr. 1. sama), the principal of a debt.
2. sāmaka, as, m. (said to be fr. rt. 1. so, perhaps for śāmaka, fr. rt. śo), a whetstone (especially one for sharpening spindles &c.).
1. sāmana, as, ī, am, conciliatory, peaceable, contented, (in Ṛg-veda X. 85, 11. sāmanau = sāmā-nau); (ī), f. a rope for tying cattle (according to Śabda-k.; cf. sāmnī).
2. sāmana, as, ā, am, Ved. = samāna, level, even.
1. sāmudra, am, n. (fr. 1. sa-mudra), an impression or mark on the body, spot.
1. sāmudraka, am, n., N. of a work describing the various marks on the bodies of men and women, (so called, according to one account, because composed by Samudra; see 2. sāmudra below.)
1. sāmudrika, as, ī, am, relating to marks on the body, (sāmudrikā gunāḥ, qualities denoted by marks on the body); connected with good or bad fortune supposed to be indicated by marks or spots on the body; (as), m. an interpreter or describer of marks or spots on the body; a fortune-teller; (am), n. palmistry, N. of a work on this subject; [cf. 1. sāmudraka above.]
2. sāmudra, as, ī, am, (fr. 2. sam-udra), oceanic, marine, sea-born; declared or related by Samudra; (as), m. a mariner, voyager, sailor; (ī), f., N. of the daughter of Samudra and wife of Prācīna-barhis; (am), n. sea-salt; a cuttlefish bone.
2. sāmudraka, am, n. sea-salt.
2. sāmudrika, as, ī, am, belonging to the sea or ocean, oceanic.
1. sāmbara, am, n. (fr. sambara, q. v.), a kind of salt (= gaḍa-lavaṇa).
2. sāmbara (sa-am-), as, ā, am, having clothes, clothed.
1. sāśra (sa-aś-), as, ā, am, having angles or corners, cornered, angular.
2. sāśra (sa-aś-), as, ā, am, tearful, weeping.
1. sāsra (sa-as-), as, ā, am (for 1. sāśra, q. v.), having angles or corners, cornered, angular.
2. sāsra (sa-as-), as, ā, am (for 2. sāśra, q. v.), weeping, in tears.
1. sita, as, ā, am, (for 2. see p. 1113, col. 2; for 3. see under rt. 1. so), bound, tied, fastened; surrounded.
1. siti, is, f. binding, fastening; [cf. 1. pra-siti.]
1. sic, cl. 6. P. A. siñcati, -te, siṣeca, siṣice, sekṣyati, -te, asicat, asicata or asikta, sektum, to sprinkle, scatter in small drops; to besprinkle, soak, moisten, water (plants &c.); to pour out, discharge, emit, shed, effuse; to pour in; to impregnate: Pass. sicyate, Aor. aseci, to be sprinkled, &c.: Caus. secayati, yitum, Aor. asīṣicat or (according to some) asī-sicat, to cause to sprinkle: Desid. sisikṣati, -te: Intens. sesicyate, sesekti; [cf. Gr. [greek] [greek] Lat. stilla (for stic-la): Old Germ. sih-u, seich, 'urine;' seihjan, seo, gi-sich: Goth. (probably) saivs: Lith. sunk-iu, seki-s, sek-ti.]
2. sic, k, f. clothes; the skirt of a dress, (Sāy. = vastra-prānta); (au), f. du., Ved. (according to some) the two wings (of an army); heaven and earth.
2. sita, as, ā or ī, am (thought by some to be fr. 2. asita, q. v.; apparently connected with śiti, p. 1005, cf. śvita, śveta, p. 1031, and see sina; for 1. see under rt. si, for 3. see under rt. 1. so), white; (as), m. the colour white; the light half of the month from new to full moon; the planet Venus or its regent, = śukra; (ā), f. candied sugar, sugar; moonlight; a handsome woman; spirituous liquor; white Dūrvā grass; Arabian jasmine; a sort of Clitoria; a kind of Aparājitā plant (growing on mountains); various other plants or trees, = śveta-kaṇṭakārī; = vākucī; = vidārī; = kuṭumbinī; = piṅgā; = trāyamāṇā; = tejanī; (am), n. silver; sandal; a radish (= mūlaka).
2. siti, is, is, i (connected with śiti, p. 1005; for 1. see p. 1112, col. 3; for 3. see under rt. 1. so), white; black.
1. sidh (according to Vopa-deva VIII. 41. the s of this rt. is not changed to ṣ after prepositions; cf. pari-sidh), cl. 1. P. sedhati, siṣedha, sedhiṣyati, asedhīt, sedhi-tum, to go, (in Naigh. II. 14. sedhati is enumerated among the gati-karmāṇaḥ); to go towards, reach, strike, hit (Ved.).
1. sedha, as, m. going, reaching [cf. ut-s-]; a tail (according to some; cf. go-ṣ-); (ā), f. a porcupine.
1. sedhana, am, n. the act of going.
1. sedhitvā, ind. having gone.
2. sidh (this rt. allows the change of s to ṣ after prepositions, cf. prati-ṣidh), cl. 1. P. (ep. also A.) sedhati (-te), si-ṣedha, setsyati or sedhiṣyati, asaitsīt or ase-dhīt, seddhum or sedhitum, to drive off, ward off, keep off, restrain, hinder; to interdict; to ordain, instruct; to turn out well or auspiciously: Caus. sedhayati, -yitum: Desid. of Caus. siṣedhayi-ṣati: Desid. sisedhiṣati, sisidhiṣati, siṣit-sati: Intens. seṣidhyate, seṣeddhi.
2. sedha, as, m. restraint, restraining, hindering; [cf. ni-ṣedha under ni-ṣidh.]
2. sedhana, am, n. the act of restraining or keeping off.
3. sidh (connected with rt. sādh), cl. 4. P. sidhyati (ep. also A. -te), si-ṣedha, setsyati, asidhat, seddhum, to be accomplished, be fulfilled, be effected; to be successful, succeed; to be settled or established; to be valid; to be proved or demonstrated; to be thoroughly prepared or cooked; to attain an object, hit an aim, fall true (with loc., e. g. iṣuḥ sidhyati lakṣye, the arrow falls true on the mark): Pass. sidhyate, Aor. asedhi, to be completed or concluded, &c.: Caus. sedhayati, with reference to sacred things; sādhayati, -yitum, with reference to secular things, (Pāṇ. VI. 1, 49; see rt. sādh); to accomplish, complete, effect, settle, perform: Desid. siṣitsati: Intens. seṣidhyate, seṣeddhi.
2. sedhitvā, ind. (according to some) = siddhvā, col. 2; [cf. 1. sedhitvā under rt. 1. sidh. ]
1. su, cl. 1. P. A. savati, savate, &c., to go.
2. su, cl. 1. 2. P. savati, sauti, suṣāva, &c., to possess power or supremacy.
3. su, cl. 5. P. A. sunoti (1st du. su-nuvas or sunvas, 1st pl. sunumas or sun-mas), sunute, suṣāva, suṣuve, soṣyati, -te, asāvīt or asauṣīt, asoṣṭa or asaviṣṭa, sotum (Ved. Inf. sotave), to pour out, sprinkle, make a libation (especially of the Soma juice); to press out juice (especially from the Soma plant), to extract or prepare the Soma juice or any other juice, to distil (wine, spirits, &c.); to churn; to perform a sacrifice (especially with the Soma); to bathe [cf. 1. savana, sūtyā]: Pass. sūyate, Aor. asāvi (Ved. Pass. 3rd sing. sunve, 3rd pl. sunvire = sutā ba-bhūvuḥ): Caus. sāvayati, -yitum, Aor. asūṣa-vat (according to some asīṣavat): Desid. of Caus. suṣāvayiṣati: Desid. susūṣati: Intens. soṣū-yate; [cf. Gr. [greek] Umbr. savitu.]
1. sut, t, t, t, extracting juice, pouring out, sprinkling, making libations, (see pra-sut, madhu-ṣut); (t), m. = stotṛ, (Naigh. III. 16.)
1. suta, as, ā, am, poured out; extracted or expressed (as Soma juice); (as, am), m. n., Ved. the expressed Soma juice, a Soma libation, (in Naigh. II. 7. enumerated among the anna-nāmāni.) --1. suta-pa, as, m. (for 2. su-tapa see p. 1120, col. 1), a drinker of the Soma juice; (ās), m. pl., N. of a class of deities.
1. sutyā, f. Soma pressing, Soma preparation [cf. adya-s-, śvaḥ-s-]; sacrificial ablution, (see sūtyā below.)
1. sūti, is, f. (for 2. see p. 1118, col. 1), a place where Soma juice is poured out or extracted (= somābhiṣava-bhūmi, according to Śabda-k.).
1. sotṛ, tā, trī, tṛ (for 2. see p. 1118, col. 2), Ved. one who presses out the Soma plant, one who pours out libations.
4. su (= rt. 3. sū, p. 1130, but by some identified with rt. 3. su, col. 2, the act of pouring out the Soma juice being compared to that of generation); cl. 1. 2. P. savati, sauti, suṣāva, soṣyati, asauṣīt or (according to some) asāvīt, cl. 2. A. sūte (1st sing. suve), Impf. asūta (1st sing. asuvi, 1st du. asūvahi), Pot. suvīta, Impv. sūtām (1st sing. suvai, 1st du. suvāvahai, 1st pl. suvāmahai), cl. 4. A. sūyate, suṣuve, soṣyate or saviṣyate, asoṣṭa or asaviṣṭa, (in Atharva-veda XIV. 1, 33. the form suvāti occurs, which might also be referred to rt. 1. sū), Inf. sotum, savitum, to beget, procreate, engender, generate; to bring forth a child, give birth to, bear, produce, yield; to confer, bestow (Ved.); to gain, acquire (Ved.); to accept, (Sāy. sāviṣat = anujānātu, Ṛg-veda I. 164, 26): Pass. sūyate, Aor. asāvi, to be begotten; to be brought forth: Caus. sāvayati, -yitum, Aor. asū-ṣavat, (according to some asīṣavat): Desid. of Caus. suṣāvayiṣati: Desid. susūṣati, -te: Intens. soṣūyate, soṣavīti, soṣoti; [cf. Zend hunu, 'a son;' Gr. [greek] = Lat. uterus; Goth. su-nu-s; Slav. sy-nu; Lith. su-nu-s, 'a son.']
2. sut, t, t, t, begetting, generating, engendering.
2. suta, as, ā, am, (for 1. see p. 1117), begotten, brought forth; (as), m. a son; a child, offspring; a king; N. of the fifth sign or astrological house; (ā), f. a daughter; the plant Dur-ālabhā, q. v.
2. sutyā, f. bringing forth a child, parturition.
1. sūta, as, ā, am, (for 2. see p. 1130, col. 2), born, engendered, produced; the sun [cf. sūra]; (as, am), m. n. quicksilver, mercury; (ā), f. a woman who has given birth to a child or one recently delivered.
2. sūti, is, f. (for 1. see p. 1117, col. 3; for 3. see p. 1131), birth, production, delivery, child-bearing, parturition, bringing forth; offspring, progeny.
2. sotṛ, tā, trī, tṛ (for 1. see p. 1117, col. 3), engendering, generating, bringing forth children.
5. su, ind. (thought by some to be a shortened form of vasu, q. v.; opposed to dus, q. v., and corresponding to Gr. [greek] in the Veda liable to become ṣu, see Ṛg-veda I. 36, 13, I. 112, 1, Pāṇ. VIII. 3, 107; and to lengthen a preceding vowel, see Pāṇ. VI. 3, 134; also becoming sū in Ṛg-veda I. 10, 11, &c.; cf. sukam), an enhancing particle frequently used as a prefix implying 'good, well, excellent, excellently, beautiful, beautifully, honourable, worthy of respect or reverence, excessive, excessively, exceedingly, much, very; readily, easily, willingly, quickly' (Ved., Sāy. = suṣṭhu, and in Ṛg-veda I. 112, 1, &c. used separately to qualify a verb); according to native authorities this prefix may also imply anu-mati, 'assent;' sam-ṛddhi, 'prosperity;' kṛcchra, 'distress;' [cf. Gr. [greek] Cambro-Brit. hu, hy, he: Armor. he: Hib. so, soailce, 'a good fashion, good manners;' sucridh, 'easy', = su-kṛta.]
1. sukhya, as, ā, am, belonging to pleasure, pleasurable.
2. sukhya, Nom. P. sukhyati, -yitum, to render happy.
2. suvar-ga (for svarga, q. v.; for 1. su-varga see p. 1124, col. 2), Ved. heavenly, (suvarga loka = svarga-loka, the world of heaven or the heavenly world, Taittirīya-s. I. 7, 1, 3.)
1. sū, cl. 6. P. suvati, suṣāva, savi-ṣyati, asāvīt, savitum, to excite, incite, impel, send, throw; to discharge; to remit (debts &c.): Caus. sāvayati, -yitum, Aor. asūṣavat, to excite, hasten on: Desid. susūṣati: Intens. so-ṣūyate.
2. sū, ūs, f. impelling, sending, dispatching, throwing.
2. sūta, as, ā, am, (for 1. see p. 1118), impelled, sent, dispatched; gone, departed; drank (a doubtful sense perhaps referrible to rt. 3. su); (as), m. a charioteer, driver; a man of a mixed caste (the son of a Kshatriya father and Brāhman mother; his occupation is managing horses and driving cars); a bard, encomiast; a carpenter [cf. sūtra-dhāra]; N. of a pupil of Vyāsa (to whose teaching the Itihāsas and Purāṇas are said to have been entrusted by his preceptor), a teacher of the Purāṇas; (ī), f. the wife of a Sūta; a female bard.
3. sū = rt. 4. su, q. v.
4. sū, ūs, f. child-bearing, parturition [cf. ṣū]; (ūs, ūs, u), bringing forth, bearing, producing (often in comps., cf. vīra-sū).
5. sū, ind., Ved. = 5. su, well, &c.
3. sūti, is, f. (for syūti, fr. rt. siv; for 1. sūti see p. 1117, col. 3; for 2. see p. 1118), sewing.
1. sūd, cl. 1. A. sūdate, suṣūde, sūdi-tum, to strike, hurt, wound, kill, destroy; to effuse, pour out; to distil, flow; to eject (according to some); to deposit (according to some); cl. 10. or Caus. sūdayati, -yitum, Aor. asūṣudat, to strike, wound, kill, massacre; to incite, excite, urge on, animate, (according to Sāy. on Ṛg-veda V. 5, 2. suṣūdayati = suṣṭhu prerayati; sūdayantu = karmasu prerayantu, Ṛg-veda IV. 40, 1); to cook, dress, season, prepare, purify; to preserve, (Sāy. sūdayantu = rakṣantu, Ṛg-veda IV. 39, 1); to pour out, effuse; to eject; to assent, agree, promise: Desid. susūdiṣate: Intens. sosūdyate, so-sūtti; [cf. Gr. [greek] Lett. saudet, 'to destroy.']
2. sūd, t, t, t, Ved. flowing, distilling, pouring forth, dropping, (in havya-sūd, q. v.)
2. sūrmi, is, f. (= śūrmi, q. v.; for 1. sūrmi see p. 1126, col. 2), an iron or metal image; the pillar of a house; brightness, a flame (Ved.; in this sense probably connected with sūra and sūrya).
1. sṛj (connected with rt. sṛ), cl. 6. P. sṛjati (Ved. and ep. also A. -te), sa-sarja (2nd sing. sasarjitha or sasraṣṭha, 1st pl. A. Ved. sasṛjmahe or sasṛgmahe), srakṣyati, asrākṣīt, cl. 4. A. sṛjyate, sasṛje, &c., (Ved. forms asṛgram, asrigran or asṛgran, asasṛ-gram, Ṛg-veda X. 31, 3), sraṣṭum, to let go, let loose; to emit, send forth, let flow, pour out, shed, effuse; to let off, throw, cast; to create, produce, make; to procreate, beget; to put on, place on, apply; to send away, abandon, leave, quit; to be let loose or sent forth (cl. 4. A.): Pass. sṛjyate, Aor. asarji, to be made or created; to be left or abandoned: Caus. sarjayati, -yitum, Aor. asasarjat or asīsṛjat, to cause to let loose, let go, create, &c.: Desid. sisṛkṣati, -te: Intens. sarīsṛjyate, &c.
2. sṛj, ṭ, ṭ, ṭ, creating, a creator.
1. sevaka, as, ā, am, (for 2. see col. 2), serving, waiting or attending upon, worshipping; practising; servile, dependent; (as), m. a servant, attendant; a worshipper, votary.
1. sevana, am, n. (for 2. see col. 2), the act of following, serving, service; devotion or addiction to, being fond of, fondness for, using, practising, adopting, enjoying; carnal enjoyment; frequenting, dwelling in.
1. sevanīya, as, ā, am (for 2. see col. 2), to be followed; to be practised; to be served or waited on, to be honoured.
2. sevaka, as, m. (fr. rt. siv; for 1. sevaka see col. 1), one that sews, a sewer; a sack.
2. sevana, am, n. (for 1. see col. 1), the act of sewing, darning, stitching (= sīvana); a sack; (ī), f. a needle; a seam; (in anatomy) a suture or peculiar seam-like union of parts (of which there are seven in the body, viz. the five sutures of the cranium, the frenum of the tongue, and that of the glans penis).
2. sevanīya, as, ā, am, (for 1. see col. 1), to be sewn or stitched together.
1. so (usually found with prepositions, see ava-so, vy-ava-so, adhy-ava-so, pary-ava-so, &c.), cl. 4. P. syati, sasau (2nd sing. sasitha or sasātha, 1st du. sasiva), sāsyati, asāt or asāsīt, Prec. seyāt, sātum, to destroy, kill; to bring to an end, finish, complete: Pass. sīyate, Aor. asāyi: Caus. sāyayati (or, according to some, sā-payati), &c.: Desid. siṣāsati: Intens. seṣīyate, sāsāti, sāseti.
3. sita, as, ā, am, (for 1. see under rt. si; for 2. see p. 1113, col. 2), destroyed, brought to an end, finished, completed, concluded; ascertained, known; (as), m. an arrow (probably for śita, cf. sāyaka, śāyaka).
3. siti, is, f. destruction; [cf. 2. pra-siti.]
2. so, sos, f., N. of Pārvatī.
1. saukarya, am, n. hoggishness, swinishness.
2. saukarya, am, n. (fr. su-kara), easiness of performance, practicability, feasibility, facility; adroitness; easy and extempore preparation of food or medicine.
1. sautya, am, n. the office of a charioteer.
2. sautya, as, &c. (fr. sutyā), relating to Soma-pressing, sacrificial.
1. saubhāgineya, as, m. (fr. su-bhagā), the son of a favourite wife or of an honoured mother.
2. saubhāgineya, as, ī, am (fr. su-bhāgineya), belonging or relating to a good sister's son.
1. sauva, as, ī, am (fr. sva), relating to self or to one's own property; (am), n. an order, edict (according to some).
2. sauva, as, ī, am (fr. 2. svar), belonging to heaven, being in heaven.
1. skand = rt. skund, q. v.
2. skand (also written skandh), cl. 10. P. skandayati, skandāyati, &c., to collect.
3. skand (connected with rt. skund, q. v.), cl. 1. P. skandati (also A. -te), caskanda (2nd sing. caskanditha or caskanttha), skantsyati, askadat or askāntsīt, skanttum, to leap, jump, spring; to jump or spring upwards, rise, mount, ascend; to raise (A., but in this sense regarded as a form of rt. skund); to jump downwards, drop, fall; to leap out, shoot out, burst out, drop out, be poured out, be spilled, ooze; to go, move, approach; to fall away; to perish (A.); to become dry: Pass. skadyate, Perf. caskade or ca-skande, Aor. askandi: Caus. skandayati, -yitum, Aor. acaskandat, to pour out, effuse, shed, spill, emit (seminal fluid); to omit, neglect; Desid. ci-skantsati: Intens. canīskadyate, canīskanti; [cf. Gr. [greek] perhaps [greek] Lat. scand-o, de-scend-o, (according to some also) scateo; Hib. skeinnead, 'eruption, gushing forth.']
1. stubh (connected in some senses with rt. stambh, and in these senses also identical with rt. stumbh below, and perhaps originally 'to stamp'), cl. 1. A. stobhate, tuṣṭubhe, stobhitum, to stop, suppress; to paralyze, stupefy; to be stupefied; cl. 1. P. stobhati, to praise, (in this sense probably connected with and developed out of rt. stu); to celebrate, worship (Ved., in Naigh. III. 14. stobhati is enumerated among the arcati-karmāṇaḥ): Caus. stobhayati, &c., to praise (Ved.).
2. stubh, p, m., Ved. one who stops, (perhaps the words tri-ṣṭubh and anu-ṣṭubh are to be referred to this sense, the metre requiring regular stoppages or pauses); one who praises, a worshipper (= stotṛ, Naigh. III. 16).
1. stṛ, cl. 5. or stṝ, cl. 9. P. A. stṛ-ṇoti, stṛṇute, stṛṇāti, stṛṇīte, tastāra (1st du. tastariva), tastare, stariṣyati or sta-rīṣyati, -te (if in cl. 9), astārṣīt (according to some also astārīt), astṛta, astariṣṭa or asta-rīṣṭa, astīrṣṭa (if in cl. 9, Pāṇ. VII. 2, 42); Prec. staryāt, stīryāt, stṛṣīṣṭa, stariṣīṣṭa or starīṣīṣṭa, stīrṣīṣṭa (if in cl. 9, Pāṇ. VII. 2, 42), startum or staritum or starītum (Ved. Inf. startavai), to spread, spread out, expand, diffuse; to spread about, strew, scatter; to spread on or over; to cover, clothe; to kill, (in Naigh. II. 19. stṛṇāti is enumerated among the vadha-karmā-ṇaḥ): Pass. cl. 5. staryate, cl. 9. stīryate, Aor. astāri, to be spread, &c.: Caus. stārayati, -yitum, Aor. atastarat, to spread; to cover: Desid. tistīr-ṣati, -te, or tistariṣati, -te, or tistarīṣati, -te: Intens. tāstaryate, testīryate, tāstarti; [cf. Zend śtar, śtair-is: Gr. [greek] [greek] Lat. ster-n-o, stra-tu-s, stra-men, stra-mentu-m, toru-s: Goth. strau-ja: Old Germ. strao, betti-strewi, 'lectisternium:' Slav. stre-ti, 'to extend;' po-stla-ti, 'to strew;' po-stel-ja, 'a bed:' Lith. stra-je, 'a bed of straw.']
2. stṛ, spreading, covering, clothing, (Sāy. = āc-chādaka, Ṛg-veda I. 87, 1); a star, (Ṛg-veda II. 2, 5. stṛbhiḥ = nakṣatraiḥ, 'a star;' cf. tāra, 'light-strewer, light-scatterer;' in this sense thought by some to be for astṛ, fr. rt. 2. as + tṛ; cf. Gr. [greek] Aeol. [greek] Lat. stella; Goth. stairno; Angl. Sax. steorra.)
3. stṛ (= rt. spṛ, q. v.), cl. 5. P. stṛ-ṇoti, &c., to please, gratify, &c.
1. sthā, cl. 1. P. (ep. and in some special significations also A.) tiṣṭhati, -te (sthāt = tiṣṭhatu, Ṛg-veda II. 3, 10), tasthau (2nd sing, tasthitha or tasthātha, 1st du. tasthiva), tasthe, sthāsyati, -te, asthāt (3rd pl. asthuḥ), as-thita (3rd pl. asthiṣata), Prec. stheyāt, sthā-sīṣṭa, sthātum, to stand (often with inst., e. g. pādābhyāṃ sthā, to stand on the feet; jānubhyāṃ sthā, to stand on the knees, i. e. to kneel); to stand still, stand firmly; to stay, stop, abide, dwell, remain, rest, wait; to stop, cease, desist; to rest on, depend on (sometimes A.); to be in any situation or state or position; to be, exist, live; to be at hand, be near or at the side; to abide or continue or be engaged in any act or course of action, practice, perform, behave, occupy one's self with, (sometimes with loc., e. g. śāsane sthā, to abide in a command, i. e. to be obedient; sometimes with inst., e. g. sāmādibhiḥ sthā, to practice or continue practising conciliation, &c.; mauna-vratena sthā, to continue observing a vow of silence; sometimes with ind. part., especially if a habit or continuous course of action is implied, e. g. dharmam āśritya tiṣṭhati, he continues practising virtue); to stand as a prostitute, give one's self up to sexual embrace, offer one's self to (A., e. g. deva-dattāya tiṣṭhate, she offers herself to Devadatta, Pāṇ. 1. 4, 34): Pass. sthīyate, 2nd fut. sthā-syate or sthāyiṣyate, Aor. asthāyi, to be stood; to be stayed or remained or abided, to be fixed or located, &c. (frequently used impersonally, e. g. mayā sthīyatām, let it be abided by me, i. e. I must abide): Caus. sthāpayati, -te (sometimes regarded as a nominal fr. sthira), -yitum, Aor. atiṣṭhipat, -ta, to cause to stand; to cause to stand still or firmly; to fix, settle, establish, set up, found, institute, erect, build; to place, put, locate, set, lay; to stop, arrest, restrain, hold in; to cause to be in any state or position; to cause to continue, make durable; to cause to live; to give in marriage; to make (with two acc.); to instruct in (with two acc.): Desid. tiṣṭhāsati, -te: Intens. teṣṭhīyate, tāsthāti; [cf. Zend hi-stā-mi = Sans. ti-ṣṭhā-mi: Gr. [greek] [greek] [greek] (with the Caus. may be compared also, according to some) [greek] (for [greek]) [greek] [greek] Lat. st-o, si-st-o, sta-ti-m, sta-ti-o, Sta-tor, sta-tu-s, sta-tu-o, sta-tua, stā-men, sta-bu-lu-m, sta-bi-li-s; (also with the Caus.) stipa-re, stipatores, stipulāri, stapia; (according to some also) stup-eo, stup-idu-s: Old Germ. stā-m, stedi, standa, stat: Goth. stan-dan, 'to stand;' stath-s, 'a place;' stol-s, 'a stool, throne:' Angl. Sax. stan-dan, stand, studu, stund: Slav. sta-ti, 'to stand:' Lith. sto-ti, 'to stand;' sta-tu-s, 'standing;' staty-ti, 'to place;' sto-na-s, 'a stand, station;' sta-kle-s, 'a loom:' Hib. sta-d, 'stop, delay, state, condition;' stadaim, 'I stand, stop.']
2. sthā, ās, ās, am, Ved. standing, stationary, (according to Sāy. on Ṛg-veda X. 88, 4. sthāḥ = sthā-varaṃ vṛkṣādi rūpam; see also Nirukta V. 3.)
1. sthula in apa-ṣṭh-, vi-saṃṣṭh-, q. q. v. v.
2. sthula, am, n. (perhaps for sthuḍa, fr. rt. sthuḍ, but cf. 1. sthula at p. 1147, col. 3), a sort of long tent.
1. snih, cl. 4. P. snihyati, siṣṇeha, snehiṣyati or snekṣyati, asnihat, snehitum or snegdhum or sneḍhum, (probably originally) to be adhesive or sticky or viscid; to be bland; to be easily attached; to have affection for, love, regard; to be fond of (with gen.); to be kind to or pleased with; cl. 10. P. snehayati, &c., to be unctuous or greasy: Pass. snihyate, Aor. asnehi: Caus. snehayati, &c., Aor. asiṣṇihat, to make unctuous, anoint, lubricate; to cause to love, &c.; to dissolve, destroy, kill, slay, (in Naigh. II. 19. sneha-yati and [according to some readings] snehati are enumerated amongst the vadha-karmāṇaḥ): Desid. sisnehiṣati, sisnihiṣati, sisnikṣati: Intens. seṣṇihyate, seṣṇegdhi or seṣṇeḍhi.
2. snih, ṭ, ṭ, ṭ, or k, k, k, loving, affectionate; one who loves.
1. snu (probably connected with rt. snā), cl. 2. P. snauti, suṣṇāva, snaviṣ-yati, asnāvīt, snavitum, to drip, trickle, distil, fall in drops, drop, ooze, run out, leak; to flow, stream; cl. 2. A. (Pass. reflex.) snute, asnoṣṭa or asnā-viṣṭa: Pass. snūyate, snotā or snāvitā, snoṣ-yate or snāviṣyate, Aor. asnāvi, to be distilled, &c.: Caus. snāvayati, &c., Aor. asuṣṇavat: Desid. of Caus. sisnāvayiṣati or susnāvayiṣati (according to Vopa-deva): Desid. susnūṣati: Intens. soṣṇūyate, soṣṇavīti, soṣṇoti; [cf. Gr. [greek] [greek] [greek] (probably also [greek] &c., see under 3. nau, p. 518): Goth. snu, 'to go;' sniva, snau, snivum (for snu-um), snaivs, 'snow:' Old Germ. sniutan, sniumi, sneo, sne: Angl. Sax. sniwan, snytan, sneome: Lith. snega-s (w being changed to g): Slav. sneg: Hib. snuadhaim, 'I flow;' snuadh, 'blood;' sneachd, 'snow.']
2. snu, us, u, m. n. (a defective word optionally substituted for sānu, q. v., in certain cases; according to some fr. rt. 1. so), the level summit or edge of a mountain, table-land; any top, surface; anything fixed or stationary (as the firmament; Sāy. = sthita, Ṛg-veda IV. 28, 2).
3. snu, us, f. = snāyu, a sinew, tendon, muscle.
4. snu, a Kṛd-anta affix to roots forming adjectives expressive of an aptitude to be what is implied by the root; [cf. sthāsnu.]
1. snuh, cl. 4. P. snuhyati, suṣṇoha, snohitum or snogdhum or snoḍhum, to vomit; = rt. 1. snih.
2. snuh, ṭ, ṭ, ṭ, or k, k, k, vomiting, one who vomits; (k), f. the milk-hedge plant, Euphorbia Antiquorum (its milky juice has various medicinal properties, and is used as an emetic; seventeen synonyms of this plant are enumerated, cf. sīhuṇḍa).
1. spaś (= rt. 1. paś, q. v.), cl. 1. P. A. spaśati, -te, paspāśa, paspaśe, spaśiṣyati, -te, aspāśīt, aspaśiṣṭa, spaśitum, to see, behold, perceive clearly, spy out, espy: Caus. spāśayati, -te, -yitum, Aor. apaspaśat, to destroy; Desid. pispaśiṣati, -te: Intens. pāspaśyate, pā-spaṣṭi; [cf. Zend śpaś; Gr. [greek] [greek] Lat. spec-i-o, con-spic-i-o, specula, speculum, spec-to; Old Germ. speh-o-m, spāh-i, 'circumspect, prudent.']
2. spaś, ṭ, ṭ, ṭ, Ved. seeing, spying out, perceiving; (ṭ), m. one who espies, a spy, messenger, (in the Ṛgveda especially applied to the messengers (of Varuṇa); a guardian, protector, (according to Sāy. on Ṛg-veda V. 59, 1. spal or spaṭ = spraṣṭā = hotā, a priest; in Ṛg-veda VIII. 61, 15. spaṭ = sarvasya jñātā, 'omniscient', applied to Indra); a ray or rein, (according to Sāy. on Ṛg-veda VI. 67, 5. spaśaḥ = raśmayaḥ or carāḥ.)
3. spaś, = rt. 3. paś, 'to bind', q. v. This rt. is said to have the following additional meanings--to obstruct, oppose, hinder; to string together; to touch, undertake, perform, (Sāy. paspaśe = spṛṣṭavān = anutiṣṭhati, Ṛgveda I. 22, 19; aspaṣṭa = upakrāntavān, I. 10, 2.)
4. spaś, ṭ, ṭ, ṭ, Ved. binding.
5. spaś (= rt. sparś), cl. 10. A. spāśayate, &c., to take, &c. See rt. sparś.
1. spṛdh, a Vedic form of rt. spardh, col. 2 (e. g. aspṛdhran, they strove together, Ṛg-veda VII. 56, 3; paspṛdhre = paspṛ-dhire; paspṛdhāte = mithaḥ spardhete, Ṛg-veda VII. 104, 12).
2. spṛdh, t, t, t, one who contends or fights; (t), f. battle, fight (in Naigh. II. 17. spṛdhaḥ is enumerated among the saṅgrāma-nāmāni).
1. spṛś (cf. rt. sparś), cl. 6. P. (ep. also A.) spṛśati (-te), pasparśa (3rd pl. paspṛśuḥ; ep. 3rd sing. A. paspṛśe, 3rd pl. paspṛśire), sprakṣyati or sparkṣyati, asprā-kṣīt or aspārkṣīt or aspṛkṣat, Prec. spṛśyāt, spraṣṭum or sparṣṭum, to touch, graze; to handle, take hold of, (anyonyaṃ hastau spṛśa-taḥ, they mutually touch hands, i. e. they shake hands with each other); to cleave to, cling to, come in contact with; to act upon, affect; to take, receive, accept (a sacrificial offering &c.); to reach, attain, obtain, undergo; to wash, sprinkle (e. g. adbhis, with water, Manu II. 60): Pass. spṛśyate, Aor. asparśi, to be touched; to be seized or affected by: Caus. sparśayati, -te, -yitum, Aor. apaspar-śat or apaspṛśat (according to some apispṛśat), to cause to touch, make to touch (with two acc.); to offer, present, give: Desid. pispṛkṣati: Intens. parīspṛśyate, parīspraṣṭi, parīsparṣṭi, &c.; [cf. Lat. spargo.]
2. spṛś, k, k, k, a toucher, who or what touches, touching, piercing (generally in comps.; cf. marma-spṛś).
1. sphāra, as, m. (for 2. see p. 1152), throbbing, quivering, vibration; twanging (of a bow-string; cf. vi-sphāra).
1. sphārita, as, ā, am (for 2. see p. 1152), made to quiver or vibrate [cf. vi-sphārita]; throbbing; vibrating.
2. sphāra, as, m. (according to Uṇādi-s. II. 13. fr. rt. sphāy above; perhaps also connected with rt. sphar and 1. sphāra), swelling, increase, enlargement (= vṛddhi); a bubble (in gold &c.); a protuberance [cf. Gr. [greek]] (as, ā, am), large, increased, expanded, spreading, great; abundant; loud; (am), n. much, abundance.
2. sphārita, as, ā, am (fr. 2. sphāra above; but perhaps also connected with rt. sphar), swollen out, spread out, extended, large.
1. sphūrṇa, as, ā, am, = sphūrchita above.
2. sphūrṇa, as, ā, am, (according to some) thundered.
1. smṛ (= rt. spṛ, q. v.), cl. 5. P. smṛṇoti, &c., to please, gratify; to protect, defend; to live.
2. smṛ, cl. 1. P. (ep. also A.) smarati (-te), sasmāra (2nd sing. sasmartha, 1st du. sasmariva, 3rd pl. sasmarus), smariṣyati, asmārṣīt, smartum, to remember (with acc. or gen., and when joined with 2nd Fut. of another rt. giving it a past signification, e. g. amuṃ smarati ha-niṣyati, he remembers having killed him, Pāṇ. III. 2, 112); to recollect, call to mind, bear in mind, think of, think upon, be mindful of; to recite mentally or call upon the name (of a deity &c.); to record (in the Smṛti), declare (as Smṛti or law; smaranti, they declare in the Smṛti); to desire, long for (with gen.): Pass. smaryate, Aor. asmāri, Prec. smṛṣīṣṭa and smariṣīṣṭa, to be remembered; to be recorded; to be mentioned; to be declared (as a law); to be mentioned in the Smṛti: Caus. smāra-yati (or smarayati), -te, -yitum, Aor. asasmarat, ta, to cause to remember, call to mind, remind; to give information; to cause to regret, cause to desire or long for (in the latter sense only smarayati): Desid. susmūrṣate, to wish to recollect: Intens. sāsmaryate, sāsmarti; [cf. Gr. [greek] [greek] [greek] (perhaps also) [greek] &c.: Lat. me-mor, memor-ia, memor-ā-re, mor-a, mos, mor-is: Goth. mer-j-an, 'to proclaim;' meritha, maurnan: Old Germ. smer-zo, m., smer-za, f. 'pain;' smerzan, mariu, 'to announce;' māri, 'memorable:' Mod. Germ. Mährchen: Angl. Sax. moelan, mal, ge-moered, moerdh, moersian, mel-dian, ameldian, murnan, smeortan, 'to smart:' Lith. uz-mirs-tu, 'to forget:' Hib. smuairean, 'dejection;' (perhaps) smalanach, 'sorrowful;' muirn, 'natural affection.']
1. sraṃs (sometimes written sraṃś), cl. 1. A. sraṃsate, sasraṃse, sraṃsiṣ-yate, asraṃsiṣṭa or asrasat (Pāṇ. I. 3, 91, III. 1, 55), sraṃsitum, to fall, fall down, drop, slip, slip down or off, tumble; to fall asunder; to hang down; to go (according to Naigh. II. 14): Pass. srasyate, Aor. asraṃsi: Caus. sraṃsayati, &c., Aor. asasraṃsat, to cause to fall or slip down; cause to move, loosen; to move, disturb: Desid. sisraṃsiṣate: Intens. sanīsrasyate, sanīsraṃsti.
2. sraṃs, a various reading for rt. śrambh, q. v. (and said to be used pra-māde or, according to another reading, prasāde).
1. sridh, cl. 1. P. A. sredhati, -te, &c., Ved. to assail, injure, ruin, destroy; to perish; cl. 6. P. A. sridhati, -te, &c., Ved. to perish, be injured; [cf. Lat. stlis, lis; Old Germ. stritan, strit; Angl. Sax. stridh.]
2. sridh, t, f., Ved. injury, distress, suffering, (Sāy. = duḥkha); battle; (t), m. an enemy, (Sāy. = śoṣayitṛ.)
1. sva, as, ā, am, own, one's own, my own, thy own, his own, our own, &c. (according to the context; and in these senses frequently used at the beginning of comps.; when declined, sva is generally treated as a pronominal, and follows sarva, e. g. svasmai dat. c. sing., svasmāt abl. c. sing., svasmin loc. c. sing., but in abl. loc. sing. Nom. pl. it optionally follows śiva, e. g. taṃ svayam-bhūḥ svād āsyād asṛjat, him, the self-existent, created from his own mouth, Manu I. 94; when, however, sva is used as a substantive, meaning 'kinsman' and 'property', it cannot be declined as a pronominal, but must necessarily follow the declension of śiva, e. g. svāḥ, one's own relations, prabhūtāḥ svāḥ, great riches), innate, native, natural, inherent, proper, peculiar, appropriate; belonging to one's own family or tribe; (as), m. self, one's own self, self-identity; the soul; N. of Viṣṇu; a kinsman, relative, relation, (Manu II. 109); (as, am), m. n. property, wealth, riches; (in algebra) plus or affirmative quantity; [cf. Zend hva, qa: Gr. [greek] (for [greek]), [greek] Lat. se, suu-s: Goth. si-k, 'self;' sves, 'own;' svesa, 'property;' sei-na (for svei-na), sve, svi in svi-kunths, 'manifest:' Old Germ. suas, 'own:' Angl. Sax. sin, swa: Lith. saw, sawa-s, sawa: Slav. sebje, sebe, svoi, svaja, svoe, svo-bodi, 'free;' svo-boda, 'liberty.']
2. sva, Nom. P. svati, according to Vopa-deva XXI. 7. = sva ivācarati, he acts like himself, he acts like his kindred.
2. svadita, as, ā, am, tasted, eaten; (am), n. 'may it be well tasted or eaten!' an exclamation used at a Śrāddha after presenting the oblation of food to the Manes, (Manu III. 251, 254; in this sense probably for sv-adita, see 1. sv-adita, p. 1126; cf. su-śruta, sva-dhā.)
2. svānta, as, ā, am (for 1. svānta see p. 1158, col. 1), sounded, making a noise.
2. svap (for 1. sv-ap see p. 1126), cl. 2. P. svapiti (2nd sing. svapiṣi, 1st sing. svapimi, ep. also A. and sometimes even cl. 1. P. A. svapati, -te); Impf. asvapīt or asva-pat (1st du. asvapiva); Pot. svapyāt; Impv. sva-pitu (2nd sing. svapihi, 1st sing. svapāni); Perf. suṣvāpa (3rd pl. suṣupuḥ), svapsyati, asvāpsīt; Prec. supyāt, svaptum, to sleep; to fall asleep; to lie down to sleep, repose, go to bed; to lie down, recline; to be dead: Pass. supyate, Aor. asvāpi: Caus. svāpayati, -yitum, Aor. asūṣupat (according to some also asiṣvapat), to cause to sleep, make sleep, lull to rest; to kill, (Ved. siṣvapaḥ = asvāpayaḥ, pātitavān, thou didst hurl down, Ṛgveda I. 121, 11): Pass. of Caus. svāpyate: Desid. of Caus. suṣvāpayiṣati: Desid. suṣupsati: Intens. soṣupyate, sāsvapti, (according to Vopadeva also) sāsvapīti, soṣupīti, soṣopti; [cf. Zend qap, qaf-na, 'sleep:' Gr. [greek] (for [greek] [greek]): Lat. som-nu-s (for sop-nus), sop-or, sop-i-o (= Caus. svāpayati): Old Norse svef-n, 'sleep:' Old Germ. svebjan: Goth. slepan: Angl. Sax. svefian, svefn, slapan: Slav. sunu, 'sleep;' sup-a-ti, 'to sleep:' Lith. sap-na-s, 'a dream:' Cambro-Brit. hephun: Hib. suain, 'sleep;' suaimh-neach, 'quiet;' suaimhnighim, 'I rest.']
1. svar, cl. 10. P. svarayati, &c., to find fault, blame, censure, reprove (= rt. sur).
2. svar, ind. (probably connected with rt. 4. su or 3. sū, and apparently originally written suvar, cf. sūra, sūrya; but according to some fr. a lost rt. svar = sur, 'to shine', cf. sura), the sun (Ved.; according to Sāy. = svaraṇa-śīla āditya, Ṛg-veda V. 45, 1); heaven, paradise, the world of the gods, abode of the deities; the heaven of Indra and temporary abode of the virtuous after death; the sky, ether; the space above the sun or between the sun and the polar star, the region of the planets and constellations; a mystical word pronounced after om and before the Gāyatrī by every Brāhman in commencing his daily prayers, (it is the third of the three Vyāhṛtis, bhūr, bhuvaḥ, svar, and denotes the space of the sky above described as distinguished from the earth and atmosphere, see Manu II. 76. and cf. bhuvas, vy-āhṛti; the mystical word svar is represented as produced from the Sāma-veda, just as bhūr and bhuvaḥ are supposed to come from the Ṛg-veda and Yajur-veda respectively); radiance, splendor; water, (in Naigh. I. 12. enumerated among the udaka-nāmāni); epithet of Śiva; [cf. Zend hvare, 'the sun;' qaretha, qarenanh, 'splendor:' Gr. [greek] [greek] Lat. ser-enu-s, sol: Goth. sauil, 'the sun:' Old Norse sol: Lith. saule: Slav. slu-nice, 'the sun:' Hib. speur, 'the sky;' (perhaps) soir, 'the east, morning.']
1. sv-āgata. See p. 1126, col. 3.
either sv-āyuj or svāyuj (sva-ay-) or svā-yuj, k, k, k, Ved. easily yoked; putting themselves spontaneously to the chariot.
1. ha, the thirty-third and last consonant of the Nāgarī alphabet (belonging to the guttural class, and in sound corresponding to the English h in hard).
2. ha, as, m. a form of Śiva or Bhairava, (see nakulīśa); water; a cipher (i. e. the arithmetical figure expressing nothing); meditation; auspiciousness; sky, heaven; paradise; blood; dying; fear; knowledge; the moon; Viṣṇu; war, battle; horripilation; a horse; pride; a physician; cause, motive; (according to Śabda-k.) = pāpa-haraṇa; = sakopa-vāraṇa; = śuṣka; (ā), f. (according to some) coition; a lute; (am), n. (according to some) the supreme Spirit; pleasure, delight; a weapon; the sparkling of a gem; the sound of a lute; (as, ā, am), mad, drunk (according to some).
3. ha, ind. = Ved. 2. gha, an emphatic particle laying stress on the preceding word (generally equivalent to 'verily', 'indeed', 'manifestly', 'evidently', &c., e. g. na ha, not indeed; it is euphonically changed to dha, e. g. yad dha = yadā khalu, when indeed; kad dha, what then? and is sometimes used without any distinct signification, often with the Perfect and Impf.; cf. Pāṇ. III. 2, 116); a vocative particle (corresponding to 'ho!' &c.); a particle of reproach or disdain; of laughter; [cf. Gr. [greek] Dor. [greek] (according to some also) Lat. hi, ha, ho in hic, hoec, hoc; Goth. prefix ga-; Angl. Sax. ge-.]
4. ha. See under rt. 1. han.
5. ha. See under rt. 3. hā.
1. haṃsa, as, m. (according to Uṇādi-s. III. 62. fr. rt. 1. han), a goose, gander, swan, duck, flamingo (or a kind of bird the description of which is rather poetical than real; perhaps a kind of mixture of any of these); the vehicle of Brahmā (represented as borne on a Haṃsa); the supreme Soul or universal Spirit (= brahman; according to Sāy. on Ṛg-veda IV. 40. 5. in this sense derived either fr. rt. 1. han in the sense 'to go', i. e. 'who goes eternally', or resolvable into ahaṃ sa, 'I am that', i. e. the supreme Being); the Jīvātman or living soul; one of the vital airs; Viṣṇu; Śiva; the Sun, (see haṃsa-vatī); a particular Mantra or mystical text [cf. haṃsa-vatī]; N. of Kāma-deva; an unambitious monarch; an ascetic or devotee of a particular order; a kind of horse, (in Naigh. I. 14. haṃsāsaḥ is enumerated among the aśva-nāmāni); envy, malice; a spiritual preceptor; a mountain; N. of a mountain; a buffalo; a species of the Ati-śakvarī metre; (in composition) best, excellent; pure (= viśud-dha); going before or in front; (ās), m. pl., N. of a caste supposed to live in Plaksha-dvīpa; (ī), f. a female goose; N. of a courtezan; a kind of metre (said to consist of twenty-two syllables); [cf. Gr. [greek] Lat. ans-er; Old Germ. gans; Angl. Sax. gos, gandra.]
2. haṃsa, Nom. P. haṃsati, &c., to act or behave like a swan.
1. han (probably for an original dhan, cf. ni-dhana, p. 487; but some forms are fr. ghan, some fr. ghat, and others are borrowed fr. rt. vadh or badh), cl. 2. P. (ep. also A. in some forms, cf. ā-han), hanti (3rd du. hatas, 3rd pl. ghnanti); Impf. ahan (3rd du. ahatām, 3rd pl. aghnan); Pot. hanyāt; Impv. hantu (2nd sing. jahi, 3rd sing. hantu, 2nd pl. hata, 3rd pl. ghnantu; in Naigh. II. 14. a form hantāt is given as one reading); Perf. jaghāna (2nd sing. jagha-nitha or jaghantha, 1st du. jaghniva, 3rd pl. jaghnus, ep. A. jaghnire); 2nd Fut. haniṣyati, Aor. avadhīt (fr. rt. vadh or badh, ep. also ahanat); Prec. vadhyāt; Cond. ahaniṣyat, hantum, (Ved. forms, Pres. hanati [as if cl. 1], jighnate [cf. rt. ghrā]; Perf. jahā = jaghāna, Nirukta IV. 1; Inf. hantos, hantavai), to strike, hit, beat; to strike down, kill, slay, destroy; to wound, hurt, injure, harass, afflict; to overcome, overthrow, overturn, conquer; to remove, take away, counteract, cure; to obstruct, stop, hinder, impede, mar; to go, move, (in Naigh. II. 14. hanati is enumerated among the gati-karmāṇah): Pass. hanyate, jaghne, hantā or ghānitā, haniṣyate or ghāniṣyate, avadhi or aghāni (3rd pl. aghāniṣata or ahasata, Pāṇ. VI. 4, 62), ghāniṣīṣṭa, to be struck, to be killed, &c.: Caus. ghātayati, -yitum, Aor. ajīghatat (properly a Nom. fr. ghāta), to cause to be slain or killed: Desid. jighāṃsati, to wish to kill or slay: Intens. jaṅghanyate or jeghnīyate (in Pāṇ. VII. 4, 31), jaṅghanti, (Ved. [ni-]ghanighnate, pres. part. dat. or according to Sāy. = [ni-]hanti, Ṛg-veda I. 55, 5); [cf. Gr. [greek] Lat. (fen-d-o), offend-o, defend-o, in-festus: Goth. dauthus, 'death:' Angl. Sax. dead, deadh, dydan, 'to kill:' Hib. gonaim, 'I wound;' (perhaps also) gail, 'slaughter;' gaillim, 'I hurt.']
4. ha (for 5. ha see under rt. 3. hā), killing, destroying, removing, counteracting (at the end of comps., cf. viṣa-ha).
2. han, hā, ghnī, m. f. killing, slaying; a killer, slayer (at the end of comps.; cf. brahma-han, vṛtra-han).
1. hari, is, is, i (perhaps to be connected with hiri and rt. 2. hṛ, q. v.; according to some an abbreviated form of harit, p. 1167; in Uṇādi-s. IV. 118. said to be fr. rt. 1. hṛ, p. 1175), green, greenish yellow, yellow; reddish brown, bay, tawny; (is), m. green (the colour); a yellow or golden colour; a reddish brown or tawny colour; N. of Viṣṇu; of Kṛṣṇa (regarded as identical with Viṣṇu); of Śiva; of Brahmā; of Indra; of Yama; a man, people, (in Naigh. II. 3. harayaḥ is enumerated among the manuṣya-nāmāni); N. of the Soma (so called as being harita-varṇa, see Nirukta IV. 19); a stone for crushing the Soma (Ved., Sāy. harayaḥ = grāvāṇaḥ, Ṛg-veda III. 44, 1); the moon; the sun; a ray of light; fire; wind, air; a horse; a bay horse, horse of Indra, (in Naigh. I. 15. harī, m. du., is given as 'the horses of Indra;' and in Ṛg-veda I. 16, 1; 101, 10, &c., the plurals harayaḥ and haribhiḥ occur; cf. harīn, acc. pl. 'the horses of Indra', in Śakuntalā, Act 1); a lion; a parrot; the Koil or Indian cuckoo; a peacock; a goose; an ape; a frog; a snake; one of the nine Varshas or divisions into which the known continent is divided, (see varṣa); N. of the poet Bhartṛhari (by which he is usually known); N. of several other authors; a species of the Aty-aṣṭi metre; [cf. Zend zairi, 'yellow;' zairina, 'yellowish' (= ha-riṇa): Gr. [greek] [greek] Lat. helus (holus, olus), hel-vu-s, hel-vo-lus, gilvus: Old Germ. gro-j-u, gruo-j-u, gro-ni: Angl. Sax. growan, groen, grene: Slav. zel-ige, 'vegetables;' zel-enu, 'green:' Lith. zel-iu, 'to become green;' zol-e, 'grass;' zal-ie-s, 'green:' Hib. glas, 'green, pale.']
1. hariman, ā, m. (for 2. see under rt. 1. hṛ), yellowness; yellowness (of the body), a kind of disease, (Ṛg-veda I. 50, 11, &c.); paleness.
2. hari, ind. alas!
1. hal, cl. 1. P. halati, jahāla, ahā-līt, &c., to plough, make furrows.
2. hal, m. n. (in Pāṇini's system) a technical expression for all the consonants; any consonant.
1. halīmaka, am, n. (probably connected with 1. hariman at p. 1167, col. 2), a sort of jaundice, paleness or yellowness of skin.
1. hava, as, m. (fr. rt. hu), an oblation, burnt-offering, sacrifice.
1. havana, am, n. the act of offering an oblation with fire; an oblation to the gods, burnt-offering, sacrifice; (ī), f. a hole made in the ground for the sacrificial fire which is to receive a burnt-oblation. --1. havana-syada, as, ā, am, Ved. hastening to a sacrifice.
1. havya, as, ā, am, fit to be offered in oblations, (Sāy. = hotavya); (as), m., N. of a son of Atri; (am), n. an oblation or offering to the gods (as distinguished fr. kavya, q. v.); clarified butter, ghee.
2. hava, as, am, m. n. (fr. rt. hve), calling, call; invocation, prayer; order, command; challenging, defying.
2. havana, am, n. the act of calling, an invocation; challenging to battle.
2. havya, as, ā, am, Ved. to be invoked, (Sāy. = āhvātavya.)
1. has, cl. 1. P. hasati, jahāsa, hasi-ṣyati, ahasīt, hasitum, to laugh, smile; to laugh at, ridicule (with acc.); to resemble, (see hasat): Pass. hasyate, Aor. ahāsi: Caus. hāsayati, yitum, Aor. ajīhasat, to cause to laugh, make laugh, provoke laughter: Desid. jihasiṣati: Intens. jā-hasyate, jāhasti, to laugh immoderately; [cf. perhaps Gr. [greek] probably Lat. histrio.]
2. has, Ved. laughter, joy; brightness, brilliance.
1. hā, ind. an exclamation of pain or grief or weariness (equivalent to 'ah!' 'alas!' 'woe!' hā hato 'smi, ah! I am killed! it is all over with me); an exclamation of joy or surprise (oh! ha! &c.); an interjection of anger or reproach; [cf. 2. hāhā.]
2. hā (connected with rt. 3. hā), cl. 3. A. jihīte (1st sing. jihe, 3rd du. jihāte, 2nd pl. jihīdhve, 3rd pl. jihate), Impf. ajihīta, Pot. jihīta, Impv. jihītām, Perf. jahe, hāsyate, ahāsta, hātum, to go, move, to go to, attain; to give way, yield [cf. Ṛg-veda I. 37, 7]: Pass. hāyate, Aor. ahāyi: Caus. hāpayati, -te, -yitum, Aor. ajīha-pat, -ta, to cause to go: Desid. jihāsate: Intens. jāhāyate, jāhāti, jāheti; [cf. Gr. [greek] [greek] Lat. hi-sc-o, hi-o, hia-tus; Old Germ. gi-e-m, gin-e-m, gein-o-m; Angl. Sax. ginan, cinan, geonan, gyn-ian, ganian; Slav. zi-ja-ti, ze-ja-ti, zi-nati, 'to gape;' Lith. zio-j-u, zio-ti-s, 'a cleft, hole.']
1. heya, as, ā, am (for 2. see p. 1170), to be gone.
3. hā (connected with rt. 2. hā), cl. 3. P. jahāti (1st du. jahīvas or jahivas, 3rd du. jahītas or jahitas, 3rd. pl. jahati, Pāṇ. VI. 4, 116), Impf. ajahāt (1st du. ajahīva or ajahiva, 3rd pl. ajahuḥ), Pot. jahyāt (Pāṇ. VI. 4, 118), Impv. jahātu (2nd sing. jahīhi or jahihi or jahāhi, 3rd pl. jahatu, Pāṇ. VI. 4, 117), Perf. jahau (2nd sing. jahitha or jahātha, 1st du. ja-hiva, 2nd pl. jaha, 3rd pl. jahuḥ), hāsyati, ahāsīt, Prec. heyāt, hātum, to abandon, leave, quit, desert, forsake, relinquish, dismiss; to resign, forego, let go, lose; to let fall; to omit, neglect; to avoid, shun; to remove: Pass. hīyate, Perf. jahe (Kirāt. XII. 12), Aor. ahāyi, to be left or deserted, be forsaken; to be excluded from or deprived or bereft of, to lose (with inst. or abl., e. g. jahe prāṇaiḥ, he was deprived of breath or lost his life; hīyate pati-lokāt, she is excluded from the heaven of her husband); to be destitute of, be deficient in, be wanting in, fail, decrease; to be lost; to fail (in a lawsuit); to be left out or omitted or neglected; to become weary or enfeebled; to be lessened or lowered: Caus. hāpayati, -yitum, Aor. ajīhapat, to cause to quit or abandon; to drive away, expel; to cause to lose or want; to neglect, omit, decline; to lose: Desid. jihāsati, to wish to leave, &c.: Intens. je-hīyate, jāheti, jāhāti; [cf. Gr. [greek] [greek] Lat. habeo (?); Goth. haba, habais, gaidv, giban; Angl. Sax. gifan, gafol, goefel, gif; Eng. if.]
5. ha, (at the end of comps.) abandoning, leaving, quitting, avoiding; see p. 1163, col. 2.
4. hā, f. abandoning, leaving, relinquishing.
1. hāyana, as, ā or ī, am (for 2. see col. 2), quitting, leaving; passing away, (in this sense perhaps to be connected with rt. 2. hā; cf. 2. hāyana, col. 2.)
1. hitvā, ind. (for 2. see p. 1171, col. 1), having left or abandoned, having quitted or renounced, having deserted; letting alone, slighting, disregarding.
2. heya, as, ā, am (for 3. see p. 1171, col. 2), to be left or abandoned, to be avoided.
2. hāyana, as, am, m. n. (probably fr. hayana and connected with rt. 1. hi, but cf. 1. hāyana at col. 1), a year, (at the end of an adj. comp. the fem. ends in ī, cf. dvi-h-); (as), m. a flame, ray; a sort of rice; epithet of Takman (so called either from this disease lasting the whole year or because it returns every year).
1. hārita, as, m. (fr. harit; for 2. hārita see under rt. 1. hṛ), the colour green; the Haritāla pigeon; N. of a son of Viśvā-mitra; (ās), m. pl. the sons or descendants of Harita.
1. hārīta, as, m. (for 2. see under rt. 1. hṛ), the Haritāla pigeon; N. of a Muni and writer of a Dharma-śāstra or law-book; of a poet; of a physician.
1. hāhā, ās, m. (see Gram. 108. b), a Gandharva; a particular high number, ten thousand billions, (mahā-hāhā, a hundred thousand billions.)
2. hā-hā, ind. (an interjection of surprise or grief or pain, equivalent to) ah, ah! alas, alas!
1. hi (connected with rt. hinv, to which some of the forms in the examples given below are referred by Sāy.), cl. 5. P. hinoti (Ved. also A. hinute), jighāya, heṣyati, ahai-ṣīt, hetum, to send, send forth, impel, (hinvanti = prerayanti, Ṛg-veda VIII. 43, 29); to discharge, throw, cast, shoot (as an arrow &c.); to urge, incite, excite; to further, promote, advance; to protect, favour, benefit, prosper (Ved.); to please, gratify, exhilarate, satisfy, (hinvire = prīṇayanti, Ṛg-veda VIII. 43, 19); to go, proceed: Pass. hīyate, Aor. ahāyi: Caus. hāyayati, -yitum, Aor. ajīhayat: Desid. of Caus. jighāpayiṣati: Desid. jighīṣati: Intens. jeghīyate, jeghayīti, jegheti; [cf. perhaps Gr. [greek] Lat. cieo.]
1. hita, as, ā, am (for 2. see p. 1172), sent, impelled; gone, proceeded.
2. hitvā, ind. (for 1. see p. 1170, col. 1), having sent; having impelled; having gone.
3. heya, as, ā, am (for 1. and 2. see pp. 1169, 1170), to be sent or impelled.
2. hi, ind. (probably to be connected with rt. 1. hi; cf. hetu), for, because, on account of (used enclitically so as not to stand first in a sentence, e. g. pramāṇaṃ hi bhavān, for your honour is the authority; tathā hi, for example, for instance, accordingly); assuredly, certainly; indeed, surely, (in these senses used emphatically and, according to some, also interrogatively; but sometimes to be treated as redundant and a mere expletive); but; ah! alas! (said to be also an interjection of envy, of contempt, of hurry, &c.)
2. hita, as, ā, am (past pass. part. of rt. 1. dhā; for 1. hita see under rt. 2. hi, p. 1171), put, placed, laid, imposed [cf. 1. dhita]; held, taken, seized; suitable, proper, fit, worthy, right, advantageous, beneficial, profitable, useful, salutary, wholesome, agreeing with (often said in a medical sense of diet, regimen, medicines, &c.); friendly, affectionate, kind, (in these senses hardly distinguishable fr. 1. hita); (as), m. a friend, benefactor; benefit, profit, service, good, welfare, well-being; (ā), f. a causeway, dike; (am), n. anything suitable or proper, an advantage.
3. hitvā, ind. (for 2. see p. 1171, col. 1), having put or placed, having made, &c.
1. heman, ā, m. (according to Śabda-k. also a neut.), winter; cold, the cold season; the planet Mercury, (see hima-raśmi-ja.)
1. huta, as, ā, am (for 2. see under rt. hve), offered with fire, poured forth (as clarified butter in the sacred fire), burnt as an oblation, sacrificed; one to whom an oblation is offered; (as), m. epithet of Śiva; (am), n. an oblation, offering, sacrifice.
1. huti, is, f. (for 2. see under rt. hve), offering oblations.
1. hūyamāna, as, ā, am (for 2. see under rt. hve, p. 1180), being offered in oblation.
1. hṛ (evolved out of rt. bhṛ, which in Ved. often has the sense of rt. 1. hṛ), cl. 1. P. A. harati, -te, (Ved. bharati), jahāra, jahre, (Ved. jabhāra, jabhre), hariṣyati, -te, ahārṣīt, ahṛta, (Ved. also cl. 2. Pres. 1st sing. P. harmi, also cl. 3. P. jiharti; in Śatapatha-Brāhmaṇa X. 4, 3, 9. there is a form harāsai, 'thou may'st have seized'), hartum, to bring, convey, carry, fetch; to carry away, carry off, take away, take off, seize, take hold of, extricate; to rob, plunder, steal; to strip off, spoil, despoil, remove, deprive of; to take, acquire, gain, obtain, hold; to captivate, charm; to accept, receive, inherit; to throw, cast (an arrow &c.); to offer: Pass. hriyate, Aor. ahāri, to be taken or seized, &c.: Caus. hārayati, -te, -yitum, Aor. ajīharat, -ta, to cause to bring or carry or seize (with acc. and inst. or with a double acc.), cause to take or take hold of; to give, give away; to permit to be carried off or plundered; to send: Desid. jihīrṣati, -te, to wish to take or carry off, wish to rob, &c.: Intens. jehrīyate, jarharīti, jariharīti, jarīharīti, jar-harti, jariharti, jarīharti; [cf. Zend zar; Gr. [greek] (according to some also perhaps) [greek] (for [greek]), [greek] Old Lat. hir; Lat. heru-s, hera, her-e(d)-s, (perhaps also) co-hors, (according to some also perhaps) gero; Goth. geiro, gairon, gairnjan; Angl. Sax. georu, geornian; Eng. yare.]
2. hariman, ā, m. (for. 1. see p. 1167), time.
1. hāra, as, ī, am, taking, conveying, seizing, carrying off, who or what takes, &c.; (according to Śabda-k. fr. 1. hari), relating or belonging to Hari or Viṣṇu (= hari-sambandhīya); (as), m. the act of taking or conveying away, abstraction, seizing, removing, deprivation; loss, (kāla-hāra, loss of time, waste of time); a porter, carrier; war, battle; a string or garland of pearls, &c., a pearl-necklace, any necklace; (in prosody) a long syllable; (in arithmetic) a divisor, a denominator of a fraction; (ī), f. a pearl.
2. hāra, Nom. P. hārati, &c., to act like a string of pearls, be like a necklace.
2. hārita, as, ā, am (for 1. hārita see p. 1170, col. 2), made or allowed to be taken, caused to be taken away; presented, offered; suffered to be seized, made away with, lost, relinquished; captivated, fascinated.
1. hārin, ī, iṇī, i, taking, conveying, bringing, carrying away, seizing, robbing; obtaining, acquiring; a seizer, disturber (with gen., Manu XII. 28); captivating, charming, delighting; pleasant, agreeable.
2. hārin, ī, iṇī, i, having a necklace, possessing a necklace or garland of pearls.
2. hārīta, as, m. (for 1. see p. 1170, col. 2), a thief, cheat, rogue; thieving, cheating, fraud, roguery.
2. hṛ or hṝ (referred in native lists to the Nom. hṛṇīya below, technically called hṛṇīṅ, but connected with rt. 1. hrī, q. v., and perhaps better written hṝ), cl. 9. A. hṛṇīte, &c., Ved. originally perhaps 'to be yellow' (cf. hari); to blush; to be ashamed, (Sāy. lajjāyām); to be angry (roṣāyām), be displeased, (Sāy. hṛṇīte = krudhyati, Ṛg-veda VII. 86, 3; hṛṇīṣe = kru-dhyasi, Ṛg-veda VII. 104, 14.)
2. heman, a, n. (according to Uṇādi-s. IV. 144. fr. rt. 1. hi, perhaps connected with 1. hari-man, 'yellowness', p. 1167; cf. pra-uga for pra-yuga; or perhaps connected with hima, 1. heman at pp. 1172, 1173), gold; water, (in Naigh. I. 2. enumerated among the hiraṇya-nāmāni, and in I. 12. among the udaka-nāmāni); the thorn-apple; the Keśara flower.
1. hel. See rt. heḍ, p. 1176.
2. hel or heḷ (connected with rt. hil) = rt. heḍ, q. v.; cl. 1. A. helate, &c., to disregard, slight; to be angry, &c.
1. heli, is, f. dalliance, wanton sport, amorous embrace.
2. heli, is, m. (probably borrowed fr. Gr. [greek]), the sun.
1. haima, as, ī, am (fr. 1. heman), wintry, brumal, cold, frigid, freezing; (am), n. hoarfrost, dew.
1. haimana, as, ī, am, winterly, cold; growing in winter, suitable to winter; (as), m. the month Mārgaśīrṣa (= November-December); a kind of rice which grows in winter, = ṣaṣṭika; (as, am), m. n. winter, the cold season, wintry weather.
2. haima, as, ī, am (fr. 2. heman), golden, made of gold; of a golden yellow colour; (as), m. epithet of Śiva; the plant Gentiana Cherayta; (ā or ī), f. yellow jasmine; (am), n. the lexicon of Hema-candra.
2. haimana, as, ī, am, golden, made of gold.
1. hoḍha, as, ā, am [cf. hur under rt. hurch], stolen; (am), n. stolen goods; [cf. 2. sa-hoḍha, p. 1102.]
2. hoḍha, Nom. A. hoḍhate, hoḍhāyate, see Vopadeva XXI. 7.
1. hrita, as, ā, am (for hṛta at p. 1175), taken, conveyed; taken away, seized; divided, apportioned; (am), n. a portion, share.
2. hrita, as, ā, am (for hrīta), ashamed.
1. hrī (connected with rt. 2. hṛ or hṝ, q. v.), cl. 3. P. jihreti (3rd pl. jihriyati), Perf. jihrāya or jihrayāñ-cakāra, hreṣyati, ahraiṣīt, hretum, to blush; to be ashamed, be modest; to be ashamed of (with abl. or gen., e. g. anyonyasya jihrīmaḥ, we are ashamed of one another, Kirāt. XI. 58): Caus. hrepayati, -yitum, Aor. ajihripat (according to some ajihrīpat), to put to shame, make to blush, confound: Desid. jihrīṣati: Intens. jehrīyate, jehrayīti, jehreti; [cf. probably Old Germ. hriuwan; Angl. Sax. hreowan.]
2. hrī, īs, f. shame, bashfulness, modesty; Modesty, Shame, (personified as daughter of Daksha and wife of Dharma.)
2. huta, as, ā, am (for 1. see p. 1174, col. 2), called, summoned, invited.
2. huti = hūti below; [cf. 2. ā-huti.]
2. hūyamāna, as, ā, am (for 1. see under rt. hu, p. 1174), being called or invoked.
2. akṣa; add --the collar-bone (Ved.); a mesh (of a net).
1. aja; for '(as), m. pl.' read (ās), m. pl.
3. a-diti; add --Aditi was daughter of Daksha and wife of Kaśyapa.
3. adhi-vāsa; add --fumigation of a person or image with incense, &c.; fragrance, perfume; smell, odour (in general).
2. anu-pā; add --to cherish; to watch, bide one's time, wait for, expect.
2. anu-māna, as, m. (fr. anu-man), permission, consent.
1. a-pāra; correct thus--not the opposite bank, this side of a river, the near bank.
2. abja, Nom. P. abjati, &c., to become a lotus flower.
2. aṣṭi; for 'rt. 1. as' read rt. 1. aś.
3. aṣṭi, is, f. (fr. rt. 2. as), seed (= aṣṭhi).
2. āda or ādaka, as, ā, am (fr. rt. ad), eating (at the end of comps.).
1. ādāya to be erased.
1. kauśika; add--(am), n. a silk garment.
2. gup; add--cl. 1. P. gopāyati.
1. gras; add--to neglect, (according to Kullūka on Manu VIII. 43. graset = upekṣeta.)
2. cārya, am, n. (fr. cara or cāra), spying out, espionage, information brought by spies.
3. tan; add--to manifest, display, exhibit, show, put forth (energy &c.), make.
2. dhvan; add--Pass. dhvanyate, to be implied or signified.
4. nu; add--(Ved. cl. 1. A. navate).
2. pari-vāsa, as, m. fragrance, perfume.
2. parṣa, as, ā, am, = paruṣa, keen, piercing (said of the wind).
1. pra-mā; the pra of the Nāgarī type has broken off in the printing of part of the impression.
1. mṛj; add--also cl. 1. 3rd sing. mārjati, 2nd sing. Impv. A. mārjasva.
3. vā, (according to B. R.) a Vedic form of rt. 1. van (generally found in the desideratives vivāsati, vivāsate, &c., and usually with preposition ā prefixed; cf. ā-vā, p. 131), to wish to conciliate or win, (2. vāta, p. 902, may be referred to this rt.)
1. vāra; add--(ā), f. a harlot, prostitute.
2. vi-kāra, as, m. the syllable vi.
2. vi-graha, as, ā, am, free from eclipse.
3. vidh (fr. rt. vyadh), piercing, penetrating (at the end of comps., cf. hṛdaya-v-).
4. vidh, cl. 1. A. vindhate, &c., Ved. to be deprived of.
2. vi-pralāpa, as, ā, am, free from talk or dispute.
2. vi-plava, as, ā, am, not having a vessel, without a ship.
2. vi-bhāva, as, ā, am (fr. 2. vi-bhā), Ved. shining forth.
1. vi-māna; add --(as, ā, am), without honour, dishonoured, disgraced.
2. vi-ruj, k, f. violent pain, severe sickness.
1. vi-lāpana, as, ī, am (fr. the Caus. of vi-lap), causing to bewail; (am), n. the act of causing to lament; lamentation; (as), m. a proper N.
2. vi-lāpana, as, ī, am (fr. the Caus. of vi-lī), causing to be dissolved, melting, &c.; causing to disappear, destroying; (am), n. dissolution, death.
2. vi-harṣa, as, ā, am, joyless, mournful.